MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIR PROJECT - 16-0038-UT�N�
r �
i � ���/,/1, � r t r h ° r, , �,'' � dr f
ll4Wd'�1C'��� �° d��IC�m ��p"�°����,b ����'�N�, m IG��r��' `�'�",� �h&ia'���:�"��'
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTA1vTIAL COMPL�TION
Praject: lYlarshall Slrect I��fte�ent I'u�nt� St�tic�e� iten�eir• ConEract Numbew: 16-Q038-UT
Location{s): Marshall Street Water Rcclamati4n Facititv
Contract Date: A6/O1/17 Notice to 1'roceed Date: 06/26/17
Q 1. � 4• 1!'� 1 a:.... n..`... n1 i7 oi7� e$i------'-- "-------.. T. _ n.
uuvoani�ainovVLlll�Gl1l111L]iLC� V�/�OI■ vv:nrrs�nw n.Ynirs�r�rin ■ss��N• u�ii�iii:�
. - -- --- — ----------r --—r------�--—�--__•
Cunsultant: McKiez� & Ce�eed, Inc.
�rhe work perfot�med under this Contract has been inspected by authorizeci representatives of the Owner,
Contractor, and Consultant, and the Project (A replacement 24" force main across Clearwater Harbor
from Bayway Blvd to SR 60; and a new 20" water main aci•oss the Int�•acoastal Watei•way from the
Memorial Causeway to Dc•ew St) is hereby declaced to be substantially coinpleted on the above date.
D�rINIT10N OF SUBSTAIVTIAL COMPLCTION
Subslcrnlral cornpletion is the slage in cortsh�ucxion whe�r a pr�ojecl or designated portion thereof is
sx�cienjly cumplete in accordance wr'th corr�rael documenxs so that the Or��ner can use the work or
pa•r.ion ihe��eoffor its i�rrerrded use. Irems r.l�ar aJ'fect operarionnl i»teg,°ity and,ficnction of rhe wvrk n7usl
be capable of cnntinuoi�s use.
,
/ �y�/��� /�A _ � ! / / � J
(� ` �-- � By: `�� � ac� � ' ��� : `'` /�°��`'
�� , i _._�l�L/ 1 y ,- .W..�
COHISIIIi'41111': MelCim & Cree�D Inc. PRINTNAMC — A hc�rized Repi•esentat�ve Date
The ConCractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Comp(etion and agrees to complete and correct
the ilems on the tentative list within the time indicated.
�� ..�.__�_ _� ._.m �_....__ � .�.�.�� �:� �' � ��a _� „�+��. �;?..� � _..� �m.
e,A , .___ ""� �� ��',��n...,� _.. , B °^� w, ...���� � ��.� °,�"c,�s�'�"
X Con������ tor; PC �,��t�'iic.ti+�n, Inc. �tt�HTx� c- Authorized Rep esentative �Da
r c L C' te
':1Tz �wner acceN�s �he s�eci ted ai•ea oi ihe c�ojeci as aubsiantially �omplete and wiil assume ruii
possession of the s�ecifed acea of the Pi•oject on Ol/18/18. The responsibility for utilities, seeurity, and
� � in the Contract Documents.
insura c csix er th� c�r� aci £�ocui��r�ts shall be as set fot�th
� � m� o
X O c iµ of Clearwater � � iNTNnM ���Autha ized Re res�en�t t�� �� �� ���
_ _ _ � �
h' ' p ve �a�
'� �wp�"�4w,. �. „, I 4 P<.�„
Certificate of Substantial Comnletion, Page 2 of 2
PROJECT PUNCH LIST
A punch list of items to be completed or cori•ected by 03/21/18 is appended hereto. This list may not be
exhaustive, and the failure to include �n item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Conti�actoa•s to
complete all the woi•k in accordance with the Contract Dacuments.
,•� � . .��. �
Contract Secfion llt,
93.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTIOIV PER/OD
If wrihi�� one y�p�• after the c�are of Substantial Completion or .ruch longer period of [in7e �rs mtiy be prescr•rbed
by Lu��s or• Regt�lations or by the lerms of any applicable speciad gtraranlee reguired by the Con�•act
Doczrmenzs or• by any specific provision of tlae Conl.racl Documen�s, crny Wo��k is fnund to be c�efectrve,
Conb•acto�� s�hald promptly, ��ithoar! cos� tn Ihe Owner and in accor•da�ce H�ith the Q►��ner's tivr�il./en
instructions; (i) cvrr�ec� strch defective Work, or, �'il hns been r•ejected by the O��ner, remove i1., fronT Ihe site
ancl rcplace il with Wark that is na! defeclive and (ii) satisfnctorily correct or �•emove and �•eplace any damage
!o olhet° Woi•k. or the w�ork nf athers r�esztlti�7g therefram...
Wher•e defective Yf�ork (and danrage to othe�• Wo��k r•esirltrng Ihere,fi•or�a) has been corrected, removecl or
rep[aced antder thrs paragr•aph fhe cor•reclion period hereuhde�• with ►•espect to such Work N�ill be extendec� for
art additional �reriod of one year after sttch carrecPion or �•emoval and re�lacenaenl has been sutisfactorily
cvrrrplel.ec�
Subst�nti�l Coenpleteon Datea O1/1�11� W�rr�arty Expiraiion Da�es Ol/1�/19
A copy of this signed and executed document should be pi•ovided to the following parties:
Project Owner
Project Contractor
Project Consultant (if applieable)
City Conshuction Office Specialist
Project File
MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT
PUMP STATION REPAIRS
(PROJECT No.1G-003$-UT)
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS &
SPECIFICATIONS
Prepared for
,
______
�� �
�.;�
�..
�
y BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL � BAY TfJ BEA�H
CONFORMED
FEBRUARY-2017
City of Clearwater, Fiorida
MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION
REPAIRS
(PRO�ECT No. 16-0038-UT)
SECTION I
SECTION II
SECTION III
SECTION IV
SECTION IVa
APPENDIX
SECTION V
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT
DOCUMENTATION
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer
Page II
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION I
SECTION 1
INVITATION TO BID
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Repair
Documents and plans for project # 16-0038-UT are
available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work
includes: furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials
for the construction of the emergency repairs at
Marshall St. Influent Pump Station consisting of, but not
limited to: the replacement of the pumps, valves
electrical, instrumentation and controls, structural
modifications, cleaning the pump station and grit
removal structures, and programming of PLC control
logic.
Mandatorv Pre-Bid & On Site Meetin�:
Tuesday, March 14, 2017
1605 Harbor Drive
Maintenance Bldg. Crew Training Room
Clearwater, FL 33755
Pre-qualification DEADLINE: March 22, 2017
Categories: Wastewater &Water Treatment Facilities
AND Sanitary Pump Station with a minimum of
$1,500,000.00
Bids DUE: Wednesday, April 5, 2017 at 1pm
City of Clearwater, Project # 16-0038-UT
Purchasing Office, 3`d Floor
100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520
Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager
For Additional fnformation Contact:
Engineering Dept. 727-562-4750
Page 1
Updated 2/13/2017
Pre-Bid Conference:
(Insert Date & Time here)
(Insert location here)
Interested bidders shall attend a mandatorv Pre-bid
Meetin�, to be established bv the CITY at the Marshall
Street WWTP, to perform a walk-throu�h in an effort
to assist with properiv biddin� the work identified
within these contract documents.
Pre-qualification DEADLINE: (Insert Date)
Category: Wastewater & Water Treatment Facilities and
Sanitary Pump Station - $1.5M
Bids DUE: April 5, 2017
City of Clearwater, Project # 16-0038-UT
Purchasing Office, 3`d Floor
100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520
Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager
727-562-4633
SECTION I
Page 1
Updated 9/1/2016
,
�
i
�
�J
'
'
'
�I
'
'
,
'
'
,
,
,
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents
SECTIONII ................................................................................................................................... i
INSTRUCTIONSTO BIDDERS ................................................................................................. i
1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................1
2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................1
3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1
4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3
6. CONTRACT TIME ..........................................................................................................3
7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3
8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3
9. SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................3
10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13. REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5
15. OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18. AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7
19. BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7
20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 9
21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENTMEASURES ....................................................................................... 9
' SECTION II
L_J
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
l.l. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater
website at address: www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and
Plans, as indicated on the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only,
which is non-refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans,
specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums.
1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application
package far pre-qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater,
Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing
address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by
phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre-Qualification requirement information is also available on the
City of Clearwater Website at address:
wwwmyclearwater.com/ ov/depts/pwa/engin/Construction/prequal as�.
Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so
two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre-qualified by
the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm
pre-qualification status before a Bid Opening.
3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
31. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract
Documents.
3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the
technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the
site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents,
but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the
completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and
subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site
and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents,
may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings
but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction.
3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon infortnation and data furnished to the
SECTION II
Page 1 of 9
Updated 2/11/2016
,
�
'
'
L_ J
'
,
'
'
L�
,
�
J
'
'
,
LJ
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in
writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the
Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy
Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having
received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the
pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only
information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
, City or Engineer.
' SECTION II
'
Page 2 of 9
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION �I — Instructions to Bidders
5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashier's check or a ProposalBid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued
by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions.
5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payrnent and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be
forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid Opening.
5.3.
6.
6.1.
7.
7.1.
8.
The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida.
CONTRACT TIME
The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V.
SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9. SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
SECTION II
Page 3 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016
10.
SECTION II — instructions to Bidders
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute gounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink
or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall
be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the
Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the
price for which they will perform the wark as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders
are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or
item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or
item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or
amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or
should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for
each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid
for the listed individual items.
10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. T'he corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name
and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed
in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to
the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office
indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will
not be accepted.
11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the ProposalBid Bond and
corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one
SECTION II
Page 4 of 9
Updated 2/il/2016
12.
12.1.
12.2.
13.
SECTION 11— Instructions to Bidders
to three), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business
Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form.
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do sa Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified ar of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15. OPENING OF BIDS
15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all pertnit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
SECTION II
Page 5 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016
,
�
�
,
,
L�
,
,
�I�
�:
C�
i
'
,
,
C�
'
,
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
t� and sales ta�c exemptions and complying with all requirements.
16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales ta�c on materials purchased by the City
and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement
the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work
Description in Section N— Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General
Conditions.
17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace
and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling,
rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be
imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition
of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the
employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any
conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or
of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation
occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse
assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community,
by any employee who is so convicted.
, SECTION II
'
Page 6 of 9
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
18. AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies
in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit
prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct
sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be
requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience
of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor
for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and
financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best
interest of the City.
18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in
the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be
awarded to only one Contractor.
18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida
Statutes (2014), specifically to:
(a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required
by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service;
(b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions
that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not
exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law;
(c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and
(d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the
City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon
termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt
or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records
stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is
compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater.
19. BID PROTEST
19.1. RIGHT TO PROT`EST:
SECTION II
Page 7 of 9
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract
may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not
satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this
section.
PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person
could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to
such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates
for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request
document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a ma�cimum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder,
whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon
telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific
portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been
violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest priar to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should
be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5)
work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated
with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestar is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she
may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response
his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest
letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager.
� F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10)
work days of receipt of the appeal.
'
�
�
'
,
,
�
�
19.3. PROTEST FEE:
When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of
5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the
protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing
Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee
paid.
19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST:
In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the
solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or
until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without
delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City.
SECTION II
Page 8 of 9
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance
related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety
Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.Rs
1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
21.
21.1.
CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit
and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater
management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively
reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters.
A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining
water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices
during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface
waters.
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment
control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment
control provisions.
NPDES Management Measures available at Cit,y of Clearwater Engineerin�
Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best
Management Practices.
SECTION II
Page 9 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
�
�
'
'
�
'
'
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
1. DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ..........................................................................5
2.1. DELNERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ................................5
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................5
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THEPROJECT ....................................................................................................................5
2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................6
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE..••-• ......................................................................6
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS ....................................................................................................6
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ........................................................6
t3.1. INTENT ...............................................................................................................................6
3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ......................................................7
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .......................................................7
4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS .............................................................................................7
4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ................................................................••-•-...........8
4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES .........................................8
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS ........................................................................................•••••-..........8
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ...........................................................................9
5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ...................................9
5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................9
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ...............................................9
5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE .....................................10
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE...10
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS
INS U RAN C E . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . ..... . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . .... . .. . . . ..... . . . . .... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .... . .... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ...10
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE...10
5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE ......................................................................•--.........10
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS ..............................................................................10
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................•-...11
6.
6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.4.
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................12
SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE .................................................................12
LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ...................................................................12
SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS ..................................................................13
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ......................................................14
SECTION III
i
Updated 6/3/2016
6.5.
6.5.1.
6.5.2.
6.6.
6.7.
6.8.
6.9.
6.10.
6.11.
6.11.1.
6.11.2.
6.113.
6.11.4.
6.12.
6.13.
6.14.
6.15.
6.16.
SECTION III —General Conditions
USEOF PREMISES ..........................................................................................................14
STAGINGAREAS .........................................................................................................15
RESTORATIONTIME LIMITS ....................................................................................15
LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES .......................................16
LAWSAND REGULATIONS ..........................................................................................16
PERMITS...........................................................................................................................16
SAFETYAND PROTECTION .........................................................................................17
EMERGENCIES................................................................................................................17
DRAWINGS.............................................................................•--......................................18
SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW .......................18
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ................................................................................................19
CADSTANDARDS .......................................................................................................21
DELIVERABLES...........................................................................................................23
CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ...............................23
CONTINUINGTHE WORK ............................................................................................23
INDEMNIFICATION ........................................................................................................23
CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION .............................................24
PUBLICRECORDS ..........................................................................................................24
7. OTHER WORK .............................................................................................25
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE ............................................................................................25
7.2. COORDINATION .............................................................................................................25
:
9.
9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
9.4.
9.5.
9.6.
OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY .....................................................................26
OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE .......................................................................................26
CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ............................................................26
REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................27
SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ......................................27
DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ............................................................................................27
LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES .................28
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK .........................................................................28
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ..................................................29
11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ........................................................................29
11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ...........................30
11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK ........................................................................................................31
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME ...................................................31
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .................................................32
13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION ..............................................................................................32
13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK ..........................................................................................33
SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016
�
�
�
'
,
�
�
13.3.
13.4.
13.5.
13.6.
13.7.
14.
14.1.
14.2.
14.3.
14.4.
14.5.
14.6.
14.7.
14.8.
SECTION III — General Conditions
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK......
CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK .......
WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD .....................................
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ..................................
OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTNE WORK ......................
.....................................3 3
....................................33
.....................................34
.....................................34
.....................................34
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................35
APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ...............................................................35
CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ...................................................................36
REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ....................................36
PARTIALUTILIZATION ................................................................................................37
FINALINSPECTION .......................................................................................................37
FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT .......................................................................38
FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE .......................................................................38
WAIVEROF CLAIMS .....................................................................................................39
� 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ...................................39
15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ..........................................................................39
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE ................................................................•--.......................39
, 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ...............................................40
LJ
�
,
�
I
�
'
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................41
17. MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................41
17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS .....................................................................41
17.2. GIVING NOTICE ..............................................................................................................41
17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM .........................................................................................................41
17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED .........................................41
17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT .....................................................................................41
17.6. RENEWAL OPTION ......• .................................................................................................42
17.7. ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS .....................................................42
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................42
19. MATERIAL USED ........................................................................................42
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ....................42
� 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) ......................................................42
21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS ....................................................................................................42
� 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK .............................................................................................43
213. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS ..............................................................43
21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION .....................................44
' 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION.........44
22.1. GENERAL .........................................................................................................................44
' SECTION III iii
Updated 6/3/2016
'
SECTION III—General Conditions
22.2. EXAMPLE .........................................................................................................................46
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ...........................................................46
23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE ...................................................................................................46
23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE .....................................................46
23.3. FIXED SIGN .....................................................................................................................47
23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS ..........................................................................................................47
23.5. SIGN COLORING .........................................................................................:...................47
23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT .........................................................................................................47
23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................47
23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN ..............................................................................................48
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .48
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM ........................................49
SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016
,
SECTION III — Generai Conditions
' 1. DEFINITIONS
' Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
, Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the
City.
,
�
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.
Application for Payment
' The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Contract Documents.
� Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
1 in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
, Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
, Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
, Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
�
'
�
��
,
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects
City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the
intent of the Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
' The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction
contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the
' SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
'
SECTION III — Generel Conditions
Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding
contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with wham the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of
this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreernent has
been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work
in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution
of the schedule.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, ar does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as
the Owner's Representative during construction.
SECTION III
Page 2 of 50
'
'
,
'
�i
�
�
�
�
l
'
'
'
�
'
�
�I
�
'
Updated 6/3/2016 '
�
�
'
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
F.D.O. T Specafications
� The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
Furnish
' The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
�,
I�
�'
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseeing.
' Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
' Liens
'
'
�
LJ
C'
�
�
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contra.ctor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed.
For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative
during construction.
Owner's Representative
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
, Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
� SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from
the Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specifted part thereo fl which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accardance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
CJ
�
,
�
'
'
�
�
'
'
'
'
�
C�
'
'
i
SECTION III —General Conditions
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
instailed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2.
���
PRELIMINARY MATTERS
DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF
INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section
255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractar provides
City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court.
' SECTION I11
,
Page 5 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor,
Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the
parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Wark and general Contract procedures.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color
Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including
submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the
preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The
Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make
sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a
completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of
Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training.
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting,
and all material test reports generated in the same time period.
3.
3.1.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be
SECTION III
Page 6 of 50
'�J
�
'
1
CI
�
'
�
'
1
'
'
�
�
1
�
Updated 6/3/2016 '
1
SECTION III—General Conditions
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society,
organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority,
whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification,
manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any
referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by
reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents,
shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's
Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in
these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and
enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such
provision is not inserted, ar if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the
Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed
with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to
Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General
Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's
Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof.
4.
4.1.
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND
PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the
Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such
other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any
encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so
furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by
the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
SECTION III
Page 7 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any
subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially
from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review
those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer
shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer
and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there
are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per
State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State
One Call of Flarida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency
for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available
in local telephone directory.
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect
and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer
whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary
changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or
relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor
is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision
of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive
stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have
been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per
SECTION III
Page 8 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-
hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour.
5.
5.1.
BONDS AND INSURANCE
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida
Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in
effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of
time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also
furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in
the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such
sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as
Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S.
Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of
such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of
Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond
and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner
reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is
declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state
where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and
surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub-
contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City,
sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be
obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A-VII or better. In addition, the City has the
right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be
reduced or eliminated.
Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance
on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis,
then coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail
following the termination or expiration of this Agreement:
The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and
umbrellalexcess liability policies.
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises
operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising
injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one
million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate.
SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION 111— General Conditions
5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non-owned, hired or
borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars)
combined single limit.
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
INSURANCE
Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of
Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred
thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each
employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with
benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary
Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where
applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and
volunteers, if any.
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR
OMISSIONS INSURANCE
Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the
type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million
dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of
coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy
was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year
either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and
with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy
provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage.
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY
INSURANCE
If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations
under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property
Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in
the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's
(or any sub-contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property.
5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE
The City w-ill provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of
loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely
manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the
carrier as the project proceeds.
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS
Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary
date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect,
the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD
SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III—General Conditions
certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the
coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when
requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all
applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent ar
delivered is as follows:
City of Clearwater
Engineering Department
Attn: Construction Office Specialist
P.O. Box 4748
Clearwater, FL 33758-4748
1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and
Project Number.
2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non-renewal,
termination, material change or reduction in coverage.
3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for
Contractor's negligence.
4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense,
for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this
Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City
shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor
providing its defense as contemplated herein.
The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential
liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be
construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub-contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation
to provide the insurance coverage specified.
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and
damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the
effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor
waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents
for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by
such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all
such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identifed in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured
under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to
the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and;
(ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
SECTION III
Page 11 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION ill — General Conditions
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or
after final payment.
6.
6.1.
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be
responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's
Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The
Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted
whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disarderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall
be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written
consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall
conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally
approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign
an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his
recards. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full
reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the
Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on
weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be
$80.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
SECTION III
Page 12 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016 '
,
'
'
,
'
�
,
SECTION III —General Conditions
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours.
Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise
restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit
overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without
Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or
, materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per
Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
! 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
, by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
' "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
, sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approvaL If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material ar equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
, proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
' of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
'
'
'
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include
advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute
SECTION 111 Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
accepta.bility.
6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction
conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed
by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with
this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and
organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's
Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other
persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor.
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work perfortned for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5. USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
,
r-�
I
!�
'
'
'
SECTION III — Generai Conditions
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
� waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
' equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
'
'
�
J
�
,
,
�I
�
I,
�J
'
'
'
LJ
6.5.1. STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging
and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of
construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and
restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed.
6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the
Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities
shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the
loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought.
• Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a
successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations,
replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be
watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust
control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
SECTION I11 Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
..
SECTION III — General Conditions
LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the woxk and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract
Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be
responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor
performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,
Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work:
however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not
relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as
described above.
When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02
shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment
eligibility.
6.8. PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work,
and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be
waived.
SECTION 111 Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
C�
SECTION III — Generai Conditions
, 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
' and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
1 and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
' or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall,
and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or
' injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or
any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and
' replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident
prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and
supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition,
, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid
services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an
effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of
, contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition.
Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there
is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of
� immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This
provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the
Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all
1 safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract
performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic
materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall
, take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent
disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
, jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
, execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,
relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other
' person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any
of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
' continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
'
'
6.10. EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction ar authorization from Owner or
SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION 111— General Conditions
the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor
shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in
the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or
Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action.
6.11. DRAWINGS
6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL
REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniyues, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the
shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of
submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that
the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract
Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in
addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted
to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall
receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each
submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a
request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated
copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14)
consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds
for a delay claim from the Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
SECTION III
Page 18 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
,
,
�
,
SECTION III — General Conditions
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
' responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
� notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
'
�
1
,
�
,
i
�
'
Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves
the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a
number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the
approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge
Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the
number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with
subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be
backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such
costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a
substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval
of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is
beyond the control of Contractor.
6.11.2. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant,
and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
1 The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up redline prints do not
' conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
' SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
�
SECTION III —General Conditions
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by
the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1. Generai
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
known as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the
Owner with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest
downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations,
manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the
plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of
all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also
on the profile if one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
'
1
,
,
,
'
'
�
'
,
�
,
'
�
,
,
'
'
�i
�
�
'
�
'
�
SECTION 111— Generai Conditions
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of
1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement
shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or
vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6. Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7. Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1. Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2.
GAS
ELEC
PHONE
CABLE
BOC
WALK
SECTION III
�r Naming Definitions:
gas lines and appurtenances
power lines and appurtenances
telephone lines and appurtenances
cable TV lines and appurtenances
curbs
sidewalk
Page 21 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shareline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Uther layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2. Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3. Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
SECTION III
Page 22 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
! 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES
The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless
, approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all
drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
1 address Thomas.Mahony(a�myClearwater.com.
6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND
, GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
' will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
, the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
� or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
, defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
� Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
' Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
, Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's
Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by
the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or
� any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review
and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance
by the Engineer.
� 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK
' Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
� 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City,
' its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands,
claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys',
witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of,
, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
'
SECTION iil — General Conditions
or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii)
any negligent acts, errars, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii)
Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established
by this Agreement.
Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any
issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this
indemnification.
The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor
or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor-provided
supplies or services.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall
not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any
limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not
intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may
have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties.
6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS
The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014),
specifically to:
a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder.
b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public
agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or
copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in
Chapter ll 9, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise
provided by law.
c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the
duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor
does not transfer the records to the public agency.
d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public
records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by
the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to
the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public
records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure
requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of
the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public
records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon
request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is
compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency.
SECTION III
Page 24 of 50
�
'
�
'
,
'
�J
,
'
�
,
�
�
,
'
�
,
Updated 6/3/2016 '
,
'
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for
services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not
possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor
of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow
the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time.
� The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply
with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract
provisions in accordance with the contract.
g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a
reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records
relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award
against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney
fees, if:
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with
the public records request within a reasonable time; and
2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiffprovided written
notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not
complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor.
i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of
public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with
the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or
certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery,
which may be in an electronic format.
j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the
notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
OTHER WORK
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and
perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether
related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for
these purposes.
The City may have its own forces perform new wark related to the project, however, this work
� will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity
is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with
the Contractor's work ar schedule.
7.2. COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site,
the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
SECTION III
Page 25 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative.
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
the Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with the Owner's right to stop wark or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer
may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9.
9.1.
OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will
either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The
duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of
Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract
Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued
form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding
on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation
justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to
agree to the amount ar extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as
provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
�
��
SECTION III —General Conditions
9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work
� which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's
Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to
the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
� completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's
Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
I 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
� In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change
Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection
� with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on
Payments to Contractor and Completion.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
,
�
9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other
matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under
the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will
be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in
accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will
be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement
promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event
giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and
the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's
Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more
accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit
any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's
Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner
and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty
(30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a
Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or
(ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention
to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor
to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision
and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction
to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60)
days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and
Contractor.
SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative
with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have
under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute
or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any
other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in
good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,
exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall
create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or
agent of any of them.
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have autharity over or be
responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of
the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or
furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any
of the work.
Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered
by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and
approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any
time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions,
deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work
Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
�
�
,
��
�
�
�
�
,
E�
�
�
�
�,
�'
,
'
u
�
,
,
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Owner's Representative covering:
• changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of
, acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or
correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or
(iii) agreed to by the parties;
' • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
• changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any
written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions
� - on Disputes;
• provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from
any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and
� applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on
the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing
the Work.
,
'
,
,
�J
r
�
�
�
,
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such
occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to
submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by
claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the
claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any
Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be
determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii)
where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
SECTION III
Page 29 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii)
where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and
Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for
directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall
apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and
other items of direct costs required for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
�
Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual
payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes
established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with
negotiating the subject change.
Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall
be substantiated through vendors' invoices.
3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation
costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current
rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as
the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment
and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs
associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned
equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize
lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed
estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for
equipment on stand-by.
4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed
by the Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If
work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five
percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above.
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4.
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general
supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense.
11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINA� CONTRACT PRICE
ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
,
�
'
�
,
�
�
'
,
,
�
,
r
��
�
�
'
SECTION III —General Conditions
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's
Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall
be correspondingly adjusted.
11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Wark,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's
Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to
be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The
Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity
of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from
the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes
that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract
Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On
unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily
complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project
construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a
finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually
used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract
Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor
in his original bid.
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
T'he Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence,
unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate
data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that
the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is
entitled as a result of the occunence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract
SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III—General Conditions
Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an
adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with
the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(ar Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Wark within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall
be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable
to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or
employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including
but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by
utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for
Other Work.
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL
OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the
Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo�
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments,
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required
certificates of inspection or approvaL Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner
permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and
obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required
for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work,
SECTION I11
Page 32 of 50
'
�
'
,
,
'
�
,
�
�
,
�.1
,
�J
�
�
�
Updated 6/3/2016 ,
'
�
�
�
�
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractar's purchase
thereof for incorporation of the Work.
If any Wark (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by
Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this
paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative
and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's
Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if
� requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and
replaced at Contractor's expense.
�
�
L'J
�
�
If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's
request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing
as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting
from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
wark of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price
for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,
may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract
Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if
the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim
therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK
' If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers ar suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order
� Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been
eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
' Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this
paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract
Price.
�
�
,
13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either
correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by
SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION 111— General Conditions
or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in
accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective
and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of
others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such
instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the
Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by
Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Wark, the Owner
prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation
of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's
Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner
Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall
be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for
Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's
recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the
Owner.
13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to
correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's
Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or
if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if
SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
'
1
,
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
,
�
'
,
'
�i
U
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
lJ
SECTION III — General Conditions
Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may,
after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In
exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously.
In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from
all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's
services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall
allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors,
and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable
the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and
damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to
an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefare as provided in the article for Change of
Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs
of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the
Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable
to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder.
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described
herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work
completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required
by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the
Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in
the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed
including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount
of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector
overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of
the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be
acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an
Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site
marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the
Contract Documents.
� In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative
may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any
progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have
�
'
SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report
as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the
report is provided.
14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner
no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work
shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful
claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged,
whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this
Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the
Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the
Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and
the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt autharize and
process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment,
unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires
review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment
will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment
is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the
reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in
writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper.
In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any
payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such
payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent
inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because:
(i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the
Owner has been required to correct defective Work ar complete Work, or (iv) Owner's
SECTION III
Page 36 of 50
�
�
u
,
j�
U
LJ
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
r
,
Updated 6/3/2016 �
'
O
'
SECTION Iil — General Conditions
Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination.
1 The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with
' the Wark, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to
secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner
to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of
� the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay
in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative
or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the
� amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when
Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
'
LJ
'
'�J
�i
�
��
�
'
14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference
with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such
part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor
will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is
substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time
after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make
an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not
consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that
part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial
Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial
Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and
access thereto.
14.5. FINAL INSPECTION
, Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and
Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which
� this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will
produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and
assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list.
' SECTION III
,
Page 37 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the
contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract.
Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or
remedy such deficiencies.
14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of
inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other
documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for
progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as
previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including
but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and
(ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the
Contract Documents.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final
Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without
terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have
been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the
surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for
such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's
Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations
under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in
writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment.
Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the
Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative
will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as
SECTION III
Page 38 of 50
�
�
�
I�l
�
�
,
,
LJ
1
'
�
��
�
'
'
'
�
Updated 6/3/2016 '
'
'
'
�
SECTION III —General Conditions
to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay
contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative.
14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
� against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
� Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
�
'
'
�
�
�
�
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15,1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which
will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date
so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an
approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of
Contract Time.
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
� Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the
Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise
' than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to
the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or
that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
'
�
'
,
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and,
to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
SECTION I11 Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such
excess will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractar shall pay the
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by
Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any
rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price
for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not
affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not
release Contractor from liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate
the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to
be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if
the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act
on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has
failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor
may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the
Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not
intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract
SECTION III
Page 40 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
�
'
�
�
�
'
'
'
�
'
�
'� 1
�
'
�
'
�
1
�
�
,
'
,
'
�
SECTION III —General Conditions
Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to
Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article.
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may
otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17. MISCELLANEOUS
17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
' The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall
be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
�
,
'
'
'
,
17.2. GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any
error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or
agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to
the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
� Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
I 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
' The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights
to notice of assignment.
' SECTION 111
�
I
J
Page 41 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
17.6. RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction
Department.
17.7. ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers
and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike
Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email:
M ichae I. Prvor�myC l earwater. com.
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
19. MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical
Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an
inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either pocument not clarified by
addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in
accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation.
21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP)
21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS
The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the
Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner
is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other
applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's
Work. Owner-purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be
administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the
actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales
SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
I �
�
L__
,
SECTION III —General Conditions
tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as-bid by the
Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any
other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as-bid contract
amount shall be used.
Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value
' and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner
an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration
as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix).
21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK
Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer
Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP
materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner,
and a copy sent to the Contractor.
Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's
possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or
equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or
delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor.
21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or
equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities,
verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and
obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and
acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and
Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements
normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The
Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or
equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all
claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the
action of the Contractor.
As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect
all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The
Contractar shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by
documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This
documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to
the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The
Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to
the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials.
Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor.
The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and
determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are
patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or
equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers
defective or non-conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the
SECTION III
Page 43 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III—General Conditions
Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the
Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming
condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue
delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and
otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP
materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by
performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner,
resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project,
including liquidated damages.
21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION
The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into
Contractor's Wark from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The
Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered
into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which
have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for
all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair,
maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the
appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor.
The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and
penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that
purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to
sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is
no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters
that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit,
assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and
relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to
closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed
the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in
excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor.
22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF
CONSTRUCTION
22.1. GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius,
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating
the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing
the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of
construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water
service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the
Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo
(optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances
which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the
scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by
SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION ili — General Conditions
the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and
durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door
hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's
activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected
by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas,
equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor
cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to
maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain
appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
22.2. EXAMPLE
CITY LOGO
of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY' S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property
owners of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property
owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or
any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this
purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during
the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active
work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s)
shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in
SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK.
23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined
SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016
C�
�
�
SECTION III — General Conditions
after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on
sign at the preconstruction conference.
23.3. FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade
' plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a
minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts
and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring
, in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate
mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for
approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be
attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080-
inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl
lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic
barricade.
23.5. SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional
to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative
shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor.
23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-
way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations
of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
SECTION III
Page 47 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III —General Conditions
23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
� <PROJECT NAME>
<C4NTRACT NUMBER>
<DEPARTMENT NAME> PRUJECT
�
�_CONTRACTOR:
�
' COMPLETION DATE:
FUNDING:
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE:
, - �3
; < _ � � � �, �� ;� ,� �� � s� ��-�,
� _. �. r . ",. � '� t �. , �,� ,°�,.
axAr,srr �,�vo �En� f�r�;t • rs�r ro B�,�cr�
� „, � __ _ � ��.��_ _
r ,
s
s
c
�
E
_c
3'-51��„ �;
�"x4" P.T. '
�" Pc�st (TyP ;
A
� � . . . , . � . .
� �
I
� ff 1
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in
Article 2 of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number
of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to
commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the
work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per
calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued
on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to
perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that
in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay
SECTION III
Page 48 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
,
,
SECTION 111— General Conditions
the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each
eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment.
' The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
final acceptance.
�
'
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS
OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION
FORM
Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies
, with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum
Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and
may not bid on, submit a proposai for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of
' Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million
($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or
response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or
� engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or
response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for
purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or
� Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling,
possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal
property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce.
, The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with
all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response.
Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City
, of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed
either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed
' on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been
placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized
Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business
, operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then
the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission
of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the
, previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of
Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist:
A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must
occur):
1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011.
2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July
1, 20ll.
SECTION III
The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to
contract with the company or entity.
Page 49 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016
SECTION III — General Conditions
4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal
plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any
new scrutinized business operations.
B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria:
1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012.
2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July l, 2012.
3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to
contract with the company or entity.
4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal
plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new
business operations in Cuba or Syria.
Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a
contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than
one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the
above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the
contract is offered.
The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies
as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form.
See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the
Bid/Proposal Form.
SECTION III
Page 50 of 50
Updated 6/3/2016 '
'
'
,
�
f�
,
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Conte�t:
100 SERIES: GENERAL ......................................................................................1
101. SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................... 1
102. FIELD ENGINEERING ........................................................................................ 1
, 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ..................................1
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ....................................................2
�
'
,
,
�
�
,
J
'
'
'
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS .................................................................................... 2
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS ........................................................................................3
104.
105.
105-1.
105-2.
105-3.
105-4.
105-5.
105-6.
105-'7.
105-8.
105-9.
105-10.
105-11.
105-12.
STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ................................................................................ 3
AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS ........................................... 3
CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING .................................3
SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ....................................................3
PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ........................................................................3
EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................3
RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION ........................................................................4
RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION ........................................................................4
VIEWER ORIENTATION .............................................................................................4
LIGHTING....................................................................................................................4
SPEEDOF TRAVEL .....................................................................................................4
VIDEOLOG/INDEX ....................................................................................................5
AREAOF COVERAGE ..................................................................................••--..........5
COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................••..................5
106. STREET SIGNS .................................................................................................... 5
107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .................................................................. 5
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ..........5
107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ...............................................................5
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ........................................................................6
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ....................................7
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .....................7
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ..............................................8
107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR .............8
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE .................................................. 8
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS ..............................................................................................8
108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ................................................8
109. PROJECT WEB PAGES ....................................................................................... 9
109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN ..................................................................................................9
109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ........................................................................9
109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ..........................................................9
' SECTION IV
��
Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV-Technical Specifications
109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS ................................................................
109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS ................................................................
109-6. POSTING .........................................................................................
109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES .................................................................
200 SERIES: SITEWORK ..................................................................................11
201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .............................................. 11
202. OBSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................................... 12
203. DEWATERING ...................................................................................................12
203-1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................................12
203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................12
204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ........................................................... 13
204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................13
204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................13
205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ........................................................ 13
206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING ..........................................................................14
206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................14
206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................14
207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ......................................................... 14
207-1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................................14
207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL ....................................................................................14
207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................15
207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................15
207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS ...................................15
207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ...................................................................15
207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ......................................................15
207-8. MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................15
207-9. COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................16
f►•II�:�
208-1.
208-2.
208-3.
208-4.
208-5.
208-6.
208-7.
CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH
EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES . ............................................................ 16
EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS .........................................................16
TOP OF CAP ELEVATION .........................................................................................16
SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL .............16
PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL ..........................................................................16
POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY ...........................................................................17
RIP-RAP ......................................................................................................................17
RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL .......................................17
300 SERIES: MATERIALS ................................................................................18
301. CONCRETE ........................................................................................................ 18
302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ................................ 18
302-1. EXCAVATION..-•• ....................•--.................................................................................18
302-2. FORMS ...............................•.............---......................................................•-•...............18
303. REINFORCEMENT ............................................................................................18
SECTION IV
Updated 2/11/2016 '
�
�
�
i
SECTION IV-Technical Specifications
303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................19
304. BACKFILL ..........................................................................................................19
304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL ..................................................................................19
304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION ...................................................................................19
' 305. RIPRAP ............................................................................................................... 20
305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................20
305-2. BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................21
'
,
,
�
,
J
J
'
'
,
L�
�
,
400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER ....................................................................22
401. SANITARY MANHOLES .................................................................................. 22
401-1. BUILT UP TYPE .........................................................................................................22
401-2. PRECAST TYPE .........................................................................................................22
401-3. DROP MANHOLES ......................................................•-•--.........................................23
401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS ...........................................................................................23
401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................23
401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................23
402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES ............ 23
402-1. BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................23
403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .................................................... 24
403-1. MATERIALS ...............................................................................................•-..............24
403-2. INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................24
403-3. TESTING .....................................................................................................................25
403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................26
404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING .......................................... 26
404-1. 1NTENT .......................................................................................................................26
404-2. PRODUCT AND C ONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY .......................26
404-3. MATERIALS ...............................................................................................................26
404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ..................••-•--............---•--........................27
404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION ......................................................................................28
404-6. LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................29
404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION ....................................................................................29
404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................29
404-9. PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................29
405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................................... 30
405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................30
405-2. PAYMENT ...........................................................................................................•••---..30
405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ..........................................................................30
405-4. STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ..............................................31
405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL .......................................................................................32
405-6. GROUTING MIX ........................................................................................................32
405-7. LINER MIX .................................................................................................................32
405-8. WATER ........................................................................................................................33
405-9. OTHER MATERIALS .................................................................................................33
405-10. EQUIPMENT ..............................................................................................................33
405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ........................................................................34
, SECTION IV
,
�
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ........35
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE
LINES AND APPURTENANCES ..............................................41
501.
5�2.
502-1.
502-2.
502-3.
502-4.
502-5.
502-6.
502-7.
502-8.
502-9.
502-10.
SCOPE................................................................................................................. 41
MATERIALS....................................................................................................... 41
GENERAL...................................................................................................................41
PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..........................................................................41
GATEVALUES ...........................................................................................................43
VALUEBOXES ...........................................................................................................44
HYDRANTS................................................................................................................44
SERVICESADDLES ..................................................................................................
TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS ......................................................................45
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS .....................................................................................46
TAPPINGSLEEVES ...................................................................................................46
BLOWOFF HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................
503. CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................. 47
503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING ...........................................................................................47
503-2. PIPE LAYING ............................•--..............................................................................47
503-3. SETTING OF VALUES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ...........................................48
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ...................................................................49
504. TESTS ................................................................................................................. 50
504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS .............................................................................................50
504-2. NOTICE OF TEST ......................................................................................................50
505. STERILIZATION ................................................................................................50
505-1. STERILIZING AGENT ...............................................................................................50
505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM .................................................................................................50
505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE ...............................................................................50
505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................... 51
505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS ...................................................................................................51
506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .................................................................. 51
506-1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................................51
506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS ..............................................................52
506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS .....................................................•-•...............52
506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALUES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
COVERS......................................................................................................................52
506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS .........................................................52
600 SERIES: STORMWATER ...........................................................................54
601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES........... 54
601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT ......-• ........................................................................................54
602. UNDERDRAINS .................................................................................................54
602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................54
602-2. BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................55
SECTION IV
,
,
�
CJ
,
'
'
C!
,
'
�
,
,
�I
�
'
'
'
iv Updated 2/11/2016 �
'
�
'
,
'
�
�
SECTION IV-Technical Specifications
603. STORM SEWERS ............................................................................................... 55
603-1. TESTINGAND INSPECTION ...................................................................................55
603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................56
604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES.................................................................................................... 56
604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ...............................................................................56
604-2. PRECAST TYPE .........................................................................................................57
604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................57
605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ........................................................................ 57
605-1. MATERIAL .................................................................................................................57
605-2. PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................58
700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS ...................................................60
, 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS,
SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVENIENT ....................................................... 60
702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .............................................................. 60
1 702-1. BASE ...........................................................................................................................60
702-2. SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................62
703.
703-1
703-2
703-3.
703-4.
703-5.
703-6.
703-7.
703-8.
703-9.
703-10
704.
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS .......................................................... 63
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ..........................................................................................63
HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITYASSURANCE...........................................................................................63
ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ...................................................................64
ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ..............................64
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................64
CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................64
ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ..............................................................................65
ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................65
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................66
BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................66
ADNSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .......................... 66
705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS ................................................................................... 67
705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................67
705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................67
706. CONCRETE CURBS .......................................................................................... 67
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................67
706-2. BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................68
707.
707-1.
707-2.
707-3.
707-4.
707-5.
708.
SECTION IV
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ............................................... 68
CONCRETESIDEWALKS .........................................................................................68
CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................68
CONCRETECURB RAMPS ......................................................................................68
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................68
BASISOF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 69
MILLING OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 69
v Updated 2/11/2016
708-1.
708-2.
708-3.
708-4.
708-5.
708-6.
708-7.
708-8.
708-9.
708-10.
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE .......................................69
ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................69
SALUAGEABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................70
DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ......................................................................................70
ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LJNDERGROLIND UTILITIES ...................70
ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES .............................................................70
TYPES OF MILLING .................................................................................................70
MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS ...............................................................................70
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................71
BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................71
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS ....................72
801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS .................................... 72
801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ........................................................72
802. SIGNING AND MARKING ............................................................................... 72
802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ........................................................73
803. ROADWAYLIGHTING .....................................................................................73
803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ........................................................73
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION ............................................74
901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ...................................................... 74
902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................... 74
902-1. IRRIGATION ...............................................................................................................74
902-2. LANDSCAPE ..............................................................................................................84
903
• �.i
SODDING........................................................................................................... 99
SEEDING............................................................................................................ 99
905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................... 99
905-1. SCOPE .........................................................................................................................99
905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK .......................................................................................100
905-3. WORK METHODS ...................................................................................................100
906
907
908
909
LEVEL OF SERVICE .......................................................................................102
COMPLETION OF WORK ..............................................................................103
INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .....................................................................103
SPECIAL CONDITIONS ..................................................................................103
,
,
�
'
,
'
i�
�
,
,
,
'
'
,
910. TREE PROTECTION .......................................................................................103
910-1. TREE BARRICADES ...............................................................................................103 ,
910-2. ROOT PRUNING ......................................................................................................104
910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING .......................................................................................105
SECTION IV
�
�
vi Updated 2/11/2016 ,
'
C�
'
�
,
�
,
100 SERIES:
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
GENERAL
101. SCOPE OF WORK
Project Name: MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIR
Pro�ect Number: 16-0038-UT
Scope of Work:
The Work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not limited to, constructing the
Work outlined below and specifically detailed in all related specifications and drawings that will
require one building permit. The Work shall be as follows:
1. Provide and Install the following major items:
� Provide all temporary back up power systems necessary to keep plant and temporary influent
pumping system in service. Coordinate with City for any shutdowns; Demolition and dispose of
all equipment shown on drawings or specified in contract documents; Perform the removal of
, grit from three "grit kings"; Provide or install all electrical equipment conduit and wiring as
shown or specified in contract documents; Provide and install new pumps, valves and piping per
contract drawings; Removal of existing pumps and installation of new pumps to be provided by
� CITY; Provide and install new gates within the existing splitter box and at the existing influent
grit removal channel (remove existing gates where necessary); Provide and install new breaker in
existing I-line for HSPS power; Perform all structural changes shown on drawing; Provide all
� cleaning equipment and supplies, along with paint coatings described on drawings; Start up and
training for all systems.
�
�
,
1
,
�
1
The Contractor shall provide 2[Fixed] project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23
of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the
beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval.
Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the
Contractor's schedule of work.
SEE APPENDIX FOR EOUIPMENT PROVIDED BY CITY FOR INSTALLATION.
Contract Period: 180 Consecutive Calendar Days
102. FIELD ENGINEERING
102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service
required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to
locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the
construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or
SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be
licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three
(3) complete sets of As-built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as
outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and
shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any
permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or
disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the
proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced -and reset by a
Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida.
102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be
responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and
stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence
of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City
Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments.
Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-built
Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General
Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III,
Article 1- Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that
the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of
calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any
responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities
nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of
quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations
pertaining thereto.
SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
�
i
'
'
'
�
�
�
,
LJ
'
'
,
'
,
l�
�
,
�
,
��
��
�
�
�
�
r
�
'
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of
local or state autharities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard
adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is
referenced for the same task.
Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not
covered by City's Standards and Specifications.
104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged
in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the
roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO
RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of pre-construction conditions.
105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in
any area.
105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video
recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction colar audio/video recording documentation.
105-4. EQUIPMENT
, All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
� The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances,
, SECTION IV
i
Page 3 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles.
Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus
and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly
controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality.
105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly
visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the
proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as
conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of
the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
105-8. LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recarding and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of
SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
r
'
�
,
�
C�
�
�
�
�
L
,
r
�
'
i
'
�
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicie used during videoing
shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX
' All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and
project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the
various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or
' location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter
numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date.
�
�
I
�
'
�
'
��
'
,
�
�
J
'
105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE
Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures,
etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any
faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street,
easement or right of way at any one time.
105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
106. STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four
(24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE
TRAFFIC CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction
SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the
Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for
Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic
Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans.
107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the
driver proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision:
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary
traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked
detours shall be provided by appropriate signs."
Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or ]atest revision
FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of atl traffic control plans.
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer.
107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
�
'
,
�
�
�
�
,
L�
'
'
,
,
�
�
�J
r
�
�
'
,
,
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL
COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and
potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
t 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
�
'
�
C�
�I
i
�
�
�
107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
GView Release
107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS
107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days.
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
(727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control
plan. All maintenance of traf�ic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional
Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of
Florida.
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
OPERATION
The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may
make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 7 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise.
107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic
Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Flarida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and
shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic
control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed
to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor
shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may
be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the
following options:
Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages
up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV.
Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the
following table.
108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE
SECTION IV
�
,
�
'
,
�
�
,
�
CJ
,
'
'
,
��
�
MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE I ,
Page 8 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016 '
,
�
'
�
�
'
�
�
��
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)
Up to 50 10
Over 50 to 200 15
Over 200 to 350 20
Over 350 to 500 25
Over 500 to 750 35
Over 750 to 1,000 45
Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or
registered professional engineer who is a
qualified person with respect to electric power
transmission and distribution)
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. Far example, over 50 to 200
means up to and including 200kV.
109. PROJECT WEB PAGES
109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
' current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
http://www.w3.or�/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/
�://www.section508.�
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles,
SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public
Communications.
109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent
back to the City regarding the Project.
109-6. POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if
approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and
conformity issues.
109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Webmaster for posting.
SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
,
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
200 SERIES: SITEWORK
201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
, The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
� The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and
requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically
� stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with
regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
, consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
I removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
,
'
�
�
�
,
L. J
�
City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance
with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance
with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the
Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's
excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the
Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for
the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain
sufficient yuantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety reyuirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider
on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs,
intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly
hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated
at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the
Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall
direct, without compensation.
, SECTION IV
'
Page il of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
202. OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced
before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the
work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall
be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspectar for
the approved means.
203. DEWATERING
203-1. GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractar shall not dam, divert, or cause water to
flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may
be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the
Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a
dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained
or required.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE
The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit
for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance
with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced
groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways.
Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It
shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and
disposal methods. The City will field-inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction.
SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes,
structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the
Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of
the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer.
204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
'The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined
by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope
of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is
the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material.
204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines
SECTION IV
Page 13 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
WHITE Proposed Excavation
PINK Temporary Survey Markings
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road
and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face.
206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take
ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local,
State and Federal Requirements.
206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
207-1. GENERAL
Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution.
Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the
City of Clearwater Standard Indices.
207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida
Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All
personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year.
Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of
SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
training and training sign-in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre-
Construction Meeting.
207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
1 No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary
� vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
�
�
,
�
�
�'
�!
�
�
,
�
�
�
LJ
207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL
STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and
Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater
Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation.
207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one
time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be
cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any
stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
207-8. MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
207-9. COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order".
208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND
OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES.
Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location
of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion
control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are
necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part
of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be
constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times.
208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS
Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or
with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean
high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced
with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property
line and maintains the established shoreline.
208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION
The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed
4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the
adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is
required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8
feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and
replaced to their current height.
208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD
OF THE CCL
Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled
by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the
coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state
department of environmental protection.
208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL
The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the
following conditions:
(a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design.
(b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the
original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location.
SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
C
'
'
'
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
(c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb.
(d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the
seawall behind the new seawall is removed.
(e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed.
(� The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line.
(g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the
property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive,
and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier
construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the
original seawall slab.
� 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY
Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post-
� construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not
alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement.
�
'
,
'
,
�l
0
���
1
1
208-6. RIP-RAP
On all natural waterways, an apron of rip-rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired
seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave
energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to
provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip-rap shall be required at the base of all new
seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes
greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel.
208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL
A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities,
including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all
portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line.
' SECTION IV
�
Page 17 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
300 SERIES:
301. CONCRETE
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
MATERIALS
The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24)
hours in advance of all concrete placement.
Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to:
All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and
Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete
Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall
have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty-
eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The
aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94.
The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion.
Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards
(5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at
28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor
to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or
need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof.
302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
302-1. EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed.
302-2. FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood ar metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal
only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission
from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the
dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of
suf�icient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing.
303. REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
r
'
�
�
'
�
�
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires
shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM
A775/A77 requirements.
303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
304. BACKFILL
304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL
Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the
excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall
be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard
fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar
material.
Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M 145.
Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall
be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro-
hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed
around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches
(12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable
fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications.
Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be
effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's
specifications) and hand tamping until backfll has reached an elevation and condition such as to
make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D
filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or
ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends.
Where new cast-in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified
twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs.
Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and
compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four
feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert.
The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra
dewatering effort to achieve reyuired density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or
lump sum price for the item of the work specified.
304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved
by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by
SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The
Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re-inspection services.
Backfll under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be
compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or
ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation.
Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of
95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be
performed up to the proposed finished grade.
Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by
performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch
(8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for
density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be
performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight-volume methods. If the
weight-volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test
(ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used,
the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its
calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The
Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing.
Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of
backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive
structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the
Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is
completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight
inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the
backfill, or that insuffcient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing
to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill.
Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable
backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section
to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's
Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4)
additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by
the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to
further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill.
305. RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans.
The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons.
SECTION IV
Page 20 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
SECTION IV
Page 21 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
400 SERIES:
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
SANITARY SEWER
401. SANITARY MANHOLES
401-1. BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches (24").
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches
�24")-
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of
mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
401-2. PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five
inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints
shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint.
Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is
approved by the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered befare
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
'
�
u
i
,
�
�
'
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five
inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete —
Adjustment of Manholes.
401-3. DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301.
401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II
' Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as
manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal.
The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams
' Targuard� Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or
PP-R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm).
C,
lJ
�
�
401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal� or approved water stop coupling.
402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER
STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by
the Engineer.
402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
, Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
' SECTION IV
'
Page 23 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
403-1. MATERIALS
403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35.
Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly
marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber
sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying
length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20').
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building
lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without
manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement
between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these
Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the
property line.
403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
403-2. INSTALLATION
403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended
practices contained in ASTM D 2321.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing
working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and
movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction
will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�I
�
'
,
'
,
'
I'�
'
,
'
r
�
,
,
�
,
�
�_�
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to
remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter
aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe.
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use
an approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact (ocations. The Contractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
403-3. TESTING
403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of
diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test
the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The
Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of
bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of
the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be
performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line.
403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as
described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
403-4.
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
BASIS OF PAYMENT
403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the
property line.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
404-1. INTENT
It is the intention of this specifcation to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8")
to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless,
continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a
complete, fully restored and functioning installation.
404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER
ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
404-3. MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
J
,
'
'
�
�
�r-- i
I
'
�,
i
I
�
L
�
��.
L_,
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material ProPertX ASTM Method Value
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi
HDPE
Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in
Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the above requirements.
Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the
Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for
receiving bids.
404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
, It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
, to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
, operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage.
li
�
LI
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in
DVD format as specified below.
404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION
REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION
This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum
requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently
using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV
Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor-
provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to
direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database.
404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND
REQUIREMENTS
The Inspection image fles (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard
Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or
external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers.
404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS
Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4
format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data
linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to
the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video
record in real-time.
The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES
standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program
(Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo-
database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer
Nodes.
The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or
storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related
attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of
existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a
single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by
system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected
structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different
projects.
SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
i�
�J
'
'
,
,
�
i�
,
r,
�
�,
!'�
�
�
J
�
�
J
��
,
'
�
,
C��
,
,
,
'
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION
The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The
synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications
to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated
into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation.
404-6. LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
' full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
� pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
' problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their
, expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be
met.
'
,
404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
, Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users
' when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers
with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8)
hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
404-9. PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully
SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHA regulations shall be met.
405-2. PAYMENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate
payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris
Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering;
Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring
and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved
roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and
Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall
be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner.
405-3.
405-3.1.
FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
405-3.1.1. LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
405-3.1.2. MORTAR
Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3)
parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
,
,
�
'
,
,
'
,
SECTION IV—Technicai Specifications
405-3.1.3. GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the
outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as
possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
' Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the manhole liner and piping.
n
li
,
�
'
,
,
�
�
Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway
Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces".
405-4. STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying
the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially
' SECTION IV
'
Page 31 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a
two (2) coat application.
405-4.1. MATERIALS
405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM G109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf
405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM G109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
405-6. GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum
twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi.
405-7. LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% RH.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
SECTION IV
Page 32 of 106
Updated 2/il/2016
- _ _
,
J
6. Density, when applied
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
1 OS + pcf
' Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag
weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per
cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall
' be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns.
Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by
weight.
, Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
,
�
�
,
�
r
'
�
��
'
,
'
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56
pounds per cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to
108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in
length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the frst coat
rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be
spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush
finishing to a relatively smooth finish.
405-8. WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
405-9. OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
405-10. EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
' SECTION IV
,
Page 33 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV —Technicai Specifications
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-11.1. PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high
pressure water spray (minimum l,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel andlor scraper. Fill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the
quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
405-11.2. MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all
materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and
prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner
without interruption until each application is complete.
405-11.3. SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is
the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (U2").
The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring
additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat
to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than
twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be
removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the
invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The
SECTION IV
Page 34 of 106
,
'
�
L��
'
�
l7
'
,
'
r
r
'
,
CJ
,
'
LJ
Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the
intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being
subjected to active flow.
405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each
day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the
Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C
109.
405-11.5. CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been
completed.
405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of inercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter
(60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole
fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory
test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project
Engineer.
405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER
PRODUCT SYSTEM
405-12.1. SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means o£
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume
infiltration.
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2")
SECTION IV
Page 35 of 106
Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils
405-12.2. MATERIALS
405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall
have the following properties:
Set Time
Tensile Strength
ASTM C 307
Compressive Strength
ASTM -C 109
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
1-3 minutes
1 day 510 psi
3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
1 day 3,125 psi
7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Bonding Strength
380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
400% ASTM D 3574-86
250-300 psi
'
'
,
'
'
�7
'
,
l�
'
'
'
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent '
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Shrinkage
Toxicity
405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING
8.75-9.171bs/gal ASTM D-3574
150 psi ASTM D- 412
250% ASTM D-3574
Less than 4% ASTM D-1042
Non Toxic
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
'
'
'
,
,
�
,
,
LJ
�
,
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for
approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties
are as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
8.1x10�-10 cm/sec to
7.6x10�"" cm/sec
at 100% RH
at 50% RH
A self-bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
' provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08
Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3%
Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees
Fahrenheit.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The
mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two
inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color.
405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils.
This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface,
including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids,
can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic
fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have
the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit:
SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume
Color (other colors available on request)
Pot Life, hrs
Tensile Strength, psi, min
Tensile Elongation, %
Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi
405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
1:1
Light Gray
1
2,000
10 —20
5
1,800
The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet
Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%),
Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor
Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others.
405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure.
d. Remove debris from work area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.)
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step
7) to cement lining.
405-12.3.2. PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
'
CJ
'
'
�
,
'
�]
'
'
�
'
C7
,
'
C�
'
C1
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying
waterproofing/crystallization.
405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat.
L2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
' forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
, 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than
two inches (2")) has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth fnish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
SECT�ON IV
Page 39 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING
Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six
(6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of inercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
405-12.3.10. WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
L_J
C
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER
MAINS, FIRE LINES AND
APPURTENANCES
501. SCOPE
� The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and
appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
'
0
�
�
l�
,
'
'
'
'
502. MATERIALS
502-1. GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
1 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
' Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAW WA C 151 /A21.51 81 or latest revision.
' SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 U dated 2/11/2016
p
'
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest
revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations
from the main to the backflow preventer.
502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length
(OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to
require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to
laying conditions or usage.
The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a
solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge
A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches
(18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2")
PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2")
PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe
shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be
continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer.
This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows.
502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets
shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure
rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with
SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
' re uirements of ANSI/
q AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical �omt glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSUAWWA
' Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
i 502-2.4. RESTRAINT
�
�
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint
connectors.
502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING
' All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing.
� Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris
within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method
by the Engineer.
' 502-3. GATE VALVES
1 Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures,
shall be hand wheel operated with rismg stems. Valves four mches (4") and larger, buried in earth
� shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall
be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening
for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise).
�
�
�
C. J
'
'
Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less
than 150 psi cold water, non-shock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so
supported that their weight is not canied through valves.
Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed.
Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate
valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard
Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features
consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i.
differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from
pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O-ring bonnet
seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.
, SECTION IV
�
Page 43 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be
resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA.
These valves sha(1 include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening
unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped
with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and
scrapers and valved by-pass.
502-4. VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be
three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various
heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall
be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their
installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of
5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet
2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail.
502-5. HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of
the City of Clearwater potable water system:
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant
• AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B-84-B.
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM
listed.
3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two
sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground
line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction.
7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and
corrosion due to moisture.
SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
,
'
�
��
�
,
�
'
,
'
�
'
�
C�
C!
,
'
�
�
'
'
�
�
�
'
�
�J
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shal l be a#7 one and a half inch (1-1 /2") pentagon nut.
10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with O-ring seals or
threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O-
rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe.
13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories.
15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left
hand operation to open.
16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four
and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the
National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications.
18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AW WA Specification C 502.
Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
, the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
L�
,
'
All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may
be shut offwithout the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of
Clearwater's Engineering Department.
502-6. SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest
service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2").
Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger
mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron
with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps.
� 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accardance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
, Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 45 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV — Technicai 5pecifications
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fttings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed
within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed
by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest
revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently
acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each
end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check
valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum
of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel
body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel
bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug.
502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allowed.
SECTION IV
Page 46 of 106
,
'
�J
,
'
�
'
l _l
�
,
'
'
'
�
�
L�
'
,
Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
'
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
'
503. CONSTRUCTION
' 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING
,
�l
I'�
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled
against pipe already on the ground.
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at
their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
� 503-2.
'
'
'
�
'
503-2.1.
PIPE LAYING
ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and
sterilization of the pipe can be completed.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a
maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the
Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are
encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of
the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a
deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal,
relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions.
503-2.2. I NSTALLATION
' Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
' ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe
SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each
pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into
the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left
there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris,
tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill materiai tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the �is of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
503-3.
503-3.1.
SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
GENERAL
'
�
,
,
'
,
�
'
,
'
�
LJ
'
1
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe. '
503-3.2. VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to
exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line.
SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
'
'
'
�,
C'
�
,
�
�
LJ
i
,
'
'
�
'
'
'
,
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5&
Sheet 2 of 5 far potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2
of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail.
503-3.3. HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located
ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at
the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use
of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants
shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's
Engineering Department.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled
by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from
the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant
assembly cost.
503-3.4. ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown
on the plans.
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed
before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed
under the supervision of the City of Clearwater.
' SECTION IV
�
Page 49 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technicai 5pecifications
504. TESTS
504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision.
All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any
hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and
all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor
at their expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
504-2. NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours
advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
505. STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AW WA C651.
505-1. STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlarine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification O-S-602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron".
505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are
not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices
generally at the ends of the lines.
505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never
more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized
shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period.
SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
' 505-4.
RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
' After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
' 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
' Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water
from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall
forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health far bacterial
� examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of
coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the
absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system
, is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as
outlined above.
,
'
C��
�I
If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all
respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida
Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
506-1. GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form.
' Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum
payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full
compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate
, payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
applicable pay items of work:
�
r
'
�i
,
�
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
• Refill materials
• Joint materials
• Tests and sterilization
� Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
SECTION IV
Page 51 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION �V—Technical Specifications
506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
506-2.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
506-2.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation far furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation.
506-3.
506-3.1.
FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped
on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by mare
than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case,
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
506-3.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE
WITH BOXES AND COVERS
506-4.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
506-4.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
506-5.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are
listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions.
SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
506-5.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust
anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on
the hydrant lead.
SECTION IV
Page 53 of 106
Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
600 SERIES: STORMWATER
601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES
Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by
the Engineer.
601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
602. UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and
detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be
embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface
covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu
of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed
gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications,
Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed
and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel.
602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub-drain in place and
accepted.
SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
r
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
' 602-2. BA I
S S OF PAYMENT
, Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
' (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
II
I
I
603. STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete
unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of
FDOT Standard Specifications.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
, (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost far all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
' is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before
laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is
to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not
' simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the
inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
' 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions.
� The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater
drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the
completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down
' and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video
recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data
and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include:
'
lJ
'
'
'
1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths.
2) The drainage structure number and pipe size.
3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2).
4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and
infiltration.
The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously.
All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in
accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged
pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 55 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of
concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color).
All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by
the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage
structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of
pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post
construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re-
inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been
resolved.
603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.).
604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR
OTHER STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until
acceptance of the work.
604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown
on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2")
of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/il/2016
,
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
, 604-2.
PRECAST TYPE
' Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on
a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and
bearing.
'
�
,
'
,
,
,
'
LJ
�
��
�
,
,
'
,
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided.
604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
605-1. MATERIAL
605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS
Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non-raveling construction
and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns
developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of
0.106 inches.
605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not
less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3
U4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire
core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile
strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with
PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches.
SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate
fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while
remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be
spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine
the required seivedge wires.
605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started.
Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier
for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of
2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The
individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material.
605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985.
605-2. PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such
a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a
single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single
and double loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
�
'
'
1
��
'
,
'
'
'
'
LJ
,
�,
i
�
'
'
'
SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 '
1
'
,
r
'
�]
,
,
,
'
,
'
,
'
�
'
r
�
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled
line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. T'he panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to
placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 59 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS
701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same
thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98%
of maximum density per AASHTO T-180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6")
thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and
be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The
Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of
all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
702-1. BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for
additional roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted
on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted
minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise
noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent
testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an
independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is
SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
i
r
'
�
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the
City's Technical Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the
base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's
satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until
the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in
the bid item for base.
T'he Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in
advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of
' FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as
shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall
be included in the bid item price for base.
2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and
911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness
as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The
cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with
Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be
FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to
confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The
LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by
the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material,
unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime
coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance
with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item
price for asphalt or base.
5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be
constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall
have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283,
RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non-limited access paved shoulders,
shared use paths, or other non-traffic bearing applications. The cost far preparation,
placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included
in the bid item price for asphalt or base.
SECTION IV
Page 61 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV —Technicai Specifications
702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED
BASE
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
702-2. SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a
minimum compacted thickness of l2" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the
Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade,
Section N, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will
apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with
accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and
removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans.
The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor
shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the
materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade.
702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall
be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or
bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so
approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
SECTION IV
Page 62 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
�
�
I i
IJ
�
�I
�
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on
roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
703-1.1. AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
, 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
�
r
All bituminous materials shail conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall
conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze,
� at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such
tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to
determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed.
1 The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is
discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to
meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and
, investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such
work shall be borne solely by the Contractor.
Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following:
1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area,
or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In
addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch ('/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if
the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in
question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the
contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in
advance of the placement of all asphalt.
SECTION Iv Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
703-3.
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall
conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All
asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving
operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the
asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight.
703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER
THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Type SP/Spec 334-1
Type FC/Spec 337-8
Type B/Spec 234-8
ATPB/287-8
703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall
be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
703-6.1. CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
703-6.2. POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
i
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
, 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
' be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
�
,
�J
'
�
,
�
LJ
,
�
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that
the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between
initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree
aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included
in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they
are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of
impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled
paving.
703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
' 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid
item for asphalt.
'
'
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 65 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving,
all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or
mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be
equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the
Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day
before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall
also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating,
hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch
('/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101.
703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid
opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet
site. T'he address is: http•//www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bitshtm. For
additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252.
SECTION IV
Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/il/2016 '
1
1
�
C�
LJ
'
,
L
,
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall
be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for
access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as
specified for the street paving.
When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material.
Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways.
, 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted.
, 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which
, price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
,
,
'
'
706. CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scared joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In
addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor
shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete curbs.
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
� The basis of ineasurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted.
� SECTION IV
�
Page 67 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall
be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements ofArticles 301, 302 and
303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply.
707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches
(6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and
303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in
advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans
and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete
curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and
Specifications.
707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk,
six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted.
�
�
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
�
1
�
'
,
'
,
'
SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 �
�
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
,
707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT
,
�
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be
full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
708. MILLING OPERATIONS
� 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
�
L�
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be
performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor
shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours
in advance of all milling.
708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
� l. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
�
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled,
unless otherwise noted in the contract documents.
� 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper
must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover,
1 the Contractar shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the
roadways before leaving the job site.
'
�
,
,
�
L�I
1
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt,
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place
the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the
Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
� SECTION IV
�
Page 69 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall
remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall
be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to
schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work.
708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all
regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND
UTILITIES
All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by
their owners at the owner's expense. City-owned utilities and structures shall be located by the
Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow
utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State
Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and
resurfacing operations.
708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the
City's Technical Specifications.
708-7. TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of
pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
,
'
'
�
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the
existing swale.
708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 71 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND
MARKINGS
801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603
through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors,
pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of
existing traf�ic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs.
All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's
Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer
registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report,
shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All
mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the
manufacturer.
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the
City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown
features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781.
801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
802. SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless
otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the
FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with
thermopiastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified.
802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
803. ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION
901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water
Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work.
Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be
coardinated at the pre-construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must
conform to all regulatory requirements.
902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
902-1.
902-1.1.
IRRIGATION
DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay
item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
�
�
'
'
'
'
,
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: T'he Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty-
four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with
name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier
where replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS
� A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer
, prior to installation of main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
,
�
�
�
C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final
acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or
missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the
Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply
with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public.
' SECTION IV
�
Page 75 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
902-1.1.3. WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater.
902-1.2. PRODUCTS
902-1.2.1. GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
902-1.2.2. PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES
902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
SECTION IV
Page 76 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe-T-Shear Stem
5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (2'/2') AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
l. AWWA-C-509
2. 2001b. O. W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street
key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut.
902-1.2.7. SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip
by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV — Technicai 5pecifications
902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and LJNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with
# 181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION
902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
diameter (LD.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be seven inch (7").
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall
be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every
change of direction.
902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE
SECTION IV
Page 78 of 106
'
'
'
,
'
L.J
�
�
'
�
�
'
,
�I�
C
'
'
Updated 2/il/2016 '
'
�
,
'
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
' size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
,
�
�
�
'
'
�
'
�
902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year
regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4
stations either sequentially or independently.
D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each,
station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute
increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching
solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the
Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller
shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
, California USA.
� SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 U dated 2 11 2016
P / /
,
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of L1NIK
Control Modules.
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
902-1.3. EXECUTION
902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not speci�cally
mentioned in these Technical Specifications.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation
shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
SECTION IV
'
��
�
'
,
'
'
,
�1
�
'
'
,
'
'
'
Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 �
'
C
'
'
lJ
'
�
,
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
L The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
, Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
�'
�I
'
'
C1
i
'
�
C
J
B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and
between all lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of
45 degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over
the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than one half inch (%z").
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum
density.
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
, SECTION IV
'
Page 81 of 106
Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION
902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Specifications.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or
handling.
SECTION IV
Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
�I
,
'
,
,
,
'
L__J
�
'
,
LJ
'
L_J
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least
twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring.
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
l. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative
prior to installation.
902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four
inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance
clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks,
buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of
pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES
, A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
,
lJ
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
' SECTION IV
�
Page 83 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
902-2.
902-2.1.
LANDSCAPE
GENERAL
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractar, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
C�
�
�
'
'
�
,
'
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Article.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative
offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be
established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
specified work.
902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
' A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
bidding.
,
B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any
of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any
' substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied
state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the ciear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
C. W.: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
ST. TR.: Straight trunk.
MIN.: Minimum.
GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers.
DIA.: Diameter.
LVS.: Leaves.
D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
PPP: Plants per pot.
FG: Field grown.
STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of
quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape
Contractor.
Landscape Architect: This person ar firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who
produces the landscape Plans and Specifications.
902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS
A. Provide container-grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
SECTION IV
Page 86 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
'
'
'
'
'
�J
,
'
,
J
�,�
,
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil,
not less than one foot (i') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root
ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B& B plants which
cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or
mulch.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and
planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic
material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve
inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms,
only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and
handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed.
Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted
within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping.
Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded
area.
902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS
902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
' available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
'
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
, D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
' SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�I
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or
seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting
operations.
902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written
request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
902-2.2. PRODUCTS
902-2.2.1. MATERIALS
902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
,
'
'
�
'
'
,
�
,
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area.
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary far full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B
procedures.
J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container-grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than
, SECTION IV
,
Page 89 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in
which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
902-2.2.1.4. MULCH
A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the
PLANTING DETAILS in the plans.
902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square
feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50%
of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash
will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than
one-fourth ('/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients
(i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2")
caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper
and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree
sha(1 be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2"
x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used
around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
SECTION IV
Page 90 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016 '
,
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
' 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL
' A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable
' for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the
Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
,
'
C�
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1").
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three
� inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full
length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches
(8") into native soil.
, 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
' soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
�
'
'
902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade
shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area
surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (l') for each inch of
the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade.
902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
' A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equaL Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
,
'
,
902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES
, SECTION IV
'
Page 91 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
902-2.3. EXECUTION
902-2.3.1. PREPARATION
902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches
(1'/z") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the
excavated material off the site.
902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches
(3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic
soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area far annuals. Rototill
organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting
bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid
rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
SECTION IV
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
r
��
,
'
'
,
�
J
'
,
'
Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
,
,
'
�
C�
,
SECTION IV—Technicai Specifications
902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4").
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one
' pound (1 Ib.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be
commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or
controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil.
' E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION
902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 -
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
normally accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer
leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for
all plant sizes.
SECTION IV
Page 93 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
possible to the intent of the Plans.
902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of
the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about one inch (1 ") higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
1 gallon
3 gallon
5 gallon
7 gallon
Trees
Palms
1 - 21 gram tablet
2 - 21 gram tablet
3 - 21 gram tablet
4 - 21 gram tablet
3 tablets each'/�" (12 millimeters) caliper
7 - 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire,
and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the
bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper
grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully
worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of
the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball.
Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade.
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the
plant.
SECTION IV
'
,
'
'
�
'
,
u
'
CJ
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 '
'
C�
,
,
L�
'
'
'
,
'
�
'
�
'
l. J
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free
Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
902-2.3.2.4. SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of
nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before
the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1 ") to one and one half inches (1-1 /2") below top
of walks prior to laying sod.
D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient
water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two
inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion
due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type
that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as
necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per
manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with
suitable wooden pins or by other approved method.
902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
' nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing
shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by
, SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4')
height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade.
B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing
shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five
(5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel
bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run-
off.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, ar other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION
SECTION IV
Page 96 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
i
�
'
�
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch
(1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (IS) days of
notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written
and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
, SECTION IV
C'
Page 97 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set
forth in the Plans and Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the
Landscape Architect that the correction has been made.
902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
902-2.3.5. WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation
during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal amount of warranty.
SECTION IV
Page 98 of 106
,
'
,
'
'
'
L_J
'
�
'
'
'
�l
,
'
�
'
Updated 2/11/2016 �
��
, ,,
'
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
�
903. SODDING
� Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a
, suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be
placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod
roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to
� prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more
than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless autharized by the Engineer in advance. The sod
shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water
' sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain
conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not
acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional
' compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the
Engineer.
�
�J'
�II�
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
904. SEEDING
, Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
' conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no
wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola
Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of
' seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor
maintain said seed until growth is assured.
When this wark is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
' (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
' 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
' 905-1. SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
' plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
, SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
,
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
at designated areas. The Contractar is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified
landscaped street areas including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted);
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract
between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
905-3. WORK METHODS
905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative of the other party.
905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS
Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the
Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes,
vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report
such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup
from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat
appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site
and disposed of by the Contractor.
SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/il/2016
,
�
�
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
�
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
'
'
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK
' The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four
(24) hours after providing the service.
905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants
shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following
flower formation, consistent with the following specification:
905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE,
ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove
vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond
boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing
spikes allowed on palms.
905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high
pedestrian use areas.
905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in
mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor
at their expense.
SECTION IV
Page 101 of 106
Updated 2/il/2016
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually three inches (3").
905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running time.
905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on
City properties.
905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree,
across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION
The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility.
Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants,
securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City
will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the
Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant
material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the
designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain
in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
(5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site
work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate
per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform
remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
906. LEVEL OF SERVICE
The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within
seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6)
and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart.
SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
�
��
'
�
�
�
J
�
�
'
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
907. COMPLETION OF WORK
Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said
completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message.
908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work
has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
l. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12)
month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation
operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape
materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they
feel appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade
practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next
regular payment to the Contractor.
� 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall
' schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
910. TREE PROTECTION
1
'
'
,
910-1. TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species
,
SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
�
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright
posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1')
anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet
(8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four-inch
(4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's
representative must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
910-2. ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below
existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from
existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root
Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or
through the construction inspector assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
'
,
'
�
�
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk
diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative
prior to said root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
, done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the
disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18").
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed far this
� purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative,
prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
' I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
, roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
CI
,
'
��
�
��i
�
'
�
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub
and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques far all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community
Development Code.
C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed.
SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IV—Technical5pecifications
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked ar lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances
and Community Development Code.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of
Ordinances and Community Development Code.
SECTION IV
Page 106 of 106
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION IVa
SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive;
are a part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical
Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is
modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these
supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall
remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS — SECTION III
ARTICLE 3— Add Item 3.9 —
Interested bidders shall attend a mandatorv Pre-bid Meeting, to be
' established bv the CITY at the Marshall Street WWTP, to nerform a
walk-throu�h in an effort to assist with properlv bidding the work
identified within these contract documents.
,
'
'
,�
'
MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — SECTION IV
ARTICLES 1-63
Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded
by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical
Specifications.
ARTICLE 3- DEFINITION OF TERMS
3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement:
' The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of
work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make
no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any
' difference between the amounts of work actually performed and
materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof.
'
,
'
'
ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE
6 Add the following:
Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1-1/2 hour or
before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after introduction of mixing water
to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates.
For concrete joints:
A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and
alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent
to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 1/4
IN.
B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in
place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars
where indicated.
C. Weakened plane joints:
l. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete.
Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root.
D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever
concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber
bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked.
E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at
intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed
sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with
polyurethane sealant.
Finishing concrete:
A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section,
slightly above grade so that consolidation and finishing will bring
final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain
uniform ridge full width.
B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination.
C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and
operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from
surface.
D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a
uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings
shall receive light broom finish.
E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger.
F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions.
Curing concrete:
A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions.
Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent
detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during
entire curing period.
B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously
wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab,
to subgrade.
C. Curing compound: Spray on white-pigmented membrane forming
compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at
rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT/GAL. Concrete surfaces must be
moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to
eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces
to which new concrete is to be bonded.
Cold and hot weather concreting:
'
,
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
�
'
'
,
'
'
,
,
'
�
'
'
r
���
'
'
'
1. Cold weather (comply with ACI-306).
a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in
shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient
temperature has risen to 40° F.
b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix
between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both.
Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates,
150° F.
c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F provide
insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry
straw or equivalent, for 10 days.
d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete.
e. Never use salt or other antifreeze.
2. Hot weather (comply with ACI-305).
a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature
cannot be maintained under 90° F.
b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water
with crushed ice; aggregates by evaparation or water spray.
c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F.
ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS
' 9 Revise the Sth sentence to read, Any survey monument or benchmark
which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal,
and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of
' the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper
(PSM).
ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL
14 Replace the 3rd and 4t" paragraphs with the following:
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to
exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the
Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined
by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of
pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the
ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by
AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test).
Backfill for structures shall be in accordance with Division 02210 IVa
Supplemental Technical Specifications.
ARTICLE 38 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38 Add the following:
'
See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing,
which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater ,
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria
for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit ,
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information.
Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of
produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures �
shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project
completion."
38.9 Add the following: '
No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- ,
establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged,
destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function
during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, '
when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and
remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during
construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in '
place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and
mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all
areas. ,
,
'
�
1
'
,
'
'
,
'
,
-�
L
,
L_J
'
i
I
,
,
,
'
�J
The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications.
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010
01040
01045
01291
01297
01300
01301
01310
01312
01322
01411
01420
01452
01510
01511
01522
01570
01630
01651
01661
01721
01724
01740
01751
01772
01781
01782
01783
Summary of Work .................................................................. 01010-1 - 4
Coordination with Owners Operations ................................... 01040-1 - 5
Cutting and Patching .............................................................. 01045-1 - 6
Schedule of Values ................................................................ 01291-1 - 4
Progress Payment Procedures .............................................. 01297-1 - 2
Submittal Procedures ............................................................. 01300-1 -10
Preconstruction Conference ................................................... 01301-1 - 3
Project Coordination .............................................................. 01310-1 -1
Progress Meetings ................................................................. 01312-1 - 2
Progress Schedule ................................................................. 01322-1 - 6
Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan ................. 01411-1 -6
References ............................................................................. 01420-1 -10
Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor........... 01452-1 - 3
Temporary Utilities ................................................................. 01510-1 - 5
Temporary Electricity ............................................................. 01511-1 -2
Contractor's Field Office and Sheds ...................................... 01522-1 - 2
Temporary Controls ............................................................... 01570-1 -1 1
Measurementand Payment ...................................................01630-1 -6
Transportation & Handing of Products ................................... 01651-1 - 4
Storage and Protection of Products ....................................... 01661-1 - 5
Protection of the Work and Property ...................................... 01721-1 - 5
Connections to Existing Facilities ........................................... 01724-1 -1
Cleaning ................................................................................. 01740-1 - 4
Starting & Placing Equipment in Operation ............................ 01751-1 - 5
Closeout Requirements .......................................................... 01772-1 - 2
Operations & Maintenance Data ............................................ 01781-1 - 7
Record Documents ................................................................ 01782-1 - 5
Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials .................................... 01783-1 - 2
' DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
'
,
,
02615 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ................................................. 02615-1 - 8
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03930 Concrete Rehabilitation .......................................................... 03930-1 - 10
DIVISION 4 — NOT USED
DIVISION 5 - METALS
' 05521 Pipe and Tube Railings ......................................................... 05521-1 - 8
DIVISION 6- THRU 8- NOT USED
'
�
DIVISION 9- PAINTING AND COATINGS
09900 Paintings & Coatings .............................................................. 09900-1 - 16
DIVISION 10 - NOT USED
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11201 Stainless Steel Slide Gates ................................................... 11201-1 - 8
11202 Stainless Steel Channel Gates .............................................. 11202-1 - 9
11206 Submersible Solids Handling Pump ....................................... 11206-1 - 6
DIVISION 12 - NOT USED
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13100 Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements ............... 13100-1 - 25
13110 Instrumentation � Control - Control Enclosures ..................... 13110-1 -11
13120 Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware ....................... 13120-1 - 7
DIVISION 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15100 Valves & Appurtenances ........................................................ 15100-1 - 18
15871 Fiberglass Duct Axial Fan ...................................................... 15871-1 - 3
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16075 Identification for Electrical Systems ....................................... 16075-1 -13
16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) .................................. 16100-1 -27
16139 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems ........................................ 16139-1 - 2
16260 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives ................................ 16260-1 -13
16289 Surge Protective Devices ....................................................... 16289-1 - 6
16423 Motor Control Centers ............................................................ 16423-1 - 16
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR AUBREY HAUDRICOURT, P.E.
,
,
,
t
L
'
,
'
'
'
'
L. J
�
�
,
'
'
'
PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIRS
The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the
above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision.
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010
01040
01045
01291
01297
01300
01301
01310
01312
01322
01411
01420
01452
01510
01511
01522
01570
01630
01651
01661
01721
01724
01740
01751
01772
01781
01782
01783
Summary of Work
Coordination with Owners Operations
Cutting and Patching
Schedule of Values
Progress Payment Procedures
Submittal Procedures
Preconstruction Conference
Project Coordination
Progress Meetings
Progress Schedule
Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan
References
Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor
Temporary Utilities
Temporary Electricity
Contractor's Field Office and Sheds
Temporary Controls
Measurement and Payment
Transportation 8� Handing of Products
Storage and Protection of Products
Protection of the Work and Property
Connections to Existing Facilities
Cleaning
Starting 8� Placing Equipment in Operation
Closeout Requirements
Operations & Maintenance Data
Record Documents
Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials
City of Clearwater
Marshal/ Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Certiflication Page
16-0038-UT 00005-3
00992-0231
�
DIVISION 9— PAINTING AND COATINGS
09900 Paintings & Coatings
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13100 Instrumentation & Control — General Requirements
13110 Instrumentation 8� Control — Control Enclosures
13120 Instrumentation & Control — SCADA Hardware
DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL
15871 Fiberglass Duct Axial Fan
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16075 Identification for Electrical Systems
16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16139 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems
16260 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives
16289 Surge Protective Devices
16423 Motor ��qn�y91 Centers
����` ���,
\`\��y P�MAND HqV��ic ��ii
� ��t.. �,�GENsIc' p �
J� G'P� �
o. 66861
_ * �/ �� „��
Florida F�r�
McKim & '�rd�
1365 Hamlef�
Clearwater, F
�urt P.�. �' ��
�
�rt���neer� � 66861
•f�oR►.. ••�G ,�
�`
�AL �G ���
i�� ���
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Certification Page
16-0038-UT 00005-4
00992-0231
'
SECTION 00005- CERTIFICATION PAGE
'
,
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR H.A. HOBI, P.E.
PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIRS
, The foli '
owing sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the
' above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision.
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
' 03930 Concrete Rehabilitation
DIVISION 5 - METALS
, 1111►//
05521 Pipe and \,��ili�����
�\\ ��,�C E NSF'•, //i
� � . �
No. � 9360 �
=� ,. _ —
_ ��'�d -yk _ ( � � `
' — � �- � STATEQ��i �
H.A. Hobi, P.E. �9�': `
Florida Profession�IG���RI�,.�a.���
' McKim & Creed, Inc. �i� �YpNAL � ����
3903 Northdale Blvd. Sui%/1Wp1�M��
Tampa, Florida 33624
'
'
'
'
,
'
, City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Certification Page
' 16-0038-UT 00005-1
00992-0231
'
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR KRISTOPHER SAMPLES, P.E.
PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIRS
The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the
above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision.
DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK
02615 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT
11201 Stainless Steel Slide Gates
11202 Stainless Steel Channel Gates
11206 Submersible Solids Handling Pump
DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL
15100 Valves & Appurtenances
``���\ 111 I I 1 111 lil /,/ri/
ER DAN /$
Y ; NO. 78645 m
• N-
* STATE OF • #
Kristopher Samples, P.E.
Florida Professional Engineer No. 78645
McKim & Creed, Inc.
1365 Hamlet Avenue
Clearwater, Florida 33756
SS /ONALEc'C'
�.,.- Ntlttt11t11�.`�
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16- 0038 -UT
00992 -0231
Certification Page
00005 -2
'
I
�
'
�l
'
,
�
,
LJ
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Table of Articles for this Section is:
, 1.2
,
�_�
'
Article
1.12
Title
Section Includes
Location and Description of Work
Other Construction Contracts
Work By Others
Work By CITY
Owner-furnished Equipment and Materials
Assigned Procurement Contracts
Sequence and Progress of Work
CONTRACTOR's Use of Site
Easements and Rights-of-Way
Notices to CITY and Authorities of Properties
Adjacent to the Work
Salvage of Equipment and Materials
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
��
The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY).
The Work is located at the site of the Marshall Street APCF, 1605 Harbor Drive
Clearwater FI.:
C. The Work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not limited to,
constructing the Work outlined below and specific�lly detailed in all related
specifications and drawings that will require one building permit. The Work shall be
generally as follows:
1. Provide and Install the following major items.
' a. Provide all temporary back up power systems necessary to keep plant and
temporary influent pumping system in service. Coordinate with City for any
shutdowns.
, b. Demolition and dispose of all equipment shown on drawings or specified in
contract documents.
c. Perform the removal of grit from three "grit kings" and associated piping.
' d. Redirect 24" "Beach" flow piping as shown. Return to original state once
station is on line.
e. Perform additional yard piping modification as shown.
f. Provide or install all electrical equipment conduit and wiring as shown or
' specified in contract documents.
City of Clearwater
� Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-1
16-0038-UT
�
1.3
�
1.4
1.5
1.6
g. Provide and install new pumps, valves and piping per contract drawings.
h. Removal of existing pumps and installation of new pumps to be provided by
CITY.
i. Provide and install new gates within the existing splitter box and at the
existing influent grit removal channel (remove existing gates where
necessary).
j. Perform all structural changes shown on drawing.
k. Assist the City in reinstalling screens into channels. Provide crane as
necessary.
I. Repair influent manhole collar and return manhole to original condition once
temporary bypass pumping is removed.
m. Provide and install three roof fans to existing duct work. Repair roof as
necessary around fans.
n. Provide all cleaning equipment and supplies, along with paint coatings
described in specifications.
o. Clean the interior space of the entire station, including upper and lower
screening areas. Paint interior of station and screening areas.
p. Reinstall covers to skylights
q. Start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require two
(2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3)
shifts.
r. Coordinate with City's subcontractor for Temporary Bypass System. This
includes bi-weekly progress meetings to coordinate scheduling and
shutdowns.
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Contracting Method: Work
Contractor shall, self-perform
workforce.
WORK BY OTHERS
'
'�
'
'
I�
'
'
'
,
'
shall be constructed under one prime Contractor. '
over 50% percent of the total labor work using their own
A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close
proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other
contracts is briefly described as follows:
Temporary By-Pass Pumping System by United Rentals.
WORK BY CITY
A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work:
Operate all existing valves, gates, pumps, equipment, and appurtenances that
will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated.
CITY-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
,
'
'
lJ
'
'
Summary of Work �
01010-2
I'
I�
'
�I
,
,
'
A. Items of equipment and materials to be furnished by CITY for instailation by
CONTRACTOR are:
1. 3- Dry Submersible Pumps by FLYGT
2. 1- Motor Control Center by Schneider Electric.
3. 3— Variable Frequency Drives by Yaskawa
See Appendix for a complete listing and bill of materials for items provided.
1.7 ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS
A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph wi�l be assigned to
CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement.
1. None.
1.8 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK
' A. Requirements for sequencing and coordinating with CITY's operations, including
maintenance of plant operations during construction, and requirements shutdowns,
are in Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations.
' 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE
A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre-
' bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a
markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area.
B. Move stored products that interFere with operations of CITY, other contractors, and
others performing work for CITY.
1.10 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. Easements and rights-of-way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the
General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public
rights-of-way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in
placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and
equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and
interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits
without permission from the owner of the property.
1.11 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE
WORK
A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may
affect their property, facilities, or use of property.
B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct access to property, or when utility
service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-3
16-0038-UT
enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and
Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate
information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit
inconvenience caused thereby.
C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior
to cutting or cfosing streets or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground
Facilities or exposed utilities.
1.12 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused
in the Work will become CONTRACTOR's property, unless otherwise stated. See
exceptions above in Scope.
'
�
'
r,
L�
,
'
B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused '
in the Work, except where so specified or indicated.
C. Carefully remove in manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials
specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY.
Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work.
Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged
in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures.
D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's approval, instead of
those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such
removed items will become CITY's property of first right of refusal.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marsi►all Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-4
16-0038-UT
C
�
'
�
'
'
�_1
'
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION WITH OWNERS
OPERATIONS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. This Section includes requirements for coordinating with CITY's operations
during the Work, and includes requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns
necessary to complete the Work without impact on CITY's operations
except as allowed in this Section.
2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment and
incidentals shown, specified and required to coordinate with CITY's
operations during the Work.
B. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under other Specification sections and
coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified
in this Section.
C. Related Sections:
' 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
2. Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities.
' D. Except for shutdowns specified in this Section, perform the Work such that
CITY's facility remains in continuous satisfactory operation during the Project.
Schedule and conduct the Work such that the Work does not: impede CITY's
production or processes, create potential hazards to operating equipment and
' personnel, reduce the quatity of the facility's products or effluent, or cause odors
or other nuisances.
'
'
�
�
�J
�
'
�
E. Work not specifically covered in this Section or in referenced Sections may, in
general, be completed at any time during regular working hours in accordance
with the CITY Bid Documents and Special Conditions, subject to the
requirements in this Section.
F. CONTRACTOR has the option of providing additional temporary facilities that
can eliminate or mitigate a constraint without additional aost to CITY, provided
such additional temporary facilities: do not present hazards to the public,
personnel, structures, and equipment; that such additional temporary facilities do
not adversely affect CITY's ability to comply with Laws and Regulations, permits,
and operating requirements; that such temporary facilities do not generate or
foster the generation of odors and other nuisances; and that requirements of the
Contract Documents are fulfilled.
G. Coordinate shutdowns with CITY. When possible, combine muftiple tie-ins into a
single shutdown to minimize impacts on CITY's operations and processes.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-1
00992-0231
H. Do not shut off or disconnect existing operating systems, unless accepted by
CITY in writing. Operation of existing equipment will be by CITY unless
otherwise specified or indicated.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Substitute Sequence Submittal: CONTRACTOR must submit a Sequence
of Construction for approval by Engineer. When a deviation from the
specified sequence is proposed, CONTRACTOR shall provide a submittal
explaining in detail the proposed sequence change and its effects, including
evidence that CITY's operations will not be adversely affected by proposed
change. List benefits of proposed sequence change, including benefits to
Progress Schedule.
B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
2
Shutdown Planning Submittal:
a. For each shutdown, submit an inventory of labor and materials
required to perForm the shutdown and tie-in tasks, an estimate of time
required to accomplish the complete shutdown including time for CITY
to take down and start up existing equipment, systems, or conduits,
and written description of steps required to complete the Work
associated with the shutdown.
b. Fumish submittal to CITY at least thirty days prior to proposed
shutdown start date. Do not start shutdown until obtaining CITY's
acceptance of shutdown planning submittal in writing.
Shutdown Notification: After acceptance of shutdown planning submittal
and prior to starting the shutdown, provide written notification to CITY of
date and time each shutdown is to start. Provide notification at least 3 days
in advance of each shutdown.
1.3 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS
A. Specified in the Contract Documents are the sequence and shutdown durations,
where applicable, for CITY'S equipment, systems, and conduits that are to be
taken out of service temporarily for the Work. New equipment, materials, and
systems may be used by CITY after the specified field quality controls and testing
are successfully completed and the materials or equipment are Substantially
Complete.
B. The following constraints apply to coordination with CITY's operations:
1. Operational Access: CITY'S personnel shall have access to equipment and
areas that remain in operation.
2. Temporary Partitions and Enclosures: CONTRACTOR shall provide
temporary partitions and enclosures necessary to maintain dust-free,
heated, and ventilated spaces in areas that are adjacent to the Work and
that must be kept operational. Comply with Section 01510, Temporary
Utilities.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
'
�
'
'
,
�
'
'
'
LJ
'
'
�
'
'
Coordination with Owner's Operations ,
01040-2
'
�
�
'
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
�
3. Schedule and perform equipment and system start-ups for Tuesday
through Thursday. Equipment and systems shall not be placed into
operation on Monday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday without prior approval
of CITY.
4. Dead End Valves or Pipe: Provide btind flanges, watertight bulkheads, or
valves at temporary and permanent terminuses of pipes and conduits.
Blind flanges and bulkheads shall be suitable for the service and braced
and blocked, as required, or otherwise restrained as directed by CITY.
Temporary valves shall be suitable for their associated service. Where
valve is provided at permanent terminus of pipe or conduit, also provide on
downstream side of valve a blind flange with drain/flushing connection.
5. CITY will assist CONTRACTOR in dewatering process tanks, basins,
conduits, and other work areas to be dewatered for shutdowns. Maintain
clean and dry work area by pumping and properly disposing of fluid that
accumulates in work areas.
6. Draining and Cleaning of Conduits, Tanks, and Basins:
7
a. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall dewater process
tanks, basins, conduits, and pipelines at beginning of each shutdown.
Flush, wash down, and clean tanks, basins, pipelines, conduits, and
other work areas.
b. CONTRACTOR shall remove liquids and solids and dispose of them
at appropriate location at the Site as directed by CITY. Unless
otherwise specified or indicated, contents of pipes, tanks, basins, and
conduits undergoing modifications shall be transferred to existing
process tanks or conduits at the Site with capacity sufficient to accept
such discharges, using hoses, piping, pumps, or other means
provided by CONTRACTOR. Discharge of fluids across floors is not
allowed.
c. If drainage point is not available on the piping or conduit to be
drained, provide a wet tap using tapping saddle and valve or other
method approved by ENGINEER. Uncontrolled spillage of contents of
pipes or conduits is not allowed.
d. Spillage shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention immediately, both
verbally and in writing, and reported in accordance with Laws and
Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall wash down spillage to floor drains
or sumps and flush the system to prevent clogging and odors. If
spillage is not suitable for discharge to the drainage system, such as
chemical spills, as determined by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
remove spillage by other method, such as vactor truck, acceptable to
ENGINEER.
Regular plant deliveries of chemicals/etc. shall not be postponed due to
road closure.
1.4 SEQUENCE OF WORK
A. Perform the Work in the specified sequence. Certain phases or stages of the
Work may require working 24-hour days or work during hours outside of regular
working hours. Work may be accelerated from a later stage to an earlier stage if
CITY's operations are not adversely affected by proposed sequence change,
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-3
00992-0231
with CITY's acceptance. Stages specified in this Article 1.4 are sequence-
dependent.
B. Sequence:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Site preparation and mobilization
Demolish and remove existing equipment as required. This includes
removal of grit from "tea cups" and general cleaning building and of
screening equipment and room.
Remove existing electrical equipment, pumps, pipes, fittings and
appurtenances identified to be removed or reptaced on design drawings.
Perform structural tasks as required, install temporary fall protection as
necessary
Prepare for temporary bypass of beach flows to existing bypass pumping
system (to be coordinated with CITI�.
Install gates in screening room and headworks structu�e.
Install mechanical equipment and piping, including roof fans, pumps, valves
and gates.
Install permanent fall protection (Railings)
Clean interior space, prepare surfaces and begin painting/coating as
applicable. This includes the cleaning of screen and grit areas.
Install Screen from City
Install proposed pumps, piping, fittings and appurtenances.
Install electrical equipment.
Instalt electrical conduit, wiring and cable tray.
Install corltrols systems for pumps and screenings.
Programming and Integration
Prepare for change out of cross tee connection. CITY to bypass flow meter
assembly at Sedimentation Basins using existing bypass pumping at time
of low flow.
Remove temporary beach connection to divert flow back to the headworks
facility and place flow meter assembly back into service.
Start Up, Testing and Training
Connect Temporary Pumping System Power to Utility transformer
Finish all coatings including pipes, equipment and floors.
Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Warranty Certificates and
Equipment Cutsheets
Site cleanup and demobilization
1.5 SHUTDOWNS
A. General:
1. Terminology: A"shutdown" is when a portion of the normal operation of
CITY's facility, whether equipment, systems, piping, roadway or conduit,
has to be temporarily suspended or taken out of service to perform the
Work. This includes the Temporary Bypass Pumping System.
2. Work that may interrupt normal operations shall be accomplished at times
convenient to CITY.
3. Furnish at the Site, in close proximity to the shutdown work areas, tools,
equipment, spare parts and materials, both temporary and permanent,
necessary to successfully complete the shutdown. Complete to the extent
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-4
00992-0231
4.
5.
6:
possible, prefabrication of piping and other assemblies prior to the
associated shutdown. Demonstrate to ENGINEER's satisfaction that
CONTRACTOR has complied with these requirements before commencing
the shutdown.
If CONTRACTOR's operations cause an unscheduled interruption of CITY's
operations, immediately re-estabtish satisfactory operation for CITY.
Unscheduled shutdowns or interruptions of continued safe and satisfactory
operation of CITY's facilities that result in fines or penatties by authorities
having jurisdiction shall be paid solely by CONTRACTOR if, in
ENGINEER's opinion, CONTRACTOR did not conform to the requirements
of the Contract Documents, or was negligent in the Work, or did not
exercise proper precautions in conducting the Work.
Shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 01143-A of this Section.
For temporary, short-term shutdowns of smaller piping, conduits,
equipment, and systems, coordinate requirements for such shutdowns with
ENGINEER and CITY.
B. Shutdowns of E�ectrical Systems: Comply with Laws and Regulations, including
the National Electric Code. CONTRACTOR shall lock out and tag circuit
breakers and switches operated by CITY and shall verify that affected cables and
wires are de-energized to ground potential before shutdown Work is started.
Upon completion of shutdown Work, remove the locks and tags and notify
ENGINEER that facilities are available for use.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. In addition to requirements of this Section, conform to requirements of Section
01045, Cutting and Patching, and Section 01724, Connections to Existing
Facilities.
3.2 SCHEDULES
A. The schedules listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, are part
of this Specification section:
1. Table 01040-A, Schedule of Shutdowns. At a minimum these are some of
the more major power interruptions, others still may be needed.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-5
00992-0231
TABLE 01040-A
SCHEDULE OF SHUTDOWNS
Shut-
down Maximum
No. Area E ui ment Constraints Duration
1 24" Beach Flow Diversion Temporary Pumping Put Temporary Pump System in ghrs
S stem B -Pass mode
Install Cross connection Temporary Pumping Put Temporary Pump System in
2 and valving for future System By-Pass mode 8hrs
installation of i in .
Install temporary power
3 connection from service Temporary Pumping Provide 800A Disconnect 30days
transformer to temporary System (Fused)
um in s stem
4
5
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-6
00992-0231
'
�J
,
,
'
'
'
�
'
'
,
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall perForm cutting and coring, and rough and finish
patching of holes and openings in existing construction.
2. Provide cutting, coring, fitting and patching, including attendant
excavation and fill, required to complete the Work, and to:
a. uncover existing ductbanks or utilities in the areas of generator
platform, relocated bulk fuel tanks, new manholes and new
ductbanks.
b. remove samples of installed Work as specified or required for testing;
c. remove construction required to perform required alterations or
additions to existing work;
d. uncover the Work for CITY's observation of covered Work or
observation by authorities having jurisdiction;
e. connect to completed Work not performed in proper sequence;
f. remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes that obstruct the Work in
locations where connections must be made;
g. make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities.
h. remove and replace defective Work
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Cutting and Patching Request:
, a. Submit written request to CITY, well in advance of executing cutting or
alteration that affects one or more of the following:
1) Design function or intent of Project.
2) Work of CITY or other contractors.
' 3) Structural value or integrity of an element of the Project.
4) Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-
resistant elements or systems.
' 5) Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of
operational elements.
6) Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
, b. Request shall include:
1) Identification of Project and contract name and number.
2) Description of affected Work of CONTRACTOR and work of
others (if any).
, 3) Necessity for cutting.
4) Effect on work of CITY, other contractors (if any), and on
structural or weatherproof integrity of Project.
,
'
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Cutting and Patching
01045-1
2
3
5) Description of proposed Work, describing: scope of cutting
and patching; trades who will be executing the Work; products
proposed to be used; e�ent of refinishing; schedule of
operations; alternatives to cutting and patching, if any.
6) Designation of entity responsible for cost of cutting and
patching, when applicable.
7) Written permission of other contractors (if any) whose work
will be affected.
Recommendation Regarding Cutting and Patching:
a. Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate a change of materials
or methods, submit written recommendation to CITY including:
1) Conditions indicating change.
2) Recommendations for alternative materials or methods.
3) Items required with substitution request, in accordance with
the substitution request requirements of the Contract
Documents.
Product Data:
a. Submit manufacturer's product data forthe protective compound to be
applied to core-drilled surfaces and cut concrete surfaces.
B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
E
Submit written indication designating the day and time that the
construction associated with cutting and patching will be uncovered, to
provide for observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until
submittal is accepted by CITY.
X-ray Investigations:
a. Proposed method of investigation. Submit and obtain CITY's
acceptance prior to performing X-ray inspections.
b. Report of X-ray evaluation of slabs, floors, and walls to be cut or core-
drilled.
C. Comply with submittal requirements in the Division 02 through Division 16
Specifications for patching materials.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials - General:
1. Use materials in conformance with the Contract Documents.
2. If not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, use materials and
products that are identical to existing materials and products affected by
cutting and patching Work.
3. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent
surfaces to fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or
cannot be used, use materials whose installed perFormance will equal or
surpass that of existing materials.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Cutting and Patching
01045-2
'
�
i
�_ .
�
II
li
�
li
�,
,
'
'
r
� _l�'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
CJ
,
1
i
'
'
'
r
,
,
'
,
'
'
,
'
�--,
J�
�_1
'
4. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
cutting and patching operations, using materials that do not void required
or existing warranties.
B. Compound Applied to Core-Drilled Surfaces and Cut Concrete Surfaces:
1. After core-drilling and before installing the utility or equipmentthrough the
penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with solvent-free, two-
component, epoxy protective coating.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Sikagard 62, by Sika Corporation.
b. Or equal.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform cutting and coring in such manner that limits extent of patching.
B. Structural Elements: Do not cut or patch structural elements in manner that
woufd change structural element's load-carrying capacity as load deflection
ratio.
C. Operating Elements: Do not cut or patch operating elements in manner that
would reduce their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut or patch
operating elements or related components in manner that would increase
maintenance requirements or decrease operational life or safety.
D. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
cutting and patching operations, using methods that do not void required or
existing warranties.
3.2 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut or patched and conditions under which cutting or
patching are to be performed before starting cutting or patching work.
B. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to CITY in writing. Do not
proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
C. Non-Destructive Investigation:
2
3
City of C/earwater
In advance of cutting or coring through existing slabs or walls, use X-ray
or other non-destructive methods accepted by CITY to determine location
of reinforcing steel, electrical conduits, and other items embedded in
slabs or walls.
Submit to CITY written report of findings of evaluation.
Perform X-ray investigation and submit results to CITY sufficiently in
advance of cutting work to allow time to identify and implement
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Cutting and Patching
01045-3
alternatives if changes to the Work are necessary because of conduit or
other features in floor or wall.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary support required to maintain structural integrity of Project, to
protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting, and to support the
element(s) to be cut.
B. Protection of Existing Construction During Cutting and Patching:
1. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions
of the Project that will be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
2. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas.
3. Do not cut existing pipe, conduit, ducfinrork, or other utilities serving
facilities scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been
made to bypass them.
3.4 CORING
A. Core-drill holes to be cut through conc�ete and masonry walls, slabs, or
arches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY in writing.
B. Coring:
1. Perform coring with non-impact rotary tool using diamond core-drills.
Size holes for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or mechanical seals, as
required, to be installed through the penetration.
2. Do not core-drill through electrical conduit or other utility lines embedded
in walls or slabs without approval of CITY. To extent possible, avoid
cutting reinforcing steel in slabs and walls.
C. Protection:
1. Protect existing equipment, utilities, and adjacent areas from water and
other damage covered by core-drilling operations.
2. After core-drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the
penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating
material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective
coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Cleaning:
1. Vacuum or otherwise remove slurry and tailings from the work area
following core-drilling.
3.5 CUTTING
A. Cutting — General:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Cutting and Patching
01045-4
III
'
'
,
,
'
,
r
,
C�
r
'
.,
L�
'
'
�
r
'
'
'
u
'
'
J
'
'
'
J
�
,
,
J
,
�
��
,
'
'
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction, and that provide proper surfaces to
receive installation or repair.
In general, use hand or small power tools suitable for sawing or grinding.
Avoid using hammering and chopping when possible.
Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to the size required, and
with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Provide adequate bracing of area to be cut prior to start of cutting.
To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from exposed or
finished side into concealed side.
Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel.
Provide temporary covering over cut openings where not in use.
B. Cutting — Concrete and Masonry:
1. Cut through concrete and masonry using concrete wall saw with diamond
saw blades.
2. On both the element being cut, provide for control of slurry generated
during sawing.
3. After cutting concrete and before installing subsequent construction on or
through the opening, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective
coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.6 of this Section. Apply
protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.6 PATCHING
A. Patching — General:
1. Patch construction byfilling, repairing, refinishing, closing-up, and similar
operations following perFormance of other Work.
2. Patch with durable seams that are as inconspicuous as possible.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements indicated in
the Contract Documents.
3. Patch to provide airtight connections to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit,
and other penetrations through surfaces.
4. Where feasible, test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of
installation.
B. Restoration:
1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration
into retained adjoining construction in manner that eliminates evidence of
patching and refinishing.
2. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
3. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit that was patched.
4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even-plane surface of uniform appearance.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Cutting and Patching
01045-5
3.7 CLEANING
A. Cieaning and Restoration:
1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting, coring, or patching were
perFormed. ,
2. Clean piping, conduit, and similar constructions before applying paint or
other finishing materials.
3. Restore damaged coverings of pipe and other utilities to original
condition.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cutting and Patching
16-0038-UT 01045-6
00992-0231
'
,
�l�
i�
�
'
SECTION 01291 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Submit to CITY for acceptance a Schedule of Values that allocates cost to
, each item of the Work. Schedule of Value list of line items shall correspond
to each aspect of the Work, establishing in detail the portion of the Contract
Price allocated to each major component of the Work.
�J
C�
'
B. Upon request of CITY, support values with data that substantiate their
correctness.
C. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values to CITY for initial review.
CONTRACTOR shall incorporate CITY's comments into the Schedule of
Values and resubmit to CITY. CITY may require corrections and re-
submittals until Schedule of Values is acceptable.
D. Schedule of Values and the Progress Schedule updates specified in Section
, 01322, Progress Schedule, shall be basis for preparing each Application for
Payment. Schedule of Values may be used as a basis for negotiating price
of changes, if any, in the Work.
,
,
�
J
,
'
�
�
�
J
'
'
E. Include in Schedule of Values unit price payment items with their associated
quantity. Provide in the Schedule of Values detailed breakdown of unit
prices when required by CITY.
F. Requirements for preliminary Schedule of Values and Schedule of Values
are:
1. Schedule of Values shall show division of Work between
CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors. Line items for Work to be done
by Subcontractor shall include the word, "(SUBCONTRACTED)".
2. Schedule of Values shall include breakdown of costs for materials and
equipment, installation, and other costs used in preparing the Bid by
CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor. List purchase and delivery
costs for materials and equipment for which CONTRACTOR may apply
for payment as stored materials.
3. Include separate amounts for each Specification Section in the
Contract Documents by structure, building, and work area.
4. Identify each line item with number corresponding to the associated
Specification Section number. List sub-items of major products or
systems, as appropriate or when requested by CITY.
5. Sum of individual values shown on the Schedule of Values shall equal
the total of associated payment item. Sum of payment item totals in
the Schedule of Values shall equal the Contract Price.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Schedu/e of Va/ues
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01291-1
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
12
Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of
CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. Do not include overhead and
profit as separate item(s).
Include separate line item for each allowance, and for each unit price
item
Include line item for bonds and insurance in amount not exceeding 2.0
percent of the Contract Price. This may be applied for in the first
Application for Payment.
Include items for the General Conditions, permits (when applicable),
construction Progress Schedule, and other items required by CITY.
Include such items in Applications for Payment on schedule accepted
by CITY
Line items for Site maintenance such as dust control, snow removal,
compliance with storm water pollution prevention plans and permits,
spill prevention control and countermeasures plans, and for
construction photographic documentation; temporary utilities and
temporary facilities, field offices, temporary controls, field engineering,
and similar Work shall be included in the Schedule of Values and
proportioned in Applications for Payment throughout duration of the
Work.
Include separate line items under each appropriate payment item for
mobilization and demobilization. Document for CITY the activities
included in mobilization and demobilization line items.
a. Mobilization will be limited to 2 percent of the Contract Price, and
will be paid in 2 payments, with each payment being 50% of the
total mobilization cost.
b. Demobilization shall be at least 2 percent of the Contract Price
and shall be included with the Application for Payment following
Substantial Completion, or other schedule accepted by CITY.
Costs for submittals, operations and maintenance manuals, field
testing, and training of operations and maintenance personnel shall be
as follows, unless otherwise accepted by CITY:
a. Up to eight percent of cost (including overhead and profit) of
each equipment item, exclusive of transportation and installation
costs associated with that item, may be allocated to preparation
of submittals and may be included in the Application for Payment
following CITY's approval of Shop Drawings (and acceptance of
other submittals, as applicable) required for fabricating or
purchasing for that item for the Work.
b. Up to three percent of total cost of each item (including overhead
and profit), including materials and equipment, and installation,
may be apportioned to testing and included in the Application for
Payment following CITY's acceptance of the associated written
Site testing report(s).
c. Up to a total of four percent of equipment cost (including
overhead and profit), exclusive of transportation and installation
costs, may be apportioned to operations and maintenance
manuals and training of operations and maintenance personnel,
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Schedu/e of Va/ues
01291-2
,
'
L
'
'
'
'
,
�
'
'
�
r,
L
'
'
II
.,
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
�J
�
�
C�
,
'
�
„
r-,
'J
,
'
which may be included in the Application for Payment following
completion of training for that item.
13. Schedule of Values shall include an itemized list of Work by work area,
as applicable, for Work included in Section 01040, Coordination with
Owner's Operations.
14. Submit Schedule of Values on 8.5-inch by 11-inch white paper.
15. Coordinate Schedule of Values with resource loading of the Progress
Schedule, in accordance with Section 01322, Progress Schedule.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Submit to CITY 5 copies of Schedule of Values.
2. Content of Schedule of Vatues submittals shall conform to Article 1.1
of this Section.
3. Time Frames for Submittals:
a. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values within ten days of date
that the Contract Times commence running in accordance with
the Notice to Proceed.
b. Submittal of the Schedule of Values shall be in accordance with
the General Conditions. CITY will not accept Applications for
Payment without an acceptable Schedule of Values.
c. When required by CITY, promptly submit updated Schedule of
Values to include cost breakdowns for changes in the Contract
Price.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Schedule of Va/ues
16-0038-UT 01291-3
00992-0231
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Schedule of Va/ues
01291-4
SECTION 01297 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. General.
1. CONTRACTOR's requests for payment shall be in accordance with
the Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and the Specifications.
2. Applications for Payment shall be in the form provided by the CITY.
B. Procedure:
1. Submit to CITY four originals of each complete Application for
Payment and other documents to accompany the Application for
Payment.
2. CITY will act on request for payment in accordance with the General
Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.
C. Each request for progress payment shall include:
2.
3
n
W
Completed Application for Payment form, including summary/signature
page, progress estimate sheets, and stored materials summary.
Progress estimate sheets shall have the same level of detail as the
Schedule of Values.
For materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably
stored, submit documentation in accordance with the General
Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Legibly indicate on invoice
or bill of sale the specific materials or equipment included in the
payment request and corresponding bid/payment item number for
each.
For payment requests that include payment for Work under an
allowance, submit documentation acceptable to CITY of the
authorization of allowance Work.
For payment requests (other than request for final payment) that
include reduction or payment of retainage in an amount greater than
that required in the Contract Documents, submit on form acceptable to
CITY consent of surety to partial release or reduction of retainage.
D. Requirements for request for final payment are in the General Conditions,
as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01772,
Closeout Requirements.
E. The allowance indicated for permit, licenses and fees Allowance in Bid Form
and Schedule of Values is to pay for all permits, licenses and other fees
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Payment Procedures
16-0038-UT 01297-1
00992-0231
required of the CONTRACTOR from the various agencies having jurisdiction
for construction of the project. The allowance shown on the Schedule of Bid
Prices is an estimate of fees required. Payment will be based on the actual
permit, license or fee paid directly to agency, documented by paid receipts,
specifically excluding any labor, mark-up, overhead and profit,
administration and other costs involved in obtaining permits or licenses or
paying fees. Fees specifically excluded from this allowance include but are
not limited to reinspection fees and expired permit fees. The CITY reserves
the right to award any, all, or none of the money associated with this
allowance.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Payment Procedures
16-0038-UT 01297-2
00992-0231
'
,
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
,
'
�
,
'
�
�
,
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
�
3
4
5
CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with the
General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and
this Section.
Provide submittals well in advance of need for the material or
equipment, or procedure (as applicable), in the Work and with ample
time required for delivery of material or equipment and to implement
procedures following CITY's approval or acceptance of the associated
submittal. Work covered by a submittal will not be included in progress
payments until approval or acceptance of related submittals has been
obtained in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and
corrected at the Site, for information pertaining solely to the fabrication
processes and to techniques of construction, and for coordinating the
work of all trades. CONTRACTOR's signature of submittal's stamp and
letter of transmittal shall be CONTRACTOR's representation that
CONTRACTOR has met his obligations under the Contract Documents
relative to that submittal.
CONTRACTOR shall group Shop Drawing submittals such that the
Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time Shop Drawing
submittals of twenty five (25) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the
General Conditions, subsequent Shop Drawing submittals will be back
charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct
technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due
CONTRACTOR for Work completed.
CONTRACTOR shall group RFIs submittals such that the Engineer's
agreed maximum number of first time RFIs submittals of ten (10) is not
exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent RFI
submittals will be back charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three
(3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from
payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed.
B. Samples:
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Submitta/ Procedures
01300-1
1. Conform submittal of Samples to the General Conditions as modified by
the Supplementary Conditions, this Section, and the Specification
Section in which the Sample is specified.
2. Furnish at the same time Samples and submittals that are related to the
same unit of Work or Specification Section. CITY will not review
submittals without associated Samples, and will not review Samples
without associated submittals.
3. Samples shall clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, all
related parts and attachments, and full range of color, texture, pattern,
and material.
1.2 TYPES OF SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal types are classified as follows: 1) Action Submittals, 2)
Informational Submittals, 3) Closeout Submittals, and 4) Maintenance
Material submittals. Type of each required submittal is designated in the
respective Specification Sections; when type of submittal is not specified in
the associated Specification Section, submittal will be classified as follows:
1. Action Submittals include:
a. Shop Drawings.
b. Product data.
c. Delegated design submittals, which include documents prepared,
sealed, and signed by a design professional retained by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier for materials and
equipment to be incorporated into the completed Work. Delegated
design submittals do not include submittals related to temporary
construction unless specified otherwise in the related Specification
Section. Delegated design submittals include: design drawings,
design data including calculations, specifications, certifications,
and other submittals prepared by such design professional.
d. Samples.
e. Testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations.
2. Informational Submittals include:
a. Certificates.
b. Design data not sealed and signed by a design professional retained
by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier.
c. Pre-construction test and evaluation reports, such as reports on pilot
testing, subsurface investigations, potential Hazardous
Environmental Condition, and similar reports.
d. Supplier instructions, including installation data, and instructions for
handling, starting-up, and troubleshooting.
e. Source quality control submittals (other than testing plans,
procedures, and testing limitations), including results of shop
testing.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submittal Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-2
00992-0231
�
'
�
�
�
�
'
�
,
CJ
,
�
'
,
'
'
,
LJ
3.
4.
5.
f. Field or Site quality control submittals (other than testing plans,
procedures, and testing limitations), including results of operating
and acceptability tests at the Site.
g. Supplier reports.
h. Sustainable design submittals (other than sustainable design
closeout documentation).
i. Special procedure submittals, including health and safety plans and
other procedural submittals.
j. Qualifications statements.
Closeout Submittals include:
a. Maintenance contracts.
b. Operations and maintenance data.
c. Bonds, such as maintenance bonds and bonds for a specific product
or system.
d. Warranty documentation.
e. Record documentation.
f. Sustainable design closeout documentation.
g. Software.
Maintenance Material Submittals include:
a. Spare parts.
b. Extra stock materials.
c. Tools.
When type of submittal is not specified and is not included in the list
above, CITY will determine the type of submittal.
B. Not Included in this Section: Administrative and procedural requirements for
following are covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents:
1. Requests for interpretations of the Contract Documents.
2. Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders.
3. Applications for Payment
4. Progress Schedules.
5. Photographic documentation.
6. Reports and documentation required in accordance with applicable
permits
7. Site survey data.
SUBMITTALS REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION
A. Informational Submittals: Provide the following:
1. Schedule of Submittals:
' a. Timing:
1) Provide submittal within time frames specified in the
Contract Documents.
�
'
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submitta/ Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-3
00992-0231
�
c.
II
�
2) Provide updated Schedule of Submittals with each submittal
of the updated Progress Schedule.
Content: In accordance with the General Conditions as modified by
the Special Conditions, and this Section. Requirements for
content of preliminary Schedule of Submittals and subsequent
submittals of the Schedule of Submittals are identical. Identify on
Schedule of Submittals all submittals required in the Contract
Documents. Updates of Schedule of Submittals shall show
scheduled dates and actual dates for completed tasks. Indicate
submittals that are on the Project's critical path. Indicate the
following for each submittal:
1) Date by which submittal will be provided to CITY.
2) Whether submittal will be for a substitution or "equal".
Procedures for substitutions and "or equals" are specified in
the General Conditions and the Division 01 Speci�cations
3) Date by which CITY's response is required. At least 14 days
shall be allowed from CITY's receipt of each submittal. Allow
increased time for large or complex submittals.
4) For submittals for materials or equipment, date by which
material or equipment must be at the Site to avoid delaying the
Work and to avoid delaying the work of other contractors.
Prepare Schedule of Submittals using same software, and in same
format, specified for Progress Schedules.
Coordinate Schedule of Submittals with the Progress Schedule.
Schedule of Submittals that is not compatible with the Progress
Schedule, or that does not indicate submittals on the Project's
critical path, or that that places extraordinary demands on CITY for
time and resources, is unacceptable. Do not include submittals
not required by the Contract Documents.
In preparing Schedule of Submittals:
1) Considering the nature and complexity of each submittal,
allow sufficient time for review and revision.
2) Reasonable time shall be allowed for: CITY's review and
processing of submittals, for submittals to be revised and
resubmitted, and for returning submittals to CONTRACTOR.
3) Identify and accordingly schedule submittals that are
expected to have long anticipated review times.
1.4 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Identification System: Use the following submittal identification
system, consisting of submittal number and review cycle number.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Submittal Procedures
01300-4
'
'
'
'
�
�
'
'
,
�J
'
�
LJ
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
,
'
��
�
'
!�J
,
'
C'
CJ
I�
�
'
'
�
�
3
Submittal Number: Shall be separate and unique number correlating to
each individual submittal required. CONTRACTOR shall assign
submittal number as follows:
a. First part of submittal number shall be the applicable Specification
Section number, followed by a hyphen.
b. Second part of submittal number shall be a three-digit number
(sequentially numbered from 001 through 999) assigned to each
separate and unique submittal provided under the associated
Specification Section.
c. Typical submittal number for the third submittal provided for
Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe, would be "15061-003".
Review Cycle Number: Shall be a letter designation indicating the initial
submittal or re-submittal associated with each submittal number:
a. "A" = Initial (first) submittal.
b. "B" = Second submittal (e.g., first re-submittal).
c. "C" = Third submittal (e.g., second re-submittal).
Examples:
Submittal Identification
Submittal Review
Exam le Descri tion No. C cle
Initial (first) review cycle of the third submittal 15061-003- A
provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron
Process Pipe
Second review cycle (first re-submittal) of 15061-003- B
third submittal provided under Section
15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe
B. Letter of Transmittal for Submittals:
1. Provide separate letter of transmittal with each submittal. Each
submittal shall be for one Specification Section.
2. At beginning of each letter of transmittal, provide a reference heading
indicating: CONTRACTOR's name, CITY's name, Project name,
Contract name and number, transmittal number, and submittal number.
3. For submittals with proposed deviations from requirements of the
Contract Documents, letter of transmittal shall specifically describe
each proposed variation.
C. Contractor's Review and Stamp:
1. Contractor's Review: Before transmitting submittals to CITY, review
submittals to:
a. assure proper coordination of the Work;
b. determine that each submittal is in accordance with
CONTRACTOR's desires;
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Submittal Procedures
01300-5
c. verify that submittal contains sufficient information for CITY to
determine compliance with the Contract Documents.
2. Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be returned without review.
3. Contractor's Stamp and Signature:
a. Each submittal provided shall bear CONTRACTOR's stamp of
approval and signature, as evidence that submittal has been
reviewed by CONTRACTOR and verified as complete and in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
b. Submittals without CONTRACTOR's stamp and signature will be
returned without review. Signatures that appear to be computer-
generated will be regarded as unsigned and the associated
submittal will be returned without review.
c. CONTRACTOR's stamp shall contain the following:
"Project Name: _
Contractor's Name:
Date:
Reference
Item/Submittal Title:
Specifications:
Section:
Page No.:
Paragraph No.:
Drawing No.:
Location of Work:
of
Submittal No. and Review Cycle:
Coordinated by Contractor with Submittal Nos.:
I hereby certify that the Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under
the Contract Documents relative to Contractor's review and approval of this
submittal.
Approved By (for Contractor): "
D. Submittal Marking and Organization:
1. Mark on each page of submittal and each individual component
submitted with submittal number and applicable Specification
paragraph.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submittal Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-6
00992-0231
2. Arrange submittal information in same order as requirements are
written in the associated Specification Section.
3. Each Shop Drawing sheet shall have title block with complete
identifying information satisfactory to CITY.
4. Package together submittals for the same Specification Section. Do not
provide required information piecemeal.
E. Format of Submittal and Recipients:
1. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Furnish in accordance
with Table 01330-A, except that submittals of Samples shall be as
specified elsewhere in this Section:
TABLE 01300-A: SUBMITTAL CONTACTS
AND REQUIRED COPIES
Address No. of
for Contact Hard-
Deliveries Person E-mail Address co ies Remarks
a City: Kelly kellv.obrien(a�mvclearwater.com One
100 South O'Brien
Myrtle Ave,
#200
Clearwater
, FL 33758
b Resident Kelly kellv.obrienCc�myclearwater.com One
Project O'Brien
Rep At the
Site.
c Project Aubrey ahaudricourtCc�mckimcreed.com One See
En ineer Haudricourt Notes
Notes:
Contractor shall provide one hard copy of approved major equipment submittals.
All other general material submittals (pipe, conduit, wire, etc.) shall be electronic
onl .
Submittals shall be electronic format as aqreed to with the CITY arior to
Notice to Proceed.
2. Samples:
a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number.
Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three
inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not
cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or
tag shall not be separated from the Sample.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submitta/ Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-7
00992-0231
b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of
Samples is not specified in the associated Specification Section,
provide at least three identical Samples of each item required for
CITY's approval. Samples will not be returned to CONTRACTOR. If
CONTRACTOR requires Sample(s) for CONTRACTOR's use, notify
CITY in writing and provide additional Sample(s). CONTRACTOR is
responsible for furnishing, shipping, and transporting additional
Samples.
c Deliver one Sample to CITY's office at the Site. Deliver balance of
Samples to CITY at address listed in Table 01330-A, unless
otherwise directed by CITY.
3. Closeout Submittals:
a. Provide the following Closeout Submittals in accordance with Table
01300-A: maintenance contracts; bonds for specific products or
systems; warranty documentation; and sustainable design closeout
documentation. On documents such as maintenance contracts and
bonds, include on each document furnished original signature of
entity issuing the document.
b. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with
Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data.
c. Record Documentation: Submit in accordance with Section 01782,
Record Documents.
d. Software: Submit number of copies required in Specification Section
where the software is specified. If number of copies is not specified,
provide two copies on compact disc in addition to software loaded on
to CITY's computer(s) or microprocessor(s).
4. Maintenance Material Submittals: For spare parts, extra stock materials,
and tools, submit quantity of items specified in associated Specification
Section. Furnish in accordance with Section 01783, Spare Parts and
Maintenance Materials.
F. Distribution:
1. Distribution of Hardcopies: CITY will distribute each reviewed submittal
requiring CITY's written response as follows:
a. CONTRACTOR: Five copies (except closeout submittals and
maintenance material submittals).
b. CITY: Two copies.
c. Resident Project Representative: One copy (except closeout
submittals and maintenance material submittals).
G. Resubmittals: CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by CITY and
shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings, and
submit, as required, new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Submittal Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-8
00992-0231
i�
'
�
J
'
'
'
,
'
,
'
C
'
�
�
'
�
i
�
�
�
shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections
called for by the CITY on previous submittals.
1.5 CITY'S REVIEW
A. Timing: CITY's review will conform to timing accepted by CITY in the
accepted Schedule of Submittals.
B. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents will not be reviewed by
CITY and will not be recorded in CITY's submittal log. All hardcopies of such
submittals will be returned to CONTRACTOR.
C. Action Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Each submittal will be given
one of the following dispositions:
1. Approved: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved", order, ship, or
fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending
CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control
submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the
submittal and the Contract Documents.
2. Approved as Corrected: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as
Corrected", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included
in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable,
of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work
in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided
it is in accordance with corrections indicated.
3. Approved as Corrected — Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked
"Approved as Corrected — Resubmit", order, ship, or fabricate materials
and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or
acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or
otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and
the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections
indicated. Provide to CITY record re-submittal with all corrections
made. Receipt of corrected re-submittal is required before materials or
equipment covered in the submittal will be eligible for payment.
4. Revise and Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Revise and
ResubmiY', make the corrections indicated and re-submit to CITY for
approval.
5. Not Approved: This disposition indicates material or equipment that
cannot be approved. Upon return of submittal marked "Not Approved",
repeat initial submittal procedure utilizing approvable material or
equipment.
D. Informational Submittals, Results of CITY's Review:
1. Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Submitta/ Procedures
01300-9
a. Accepted: Information included in submittal conforms to the
applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, and is
acceptable. No further action by CONTRACTOR is required
relative to this submittal, and the Work covered by the submittal
may proceed, and products with submittals with this disposition
may be shipped or operated, as applicable.
b. Not Accepted: Submittal does not conform to applicable
requirements of the Contract Documents and is not acceptable.
Revise submittal and re-submit to indicate acceptability and
conformance with the Contract Documents.
2. The following types of Informational Submittals, when acceptable to
CITY, will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as
"accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When submittals of
the following are not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to
CONTRACTOR
a. Material safety data sheets (MSDS).
b. Compaction testing reports.
c. Concrete testing reports.
d. Manufacturer's instructions.
E. Closeout Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings
are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable,
Closeout Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY.
Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When
Closeout Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to
CONTRACTOR.
F. Maintenance Material Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions
and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When
acceptable, Maintenance Material Submittals will not receive a written
response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's
submittal log. When Maintenance Material Submittal is not acceptable, CITY
will provide written response to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR is
responsible for costs associated with transporting and handling of
maintenance materials until compliance with the Contract Documents is
achieved.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Sbeet /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submitta/ Procedures
16-0038-UT 01300-10
00992-0231
SECTION 01301 - PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. A pre-construction conference wiil be held for the Project.
2. CONTRACTOR shall attend the conference prepared to discuss all items on
the agenda.
3. CITY will distribute an agenda, preside at the conference. The ENGINEER
will prepare and distribute minutes to all conference participants and others as
requested.
B. Purpose of conference is to designate responsible personnel, establish working
relationships, discuss preliminary schedules submitted by CONTRACTOR, and
review administrative and procedural requirements for the Project. Matters
requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters
will be established.
C. Date, Time and Location: Conference will be held after execution of the Contract
and before Work starts at the Site. CITY witl establish the date, time, and location
of conference and notify the interested and involved parties.
D. Prior to the conference, submit the following preliminary schedules in accordance
with the General Conditions:
1. Progress Schedule.
2. Schedule of Submittals.
3. Schedule of Values.
E. CONTRACTOR shall provide information required and contribute appropriate items
for discussion. CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference the following, with
sufficient number of copies for each attendee:
1. Preliminary Progress Schedule, as submitted to CITY.
2. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals, as submitted to CITY.
3. Preliminary Schedule of Values, as submitted to CITY.
4. List of emergency contacts for CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors.
Emergency contacts shall be reachable 24-hours per day, 7 days per week.
1.2 REQUfRED ATTENDANCE
A. Representative of each entity attending the conference shall be authorized to act on
that entity's behalf.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Pre-Construction Conference
16-0038-UT 01301-1
00992-0231
1.3
B. Contractor Attendance: Conference shall be attended by CONTRACTOR's project
manager, Site superintendent, project managers for major Subcontractors, and
major equipment Suppliers as CONTRACTOR deems appropriate.
C. Other attendees will be representatives of:
1. CITY.
2. Authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, i.e.
Building Inspectors.
3. Utility owners, as applicable.
4. Others as requested by CITY, or CONTRACTOR.
AGENDA
'
'
'
Building Dept. Electrical & �
A. Purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish
working relationships. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and
procedures for handling such matters will be established. A complete agenda will
be furnished to CONTRACTOR prior to the conference date. However,
CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss all of the following:
1. Designation of responsible personnel.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Progress Schedule.
4. Critical work sequencing.
5. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR submittals.
6 Schedule of Submittals.
7. Processing of Field Orders, requests for information and clarification, and
Change Orders.
8. Requirements for copies of Contract Documents.
9. Schedule of Values.
10. Processing and schedule of Applications for Payments.
11. Use of Site, office and storage areas.
12. CITY's requirements.
13. CONTRACTOR responsibility for safety and first aid procedures.
14. Security.
15. Housekeeping.
16. Field offices.
17. Maintaining record drawings.
18. Permits.
19. Emergency telephone numbers.
20. Operation and maintenance manuals.
21. Temporary utilities.
22. Pre-submittal conference(s).
23. Any other Project related items.
24. Discuss AHJ's electrical inspection requirements and proper advanced
notification request procedure for inspections.
PART 2 — MATERIALS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
'
�
L�
�
'
�
�
'
'
�
'
�
�
L�
Pre-Construction Conference
01301-2 '
,
�
'
'
l_J
'
�
'
�
�
'
�
'
J
END OF SECTION
, City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Pre-Construction Conference
, 16-0038-UT 01301-3
00992-0231
'
�
'
'
'
,
,
,
,
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the Work, including testing agencies
whether hired by CONTRACTOR, CITY, or others; Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and others with whom coordination is necessary, in accordance
with the General Conditions, Special Conditions, and this Section, to
complete the Work within the Contract Times and in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
B. In accordance with the General Conditions as may be modified by the
Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and
coordinate the Work with other contractors, utility service companies, CITY's
employees working at the Site, and other entities working at the Site, in
accordance with Section 01010, Summary of Work.
� C. CONTRACTOR will not be responsible or liable for damage unless damage
is through negligence of CONTRACTOR, or Subcontractors, Supplier, or
other entity employed by CONTRACTOR.
'
r
�
,
'
'
'
,
�
,
D. Attend and participate in all project coordination and progress meetings, and
report on the progress of the Work and compliance with the Progress
Schedule.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Project Coordination
01310-1
,
[�
r
'
'
�
�
,
'
'
'
�J
,
'
'
�
'
'
SECTION 01312 - PROGRESS MEETINGS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
1.2
1.3
A. Scope:
1. Progress meetings will be held throughout the Project.
CONTRACTOR shall attend each progress meeting prepared to
discuss in detail all items on the agenda.
2. ENGINEER will preside at progress meetings and will prepare and
distribute minutes of progress meetings to all meeting participants and
others as requested.
B. Date and Time:
1. Regular Meetings: Every month on a day and time agreeable to CITY,
and CONTRACTOR.
2. Other Meetings: As required.
C. Place: CONTRACTOR'S field office at the Site or other location mutually
agreed upon by CITY and CONTRACTOR.
REQUIRED ATTENDANCE
A. Representatives present for each entity shall be authorized to act on that
entity's behalf.
B. Required Attendees:
1. CONTRACTOR:
2. CITY.
3. Others, as appropriate.
AGENDA
A. Agenda will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Transcript of previous meeting.
2. Progress since last meeting.
a. CONTRACTOR's.
b. Subcontractor's.
3. Completion status.
4. Planned progress for next period.
5. Problems, conflicts and observations.
6. Status of Shop Drawings, and requests for information or clarification.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Meetings
16-0038-UT 01312-1
00992-0231
7. Change Orders.
8. Payment Applications.
9. Quality standards and control.
10. Schedules, updated Project Schedules, including off-site fabrication and
delivery schedules; corrective measures, if required.
11. Coordination between parties.
12. Permits.
13. Safety concerns.
14. Construction photographs.
15. Record drawings.
16. Punch list status.
17. RFI and AAR status.
18. Other business.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Meetings
16-0038-UT 01312-2
00992-0231
SECTION 01322 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
2.
3.
4.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Progress Schedules and
related documents in accordance with the General Conditions, as may
be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section, unless
otherwise accepted by CITY.
Maintain and update Progress Schedules and related documents.
Progress Schedule shall be resource- loaded CPM Progress
Schedule.
CITY's acceptance of the Progress Schedule or related documents,
and comments or opinions concerning activities in the Progress
Schedule and related documents shall not control CONTRACTOR's
independent judgment concerning means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of construction, unless the associated
means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure is directed by the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for
complying with the Contract Times.
B. Use of Float:
2.
Float belongs to the Project and may be used by CITY or
CONTRACTOR to accommodate changes in the Work, or to mitigate
the effect of events that delay performance or conformance with the
Contract Times.
Changes or delays that influence Activities that have float and that do
not extend the Critical Path are not justification for an extension of the
Contract Times.
C. Factors Affecting the Progress Schedule:
1. In preparing the Progress Schedule, take into consideration submittal
requirements and submittal review times, time for fabricating and
delivering materials and equipment, Subcontractors' work, availability
and abilities of workers, availability of construction equipment, weather
conditions, restrictions in operations at the Site and coordination with
CITY's operations, and other factors that have the potential to affect
completion of the Work within the Contract Times.
2. Comply with sequencing requirements indicated in the following:
a. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
b. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Schedu/e
16-0038-UT 01322-1
00992-0231
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. The following terms are defined for this Section and suppiement the terms
defined in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions:
2
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
12
Activity: An element of the construction work that has the following
specific characteristics: consumes time, consumes resources, has a
definable start and finish, is assignable, and is measurable.
Constraint: An imposed date on the Progress Schedule or an imposed
tie between Activities. The Contract Times are Constraints.
CPM Progress Schedule: Computerized Progress Schedule in Critical
Path Method (CPM) format which accounts for the entire Work, defines
the interrelationships befinreen elements of the Work, reflects the
uncompleted Work, and indicates the sequence with which the Work
has been completed, indicates the sequence in which uncompleted
Work will be completed, and indicates the duration of each Activity.
Critical Path: The continuous chain of Activities with the longest
duration for completion within the Contract Times.
Early Start: The earliest possible date an Activity can start according to
the assigned relationships among Activities.
Early Finish: The earliest date an Activity can finish according to the
assigned relationships among the Activities.
Late Finish: The latest date an Activity can finish without extending the
Contract Times.
Late Start: The latest date an Activity can start without extending the
Contract Times.
Float: The time difference between the calculated duration of the
Activity chain and the Critical Path.
Total Float: The total number of days that an Activity (or chain of
Activities) can be delayed without affecting the Contract Times.
Network Diagram: A time-scaled logic diagram depicting the durations
and relationships of the Activities.
Work Areas, Area, or System: A logical breakdown of the Project
elements or a group of Activities which, when collectively assembled,
are readily identifiable on the Project (for example, yard piping, a
structure or building, a treatment process, or other logical grouping).
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
Progress Schedule Preparer:
a. CONTRACTOR shall retain services of a scheduling consultant or
shall self-prepare and maintain the Progress Schedule using
qualified employee with experience in scheduling, and
experienced with the scheduling software required for this
Project, and experience serving as Progress Schedule preparer
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Progress Schedu/e
01322-2
'
'
,
,
,
'
,
'
,
'
�
,
�1
�
r
C. J
'
,
'
'
on construction projects of similar type, size, and scope to this
Project.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Quantity of each submittal required and timing of submittals are in this
Section.
B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. 30-day Bar Chart:
a. Preliminary 30-day bar chart.
b. Acceptable 30-day bar chart.
2
4.
�
Progress Schedule Updates.
a. Progress Schedule updates shall comply with requirements of this
Section, and shall include updated Progress Schedule, narrative
report, updated Network Diagram when relationships among
Activities are changed, and updated mathematical tabulations.
b. Submit updated Progress Schedule at each progress meeting and
with each progress payment. For monthly Progress Schedule
submittals, bring to progress meeting the number of copies of the
updated Progress Schedule specified in Section 01312, Progress
Meetings.
Look-Ahead Schedules
a. Submit 4 week look-ahead schedule at each progress meeting.
Time Impact Analyses: Submit in accordance with this Section.
Recovery Schedule: Submit in accordance with this Section.
1.5 INITIAL PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Type and Organization of Progress Schedules:
1. Prepare Progress Schedule using the latest version of Primavera
Project Planner software with Primavision, unless other scheduling
software is acceptable to CITY.
2. Sheet Size: 11 x 17 inches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY.
3. Time Scale: Indicate first date of each work week.
4. Activity Designations: Indicate title and related Specification Section
number.
5. Progress Schedules shall be CPM Progress Schedules.
6. Organization:
a. Indicate on the separate Schedule of Submittals dates for
submitting and reviewing Shop Drawings, Samples, and other
submittals.
b. Group deliveries of materials and equipment into a separate sub-
schedule that is part of the Progress Schedule.
c. Group construction into Work Area sub-schedules (that are part of
the Progress Schedule) by Activity.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Schedu/e
16-0038-UT 01322-3
00992-0231
1.6
d. Clearly indicate the Critical Path on the Progress Schedule.
e. Organize each Work Area sub-schedule by Specification Section
number.
B. Preliminary Progress Schedule:
1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY the preliminary Progress
Schedule covering the entire Project, with associated Network
Diagrams at the preconstruction meeting.
2. Submit ten copies of preliminary Progress Schedule and associated
reports and schedule-related documents to accompany the preliminary
Progress Schedule, in accordance with the Submittals Article of this
Section. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittal
Procedures.
3. CITY and Engineer will conduct a timely review of the preliminary
Progress Schedule.
4. Preliminary Progress Schedule shall comply with the Contract
Documents relative to Progress Schedules, but need not be resource-
loaded.
C. If the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) different than the
Contract Times, the Contract Times are not thereby voided, nullified, or
affected. The Contract Times govern. Where the Progress Schedule
reflects completion date(s) that are earlier than the Contract Times, CITY
may accept such Progress Schedule with CONTRACTOR to specifically
understand that no Claim for additional Contract Times or additions to the
Contract Price shall be brought against CITY resulting from
CONTRACTOR's failure to complete the Work by the earlier date(s)
indicated on the accepted Progress Schedule.
PROGRESS SCHEDULE UPDATES
A. Updates:
1. Update the Progress Schedule each month. If during progress of the
Work events develop that necessitate changes in the initially accepted
Progress Schedule (e.g., baseline Progress Schedule), identify
updated Progress Schedules sequentially as Progress Schedule
Revision 1, 2, 3, and continuing in sequence as required. Number the
Progress Schedule submittals in accordance with Section 01300,
Submittal Procedures.
2. CONTRACTOR's Progress Schedule update shall include a narrative
report in accordance with this Section. Narrative report shall include
description of current progress and status of each Area of the Project,
a description of progress for the period, a description of the Critical
Path, a discussion of current or potential delays, Change Orders
(pending and approved in since the previous Progress Schedule
update), and other problems associated with maintaining the Work on
schedule.
City of C/ean�vater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Progress Schedule
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01322-4
i'�
'
LJ
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
1.7
3.
4.
5.
6.
The update to the Progress Schedule shail be based on retained logic.
Progress override logic is not allowed.
Required scheduling software, and schedule organization, format, and
content for updated Progress Schedules are identical to that required
in this Section for initial Progress Schedules.
Submit to CITY the updated Progress Schedule, Network Diagram,
narrative report, and other schedule-related reports and documents
required, and two compact discs (CD) each with a complete software
backup copy of the Progress Schedule with each application for
payment..
Submit updated Network Diagrams when revisions are proposed to the
logic. Indicate in the narrative report delays that have occurred since
the previous updated Progress Schedule. Payment for out-of-
sequence Work is not allowed.
B. Monthly Schedule Meeting:
1. During the month, utilizing the previous month's 4-week look-ahead
schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record the percent complete, start and
finish dates of each scheduled Activity with the remaining duration for
each Activity started but not completed, including Activities associated
with procurement of materials and equipment.
Z. On the same day each month, at least one week prior to a progress
meeting, CONTRACTOR, Progress Schedule preparer, CITY, and
others as appropriate shall meet at the Site and tour the Work to
review and update the schedule and progress information gathered by
CONTRACTOR during the month. After acceptance of
CONTRACTOR's updated data, Progress Schedule preparer shall use
this information to update the Progress Schedule.
RECOVERY SCHEDULES
A. Recovery Schedules, General:
1. When updated Progress Schedule indicates that the ability to comply
with the Contract Times falls 15 or more days behind schedule, and
there is no excusable delay, Change Order, or Work Change Directive
to support an extension of the Contract Times, CONTRACTOR shall
prepare and submit a Progress Schedule demonstrating
CONTRACTOR's plan to accelerate the Work to achieve compliance
with the Contract Times ("recovery schedule") for CITY's acceptance.
2. Submit recovery schedule within 7 days after submittal of updated
Progress Schedule where need for recovery schedule is indicated.
B. Implementation of Recovery Schedule:
1. At no additional cost to CITY, do one or more of the following: furnish
additional labor, provide additional construction equipment, provide
suitable materials, employ additional work shifts, expedite procurement
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Schedu/e
16-0038-UT 01322-5
00992-0231
of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, and other
measures necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Times.
2. Upon acceptance of recovery schedule by CITY, incorporate recovery
schedule into the next Progress Schedule update.
C. Lack of Action:
1. CONTRACTOR's refusal, failure, or neglect to take appropriate
recovery action, or to submit a recovery schedule, shall constitute
reasonable evidence that CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the Work
or separable part thereof with the diligence that will ensure completion
within the Contract Times. Such lack of action shall constitute
sufficient basis for CITY to exercise remedies available to CITY under
the Contract Documents.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Progress Schedu/e
16-0038-UT 01322-6
00992-0231
'
'
�
�
'
'
'
SECTION 01411 - SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL &
COUNTERMEASURES PLAN
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide ali labor, materials, equipment, tools,
professional engineering (when required), and incidentals as shown,
specified, and required to comply with Laws and Regulations regarding spill
prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) planning and compliance,
including 40 CFR Part 112.
, B. CONTRACTOR shall determine whether a SPCC Plan is required. If SPCC
Plan is required, CONTRACTOR shall prepare, implement and maintain
SPCC Plan as required by Laws and Regulations.
�
,
�_�
,
�
,
�
I�
��
,
'
C. Determination of Need for SPCC Plan:
1. CONTRACTOR shall determine need for SPCC Plan.
2. Professional Engineer:
a. If the Site will include storage of more than 10,000 gallons of oil in
above-ground storage, or if the Site does not comply with oil
discharge history criteria specified in 40 CFR 112,
CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to
determine need for SPCC Plan and, if SPCC Plan is required,
professional engineer shall prepare or supervise preparation of
SPCC Plan.
b. If a professional engineer is not required to prepare the full SPCC
Plan, but the SPCC Plan includes environmentally-equivalent
SPCC measures, or impracticality determinations,
CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to
prepare and certify those portions of the SPCC Plan dealing with
environmentally equivalent measures and impracticality
determinations; the balance of the SPCC Plan may be prepared
by and self-certified by CONTRACTOR.
3. Submit to CITY letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a
SPCC Plan is required for the Project in accordance with Laws and
Regulations.
D. SPCC Plan is required if the Project activities at the Site meet the following
criteria:
1. The Site and activities thereon are not exempt from Laws and
Regulations.
2. Oil is stored, used, transferred, or otherwise handled at the Site.
� City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Spil1 Prevention P/an
'
�
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01411-1
3. Maximum oil storage capacity at the Site equals or exceeds either of
the following thresholds: 42,000 gallons of completely buried capacity,
or 1,320 of above-ground capacity. Capacity includes total storage
tank volume and operational storage volume at the Site for contractors
and Subcontractors, including bulk storage tanks, containers with 55-
gallon storage capacity and larger, mobile tanks located at the Site,
and other containers covered by Laws and Regulations. Motive
storage containers, such as those on construction equipment and
vehicles, is not included. Oil includes petroleum products, fuel oil,
hydraulic fluid, oil sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with wastes other than
dredged material, synthetic oil, vegetable oil, animal fats and oils, and
other oils defined in Laws and Regulations.
4. There is reasonable expectation, based on location of the Site, that oil
spill would reach navigable waters of the United States or adjoining
shorelines.
E. If SPCC Plan is not required, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that conditions
that preclude the need for SPCC Plan, including the activities of all
contractors and Subcontractors at the Site, are maintained throughout
duration of the Project. Should changes that affect the storage, use, or
handling of oil at the Site occur, reassess the need for SPCC Plan at no
additional cost to CITY and provide to CITY evaluation letter regarding need
for SPCC Plan.
F. If SPCC Plan is required, develop SPCC Plan and submit for acceptance by
CITY. SPCC Plan shall be specific to the Site and shall include the
following:
2
3.
4.
5.
Stamp, original signature, and license number of CONTRACTOR'S
professional engineer, when self-certification by CONTRACTOR is not
allowed by Laws and Regulations.
Site plan identifying the name (or tag number) and location of each
tank and container that will contain a substance regulated in 40 CFR
112 and other Laws and Regulations, including above-ground and
buried tanks. Site plan shall indicate general directions of storm water
runoff, including storm sewers and drainage inlets, and storm sewer
outfall locations.
For each tank and container on the Site plan, provide a table that lists
the tank or container's name and tag number, type of oil stored, and
maximum storage capacity. List total storage capacity of all tanks and
containers at the Site covered by SPCC Laws and Regulations.
Predictions of direction, rate of flow, and total quantity of oil that could
be discharged from the Site as result of storage tank or container
failure.
Operating procedures that prevent oil spills, including procedures for
oil handling, details of secondary containment structures at fuel and oil
transfer areas, and details and descriptions of equipment to be used
for oil handling, including piping.
,
'
'
C�
��
'
,
��
'
��
,
'
II
�
'
City of C/earwater ,
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Spil/ Prevention Plan
01411-2 ,
�
'
r
,
�
�
LJ
�
,
�l
'
'
'
,
L�
'
,
,
'
'
0
7
�
,�
10.
11.
12
13.
14.
15.
Detaifs of and descriptions of control measures installed at the Site by
CONTRACTOR to prevent spill from reaching navigable waters,
including secondary containment and diversionary structures. For on-
shore Sites, one of the following must be used, at minimum: dikes,
berms, or retaining walls; curbing; culverts, gutters, or other drainage
systems; weirs, booms, or other barriers; spill diversion ponds;
retention ponds; sorbent materials. Where appropriate, the SPCC
Plan shall clearly demonstrate that containment or diversionary
structures or equipment are not practical. Include brittle fracture
evaluation, where required, for field-constructed above-ground storage
containers undergoing repair, alteration, construction, or change in
service.
Plans for countermeasures to contain, clean up, and mitigate effects of
oil spill that reaches navigable waters, including written commitment of
manpower, equipment, and materials to quickly control and remove
spilled oil. Include estimation of time required to contain spill after spill
occurs.
Contact list and telephone numbers for facility response coordinator,
National Response Center, cleanup contractors, and all appropriate
federal, state, and local authorities having jurisdiction to be contacted
in event of spill or discharge.
Program for monthly inspections of the Site by CONTRACTOR for
SPCC Plan compliance. Notify CITY of each inspection at least 72
hours in advance.
Measures for Site security relative to oil storage.
Procedures for safely handling mobile containers such as totes,
drums, and fueling vehicles and construction equipment that remain at
the Site.
Procedures and schedules for periodic testing of integrity of tanks and
containers, and associated piping and valves.
Plans for bulk storage container compliance.
Plans for personnel training and oil spill prevention briefings.
For SPCC Plans that do not follow the format listed in Laws and
Regulations, provide cross-reference to requirements of Laws and
Regulations, including 40 CFR 112.7.
G. Obtain acceptance of SPCC Plan by CITY, for coordination with CITY's Site-
specific SPCC Plan, if any.
H. SPCC Plan shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR's professional engineer
(when professional engineer is required) and CITY every five years, as
applicable.
Post a copy of accepted, certified SPCC Plan in conspicuous location at the
Site and provide copies to CITY, other contractors, and Subcontractors as
appropriate. All contractors shall comply with SPCC Plan.
J. In event of violation of SPCC Plan or release of oils attributable to
construction operations, CONTRACTOR shall:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Spill Prevention Plan
16-0038-UT � 01411-3
00992-0231
2
�
Immediately issue notifications in accordance with Laws and
Regulations, including 40 CFR 110 and 40 CFR 112. When required
by Laws and Regulations, report to National Response Center, US
Environmental Protection Agency, and other authorities having
jurisdiction, if any.
Have spill clean-up performed in conformance with Laws and
Regulations and the SPCC Plan.
Pay fines or civil penalties (or responsible portion thereofl imposed on
CITY by authorities having jurisdiction, and pay costs associated with
clean-up of spills.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Professional Engineer:
a. When required by Laws and Regulations, engage a registered
professional engineer legally qualified to practice in the
jurisdiction where the Site is located and experienced in
providing engineering services of the kind indicated.
b. Submit qualifications data.
c. Responsibilities include but are not necessarily limited to:
1) Carefully reviewing Laws and Regulations relative to
SPCC.
2) Preparing written requests for clarifications or
interpretations of criteria specified in the Contract Documents
for submittal to CITY by CONTRACTOR, and obtaining from
authorities having jurisdiction clarifications regarding Laws
and Regulations as required.
3) Preparing or supervising the preparation of letter-report
evaluation of need for SPCC Plan in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Evaluation shall include professional
engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature.
4) When SPCC Plan is required, preparing, supervising the
preparation of, or reviewing the SPCC Plan (or designated
portions thereof when oil storage at the Site will be 10,000
gallons or less) in accordance with the Contract Documents.
SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereofl shall include
professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original
signature.
5) Periodically re-evaluating the need for SPCC Plan and
issuing findings as letter-reports with seal, license number,
and signature. When SPCC Plan is required, periodically
evaluating the SPCC Plan and providing recommendations
for compliance with Laws and Regulations, in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
6) Certifying that:
a) it is familiar with the Laws and Regulations,
including 40 CFR 112, and
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Spill Prevention P/an
16-0038-UT 01411-4
00992-0231
'
�
'
�
�
�
�I
,
'
�
'
,
'
L�
I
�
'
,
,
�
,�
'
�
'
i�
�,
,
'
,
'
�
'
,
,
,
�J
!
'
,
b) it has visited, examined, and is familiar with the
Site, planned modifications to the Site under the Project
as such modifications pertain to SPCC Laws and
Regulations, and
c) it has perFormed the evaluations and prepared
SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents,
and
d) procedures for required testing and inspections
have been established, and
e) the said evaluations and SPCC Plan are adequate
for the Project, and
fl the said evaluations and SPECC Plan conform to
all Laws and Regulations, appticable industry standards,
and to prevailing standards of practice.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
E
�
4
�
, City of C/eanarater
'
Certifications: With each evaluation letter and SPCC Plan submittal,
include certification signed by preparer of submittal that the submittal
conforms to the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations.
Signature on all certifications shall be original.
Evaluations:
a. Submit letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC
Plan is required for the Project. Submit evaluation no later than
fourteen days after the Contract Times commence running,
unless longer time is allowed by CITY.
b. Submit updated evaluations as required when conditions at the
Site change. Submit updated evaluation no later than seven
days after the conditions at the Site change, or within seven days
of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY.
SPCC Plan: When SPCC Plan is required:
a. Submit to CITY. Submit within fourteen days of receipt of CITY's
acceptance of evaluation submittal.
b. Update and resubmit the SPCC Plan, or acceptable SPCC Plan
amendments, as required when conditions at the Site change.
Submit updated SPCC Plan or amendments no later than seven
days after the change in conditions at the Site change giving rise
to the SPCC Plan change or amendment, or within seven days of
CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY.
SPPC Plan Distribution: When SPCC Plan is required, submit copies
of letters transmitting SPCC Plan and amendments (if any) to
contractors and Subcontractors working at the Site.
Qualifications Statements: CONTRACTOR's professional engineer,
when requested by CITY.
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-OZ31
Spil/ Prevention P/an
01411-5
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Spill Prevention P/an
16-0038-UT 01411-6
00992-0231
,
�
�
I�
�
1
�
�
�
,
I�
�
�
�
�
�
�
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
G
0
Definitions and terminology applicabie to all the Contract Documents are
included in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.
Terminology used in the Specifications includes:
2.
3
4.
"Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on
the Drawings, or to other paragraphs or schedules in the
Specifications and similar locations in the Contract Documents.
Terminology such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified"
are used to help the user locate the reference without limitation on the
location.
"Installer", "applicator", or "erector" is CONTRACTOR or another entity
engaged by CONTRACTOR, either as an employee or Subcontractor,
to perform a particular construction activity, including installation,
erection, application or similar Work. Installers shall be experienced in
the Work that installer is engaged to perform.
a. The term "experienced", when used with the term "installer" means
having successfully completed a minimum of five previous
projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar
with the special requirements indicated; being familiar with Laws
and Regulations; and having complied with requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction, and complying with requirements
of the Supplier of the material or equipment being installed.
Trades: Use of a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain
construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized
individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter",
unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents or required by
Laws or Regulations. Such terminology also does not imply that
specified requirements apply exclusively to trade personnel of the
corresponding generic name.
"Assigned specialists" and similar terms: Certain Sections of the
Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed
by specialists recognized as experts in those operations. Engage said
specialists for those activities, and their engagement is a requirement
over which CONTRACTOR has no option. These requirements do not
conflict with enforcement of building codes and other Laws and
Regulations. Also, such requirements are not intended to interfere
with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar
conventions. Such assignments shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
� City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs References
'
�
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01420-1
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES
A. References in the Contract Documents to local code(s) shall mean the
foliowing:
1. State of Fiorida.
2. City of Clearwater.
3. National Electric Code.
4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code.
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS
A. Common abbreviations that may be found in the Contract Documents are
listed below, alphabetically by their written-out meaning:
alternating current a-c
ampere A
Architectural Barriers Act ABA
Americans with Disabilities Act ADA
Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines ADAAG
ante meridian a.m.
average avg
biochemical oxygen demand BOD
brake horsepower bhp
British thermal unit Btu
Centigrade (or Celsius) C
chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CPVC
chlorofluorocarbons CFC
Code of Federal Regulations CFR
cubic inch cu in
cubic foot cu ft
cubic yard cu yd, or CY
cubic feet per minute cfm
cubic feet per second cfs
decibel db
degree Centigrade (or Celsius) (Write) degrees C or °C
degrees Fahrenheit degrees F or °F
diameter dia
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
References
01420-2 '
'
direct current d-c
dollars $
each ea
efficiency eff
Fahrenheit F
feet ft
feet per hour fph
feet per minute fpm
feet per second fps
figure Fig
flange flg
foot-pound ft-Ib
gallon gal
gallons per hour gph
gallons per minute gpm
gallons per second gps
gram g
grams per liter g/L
Hertz Hz
horsepower hp or HP
hour hr
human-machine interface HMI
inch in.
inches water gage in. w.g.
inch-pound in.-Ib
inside diameter ID
iron pipe size IPS
thousand pounds kips
thousand pounds per square inch ksi
kilovolt-ampere kva
kilowatt kw
kilowatt-hour kwhr or kwh
linear foot lin ft or LF
liter �
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-3
00992-0231
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (USGBC)
maximum
mercury
milligram
milligrams per liter
milliliter
millimeter
million gallons per day
million gallon
minimum
national pipe threads
net positive suction head
net positive suction head available
net positive suction head required
nitrogen oxide (total concentration of mono-nitrogen oxides
such as nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NOZ))
nominal pipe size
number
operator interface terminal
ounce
ounce-force
outside diameter
parts per hundred
parts per million
parts per billion
polyvinyl chtoride
post meridian
pound
pounds per square inch
pounds per square inch absolute
pounds per square inch gauge
pounds per square foot
process control system
programmable logic controller
LEED
max
Hg
mg
mg/I or mg/L
ml
mm
mgd or MGD
MG
min
NPT
NPSH
NPSHA
NPSHR
NOx
NPS
no.
OIT
oz
ozf
OD
pph
ppm
ppb
PVC
p. m.
Ib
psi
psia
psig
psf
PCS
PLC
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038•UT 01420-4
00992-0231
revolutions per minute
second
specific gravity
square
square foot
square inch
square yard
standard
standard cubic feet per minute
total dynamic head
totally-enclosed fan-cooled
volt
volts alternating current
volts direct current
volatile organic compounds
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
rpm
sec
sp gr, or SG
sq
sq ft, or sf
sq in.
sq yd, or SY
std
scfm
TDH
TEFC
V
vac
vdc
VOC
A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the
Supplementary Conditions, relative to reference standards and resolving
discrepancies befinreen reference standards and the Contract Documents.
Provisions of reference standards are in effect in accordance with the
Specifications.
B. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in the Work shall be familiar with
reference standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable reference standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
Where reference standards are needed for a construction activity, obtain
copies of standards from the publication source.
C. Abbreviations and Names: Where reference standards, specifications,
codes, manuals, Laws or Regulations, or other published data of
international, national, regional or local organizations are referred to in the
Contract Documents, the organization issuing the standard may be referred
to by their acronym or abbreviation only. Following acronyms or
abbreviations that may appear in the Contract Documents shall have the
meanings indicated below. Listing is alphabetical by acronym.
AA Aluminum Association
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-5
00992-0231
AASHTO
ACI
ACS
ADSC-
IAFD
AEIC
AF&PA
ABMA
AG MA
AI
AIA
AIChE
AISC
AISI
AITC
ALSC
AMA
AMCA
AMP
ANSI
APA
API
APHA
AREA
ARI
ASAE
ASCE
ASHRAE
ASME
ASNT
ASQ
ASSE
ASTM
AWCI
AWI
AWPA
American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
American Concrete Institute
American Chemical Society
International Association of Foundation Drilling.
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
American Forest and Paper Association
American Bearing Manufacturers Association (formerly Anti-
Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA))
American Gear Manufacturers Association
Asphalt Institute
American Institute of Architects
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
American Institute of Steel Construction
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Institute of Timber Construction
American Lumber Standards Committee
Acoustical Materials Association
Air Movement and Control Association
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers,
Architectural Metal Products Division
American National Standards Institute
The Engineered Wood Association
American Petroleum Institute
American Public Health Association
American Railway Engineering Association
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
American Society of Agricultural Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning
Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Non-Destructive Testing
American Society for Quality
American Society of Safety Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry
Architectural Woodwork Institute
American Wood Protection Association
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Sfation Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-6
00992-0231
'
�
��
'
'
��
�
l_ J
�
l�
'
'
'
,
�
'
�
,
'
AWPI
AWS
AWWA
BAAQMD
BHMA
BIA
CBMA
CDA
CEMA
CGA
CISCA
CISPI
CLFMI
CMAA
CRSI
CSI
DIN
DIPRA
EJCDC
EJ MA
ETL
FCC
FEMA
FHWA
FM
FRPI
FS
GA
GANA
HEW
HI
HMI
HUD
IBC
I CC
American Wood Preservers Institute
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Bay Area Air Quality Management District
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
Brick Industry Association
Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association
Copper Development Association
Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association
Compressed Gas Association
Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
Crane Manufacturers Association of America
Concrete Reinforcing Steet Institute
Construction Specifications Institute
Deutsches Institut fur Normung eV (German Institute for
Standardization)
Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association
Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
Intertek Testing Services, Inc. (formerly ETL Testing
Laboratories, Inc.)
Federal Communications Commission
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Federal Highway Administration
Factory Mutual (FM Global)
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics Institute
Federal Specification
Gypsum Association
Glass Association of North America
United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare
Hydraulic Institute
Hoist Manufacturers Institute
United States Department of Housing and Urban Development
International Building Code
International Code Council
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-7
00992-0231
IFI
IRI
ISA
ISO
ISO
LPI
MIA
MUSFA
MS
MSS
MMA
NAAMM
NACE
NAPF
NARUC
NBHA
NBS
NCMA
NEC
NELMA
NEMA
NESC
NETA
NFPA
NFRC
NGA
NHLA
NHPMA
NIST
N LGA
NRCA
NRMCA
NSF
NSSGA
NTMA
OSHA
PCA
Industrial Fasteners Institute
Industrial Risk Insurers
Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (formerly
Instrument Society of America)
Insurance Services Office
International Organization for Standardization
Lightning Protection Institute
Marble Institute of America
Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
Military Specifications
Manufacturers' Standardization Society
Monorail Manufacturers Association
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
National Association of Corrosion Engineers
National Association of Pipe Fabricators, Inc.
National Association of Regulatory Utilities Commissioners
National Builders Hardware Association
United States Department of Commerce, National Bureau of
Standards
National Concrete Masonry Association
National Electric Code
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Electrical Safety Code
International Electrical Testing Association
National Fire Protection Association
National Fenestration Rating Council
National Glass Association
National Hardwood Lumber Association
Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers Association
United States Department of Commerce, National Institute of
Standards and Technology
National Lumber Grades Authority
National Roofing Contractors Association
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
National Sanitation Foundation
National Stone, Sand, and Gravel Association
National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Portland Cement Association
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-8
00992-0231
IJ
�
'
u
LJ
,
�
'
,
�_�
�
C
,
�
�
�
,
�
PCI
PEI
PFI
PPI
PG MC
PS
RCSC
RMA
SAE
SCAQMD
SCPRF
SCTE
SDI
SDI
SIGMA
SJI
SMACNA
SPI
SPIB
SSPC
SWI
TCNA
TEMA
TIA/EIA
UL
USAB
USDOE
USEPA
USGBC
USGS
USPHS
WCLIB
WCMA
WCMA
WDMA
VWVEMA
WWPA
PrecasUPrestressed Concrete Institute
Porcelain Enamel institute
Pipe Fabrication Institute
Plastics Pipe Institute
Primary Glass Manufacturers Council
Product Standards Section, United States Department of
Commerce
Research Council on Structural Connections (part of AISC)
Rubber Manufacturers Association
Society of Automotive Engineers
Southern California Air Quality Management District
Structural Clay Products Research Foundation
Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers
Steel Deck Institute
Steel Door Institute
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturing Association
Steel Joist Institute
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National
Association
Society of the Plastics Industry
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
Society for Protective Coatings
Steel Window Institute
Tile Council of North America
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries
Alliance
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
United States Access Board
United States Department of Energy
United States Environmental Protection Agency
United States Green Building Council
United States Geological Survey
United States Public Health Service
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
Window Covering Manufacturers Association
Wood Component Manufacturers Association
Wndow and Door Manufacturers Association
Water and Wastewater Equipment Manufacturers Association
Western Wood Products Association
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-9
00992-0231
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs References
16-0038-UT 01420-10
00992-0231
SECTION 01452 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED
BY CONTRACTOR
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall employ and payfor senrices of independent testing
laboratory to perform specified services.
2. Inspection, sampling, and testing shall be as specified in the
Specifications including but not limited to:
3
4
a. Section 03930, Concrete Rehabilitation
b. Other tests in the Contract Documents that are not specifically
assigned to others.
CONTRACTOR shall pay for:
a. Tests not specifically indicated in the Contract Documents as being
CITY's responsibility.
b. Tests made for CONTRACTOR's convenience.
c. Repeat tests required because of CONTRACTOR's negligence or
defective Work, and retesting after failure of test for the same item
to comply with the Contract Documents.
Testing laboratory is not authorized to approve or accept any portion of
the Work or defective Work; rescind, alter, or augment requirements of
Contract Documents; and perForm duties of CONTRACTOR.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. ASTM E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction
Inspection and/or Testing.
2. ISO/IEC 17025, General Requirements for the Competence of Testing
and Calibration Laboratories.
3. NIST SRM, Standard Reference Materials.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
Testing Laboratory:
a. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM E329.
b. Testing laboratory shall be licensed to operate in the same state as
the Site. Where applicable, laboratory shall be certified by the
authority having jurisdiction for the types of testing required.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Testing Laboratory by Contractor
16-0038-UT 01452-1
00992-0231
1.4
1.5
c. Testing equipment used by laboratory shall be calibrated at maximum
intervals of twelve months by devices of accuracy traceable to one
of the following: NIST SRM, ISO/IEC 17025, certified by state or
local bureau of weights and measures, or values of natural physical
constants generally accepted in the engineering and scientific
community.
SUBMITTALS
A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Quality Control Submittals and Test Reports: Testing laboratory shall
promptly submit to CONTRACTOR results of testing and inspections,
including:
a. Date issued.
b. Project title, number, and name of the Site.
c. Testing laboratory name and address.
d. Name and signature of inspector or person obtaining samples.
e. Date of inspection or sampling.
f. Record of temperature and weather.
g. Date of test.
h. Identification of material or product tested, and associated
Specification Section.
i. Location in the Project.
j. Type of inspection or test.
k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with the
Contract Documents.
2. Qualifications Statements:
a. Testing Laboratory:
1) Qualifications statement indicating experience and
facilities for tests required under the Contract Documents.
2) Copy of report of inspection of facilities during most recent NIST
inspection tour. Include memorandum of remedies of
deficiencies reported during inspection.
3) Copy of certificate of calibration for each instrument or
measuring device proposed for use, by accredited calibration
agency.
TESTING LABORATORY DUTIES
A. Testing laboratory shall:
1. Cooperate with CONTRACTOR and provide qualified personnel promptly
on notice.
2. Perform required inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and
methods of construction; comply with applicable reference standards and
the Contract Documents; and ascertain compliance with requirements of
the Contract Documents.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Testing Laboratory by Contractor
01452-2
3. Promptly notify CITY and CONTRACTOR of irregularities or deficiencies
in the Work that are observed during performance of services.
4. Promptly submit to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of inspections and
tests.
5. Perform additional tests and services, as required by CONTRACTOR.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. CONTRACTOR shall:
1. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel.
2. Provide to testing laboratory preliminary representative samples of
materials and products to be tested, in required quantities.
3. Promptly submit to CITY copies of results of tests and inspections
received from testing laboratory.
4. Provide to laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete
and other material mixes to be tested by testing laboratory.
5. Provide labor and facilities:
a. For access to the Work to be tested, and where required, to Suppliers'
operations.
b. For obtaining and handling samples at the Site.
c. For facilitating inspections and tests.
d. For testing laboratory's exclusive use for storing and curing of test
samples.
e. Forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders.
6. Notify laboratory and CITY sufficiently in advance of operations to allow
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
7. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional services, sampling, and
testing required for CONTRACTOR's convenience.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Testing Laboratory by Contractor
16-0038-UT 01452-3
00992-0231
'
'
�
'
,
C�
�
�
'
,
,
'
�_�
'
'
SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A.
�
CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary utilities required for the Project.
1. Make all arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services
and obtain required permits and approvals for temporary utilities.
2. Pay all utility service costs, including cost of electricity, water, fuel, and other
utility services required for the Work.
3. Continuously maintain adequate utilities for all purposes during the Project,
until removal of temporary utilities and temporary facilities. At minimum,
provide and maintain temporary utilities through Substantial Completion and
removal of temporary field offices and sheds.
4. Should CITY occupy part of the Project prior to Substantial Completion of the
entire Work, cost of utilities consumed via temporary utilities serving the
portion occupied by CITY will be shared proportionately befinreen CITY and
CONTRACTOR as mutually agreed to by the parties.
5. Maintain, including cleaning, temporary utilities and continuously provide
consumables as required.
6. Temporary utilities and temporary facilities shall be adequate for personnel
using the Site and requirements of Project.
7. Provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities in compliance with Laws
and Regulations and, when applicable, requirements of utility owners.
Provide the following temporary utilities
1.
3.
4.
5.
6:
8.
Electricity.
Lighting.
Telephone and communications.
Heating, ventilating, and temporary enclosures.
Water.
Sanitary facilities.
First-aid facilities.
Fire protection.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES
' A. Electrical:
1. Provide temporary electrical service required for the Work and per
Specification 01510, including continuous power for temporary field offces
, and sheds. Provide temporary outlets with circuit breaker protection and
ground fault protection.
B. Lighting.
, City of Clearwater
'
'
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Utilities
01510-1
L
0
Minimum lighting shall be five foot-candles for open areas and ten foot-
candles for stairs and shops. Provide minimum of one, 300-watt lamp every
15 feet in indoor Work areas. Provide night security lighting of five foot-
candles, minimum, within 50 feet of all parts of the Site during hours of
darkness, controlled by photocell.
Telephone and Communications.
Provide temporary telephone and communications required for
CONTRACTOR's operations at the Site and for summoning emergency
medical assistance.
Heating, Ventilating, and Enclosures.
2.
3.
C�
5.
�
Provide sufficient temporary heating, ventilating, and enclosures to ensure
safe working conditions and prevent damage to existing facilities and the
Work.
Except where otherwise specified, temporary heating shall maintain
temperature of the area served between 50 degrees F and maximum design
temperature of building or facility and its contents.
Maintain temperature of areas occupied by CITY's personnel or electronic
equipment, including offices, lunch rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, and
rooms containing computers, microprocessors, and control equipment,
between 65 degrees F and 80 degrees F with relative humidity less than 75
percent.
Required temperature range for storage areas and certain elements of the
Work, including preparation of materials and surfaces, installation or
application, and curing as applicable, shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents for the associated Work and the Supplier's recommended
temperature range for storage, application, or installation, as appropriate.
Provide temporary ventilation sufficient to prevent accumulation in
construction areas and areas occupied by CITY of hazardous and nuisance
levels or concentrations of dust and particulates, mist, fumes or vapors, odors,
and gases, associated with construction.
Provide temporary enclosures and partitions required to maintain required
temperature and humidity.
E. Water.
2.
3.
Provide temporary water facilities including piping, valves, meters if not
provided by owner of existing waterline, backflow preventers, pressure
regulators, and other appurtenances. Provide freeze-protection as required.
Provide water for temporary sanitary facilities, field offices, Site maintenance
and cleaning and, when applicable, disinfecting and testing of systems.
Continuously maintain adequate water flow and pressure for all purposes
during the Project, until removal of temporary water system.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Utilities
01510-2
,
'
'
'
'
,
�
'
'
li
�
'
,
'
'
l�
,
'
,
,
�
'
'
,
'
'
�
,
,
,
' 1.3
,
'
�
�
,
F. Sanitary Facilities.
1. Provide suitably-enclosed chemical or self-contained toilets for
CONTRACTOR's employees and visitors to the Site. Location of temporary
toilets shall be acceptable to CITY.
2. Provide supply of potable drinking water and related facilities and
consumables for all personnel using the Site.
3. Provide suitable temporary washing facilities for employees and visitors.
G. First-aid Facilities.
2
Provide temporary first-aid stations at or immediately adjacent to the Site's
major work areas, and inside CONTRACTOR's temporary field office.
Locations of first-aid stations shall be determined by CONTRACTOR's safety
representative.
Provide list of emergency telephone numbers at each hardwired telephone at
the Site. List shall be in accordance with the list of emergency contact
information required in Section 01301, Pre-Construction Conference.
H. Fire Protection.
1. Provide temporary fire protection, including portable fire extinguishers rated
not less than 2A or 56 in accordance with NFPA 10, Portable Fire Extinguish-
ers, for each temporary building and for every 3,000 square feet of floor area
under construction.
2. Comply with NFPA 241, Safeguarding Building Construction, Alternation, and
Demolition Operations, and requirements of fire marshals and authorities
having jurisdiction at the Site.
USE OF CITY'S SYSTEM
A. Use of Permanent Utility Systems Provided Under the Project:
1. Permanent electrical, lighting, water, heating, ventilating, and fire protection
systems and first-aid facilities may be used to provide temporary utilities and
temporary facilities if the following are met:
a. Obtain CITY's written permission to use permanent systems.
b. Permanent systems to be used for temporary utilities or temporary
facilities shall have achieved Substantial Completion, including complete
functionality of all controls.
c. CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs while using permanent system,
including operation, maintenance, replacement of consumables, and
provide replacement parts.
2. Do not use the following permanent facilities:
a. Telephone and communication facilities.
b. Sanitary facilities.
' City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Utilities
, 16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
01510-3
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for temporary systems may be new or used, but shall be
adequate for purposes intended and shall not create unsafe conditions, and shall
comply with Laws and Regulations.
B. Provide required materials, equipment, and facilities, including piping, wiring, and
controls.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install temporary facilities in neat, orderly, manner, and make structurally,
mechanically, and electrically sound throughout.
B. Location of Temporary Utilities and Temporary Facilities:
1. Locate temporary systems for proper function and service.
2. Temporary systems shall not interfere with or provide hazards or nuisances
to: the Work under this and other contracts, movement of personnel, traffic
areas, materials handling, hoisting systems, storage areas, finishes, and work
of utility companies.
3. Do not install temporary utilities on the ground, with the exception of
temporary extension cords, hoses, and similar systems in place for short
durations.
C. Modify and extend temporary systems as required by progress of the Work.
3.2 USE
A. Maintain temporary systems to provide safe, continuous service as required.
B. Properly supervise operation of temporary systems:
1. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations.
2. Enforce safe practices.
3. Prevent abuse of services.
4. Prevent nuisances and hazards caused by temporary systems and their use.
5. Prevent damage to finishes.
6. Ensure that temporary systems and equipment do not interrupt continuous
progress of construction.
C. At end of each work day, check temporary systems and verify that sufficient
consumables are available to maintain operation until work is resumed at the Site.
Provide additional consumables if the supply on hand is insufficient.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Utilities
16-0038-UT 01510-4
00992-0231
'
� 3.3 REMOVAL
� A. Completely remove temporary utilities, facilities, equipment, and materials when no
longer required. Repair damage caused by temporary systems and their removal
and restore the Site to condition required by the Contract Documents; if restoration
, of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition.
B. Where temporary utilities are disconnected from existing utility, provide suitable,
' watertight or gastight (as applicable) cap or blind flange, as applicable, on service
line, in accordance with requirements of utility owner.
C. When permanent utilities and systems that were used for temporary utilities, upon
' Substantial Completion replace all consumables such as filters and light bulbs and
parts used during the Work.
'
,
�
,
�
'
'
'
,
l.J
END OF SECTION
' City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Utilities
� 16-0038-UT 01510-5
00992-0231
'
C�
1
�
,
�
'
SECTION 01511 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary electrical service during the Project. At
minimum, provide temporary electrical service through Substantial Completion of the
entire Project and removal of temporary field offices and sheds.
B. Cost of electricity used for the Project, including cost of electricity for start-up and
testing, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR.
C. Source: Electric power for temporary electrical senrice is available from Duke Energy
, unless an agreement from the CITY establishes a source from their distribution. Point
of connection to power source shall be determined by Duke or the CITY.
'
'
,
'
D. Limits of Temporary Electric Service:
1. Provide and maintain temporary electric service so that electricity can be
obtained at all locations within the ProjecYs work areas using extension of no
more than 100 feet.
2. Temporary electric service required beyond limits shown or indicated shall be
provided by contractor requiring such power, who shall provide their own portable
generator or other means of temporary electric service.
3. Each contractor using temporary electric service shall provide their own
extension cords, drop lights, power tools, other small devices, and distribution
system.
E. Continuously provide electric power to construction field offices and sheds.
F. Unless existing equipment is specified as being taken temporarily out of service to
� accommodate portions of the Project, provide temporary electric power to maintain
continuous operation of existing facilities during change over of electrical equipment.
L�
'
�
G. Restrictions:
1. Existing Systems: Modify and extend existing system for temporary electric
service.
2. Obtain OWNER's permission to use electricity from existing system.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY SERVICE REQUIRED
A. Materials and equipment used for temporary electric service may be new or used, and
' shall be in first-class, fully serviceable condition. Temporary electric service shall not
create unsafe conditions. Comply with Laws and Regulations and requirements of
electric utility.
' City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
' 1 &0038-UT
00992-0231
,
Temporary E/ectricity
01511-1
B. Size of Temporary Electric Service:
1. Temporary electric service is required for lighting, power tools, construction field
offices and sheds, and similar usages. Electric space heaters, dewatering pumps
and equipment, and large welding machines are not included in required
temporary electric service.
2. If needed, a temporary electric system shall be 480-volt, three-phase, 60 Hertz,
with sufficient capacity to provide service for construction use by all trades and
with the following minimum facilities:
a. 100 ampere frame with 100 ampere trip primary circuit breaker.
b. 15 KVA, three-phase transformer with 480-volt primary and 208/120-volt
secondary, three-pole secondary safety switch, and 208/120-volt, three-
phase, four-wire distribution panel.
C. Provide each electrical outlet with circuit breaker protection and comply with ground
fault protection per requirements of NEC Article 406, Receptacles, Cord Connectors,
and Attachment Plugs, and UL 943, Standard for Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
3.2
3.3
A. Install temporary electric service in neat, orderly manner. Temporary electric service
shall be structurally and electrically sound throughout.
B. Modify temporary electric service and rearrange wiring as Project progress requires.
,
'
�
�J
�
�
,
'
C1
C. Locate all temporary electrical facilities to avoid interFering with the Work, hoisting, '
materials handling, storage, tra�c areas, existing operable facilities, and work under
other contracts.
D. CONTRACTOR is responsible for and shall return to original condition those portions
of permanent electric system used in completing the Work.
USE
A. Properly supervise use of temporary electric service. Enforce compliance with Laws
and Regulations and safe practices, and prevent abuse of services.
REMOVAL
A. Completely remove materials and equipment associated with temporary electric
service when temporary electric service is no longer required.
B. Repair damage caused by temporary electric service and its removal and restore the
Site to condition in accordance with the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged
areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition.
END OF SECTION
,
'
,
'
�
'
City of C/earwater '
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary E/ectricity
01511-2
i�
��
'
SECTION 01522 - CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide field office for CONTRACTOR's use with
at least the minimum facilities specified.
2. Provide required storage and work sheds.
3. Pay for required permits and utilities. Field offices and sheds shall
comply with Laws and Regulations.
B. Location:
1. Locate field offices and sheds in accordance with the Contract
Documents and in accordance with the Site mobilization discussions at
the preconstruction conference.
C. Furnish in field office one complete set of the Contract Documents for ready
reference by interested parties. In addition to the reference set, comply with
Section 01782, Record Documents.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS, FURNISHINGS, AND EQUIPMENT
A. Field Office and Furnishings:
1. Construction: As required by CONTRACTOR..
2. Furnish and maintain at CONTRACTOR's field o�ce protective
helmets for use by visitors to the Site.
B. Storage and Work Sheds:
1. Provide storage and work sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate personnel, materials, and equipment involved in the
Work, including temporary utility services and facilities required for
environmental controls sufficient for personnel, materials, and
equipment.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Contractors Fie/d Office 8 Sheds
16-0038-UT 01522-1
00992-0231
3.2
A. Installation:
1. Install field offices, sheds, and related facilities in accordance with
Laws and Regulations.
2. Install materials and equipment, including prefabricated structures, in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Maintenance:
1. Clean and maintain field offices and sheds as required.
2. Provide consumables as required.
B. Removal:
1. Do not remove field offices and sheds until after Substantial
Completion of the entire Work, unless otherwise approved by CITY.
2. Remove field offices and sheds and restore areas prior to final
inspection.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Contractors Fie/d Office & Sheds
16-0038-UT 01522-2
00992-0231
SECTION 001570 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shali provide and maintain methods equipment
,
and temporary construction as required to control environmental
conditions at the Site and adjacent areas.
2. Maintain controls until no longer required.
3. Temporary controls include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Erosion and sediment controls.
b. Noise controls.
c. Dust control.
d. Pest and rodent control.
e. Control of water, including storm water runnoff.
f. Pollution control.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions and
recommendations of the following:
, 1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
�
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Plan for construction staging and maintenance of the Site
relative to erosion and sediment controls. Indicate on a Site plan
approximate areas of planned disturbance of soils and soil cover
over time during the Project. For areas not indicated in the
Contract Documents as being disturbed and that CONTRACTOR
proposes to disturb, Shop Drawing shall include proposed erosion
and sediment control measures for the additional area.
2. Product Data:
a. Silt fencing materials.
Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Procedural Submittals:
a. Proposed dust control measures, when submittal is
requested by CITY.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Controls
01570-1
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS
�
L-3
L
��
General:
Materials utilized for erosion and sediment controls shall be in
accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated
in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated
in the Contract Documents.
Silt Fencing:
2
3
Filter Cloth:
a. Mirafi Envirofence, or equal.
b. Height: Two feet, minimum.
c. Securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh using ties spaced
at maximum intervals of two feet on centers at top and
mid-height of wire mesh.
Wire Mesh: Support filter cloth with wire mesh complying with the
following:
a. Woven wire mesh, 14-gauge steel wire, maximum mesh
size six-inch by six-inch.
b. Height: To match filter cloth height.
c. Fasten wire mesh to fence supports with wire ties or
staples.
Fence Support Posts:
a. Length: Three feet, minimum.
b. Material: Metal or other acceptable material with "U" or "I"
cross section, or minimum 1.25-inch by 1.25-inch
hardwood.
Straw Bale Dike.
1. Bales shall be firmly-packed, unrotted straw bound firmly with
baling wire. Cross-sectional area on the small end of each bale
shall be approximately 12 inches by 12 inches or larger.
2. Posts shall comply with requirements for silt fencing support
posts, or may be suitable reinforcing steel.
Mulch Materials and Soil Stabilization.
1. Mulch shall be unrotted straw or salt hay.
2. Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be an inert, eco-
friendly chemical manufactured for the specific purpose of erosion
control and soil stabilization, applied with mulch or stabilization
fibers.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Controls
16-0038-UT 01570-2
00992-0231
r
�
,
�1
�
'
�
,
'
'
�
'
�
C1
�
'
'
'
�
�
�
��
C�
3. Wood-fiber or paper-fiber, when used, shall be 100 percent
natural and biodegradable.
4. Erosion control mat or netting shall be biodegradable. Acceptable
materials include jute, excelsior, straw or coconut fiber, and
cotton.
E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins:
, 1. Inlet Filter Bag:
a. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following for
each drainage inlet or catch basin to be protected:
1) Silt Sack, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF)
� Environmental
2) Or equal.
b. Inlet filter bag permeability shall be not less than 40
� gallons per square foot of bag area exposed to the flow.
Fabric shall be woven polypropylene with double stitching
to prevent bursting.
1 c. Inlet filter bags shall fit inside the drainage inlet or catch
basin and shall be secured by the structure's grate or by
other acceptable means.
d. Inlet filter bags shall have means of removing inlet filter
, bag and the silt and sediment collected in the bag, without
dumping filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or
catch basin.
,
'
'
'
�
Il
'
�
�
F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge:
2.
3
n
Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing
from an excavation. Filter bag is not required on pumps
associated with dewatering wells.
Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
a. UltraTech Dewatering Bag, by Interstate Products.
b. Filter Bag, by US Fabrics.
c. Dewatering (Filter) Bag, Indian Valley Industries.
d. DirtBag, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF)
Environmental
e. Or equal.
Size filter bags for maximum flow of the pump. Filter bags shall
be specifically fabricated for use as a dewatering pump filter bag.
Provide sufficient spare filter bags for continuous dewatering
operations.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 NOISE CONTROL
A. Noise Control — General:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Contro/s
16-0038-UT 01570-3
00992-0231
3.2
3.3
3.4
2.
3.
CONTRACTOR's vehicles and equipment shall minimize noise
emissions to greatest degree practicable. Provide mufflers,
silencers, and sound barriers when necessary.
Noise levels shall comply with Laws and Regulations, including
OSHA requirements and local ordinances.
Noise emissions shall not interfere with the work of CITY or
others.
DUST CONTROL
A. Dust Control — General:
�
�
Control objectionable dust caused by CONTRACTOR's operation
of vehicles and equipment, clearing, and other actions. To
minimize airborne dust, apply water or use other methods subject
to acceptance of CITY and approval of authorities having
jurisdiction.
CONTRACTOR shall prevent blowing and movement of dust from
exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off-Site
damage, nuisances, and health hazards associated with dust
emissions. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the Site
shall be sprinkled with water until the surface is moist. Apply dust
controls as frequently as required without creating nuisances such
as excessive mud and ponding of water at the Site.
Remove dust from roadways and access roads at maximum
intervals of seven days by mechanical brooming or other method
acceptable to CITY.
PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A. Pest and Rodent Control — General:
1. Provide rodent and pest control as required to prevent infestation of the
Site and storage areas.
2. Employ methods and use materials that do not adversely affect conditions
at the Site or on adjoining properties.
3. In accordance with Laws and Regulations, promptly and properly dispose
of pests and rodents trapped or otherwise controlled.
WATER CONTROL
A. Water Control — General:
Provide methods to control surface water and water from
excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the
Site, and adjoining properties.
City of Clean�vater
Marshall Street lnf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Controls
01570-4
�
�
L�
,
'
�
�
,
'
,
�_J
,
'
'
�
'
�
�
�
�
2. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct water away from
excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas and to
direct drainage to proper runoff courses to prevent erosion,
damage, or nuisance.
Equipment and Facilities for Water Control: Provide, operate, and
maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface
water.
C. Discharge and Disposal: Dispose of drainage water in manner to prevent
flooding, erosion, and other damage to any and all parts of the Site and
adjoining areas, and that complies with Laws and Regulations.
3.5 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Pollution Control — General:
�
C.
�❑
1. Provide means, methods, and facilities required to prevent
contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere caused by discharge
of noxious substances from construction operations.
2. Equipment used during construction shall comply with Laws and
Regulations.
Spills and Contamination:
1. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency
measures required to contain spills and to remove contaminated
soils and liquids.
2. Excavate contaminated material and properly dispose of off-Site,
and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
Protection of Surface Waters: Implement special measures to prevent
harmful substances from entering surFace waters. Prevent disposal of
wastes, effluents, chemicals, and other such substances in or adjacent to
surface waters and open drainage routes, in sanitary sewers, or in storm
sewers.
Atmospheric Pollutants:
1. Provide systems for controlling atmospheric pollutants related to
the Work.
2. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals and vapors.
3. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into atmosphere.
E. Solid Waste:
1. Provide systems for controlling and managing solid waste related
to the Work.
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Contro/s
16-0038-UT 01570-5
00992-0231
3.6
2. Prevent solid waste from becoming airborne, and from discharging
to surface waters and drainage routes.
3. Properly handle and dispose of solid waste.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Installation and Maintenance of Erosion and Sediment Controls —
General:
1. General:
a. Provide erosion and sediment controls as shown and
indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere in the Contract
Documents. Provide erosion and sediment controls as the
Work progresses into previously undisturbed areas.
b. Installation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in
accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements
indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents.
c. Use necessary methods to successfully control erosion
and sedimentation, including ecology-oriented construction
practices, vegetative measures, and mechanical controls.
Use best management practices (BMP) in accordance with
Laws and Regulations, and regulatory requirements
indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, to control erosion
and sedimentation during the Project.
d. Plan and execute construction, disturbances of soils and
soil cover, and earthwork by methods to control surface
drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste
disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
Provide temporary measures for controlling erosion and
sedimentation, as indicated in the Contract Documents and
as required for the Project.
e. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or
equipment, or for temporary facilities, provisions shall be
made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion and
sedimentation, subject to the CITY'S approval.
f. Provide erosion and sediment controls, including
stabilization of soils, at the end of each workday.
2. Coordination:
a. Coordinate temporary erosion and sediment controls with
construction of permanent drainage facilities and other
Work to the extent necessary for economical, effective,
and continuous erosion and sediment control.
3. Before commencing activities that will disturb soil or soil cover at
the Site, provide all erosion and sediment control measures
required by the Contract Documents for the areas where soil or
soil cover will be disturbed.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Controls
16-0038-UT 01570-6
00992-0231
�
�
�
�
,
�
'
� �'
'
�
�
'
�
i
�
�
�
�
4. In general, implement construction procedures associated with, or
that may affect, erosion and sediment control to ensure minimum
damage to the environment during construction. CONTRACTOR
shall implement any and all additional measures required to
comply with Laws and Regulations.
5. Vegetation Removal: Remove only those shrubs, grasses, and
other vegetation that must be removed for construction. Protect
remaining vegetation.
6. Access Roads and Parking Areas: When possible, access roads
and temporary roads shall be located and constructed to avoid
adverse effects on the environment. Provisions shall be made to
regulate drainage, avoid erosion and sedimentation, and minimize
damage to vegetation.
7. Earthwork and Temporary Controls:
a. Perform excavation, fill, and related operations in
accordance with Section 02315.
b. Control erosion to minimize transport of silt from the Site
into existing waterways and surface waters. Such
measures shall include, but are not limited to, using berms,
silt fencing, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed
stone, mulching and soil stabilization, slope drains, and
other methods. Apply such temporary measures to
erodible materials exposed by activities associated with the
construction of the Project.
c. Hold to a minimum the areas of bare soil exposed at one
time.
d. Construct fills and waste areas by selectively placing fill
and waste materials to eliminate surface silts and clays
that will erode.
e. In performing earthwork, eliminate depressions that could
serve as mosquito pools.
f. CONTRACTOR shall provide special care in areas with
steep slopes, where disturbance of vegetation shall be
minimized to maintain soil stability.
8. Inspection and Maintenance:
a. Periodically inspect areas of earthwork and areas where
soil or soil cover are disturbed to detect evidence of the
start of erosion and sedimentation; apply corrective
measures as required to control erosion and
sedimentation. Continue inspections and corrective
measures until soils are permanently stabilized and
permanent vegetation has been established
b. Repair or replace damaged erosion and sediment controls
within 24 hours of CONTRACTOR becoming aware of
such damage.
c. Periodically remove silt and sediment that has
accumulated in or behind sediment and erosion controls.
Properly dispose of silt and sediment.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Contro/s
01570-7
�
10
11
Duration of Erosion and Sediment Controls:
a. Maintain erosion and sediment controls in effective working
condition until the associated drainage area has been
permanently stabilized.
b. Maintain erosion and sediment controls until the Site is
restored and site improvements including landscaping, if
any, are complete with underlying soils permanently
stabilized.
Work Stoppage: If the Work is temporarily stopped or suspended
for any reason, CONTRACTOR shall provide additional temporary
controls necessary to prevent environmental damage to the Site
and adjacent areas while the Work is stopped or suspended.
Failure to Provide Adequate Controls: In the event
CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion
and siltation, CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance
or to use CITY's own forces for erosion and sediment control.
Cost of such work, plus engineering and inspection costs, will be
deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR.
B. Silt Fencing:
1. Install and maintain silt fencing in a vertical plane.
2. Locations of Silt Fencing:
a. Where possible, instalf silt fencing along contour lines so
that each given run fencing is at the same elevation.
b. On slopes install silt fencing at intervals that do not exceed
the maximum intervals indicated in the following table:
Slope (percent) Maximum Length of Slope Above Each Silt Fence (feet)
2 and less 150
2.1 to 5 100
5.1 to 10 50
10.1 to 20 25
20.1 to 25 20
25.1 to 40 15
40.1 to 50 10
c. Provide silt fencing around perimeter of each stockpile of
topsoil, general fill material, and excavated material. Install
silt fencing before expected precipitation and maintain until
stockpile is removed.
d. Do not install silt fencing at the following types of
locations:
1) Area of concentrated storm water flows
such as ditches, swales, or channels.
2) Where rock or rocky soils prevent full and
uniform anchoring of silt fencing.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Contro/s
01570-8
'
�
'
'
�1
'
'
�!
�
'
I� _J
�
�
'
�
�I
'
'
C
,
,
'
1
�
�
'
,
LJ
'
�
,
L
U
3) Across upstream or discharge ends of storm
water piping or culverts.
3. Installation:
a. Securely fasten wire mesh to posts, and securely fasten
filter cloth to wire mesh.
b. When two sections of filter cloth abut each other, fold over
edges and overlap by minimum of six inches and securely
fasten to wire mesh.
c. Embed posts in the ground to the depth necessary for
proper controls; embed posts to at least 16 inches below
ground.
d. Filter cloth and wire mesh shall extend a minimum of eight
inches below ground and a minimum of 16 inches above
ground.
e. Remove sediment accumulated at silt fencing as required.
Repair and reinstall silt fencing as required.
4. Maintenance:
a. Do not allow formation of concentrated storm water flows
on slopes above silt fencing unless so shown or indicated
in the Contract Documents. If unauthorized concentrated
storm water flows occur, stabilize the slope via
earthmoving and other stabilization measures as required
to prevent flow of concentrated storm water flows toward
silt fencing.
Straw Bale Dike.
1. Install straw bale dikes where shown or indicated, including in
swales, along contours, and along toe of slopes.
2. Install bales in shallow excavation as wide as the bale and
approximately four to six inches below surrounding grade.
3. Ends of bale shall tightly abut ends of adjacent bales.
4. Securely install straw bales using two support posts per bale,
driven into the ground a minimum of 1.5 to two feet below bottom
of bale. Top of post shall be flush with top of bale. Angle first post
for each bale toward the previously-installed bale.
5. Frequently inspect bales and repair or replace as required.
Remove accumulated silt and debris from behind straw bales.
Mulching and Soil Stabilization:
' 1. Use mulching to temporarily stabilize exposed soil and fill material.
a. Immediately following final grading, provide mulch and
stabilize with mats or netting, or sprayed soil stabilization
emulsion with fiber additive.
1 b. Application of mulching for soil stabilization shall be as
fo��oWs.
�
,
C
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Controls
01570-9
c.
1) Unrotted Straw or Salt Hay: 1.5 to finro tons per
acre.
2) Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be
applied in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, and shall be applied with mulch or
stabilization fibers.
3) Wood-fiber or Paper-fiber Application: 1,500 Ibs.
per acre, installed by hydroseeding.
Where mats or netting are used:
1) Cover entire area to be stabilized with mats or
netting.
2) Provide anchoring trenches at the top and bottom
of slopes to receive mats or netting. Bury at least
the top and bottom ends of mat or netting, four
inches or more wide, at top and bottom of slope.
Tamp trench full of soil. Four inches from trench,
secure mat or netting with appropriate staples
spaced at intervals of 10 inches.
3) Overlap adjacent strips of mat or netting by at least
four inches.
E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins:
2.
3.
4.
5.
Protect each drainage inlet and catch basin that has the potential
to receive storm water runoff from exposed soils, and does not
discharge into a storm water settlement basin.
Install inlet filter bags inside of drainage inlet or catch basin in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure inlet filter
bag with the structure's grate or by other acceptable means.
Inlet filter bags shall not pose any obstruction above the elevation
of the drainage inlet or catch basin grate requiring barricades or
flashers.
When removing silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, do not
dumpi filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin.
Remove silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, or replace inlet filter
bag, when inlet filter bag is not more than half full.
F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge:
1. Provide dewatering of excavations in compliance with Division 2
Sections on earthmoving, excavation, and fill.
2. Locate filter bags and temporary pump discharge lines to avoid
interfering with the public, use of private property, and CITY's
operations. Relocate filter bags and appurtenances when
required.
3. Filter bag discharge shall be directed to appropriate storm water
drainage route. Do not discharge into roadways, driveways,
access roads, and overland. When temporary settlement basin is
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Temporary Contro/s
01570-10
�
,
,
�
�
��
'
�
'
'
,
�
'
'
'
�
,
,
�
LJ
3.7
used, locate filter bags to discharge to temporary settlement basin
when practicable.
4. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing
from an excavation.
5. Securely attach filter bag to pump discharge pipe or hose.
6. Maintain, clean out, and replace filter bags as required.
REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONTROLS
A. Removals — General:
1. Upon completion of the Work, remove temporary controls and
restore Site to specified condition; if condition is not specified,
restore Site to pre-construction condition.
2. After soils are permanently stabilized, remove from the Site
temporary erosion and sediment controls.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Temporary Contro/s
16-0038-UT 01570-11
00992-0231
L1
�
'
�
'
��
,�
'
�
'
'
'
I�
,
SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1
1.2
DESCRIPTION
A. The items listed starting with Article 1.5 of this Section refer to and are the
same pay items listed in the Bid Form and constitute all pay items for
completing the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for
providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, plant services,
CONTRACTOR's field offices, layout surveys, Project signs, sanitary
requirements, testing, safety provisions and safety devices, submittals and
record drawings, water supplies, power and fuel, traffic maintenance,
removal of waste, security, coordination with CITY's operations, information
technology (including hardware, software, and services) required during
construction, bonds, insurance, or other requirements of the General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other
requirements of the Contract Documents. Compensation for all services,
items, materials, and equipment shall be included in prices stipulated for the
unit price pay items listed in this Section and included in the Contract.
B. Each unit price shall include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR
to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each
separately identified item.
ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
A. ENGINEER's estimated quantities for items of Unit Price Work, as included
in the Contract, are approximate only and are included solely for purpose of
comparing Bids and pricing. CITY does not expressly or by implication
agree that nature of materials encountered below the ground surface or actual
quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the
quantities included in the Contract at the time of award and reserves right to
increase or decrease quantities or to eliminate quantities as the CITY may
deem necessary. Except as provided in Article 1.3 of this Section,
CONTRACTOR or CITY will not be entitled to adjustment in price of Unit Price
Work items as a result of change in estimated quantity and agrees to accept
the unit prices accepted in the Bid as complete and total compensation for
additions caused by changes or alterations in the Unit Price Work directed by
CITY.
'
City of C/earwater
' Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-1
00992-0231
'
�
1.3 ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT PRICES FOR INCREASE OR DECREASE OF
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. Increases or decreases in the quantity of an item of Unit Price Work will
be determined by comparing total payable quantity of Unit Price Work with
ENGINEER's estimated quantity indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. Nofinrithstanding other provision of the Contract Documents, if total
payable quantity of Unit Price Work for an item with an as-awarded total
value of five percent or more of the as-awarded Contract Price, varies from
ENGINEER's estimated of quantity by more than 25 percent above or below
ENGINEER's estimated quantity, that item's unit price will be subject to
review by CITY. If warranted, an equitable adjustment will be made by
Change Order to credit CITY with reduction in cost or compensate
CONTRACTOR for increased cost resulting from the change in quantity.
The unit price adjustment, if any, will be based on cost increase or decrease
due solely to variation above 125 percent or below 75 percent of
ENGINEER's estimated quantity.
C. CITY's review for possible unit price cost adjustment will be at a time
CITY deems reasonable and proper.
D. Payment for Unit Price Work item that has an as-awarded computed total
value of less than five percent of the sum of the as-awarded total Contract
Price will be made at the unit price in the Contract, regardless of an increase
or decrease in quantity.
1.4 RELATED PROVISIONS
A. Payments to CONTRACTOR: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, and Agreement.
B. Changes in Contract Price: Refer to General Conditions and '
Supplementary Conditions.
C. Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, and Section 01291, Schedule of Values.
1.5 BID ITEMS
A. Item 1: MobilizatioNDemobilization and General Conditions
1. Measurement of lump sum pnce for Item 1 shall be based on an allowance
for mobilization/demobilization and General Conditions.
2. Payment for mobilization will include costs associated preparatory work and
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-2
00992-0231
'
�
�
J
,
�
'
'
3
4.
5.
operations including moving of personnel, equipment, facility, and all else
necessary to commence Worlc. The costs of bonds, insurance, and pre-
construction expenses shall also be included.
Payment for demobilization will include costs associated with finalizing
work including but not limited to those operations necessary for the
removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the
project site.
Payment for General Conditions will include costs associated with all of the
work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1
specifications, and any other requirements of the Contract Documents not
addressed by any other of the following bid items.
Payment shall be in accordance with Section 01291.
B. Item 2: Coordination, Installation, Testing, and Contractor Warranty of Pumps-
Under this item the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, etc. necessary for the coordination of influent pump
submittals, coordination of delivery, scheduling with manufacturer,
unloading, temporary storage, installation, testing, startup and
performance testing, Contractor warranty, and required items shown in
the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete influent pumping
system. This Bid item covers all costs associated with finishing labor,
material, equipment, etc., necessary to provide a complete influent
pump system. This includes placing into service and achieving final
acceptance of the three Owner-direct purchased influent pumps,
including but not limited to:
2. The Removal and Installation of three influent pumps, with all associated
' piping, valves, etc.; necessary to individually remove and install new
pumps in their individual compartments. The Contractor shall assume
that the existing sluice gates and valves leak or do not work and shall
, not count on the existing sluice gates or valves to be suitable for
isolating purposes.
3. Remove three existing influent pumps and all associated supports,
lubrication systems, piping, valves and appurtenances.
' 4 Demolish, modify, and prepare three existing influent pump platforms.
5. Demolish louvers, and replace fans.
6. Load, transport, and dispose of demolished materials in an approved
' disposal facility in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local
regulations in accordance with the Contract Documents.
7. Construct new platforms and supports for pumps, piping, and valves.
� 8. Unload the three influent pumps, piping and valves, and properly store
them before installation (as necessary).
9 Install the three influent pumps, all associated supports, piping, valves,
and appurtenances. A copy of the pump manufacturer's quote and bill of
' material is included in the Appendix. The Bid item shall include any
anchor bolts, equipment, components, field painting, etc., necessary to
, City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-3
00992-0231
,
,
- - -
C.
place into service the new influent pumps, supports, piping and valves
that are not specifically included in the manufacturer's quote.
10. Provide all required warranties not provided by the influent pump
manufacturer.
11. Perform manufacturer's installation certification, perFormance testing,
and startup certification.
Item 3: Coordination, Installation, Testing, and Contractor Warranty of
Electrical Equipment and Variable Frequency Drives (VFD
1. Under this item the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment,
etc. necessary for the coordination of electrical equipment and variable
frequency drives submittals, coordination of delivery, scheduling with
manufacturer, unloading, temporary storage, installation, testing, startup
and performance testing, Contractor warranty, and required items shown
in the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete electrical and
variable frequency drive system. This Bid item covers all costs associated
with finishing labor, material, equipment, etc., necessary to provide a
complete electrical equipment and variable frequency drive system. This
includes placing into service and achieving final acceptance of the Owner-
direct purchased electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives,
including but not limited to:
2. The Removal and Installation of electrical equipment and three variable
frequency drives, with all associated, electrical equipment, instrumentation
and controls, etc.; necessary to individually remove and install electrical
equipment and variable frequency drives. The Contractor shall assume
that the existing power is unusable until reconnected.
3. Remove electrical equipment and variable frequency drives and all
associated supports, wire conduit, and appurtenances.
4. Demolish all associated, pump and screen systems electrical and control
equipment and connections, including disconnects and wire to fans. This
also includes lighting fixtures as shown.
5. Load, transport, and dispose of demolished materials in an approved
disposal facility in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local
regulations in accordance with the Contract Documents.
6. Construct new plaiforms and supports for electrical equipment, cable tray
and conduit.
7. Unload the new electrical and variable frequency drive equipment; and
properly store them before installation (as necessary).
8. Install the electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives, all
associated supports, ancillary electrical equipment, and appurtenances. A
copy of the electrical and variable frequency dnve manufacturer's quote is
included in Attachment A. This Bid item shall include any anchor bolts,
additional equipment, components, etc., necessary to place into service
the new electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives that are
not specifically included in the manufacturer's quote.
9. Provide all required warranties not provided by the variable speed drive
City of C/ean�vater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-4
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
'
J
'
'
�
'
'
L�7
E
F
G
and electrical equipment manufacturer.
10. Perform manufacturer's installation certification, perFormance testing, and
startup cert�cation.
Item 4: Grit Removal and Disposal
Payment: Sha�l be based on cubic yards of material removed, dewatered, and
disposed of in accordance with the Contract Documents and to the satisfaction
of the Owner. Contractor shall handle and dispose of grit in a manner
compliant with all Local and State Guidelines.
Item 5: Structural Modifications
Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the
structural modifications at the influent pump station as shown in the Drawings
and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 6: Protective Coatings Repairs
Type I Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Protective Coatings Repairs shall be per square foot
(SF) of damaged coating as measured in the field properly cleaned,
prepped and repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and the
manufacturer's requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
Payment for Protective Coatings Repairs shall be per square foot ( SF) of
successfully repaired damaged coatings in accordance with the Contract
Documents and repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined
by the Engineer.
Item 7: Type II Concrete Repairs
Type II Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
' Measurement for Type II Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) as measured
in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally spaced locations
in either direction) properly cleaned, prepped and repaired in accordance
' with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's requirements as
confirmed by the Engineer.
,
City of C/earwater
, Marshall Street lnf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-5
00992-0231
'
'
�
JI
K.
Payment for Type II Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
Item 8: Type III Concrete Repairs
Type III Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Type III Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of repair as
measured in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally
spaced locations in either direction) properly cleaned, prepped and repaired
in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's
requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
Payment for Type III Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
Item 9: Type IV Concrete Repairs
Type IV Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Type IV Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of repair as
measured in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally
spaced locations in either direction) properly cleaned, prepared and coated
in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's
requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
Payment for Type IV Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
Item 10: Pump Panel & Instrumentation
Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary will include, but
not limited to, the costs associated necessary for the installation of the pump
panel as shown in the Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item .11: Bar Screen Panel & Instrumentation
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the installation of the bar screen panel as shown in the Drawings and as
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-6
00992-0231
'
described in the Contract Documents.
L. Item 12: Gate Replacement (3)
, Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for fumishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
, the replacement and installation of the (3) three gates as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
'
'
'
'
IJL
'
'
�1
'
'
'
M
W
C�7
�
Item 13 — Fiberglass Duct Axial Fans (3)
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the replacement and installation of the (3) three Fiberglass Duct Axial Fans
as shown in the Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 14 — Plug Valves
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, Iabor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the replacement and installation of the (6) plug valves as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 15 — Piping, Valves and Appurtenances.
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the installation of piping, valves and appurtenances as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 16: - Programming & SCADA (Allowance)
Payment of the applicable lump sum allowance shall be full compensation
for furnishing, but is not limited to, all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary to construct a complete control system including install, set-up,
calibrate, program, integrate, and coordinate a complete instrumentation
package as specified including all instruments, flow meters, PLC's, software
and programming, fiber optic cable, transmitters, interFace panets,
programming terminal, and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and
specifications.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
City of C/earwater
, Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-7
00992-0231
'
'
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-8
00992-0231
�
'
'
'
��
'
�I
'
'
'
'
'
'
�J
'
'
'
'
u
SECTION 01651 - TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING OF
PRODUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
1.2
1.3
A. Scope:
1. This Section includes the general requirements for preparing for
shipping, delivering, and handling materials and equipment.
2. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transporting,
delivering, and handling of materials and equipment required for
prosecution and completion of the Work.
3. When required, move stored materials and equipment without
additional compensation and without changes to the Contract Times.
SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to individual Specification Sections for submittal requirements relative
to delivering and handling materials and equipment.
PREPARING FOR SHIPMENT
A. When practical, factory-assemble materials and equipment. Match mark or
tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover
machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with
strippable, protective coating.
B. Package materials and equipment to facilitate handling, and protect
materials and equipment from damage during shipping, handling, and
storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate the
associated purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name,
CITY's contract name and number, CONTRACTOR name, equipment
number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing lists and bills of
materials with each shipment.
C. Protect materials and equipment from exposure to the elements and keep
thoroughly dry and dust-free at all times. Protect painted surfaces against
impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Lubricate bearings and
other items requiring lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Do not ship materials and equipment until:
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Transportation & Handling of Products
16-0038-UT 01651-1
00992-0231
2.
3.
4.
5.
Related Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals have been
approved or accepted (as applicable) by CITY, including, but not
necessarily limited to, all Action Submittals associated with the
materials and equipment being delivered.
Manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, and installing the
associated materials and equipment have been submitted to and
accepted by CITY in accordance with the Specifications.
Results of source quality control testing (factory testing), when
required by the Contract Documents for the associated materials or
equipment, have been reviewed and accepted by CITY.
Facilities required for handling materials and equipment in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions are in place and available.
Required storage facilities have been provided.
1.4 DELIVERY
A. Scheduling and Timing of Deliveries:
�
3.
4
5
Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with the
accepted Progress Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection
prior to installation.
Schedule detiveries to minimize space required for and duration of
storage of materials and equipment at the Site or delivery location, as
applicable.
Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflicting with the Work and conditions
at Site, and to accommodate the following:
a. Work of other contractors and CITY.
b. Storage space limitations.
c. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling materials and
equipment.
d. CITY's use of premises.
Deliver materials and equipment to the Site during regular working
hours.
Deliver materials and equipment to avoid delaying the Work and the
Project, including work of other contractors, as applicable. Deliver
anchor system materials, including anchor bolts to be embedded in
concrete or masonry, in ample time to avoid delaying the Work.
B. Deliveries:
1. Shipments shall be delivered with CONTRACTOR's name,
Subcontractor's name (if applicable), Site name, Project name, and
contract designation (example: "ABC Construction Co., City of
Somewhere, Idaho, Wastewater Treatment Plant Primary Clarifier
Improvements, Contract 25, General Construction") clearly marked.
2. Site may be listed as the "ship to" or "delivery" address; but CITY shall
not be listed as recipient of shipment unless otherwise directed in
writing by CITY.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Transportation & Handling of Products
16-0038-UT 01651-2
00992-0231
�
'
,
'
�
,
'
'
,
CJ
I�
'
,
Cl
'
'
'
�
i�
L_�
1.5
3. Provide CONTRACTOR's telephone number to shipper; do not provide
CITY's telephone number.
4. Arrange for deliveries while CONTRACTOR's personnel are at the
Site. CONTRACTOR shall receive and coordinate shipments upon
delivery. Shipments delivered to the Site when CONTRACTOR is not
present wi�l be refused by CITY, and CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for the associated delays and additional costs, if incurred.
C. Containers and Marking:
1. Have materials and equipment delivered in manufacturer's original,
unopened, labeled containers.
2. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of materials and
equipment to identify materials and equipment, to allow easy
accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly.
D. Inspection of Deliveries:
1. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to verify that:
a. Materials and equipment comply with the Contract Documents and
approved or accepted (as applicable) submittals.
b. Quantities are correct.
c. Materials and equipment are undamaged.
d. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible.
e. Materials and equipment are properly protected.
2. Promptly remove damaged materials and equipment from the Site and
expedite delivery of new, undamaged materials and equipment, and
remedy incomplete or lost materials and equipment to furnish
materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents,
to avoid delaying progress of the Work.
3. Advise CITY in writing when damaged, incomplete, or defective
materials and equipment are delivered, and advise CITY of the
associated impact on the Progress Schedule.
HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle materials and
equipment, including those furnished by CITY, by methods that prevent
soiling or damaging materials and equipment and packaging.
B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent
scraping, marring and otherwise damaging materials and equipment and
surrounding surfaces.
C. Handle materials and equipment by methods that prevent bending and
overstressing.
D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
C�ty of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Transportation 8 Handling of Products
16-0038-UT 01651-3
00992-0231
E. Handie materials and equipment in safe manner and as recommended by
the manufacturer to prevent damage. Do not drop, roll, or skid materiais
and equipment off delivery vehicles or at other times during hand�ing. Hand-
carry or use suitable handling equipment.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Transportation 8 Handling of Products
16-0038-UT 01651-4
00992-0231
'
�
,
'
�
,
'
,
'
,
'
ii
�
'
'
'
'
,
SECTION 01661 - STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PRODUCTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section includes general requirements for storing and protecting materials and
equipment.
1.2 STORAGE
A. Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and the Contract Documents.
B. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements and provisions necessary for, and pay
all costs for, storing materials and equipment. Excavated materials, construction
equipment, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be
placed to avoid injuring the Work and existing facilities and property, and so that
free access is maintained at all times to all parts of the Work and to public utility
installations in vicinity of the Work. Store materials and equipment neatly and
compactly in locations that cause minimum inconvenience to CITY, other
contractors, public travel, and owners, tenants, and occupants of adjoining property.
Arrange storage in manner to allow easy access for inspection.
C. Areas available at the Site for storing materials and equipment are shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents, or as approved by CITY.
D. Store materials and equipment to become CITY's property to facilitate their
inspection and ensure preservation of quality and fitness of the Work, including
proper protection against damage by freezing, moisture, and high temperatures
with ambient temperatures as high as 100 degrees F. Store in indoor, climate-
controlled storage areas all materials and equipment subject to damage by
moisture, humidity, heat, cold, and other elements, unless otherwise acceptable to
CITY. When placing orders to Suppliers for equipment and controls containing
computer chips, electronics, and solid-state devices, CONTRACTOR shall obtain,
coordinate, and comply with specific temperature and humidity limitations on
materials and equipment, because temperature inside cabinets and components
stored in warm temperatures can approach 200 degrees F.
E. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage (including theft) to
stored materials and equipment.
F. Do not open manufacturer's containers until time of installation, unless
recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
G Do not store materials or equipment in structures being constructed unless
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
� 16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
Storage & Protection of Products
01661-1
approved by CITY in writing.
H. Do not use lawns or other private property for storage without written permission of
the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises.
1.3 PROTECTION
A. Equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise
completely enclosed and protected during shipping, handling, and storage, in
accordance with Section 01651, Transportation and Handling of Products.
B. Store all materials and equipment off the ground (or floor) on raised supports such
as skids or pallets.
C. Protect painted surFaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage.
Painted equipment surfaces that are damaged or marred shall be repainted in their
entirety in accordance with equipment manufacturer and paint manufacturer
requirements, to the satisfaction of CITY.
D. Protect electrical equipment, controls, and instrumentation against moisture, water
damage, heat, cold, and dust. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be
connected and operating at all times until equipment is placed in operation and
permanently connected.
1.4 UNCOVERED STORAGE
A. The following types of materials may be stored outdoors without cover on supports
so there is no contact with the ground:
2.
3.
5.
6
7.
9.
10
11
12
Reinforcing steel.
Precast concrete materials.
Structural steeL
Metal stairs.
Handrails and railings.
Grating.
Checker plate.
Metal access hatches.
Castings.
Fiberglass products.
Rigid electrical conduit.
Piping, except polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or chlorinated PVC (CPVC) pipe.
1.5 COVERED STORAGE
A. The following materials and equipment may be stored outdoors on supports and
completely covered with covering impervious to water:
1. Grout and mortar materials.
2. Masonry units.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Storage 8 Protection of Products
16-0038-UT 01661-2
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
r
'
'
�
'
'
'
i
,
'
,
'
�
,
'
�I
�
3. Rough lumber.
' 4. Soii materials and granular materials such as aggregate.
5. PVC and CPVC pipe.
6. Filter media.
B. Tie down covers with rope, and slope covering to prevent accumulation of water.
C. Store loose granular materials, with covering impervious to water, in well-drained
area or on solid su�faces to prevent mixing with foreign matter.
1.6 FULLY PROTECTED STORAGE
A. Store all material and equipment not named in Articles 1.4 and 1.5 of this Section
on supports in buildings or trailers that have concrete or wooden flooring, roof, and
fully closed walls on all sides. Covering with visquine plastic sheeting or similar
material in space without floor, roof, and walls is not acceptable. Comply with the
following:
1. Provide heated storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged
by low temperatures or freezing.
2. Provide air-conditioned storage for materials and equipment that could be
damaged by high temperatures.
3. Protect mechanical and electrical equipment from being contaminated by
dust, dirt, and moisture.
4. Maintain humidity at levels recommended by manufacturers for electrical and
electronic equipment.
1.7 HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS
A. Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and the Site. Comply with Laws
and Regulations and manufacturer's instructions.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE
A. On scheduled basis, periodically inspect stored materials and equipment to ensure
that:
1. Condition and status of storage facilities is adequate to provide required
storage conditions.
2. Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis.
3. Materials and equipment exposed to elements are not adversely affected.
B. Mechanical and electrical equipment requiring long-term storage shall have
complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing each item, with notice of
enclosed instructions shown on exterior of container or package.
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions on scheduled basis.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Storage 8 Protection of Products
16-0038-UT 01661-3
00992-0231
1.9
2. Space heaters that are part of electrical equipment shall be connected and
operated continuously until equipment is placed in service and permanently
connected.
MICROPROCESSORS, PANELS, AND INSTRUMENTATION STORAGE
A. Store panels, microprocessor-based equipment, electronics, and other devices
subject to damage or decreased useful life because of temperatures below 40
degrees F or above 100 degrees F, relative humidity above 90 percent, or exposure
to rain or exposure to blowing dust in climate-controlled storage space.
B. Requirements:
1. Storage shall be coordinated with the CITY, to be located in an existing
climate controlled location.
2. CITY has the right to inspect materials and equipment during normal working
hours.
3. Placed inside each panel or device a desiccant, volatile corrosion inhibitor
blocks (VCI), moisture indicator, and maximum-minimum indicating
thermometer.
4. Check panels and equipment at least once per month. Replace desiccant,
VCI, and moisture indicator as often as required, or every six months,
whichever occurs first.
5. Certified record of daily maximum and minimum temperature and humidity in
storage facility shall be available for inspection by CITY. Certified record of
monthly inspection, noting maximum and minimum temperature for month,
condition of desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator, shall be available for
inspection by CITY.
C. Costs for storing climate-sensitive materials and equipment shall be paid by
CONTRACTOR. Replace panels and devices damaged during storage, or for
which storage temperatures or humidity range has been exceeded, at no additional
cost to CITY. Delays resulting from such replacement are causes within
CONTRACTOR's control.
D. Do not ship panels and equipment to the Site until conditions at the Site are suitable
for installation, including slabs and floors, walls, roofs, and environmental controls.
Failure to have the Site ready for installation shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from
complying with the Contract Documents.
1.10 RECORDS
A. Keep up-to-date account of materials and equipment in storage to facilitate preparation
of Applications for Payment, if the Contract Documents provide for payment for materials
and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site
or at another location agreed to in writing.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'�
J
��
�,
li
�'
'
,
'
'
�
,
'
'
,
�I
'
'
'
'
Storage & Protection of Products
01661-4 '
'
'
,
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Storage & Protection of Products
16-0038-UT 01661-5
00992-0231
,
�'
�
'
'
'
'
'
Ill
�
�
'
'
,
'
'
'
SECTION 01721 - PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
2.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions,
providing all programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the
Work and all public and private property and facilities from damage, as
specified in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and
this Section.
To prevent damage, injury, or loss, CONTRACTOR's actions shatl
include the following:
a
L�!
c.
0
Storing apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an
orderly, safe manner that does not unduly interfere with progress of
the Work or work of other contractors or utility companies.
Providing suitable storage facilities for materials and equipment
subject to damage or degradation by exposure to weather, theft,
breakage, or other cause.
Placing upon the Work or any part thereof only loads consistent
with the safety and integrity of that portion of the Work and existing
construction.
Frequently removing and disposing of refuse, rubbish, scrap
materials, and debris caused by CONTRACTOR's operations so
that, at all times, the Site is safe, orderly, and workmanlike in
appearance.
e. Providing temporary
following: openings,
around excavations,
areas.
barricades and guard rails around the
scaffolding, temporary stairs and ramps,
for elevated walkways, and other hazardous
3. Do not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter or
occupy privately-owned land with personnel, tools, materials or
equipment, except on lands and easements provided by CITY.
4. CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for preserving public and private
property and facilities on and adjacent to the Site. Direct or indirect
damage done by, or on account of, any act, omission, neglect, or
misconduct by CONTRACTOR in executing the Work, shall be
restored by CONTRACTOR, at his expense to condition equal to that
existing before damage was done.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Protection of the Work 8 Property
01721-1
3.1
3.2
BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS
A. Barricades and Warning Signals — General:
�
3.
Where the Work is performed on or adjacent to roadway, access road,
right-of-way, or public place:
a. Provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, danger signals,
watchmen, and take other precautionary measures for protecting
persons, property, and the Work.
b. Paint barricades to be visible at night.
c. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at
each barricade.
d. Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or
into Work under construction.
e. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work.
Provide temporary barricades to protect personnel and property for
Work not in or adjacent to vehicular travel areas, including indoor
work, in accordance with Laws and Regulations.
CONTRACTOR's responsibility for maintaining temporary barricades,
signs, lights, and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Work
is accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents.
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Tree and Plant Protection — General:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Protect existing trees, shrubs, and plants on or adjacent to the Site,
shown or designated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting,
breaking, or skinning of trunk, branches, bark, and roots.
Do not store materials or equipment or park construction equipment
and vehicles within the foliage drip line.
In areas subject to traffic, provide temporary fencing or barricades to
protect trees and plants.
Fires are not allowed.
Within the limits of the Work, water trees and plants that are to remain
to maintain their health during construction operations.
Cover exposed roots with burlap, which shalt be kept continuously wet.
Cover exposed roots with earth as soon as possible. Protect root
systems from mechanical damage and damage by erosion, flooding,
runoff, and noxious materials in solution.
If branches or trunks are damaged, prune branches immediately and
protect cut or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt compounded
specifically for horticultural use, in manner acceptable to CITY.
When directed by CITY, remove and dispose of at location away from
the Site damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury,
and replace damaged tree or plant with specimen of equal or better
quality.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Protection of the Work 8 Property
16-0038-UT 01721-2
0099Z-0231
,
'
'
'
'
'
,
L_�
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
�
�
�
,
�
�
�
'
�
'
'�
�J
�
�
�I
�
C
1
�
3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
A. Underground Facilities:
1. Underground Facilities and Structures known to CITY, except water,
gas, sewer, electric, and communications services (Utilities) to
individual buildings and properties, are shown on historical/record
dwgs. Information shown for Underground Facilities and Structures is
the best available to CITY but, in accordance with the General
Conditions, is not guaranteed to be correct or complete.
2. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of trenching and excavation Work
and shall uncover obstructing Underground Facilities, Utilities and
Structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to
Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and to prevent process
and service interruption to facilities, building or parcels served by
Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures.
If CONTRACTOR damages any Underground Facilities, Utilities and
Structures, CONTRACTOR shall restore it to original condition, in
accordance with requirements of the owner of the damaged
Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and the General
Conditions.
3. Necessary changes in the location of the Work may be directed by
CITY toavoid Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures not
shown or indicated on the Contract Documents.
4. If permanent relocation of existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and
Structures is required and is not otherwise shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR will be directed in writing to
perForm the Work. When the relocation Work resutts in a change in the
Contract Price, Contract Time, contract modification procedures and
payment for such Work shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Permanent relocation shall not be interpreted as to apply
to City approved demolition of abandoned Underground Facilities,
Utilities and Structures. Such demolition and removal of abandoned
Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is the responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR without any additional cost to City.
B. Surface Structures:
Surtace structures are existing buildings, structures, and other facilities
at or above ground surface, including their foundations or any
extension below ground surface. SurFace structures include, but are
not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels,
open drainage, exposed piping and utilities, poles, exposed wires,
posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, fencing, and other facilities visible
at or above ground surface.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Protection of the Work 8 Property
01721-3
�
2. Existing surface facilities, including but not limited to guard rails, posts,
guard cables, signs, poles, markers, curbs, and fencing, that are
temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and
restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR's expense.
Protection of Underground Facilities and Surface Structures:
1. CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or
indirect injury all Underground Facilities and surface structures located
within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and
supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning
or controlling such structure or facility. Before proceeding with the
Work of sustaining and supporting such structure or facility,
CONTRACTOR shall satisfy CITY that methods and procedures to be
used have been approved by party owning same.
2. CONTRACTOR shall bear all risks attending the presence or proximity
of all Underground Facilities and surface structures within or adjacent
to limits of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for damage and expense for
direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to structures and facilities.
CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately damage caused by his Work,
to the satisfaction of owner of damaged structure or facility.
3.4 PROTECTION OF FLOORS AND ROOFS
A. Protection of Floors and Roofs — General:
1. Protect floors and roofs until acceptance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
2. Use proper protective covering when moving heavy equipment,
handling materials or other loads, when painting, handling mortar or
grout, and when cleaning walls and ceilings.
3. Use metal pans to collect oil and cuttings from pipe, conduit, and rod
threading machines, and under metal cutting machines.
4. Do not load concrete floors less than 28 days old without written
permission of CITY. Do not load floors, roofs, or slabs in excess of
design loading.
5. Do not load roofs without written permission of CITY.
6. Restrict access to roofs, and keep CONTRACTOR personnel off
existing roofs, except as required for the Work.
7. If access to roofs is required, roofing, parapets, openings, and all other
construction on or adjacent to roof shall be protected with suitable
plywood or other acceptable means.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Protection of the Work & Property
16-0038-UT 01721-4
00992-0231
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND
LANDSCAPING
A. Protect instailed materials and equipment to prevent damage from
subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer
needed prior to completion of the Work.
B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.
C. Coverings:
1. Provide coverings to protect materials and equipment from damage.
2. Cover projections, wall corners and jambs, sills, and soffits of
openings, in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials and
equipment in subsequent work.
3.6 SITE SECURITY
A. It is the City's intent to provide access control to the Marshall Street
Facility site during the construction of the Work described in these
specifications.
B. Access — There is one gate located at this site for access during
permitted work hours.
C. Prior to each day, the Contractor(s) shall provide the City with a list of
subcontractors, employees and delivery services expected to access the
Site that day. Employees of organizations not on the list will be denied
access.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Stieet Influent Pump Station Repairs Protection of the Work & Property
16-0038-UT 01721-5
00992-0231
'
,
SECTION 01724 - CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES
, PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
' A. Scope:
, 1. This Section incfudes requirements for connections to existing
facilities. Requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns necessary to
complete the Work are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's
Operations.
� 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
incidentals shown, specified, and required for connections to existing
facilities.
��
�
�J
'
'
�J
'
�
,
'
'
'
�
B. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate
Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this
Section.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations.
D. General:
1. Requirements for temporary electrical and pumping for connections to
existing facilities are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's
Operations.
2. To extent possible, materials, equipment, systems, piping, and
appurtenances that will be placed into service upon completion of
connection to existing facilities shall be checked, successfully tested,
and in condition for operation prior to making connections to existing
facilities, if valves, gates, or similar watertight and gastight isolation
devices are not provided at the connection point.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uenf Pump Station Repairs Connections to Existing Facilities
16-0038-UT 01724-1
00992-0231
,
SECTION 01740 - CLEANING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1.2
1.3
1. CONTRACTOR shall execute cleaning during the Project, at completion
of the Work, and as required by the,General Conditions and this Section.
2. Maintain in a clean manner the Site, the Work, and areas adjacent to or
affected by the Work.
3. Perform the removal and disposal of grit from three "Grit King" vessels
and the flushing of all piping associated.
4. The interior cleaning of the influent pump station, new electrical room,
screening room, including room above wefinrell.
REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. NFPA 241, Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition
Operations.
PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean the Site, work areas, and other areas occupied by
CONTRACTOR at least weekly. Dispose of materials in accordance with the
General Conditions and the following:
1. Comply with NFPA 241 for removing combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold non-combustible materials at the Site more than three days if
the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. When
temperature is less than 80 degrees F, dispose of non-combustible
materials within seven days of their generation.
3. Provide suitable containers for storage of waste materials and debris.
4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from
other waste. Mark containers appropriately.
B. Site:
1. Keep outdoor, dust-generating areas wetted down or otherwise control
dust emissions.
2. At least weekly, brush-sweep roadways and paved areas at the Site that
are used by construction vehicles or otherwise affected by construction
activities.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs C/eaning
16-0038-UT 01740-1
00992-0231
C. Work Areas:
2.
3.
4.
Clean areas where the Work is in progress to level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
Remove liquid spills promptly and immediately report spills to CITY and
authorities having jurisdiction.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or
vacuum entire work area, as appropriate.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before
enclosing the space.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed Work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of material or equipment
installed, using only cleaning agents and methods specifically recommended by
material or equipment manufacturer. If manufacturer does not recommend
specific cleaning agents or methods, use cleaning agents and methods that are
not hazardous to health and property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E
F
G
Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure
freedom from damage and deterioration until Substantial Completion.
Cutting and Patching:
1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
2. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying
paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its
original condition.
Waste Disposal:
2
3
4
5
Properly dispose of waste materials, surplus materials, debris, and
rubbish off the Site.
Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials at the Site.
Do not discharge volatile or hazardous substances, such as mineral
spirits, oil, or paint thinner, into storm sewers or sanitary sewers.
Do not discharge wastes into surFace waters or drainage routes.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for complying with Laws and
Regulations regarding storing, transporting, and disposing of waste.
H. During handling and installation of materials and equipment, clean and protect
construction in progress and adjoining materials and equipment already in place
Apply protective covering where required for protection from damage or
deterioration, until Substantial Completion.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
C/eaning
01740-2
, 1.4
,
�
'
'
'
,
'
�
��
,
'
'
�
,
Clean completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout the
construction period.
CLOSEOUT CLEANING
A. Complete the following prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Clean and remove from the Site rubbish, waste material, debris, and
other foreign substances.
Sweep paved areas broom-clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains,
and other foreign deposits.
Hose-clean sidewalks and loading areas.
Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-
textured surface.
Leave surface waterways, drainage routes, storm sewers, and gutters
open and clean.
Repair pavement, roads, sod, and other areas affected by construction
operations and restore to specified condition; if condition is not specified,
restore to pre-construction condition.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to dirt-free
condition, free of spatter, grease, stains, fingerprints, films, and similar
foreign substances.
Clean, wax, and polish wood, vinyl, and painted floors.
Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces, including
roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar
spaces.
In unoccupied spaces, sweep concrete floors broom-clean.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glazing in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other
damaged transparent materials.
Remove non-permanent tags and labels.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore chipped, scratched, dented or
otherwise marred surFaces to specified finish and match adjacent
surfaces.
a. Do not paint over "UL" or similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
Wipe surfaces of inechanical and electrical equipment, and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
Clean plumbing fixtures to sanitary condition, free of stains, including
stains resulting from water exposure.
Replace disposable air �Iters and clean permanent air filters. Clean
exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
Clean lighting fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency. Replace temporary lamps provided in permanent fixtures.
Replace existing lighting fixture components that are burned out or
, City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs C/eaning
16-0038-UT
� 00992-0231
,
01740-3
noticeably dimmed from use during construction. Replace defective and
noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with
requirements for new fixtures.
18. Leave the Site clean, and in neat, orderly condition, satisfactory to CITY.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cleaning
16-0038-UT 01740-4
00992-0231
,
'
��
�
'
'
�
,
�
C1
LJ
'
'
'
�I
I
CJ
'
SECTION 01751 - STARTING AND PLACING EQUIPMENT IN
OPERATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
2
3
4
5
CONTRACTOR shall initially start up and place equipment installed under the
Contract into successful operation, in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and as instructed by Supplier at the Site.
Provide all material, labor, tools, and equipment required to complete
equipment checkout and start-up.
Provide chemicals, lubricants, and other required operating fluids.
Provide fuel, electricity, water, filters, and other expendables required for
start-up of equipment, unless otherwise specified.
General Activities Include:
a. Cleaning, as required under other provisions of the Contract Documents.
b. Removing temporary protective coatings.
c. Flushing and replacing lubricants, where required by manufacturer.
d. Lubrication.
e. Checking shaft and coupling alignments and resetting where required.
f. Checking and setting motor, pump, and other equipment rotation, safety
interlocks, and belt tensions.
g. Checking and correcting (if necessary) leveling plates, grout, bearing
plates, anchorage devices, fasteners, and alignment of piping, conduits,
and ducts that may place stress on the connected equipment.
h. All adjustments required.
I All testing of electrical equipment and wire with correct labeling installed.
B. Coordination:
2
3
4
5.
Coordinate checkout and start-up with other contractors, as necessary.
Do not start up system or subsystem for continuous operation until all
components of that system or subsystem, including instrumentation and
controls, have been tested to the extent practicable and proven to be operable
as intended by the Contract Documents.
CITY will provide sufficient personnel to assist CONTRACTOR in starting up
equipment, but responsibility for proper operation is CONTRACTOR's.
Supplier shall be present during checkout, start-up, and initial operation,
unless otherwise acceptable to CITY.
Do not start up system, unit process, or equipment without submitting
acceptable preliminary operations and maintenance manuals by
, City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
' 16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�
Starting 8 P/acing Equipment /n Operation
01751-1
L
CONTRACTOR, in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and
Maintenance Data.
CITY's Assumption of Responsibility for Equipment and Systems:
1. CITY will assume responsibility for the equipment upon Substantial
Completion.
2. Prior to turning over to CITY responsibility for operating and maintaining
system or equipment:
a. Provide training of operations and maintenance personnel All training
sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon)
to accommodate the three (3) shifts. Complete system field quality
control testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Submit acceptable final operations and maintenance manuals in
accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data.
d. Obtain from CITY final certificate of Substantial Completion for either
entire Work or the portion being turned over to CITY.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
Certifications:
a. Supplier's certification of installation in accordance with Paragraph 3.1.B
of this Section.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER
A. When specified, furnish services of competent, qualified representatives of material
and equipment manufacturers as specified, including supervising installation,
adjusting, checkout, start-up, and testing of materials and equipment.
B. Certification:
2.
3.
When services by Supplier are required at the Site, within 14 days after first
test operation of equipment, submit to CITY a letter from Supplier, on
Supplier's letterhead, stating that materials and equipment are installed in
accordance with Supplier's requirements and installation instructions, and in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
In lieu of Supplier letter, submit completed form attached to this Section.
Include in the final operations and maintenance manual for the associated
equipment a copy of the letter or completed form, as applicable.
'
IJ
'
'
'
'
C_J
r
'
'
,
'
'
,
��
,
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & Placing Equipment /n Operation
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01751-2 '
�
'
�
'
,
�1
'
�
J
'
'
�
,
'
'
I�
�J
,
'
'
,
'
3.2 MINIMUM START-UP REQUIREMENTS
A. Bearings and Shafting:
1. Inspect for cleanliness, and clean and remove foreign matter.
2. Verify alignment.
3. Replace defective bearings and those that operate in a rough or noisy
manner.
4. Grease as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Drives:
1. Adjust tension in V-belt drives and adjust vari-pitch sheaves and drives for
proper equipment speed.
2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V-belts.
3. Clean and remove foreign matter before starting operation.
C. Motors:
1. Check each motor for comparison to amperage nameplate value.
2. Correct conditions that produce excessive current flow and conditions that
exist due to equipment malfunction.
D. Pumps:
1. Check glands and seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump.
2. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring.
3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, and replace if defective.
4. Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid
through pump.
E. Valves:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Inspect manual and automatic control valves, and clean bonnets and stems.
Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but allow valve stems to
operate without galling.
Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is
determined to be complete.
Replace packing on valves that continue to leak.
Remove and repair bonnets that leak.
After cleaning, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface
preparation of "Molycote" or "Fel-Pro".
F. Verify that control valve seats are free of foreign matter and are properly positioned
for intended service.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Starting 8 Placing Equipment /n Operation
16-0038-UT 01751-3
00992-0231
3.3
G. Tighten flanges and other pipe joints after system has been placed in operation.
Replace gaskets that show signs of leakage after tightening.
H. Inspect all joints for leakage:
1. Promptly remake each joint that appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust other
corrosion to form.
2. Clean threads on both parts, and apply compound and remake joints.
I. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, drives, pockets, orifices,
valve seats, and headers in fluid system to ensure freedom from foreign matter.
J. Open steam traps and air vents, where used, and remove operating elements.
Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and place back into operation.
K. Remove rust, scale, and foreign matter from equipment and renew defaced
surfaces.
L. Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment.
M. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance. Provide factory-authorized
personnel for adjustment when needed.
N. Check each electrical control circuit to verify that operation complies with the
Contract Documents.
O. Inspect each pressure gauge, thermometer, and other instruments for calibration.
Replace items that are defaced, broken, or that read incorrectly.
P. Repair damaged insulation.
Q. Excess Gasses and Fluids:
1. Vent gasses trapped in systems.
2. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems.
ATTACHMENTS
A. The attachment listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, is a part of
this Specification Section.
1. Supplier's Installation Certification Form (one page).
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & P/acing Equipment /n Operation
16-0038-UT 0175?-4
00992-0231
SUPPLIER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
Contract No. and Name:
Equipment Specification Section:
Equipment Name:
Contractor:
Manufacturer of Equipment:
The undersigned Supplier of the equipment described above hereby certifies that Supp�ier has
checked the equipment installation and that the equipment, as specified in the Contract
Documents, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and
the Contract Documents, and that the trial operation of the equipment has been satisfactory.
Comments:
Date
Date
Supplier Name (print)
Signature of Supplier
Contractor Name (print)
Signature of Contractor
C�ty of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & P/acing Equipment /n Operation
16-0038-UT 09751-5
00992-0231
�
,
�
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
,
�
,
�
�
�
SECTION 01772 - CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Scope:
1. Section Includes.
a. Substantial Completion.
b. Final inspection.
c. Request for final payment.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Procedures for requesting and documenting Substantial Completion are in
the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary
Conditions.
1.3 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Procedures for requesting and documenting the final inspection are in the
General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
1.4 REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Procedure:
1. Submit request for final payment in accordance with the Agreement
and General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary
Conditions, using procedure specified in Section 01297, Progress
Payment Procedures.
B. Request for final payment shall include:
1. Documents required for progress payments in Section 01297,
Progress Payment Procedures.
2. Documents required in the General Conditions, as may be modified by
the Supplementary Conditions.
3. Releases or Waivers of Lien Rights:
a. When submitting releases or waivers of Lien rights, provide release
or waiver by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor and
Supplier that provided CONTRACTOR with labor, material, or
equipment totaling $1,000 or more.
b. Provide list of Subcontractors and Suppliers for which release or
waiver of Lien is required.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs C/oseout Requirements
16-0038-UT 01772-1
00992-0231
c. Each release or waiver of Lien shall be signed by an authorized
representative of the entity submitting release or waiver to
CONTRACTOR, and shall include Subcontractor's or Supplier's
corporate seal, when applicable.
d. Release or waiver of Lien may be conditional upon receipt of final
payment.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs C/oseout Requiroements
16-0038-UT 01772-2
00992-0231
L�
�
,
'
,
'
Cl
�
�
'
r
�
'
i
'
,
�
,
SECTION 01781 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
2
3
4
Submit operation and maintenance data, in accordance with this Section and
in accordance with requirements elsewhere in the Contract Documents, as
instructional and reference manuals by operations and maintenance
personnel at the Site.
Required operation and maintenance data groupings are listed in table(s) in
Article 1.2 of this Section. At minimum, submit operation and maintenance
data for:
a. All equipment and systems.
b. Valves, gates, actuators, and related accessories.
c. Instrumentation and control devices.
d. Electrical gear.
For each operation and maintenance manual, submit the following:
a. Preliminary Submittal: Printed and bound copy of entire operation and
maintenance manual, except for test data, service reports by Supplier,
and electronic copies.
b. Final Submittal: Printed and bound copy of complete operations and
maintenance manual, including test data and service reports by
Supplier, with electronic copies.
The City will use the bound operating and maintenance manuals and
reproductions thereof to train present and future City Water Facilities
Operations and Maintenance Personnel. Therefore the contents of the
operating and maintenance manuals cannot be proprietary in nature. The
CONTRACTOR is responsible for seeking a letter of "Fair Use Exemption" or
"License for Reproduction" from the copyright holder for all documents in the
operating and maintenance manual that are copyrighted.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
Operation and maintenance Data
a. Submit the operations and maintenance data indicated in the Contract
Documents, grouped into submittals as indicated in Table 01781-A:
City of Clearwater
Marshall St�eet Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Operations 8 Maintenance Data
01781-1
TABLE 01781-A - REQUIRED OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
For Materials or Equipment
Name of O�M Manual/Data S ecified in Section s
Stainless Steel Slide Gates 11201
Stainless Steel Channei Gates 11202
Submersible Solids Handlin Pum 11206
PLC and Remote I/O 13120
Check Valves and Plu Valves 15100
Fiber lass Axial Fans 15870
Low Volta e Variable Fre uenc Drives 16260
Motor Control Centers 16423
B. Quantity Required and Timing of Submittals:
2
Preliminary Submittal:
a. Printed Copies: five copies, exclusive of copies required by
CONTRACTOR.
b. Electronic Copies: three copies.
c. Submit to CITY by the earlier of: ninety days following approval of Shop
Drawings and product data submittals, or ten days prior to starting
training of operations and maintenance personnel, or ten days prior to
field quality control testing at the Site.
d. Furnish preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal in
acceptable form and content, as determined by CITY, before associated
materials and equipment will be eligible for payment.
Final Submittal: Provide final submittal prior to Substantial Completion, unless
submittal is specified as required prior to an interim Milestone.
a. Printed Copies: five copies.
b. Electronic Copies: three copies.
1.3 FORMAT OF PRINTED COPIES
A. Binding and Cover:
2.
3.
4.
5
City of C/earwater
Bind each operation and maintenance manual in durable, permanent, stiff-
cover binder(s), comprising one or more volumes per copy as required.
Binders shall be minimum one-inch wide and maximum of two-inch wide.
Binders for each copy of each volume shall be identical.
Binders shall be locking three-ring/"D"-ring type, or three-post type. Three-
ring binders shall be riveted to back cover and include plastic sheet lifter
(page guard) at front of each volume.
Do not fill binders to more than 75% capacity.
When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
Covers shall be oil-, moisture-, and wear-resistant, including identifying
information on cover and spine of each volume.
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
,
J
'
�
'
'
,
�
�
�
��
'
I
�
�
�
'
'
Operations & Maintenance Data �
01781-2
,
�
�
'
,
,
�
�
'
'
'
'
�
'
�
'
,
�
�
C.
6. Provide the following information on cover of each volume:
a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual.
c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _
of _", with appropriate volume-designating numbers filled in.
d. Name of Project and, if applicable, Contract name and number.
e. Name of building or structure, as applicable.
7. Provide the following information on spine of each volume:
a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual.
c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _
of _", with appropriate volume-designating numbers filled in.
d. Project name and building or structure name.
Pages:
1. Print pages in manual on 30-pound (minimum) paper, 8.5 inches by 11 inches
in size.
2. Reinforce binding holes in each individual sheet with plastic, cloth, or metal.
When published, separately-bound booklets or pamphlets are part of the
manual, reinforcing of pages within booklet or pamphlet is not required.
3. Provide each page with binding margin at least one inch wide. Punch each
page with holes suitable for the associated binding.
Drawings:
2.
Bind into the manual drawings, diagrams, and illustrations up to and incfuding
11 inches by 17 inches in size, with reinforcing specified for pages. 11 inches
by 17 inches drawings shall be folded to size of text pages and printed only on
one side.
Documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be folded and inserted
into clear plastic pockets bound into the manual. Mark pockets with printed
text indicating content and drawing numbers. Include no more than three
drawing sheets per pocket.
D. Copy Quality and Document Clarity:
1. Contents shall be original-quality copies. Documents in the manual shall be
either original manufacturer-printed documents or first-generation photocopies
indistinguishable from originals. If original is in color, copies shall be in color.
Manuals that contain copies that are unclear, not completely legible, off-
center, skewed, or where text or drawings are cut by binding holes, are
unacceptable. Pages that contain approval or date stamps, comments, or
other markings that cover text or drawing are unacceptable. Faxed copies are
unacceptable.
2. Clearly mark in ink to indicate all components of materials and equipment on
catalog pages for ease of identi�cation. In standard or pre-printed documents,
indicate options furnished or cross out inapplicable content. Using
City of C/earwater
� Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�
'
Operations 8 Maintenance Data
01781-3
E
highlighters to so indicate options furnished is unacceptable.
Organization:
2.
3
4
Coordinate with CITY to develop comprehensive, practical, and consistent
indexing system for operations and maintenance data. CITY will review
indexing system before operations and maintenance data is submitted.
Table of Contents:
a. Provide table of contents in each volume of each operations and
maintenance manual.
b. In table of contents and at least once in each chapter or section, identify
materials and equipment by their functional names. Thereafter,
abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their meaning is clearly
indicated in a table bound at or near beginning of each volume. Using
material or equipment model or catalog designations for identification is
unacceptable.
Use dividers and indexed tabs between major categories of information, such
as operating instructions, preventive maintenance instructions, and other
major subdivisions of data in each manual.
Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment within the tabs.
1.4 FORMAT OF ELECTRONIC COPIES
A. Electronic Copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
�
3.
4
Each electronic copy shall include all information included in the
corresponding printed copy.
Submit each electronic copy on a separate compact disc (CD), unless another
electronic data transfer method or format is acceptable to CITY.
File Format:
a. Files shall be in "portable document format" (PDF). Files shall be
electronically searchable.
b. Submit separate file for each separate document in the printed copy.
c. Within each file, provide bookmarks for the following:
1) Each chapter and subsection listed in the corresponding printed
copy document's table of contents.
2) Each figure.
3) Each table.
4) Each appendix.
Also submit drawings and figures in one of the following formats: ".bmp", ".tif',
".jpg", or ".gif'. Submit files in a separate directory on the CD.
B. Copies of Programming and Configuration Files:
1. Provide on CD copy of all software programming, such as programmable logic
controller programs, prepared specifically for the Project. Third-party,
licensed, commercially available software is excluded from requirements of
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-4
00992-0231
[1
�
1
,
� 1.5
L�
'
'
1
�
i�
I
1
'
�
�_J
�
�
this Article; submit copies of commercially-available, licensed, third-party
software, where required, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Submit on CD copies of system configuration prepared specifically for the
Project, such as plant monitoring system and SCADA display configurations.
3. Submit programming and configuration files together with electronic copies of
operation and maintenance data.
CONTENT
A. General:
2.
3.
Prepare each operations and maintenance manual specifically for the Project.
Include in each manual all pertinent instructions, as-built drawings as
applicable, bills of materials, technical bulletins, installation and handling
requirements, maintenance and repair instructions, and other information
required for complete, accurate, and comprehensive data for safe and proper
operation, maintenance, and repair of materials and equipment furnished for
the Project. Include in manuals specific information required in the
Specification Section for the material or equipment, data required by Laws
and Regulations, and data required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Completeness and Accuracy:
a. Operation and maintenance manuals that include language stating or
implying that the manual's content may be insufficient or stating that the
manual's content is not guaranteed to be complete and accurate are
unacceptable.
b. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be complete and accurate.
c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall indicate the specific
alternatives and features furnished, and the specific operation and
maintenance provisions for the material or equipment furnished.
Submit complete, detailed written operating instructions for each material or
equipment item including: function; operating characteristics; limiting
conditions; operating instructions for start-up, normal and emergency condi-
tions; regulation and control; operational troubleshooting; and shutdown. Also
include, as applicable, written descriptions of alarms generated by equipment
and proper responses to such alarm conditions.
B. Submit written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and
maintenance procedures.
C. Submit complete, detailed, written preventive maintenance instructions including all
information and instructions to keep materials, equipment, and systems properly
lubricated, adjusted, and maintained so that materials, equipment, and systems
function economically throughout their expected service life. Instructions shall
include:
Written explanations with illustrations for each preventive maintenance task
such as inspection, adjustment, lubrication, calibration, and cleaning. Include
City of C/earwater
' Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-5
00992-0231
,
�
��
pre-startup checklists for each equipment item and maintenance requirements
for long-term shutdowns.
2. Recommended schedule for each preventive maintenance task.
3. Lubrication charts indicating recommended types of lubricants, frequency of
application or change, and where each lubricant is to be used or applied.
4. Table of alternative lubricants.
5. Troubleshooting instructions.
6. List of required maintenance tools and equipment.
D. Submit complete bills of material or parts lists for materials and equipment
furnished. Lists or bills of material may be furnished on a per-drawing or per-
equipment assembly basis. Bills of material shall indicate:
�
3
4.
Manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and Internet
website address.
Manufacturer's local service representative's or local parts supplier's name,
address, telephone number, fax number, Internet website address, and e-mail
addresses, when applicable.
Manufacturer's shop order and serial number(s) for materials, equipment or
assembly furnished.
For each part or piece include the following information:
a. Parts cross-reference number. Cross-reference number shall be used to
identify the part on assembly drawings, Shop Drawings, or other type of
graphic illustration where the part is clearly shown or indicated.
b. Part name or description.
c. Manufacturer's part number.
d. Quantity of each part used in each assembly.
e. Current unit price of the part at the time the operations and maintenance
manual is submitted. Price list shall be dated.
E. Submit complete instructions for ordering replaceable parts, including reference
numbers (such as shop order number or serial number) that will expedite the
ordering process.
F. Submit manufacturer's recommended inventory levels for spare parts, extra stock
materials, and consumable supplies for the initial finro years of operation.
Consumable supplies are items consumed or worn by operation of materials or
equipment, and items used in maintaining the operation of material or equipment,
including items such as lubricants, seals, reagents, and testing chemicals used for
calibrating or operating the equipment. Include estimated delivery times, shelf life
limitations, and special storage requirements.
G. Submit manufacturer's installation and operation bulletins, diagrams, schematics,
and equipment cutaways. Avoid submitting catalog excerpts unless they are the
only document available showing identification or description of particular
component of the equipment. Where materials pertain to multiple models or types,
mark the literature to indicate specific material or equipment supplied. Marking may
be in the form of checking, arrows, or underlining to indicate pertinent information,
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
�
i^I
r�
�
,
,
,
�
�
'
�
�
�
'�
�
CI'
Operations 8 Maintenance Data '
01781-6
'
'
, or by crossing out or other means of obliterating information that does not apply to
the materials and equipment furnished.
' H. Submit original-quality copies of each approved and accepted Shop Drawing,
product data, and other submittal, updated to indicate as-installed condition.
Reduced drawings are acceptable only if reduction is to not less than one-half
' original size and all lines, dimensions, lettering, and text are completely legible on
the reduction.
' I. Submit complete electrical schematics and wiring diagrams, including complete
point-to-point wiring and wiring numbers or colors between all terminal points.
J. Programmable Logic Controllers: If programmable logic controllers are furnished
' under the Contract:
1. Submit complete logic listings in function block diagram format.
' 2. Format Requirements:
a. For function block diagram, label each function block with
understandable tags or descriptive labels. Describe purpose and action
� of each function block.
3. Submit complete programmable logic controller listing of all input/output
address assignments, tag assignments, and pre-set constant values, with
functional point descriptions.
, 4. Submit complete manufacturer's programming manuals.
K. Submit copy of warranty bond and service contract as applicable.
, L. When copyrighted material is used in operations and maintenance manuals, obtain
copyright holder's written permission to use such material in the operation and
maintenance manual.
� PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
� PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
�
LJ
,
END OF SECTION
�
City of Clearwater
' Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Operations 8 Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-7
00992-0231
�
'
'
t
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
�
,
'
'
'
'
�
SECTION 01782 - RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and submit to CITY with record documents in
accordance with the Specifications, General Conditions, and Special
Conditions.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents:
2
3.
4.
Maintain in CONTRACTOR's field office, in clean, dry, legible
condition, complete sets of the following record documents: Drawings,
Specifications, and Addenda; Shop Drawings, Samples, and other
CONTRACTOR submittals, including records of test results, approved
or accepted as applicable, by CITY; Change Orders, Work Change
Directives, Field Orders, photographic documentation, survey data,
and all other documents pertinent to the Work.
Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access to record
documents. File record documents in accordance with the edition of
the Construction Specification Institute's "MasterFormaY' used for
organizing the Project Manual, unless otherwise accepted by CITY.
Make record documents available for inspection upon request of CITY.
Do not use record documents for purpose other than serving as
Project record. Do not remove record documents from
CONTRACTOR's field office without CITY's approval.
C. Submittal of Record Documents:
2
3
4
' City of C/earwater
'
'�
Submit to CITY the following record documents:
a. Drawings.
b. Project Manual including Specifications and Addenda (bound).
Prior to readiness for final payment, submit to CITY one copy of final
record documents. Submit complete record documents; do not make
partial submittals.
Submit record documents with transmittal letter on CONTRACTOR
letterhead complying with letter of transmittal requirements in Section
01300, Submittal Procedures.
Record documents submittal shall include certification, with original
signature of official authorized to execute legal agreements on behalf
of CONTRACTOR, reading as follows:
"[Insert Contractor's corporate name] has maintained and submitted
record documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and
Special Conditions, Section 01782, Record Documents, and other
elements of Contract Documents, for the City of Clearwater, Florida,
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Record Documents
01782-1
Marshall Street influent Pump Station Repairs We certify that each
record document submitted is complete, accurate, and legible relative
to the Work performed under our Contract, and that the record
documents comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
[Provide signature, print name, print signing party's corporate tit/e, and
date]"
1.2 RECORDING CHANGES
A. General:
2.
3.
4.
5.
At the start of the Project, label each record document to be submitted
as, "PROJECT RECORD" using legible, printed letters. Letters on
record copy of the Drawings shall be two inches high.
Keep record documents current. Make entries on record documents
within two working days of receipt of information required to record the
change.
Do not permanently conceal the Work until required information has
been recorded.
Accuracy of record documents shall be such that future searches for
items shown on the record documents may rely reasonably on
information obtained from CITY-accepted record documents.
Marking of Entries:
a. Use erasable, colored pencils (not ink or indelible pencil) for
marking changes, revisions, additions, and deletions to record
documents.
b. Clearly describe the change by graphic line and make notations
as required. Use straight-edge to mark straight lines. Writing
shall be legible and sufficiently dark to allow scanning of record
documents into legible electronic files.
c. Date all entries on record documents.
d. Call attention to changes by drawing a"cloud" around the
change(s) indicated.
e. Mark initial revisions in red. In the event of overlapping changes,
use different colors for subsequent changes.
B. Drawings:
1. Record changes on copy of the Drawings. Submittal of
CONTRACTOR-originated or -produced drawings as a substitute for
recording changes on the Drawings is unacceptable.
2. Record changes on plans, sections, schematics, and details as
required for clarity, making reference dimensions and elevations (to
Project datum) for complete record documentation.
3. Record actual construction including:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation relative to Project
datum.
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
CI
'
'
'
'
'
City of C/earwater '
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Record Documents
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01782-2
'
'
4.
5.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of Underground Facilities
referenced to permanent surface improvements. For each
Underground Facility, including pipe fittings, provide dimensions
to at least two permanent, visible surface improvements.
c. Location of exposed utilities and appurtenances concealed in
construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of
structure.
d. Changes in structural and architectural elements of the Work,
including changes in reinforcing.
e. Field changes of dimensions, arrangements, and details.
f. Changes made in accordance with Change Orders, Work
Change Directives, and Field Orders.
g. Changes in details on the Drawings. Submit additional details
prepared by CONTRACTOR when required to document
changes.
Recording Changes for Schematic Layouts:
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits,
circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items are shown schematically
and are not intended to portray physical layout. For such cases,
the final physical arrangement shall be determined by
CONTRACTOR subject to acceptance by CITY.
b. Record on record documents all revisions to schematics on
Drawings, including: piping schematics, ducting schematics,
process and instrumentation diagrams, control and circuitry
diagrams, electrical one-line diagrams, motor control center
layouts, and other schematics when included in the Contract.
Record actual locations of equipment, lighting fixtures, in-place
grounding system, and other pertinent data.
c. When dimensioned plans and dimensioned sections on the
Drawings show the Work schematically, indicate on the record
documents, by dimensions accurate to within one inch in the
field, centerline location of items of Work such as conduit, piping,
ducts, and similar items
1) Clearly identify the Work item by accurate notations such
as "cast iron drain", "rigid electrical conduiY', "copper
waterline", and similar descriptions.
2) Show by symbol or note the vertical location of Work item;
for example, "embedded in slab", "under slab", "in ceiling
plenum", "exposed", and similar designations. For piping
not embedded, also provide elevation dimension relative to
Project datum.
3) Descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to be related to
Specifications.
d. CITY may furnish written waiver of requirements relative to
schematic layouts shown on plans and sections when, in CITY's
judgment, dimensioned layouts of Work shown schematically will
serve no useful purpose. Do not rely on waiver(s) being issued.
Supplemental Drawings:
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Record Documents
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
01782-3
1.3
a. In some cases, drawings produced during construction by CITY
or CONTRACTOR supplement the Drawings and shall be
included with record documents submitted by CONTRACTOR.
Supplemental record drawings shall include drawings provided
with Change Orders, Wo�k Change Directives, and Field Orders
and that cannot be incorporated into the Drawings due to space
limitations.
b. Supplemental drawings provided with record drawings shall be
integrated with the Drawings and include necessary cross-
references between drawings. Supplemental record drawings
shall be on sheets the same size as the Drawings.
c. When supplemental drawings developed by CONTRACTOR
using computer-aided drafting/design (CADD) software are to be
included in record drawings, submit ele�tronic files for such
drawings in AutoCAD MEP 2011 as part of record drawing
submittal. Submit electronic files on compact disc labeled,
"Supplemental Record Drawings", together with CONTRACTOR
name, Project name, and Contract name and number.
C. Specifications and Addenda:
Mark each Section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each
product and item of equipment actually provided.
b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Orders, Work Change
Directives, and Field Orders.
ELECTRONIC FILES FURNISHED BY CITY
A. CADD files will be furnished by CITY upon the following conditions:
�
Layering system incorporated in CADD files shall be maintained as
transmitted by CITY. CADD files transmitted by CITY containing
cross-referenced files shall not be bound by CONTRACTOR. Drawing
cross-references and paths shall be maintained. If CONTRACTOR
alters layers or cross-reference files, CONTRACTOR shall restore all
layers and cross-references prior to submitting record documents to
CITY.
CONTRACTOR shall submit record drawings to CITY in same CADD
format that files were furnished to CONTRACTOR.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Record Documents
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
0, �82_4 �
��
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Record Documents
16-0038-UT 01782-5
00992-0231
IJ
'
,
,
'
'
'
�
��
'
,
SECTION 01783
MATERIALS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
- SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE
A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish spare parts data and extra materials for
materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. List of Spare Parts and Extra Materials: With the Shop Drawings and
product data for each Specification Section, submit a complete list of spare
parts, extra stock materials, maintenance supplies, and special tools
required for maintenance ("spare parts and extra materials") for two years of
operation, with unit prices in current United States funds, and source(s) of
supply for each.
C. Packaging and Labeling: Furnish spare parts and extra materials in
manufacturer's unopened cartons, boxes, crates, or other original, protective
covering suitable for preventing corrosion and deterioration for maximum
length of storage normally anticipated by manufacturer. Packaging of spare
parts and extra materials shall be clearly marked and identified with name of
manufacturer, applicable equipment, part number, part description, and part
location in the equipment. Protect and package spare parts and extra
materials for maximum shelf life normally anticipated by manufacturer.
, D. Storage Prior to Delivery to CITY: Prior to furnishing spare parts and e�ra
materials to CITY, store spare parts and extra materials in accordance with
the Contract Documents and manufacturers' recommendations.
E. Delivery Time and Eligibility for Payment:
2
Deliver to CITY spare parts and extra materials prior to date of
Substantial Completion for equipment or system associated with the
spare parts and extra materials. Do not deliver spare parts and extra
materials before commencing start-up for associated equipment or
system.
Spare parts and extra materials are not eligible for payment until
delivered to CITY and CONTRACTOR's receipt of CITY's
countersignature on letter of transmittal.
F. Procedure for Delivery to CITY: Deliver spare parts and extra materials to
CITY's permanent storage rooms at the Site or area(s) at the Site
designated by CITY. When spare parts and extra materials are delivered,
CONTRACTOR and CITY will mutually inventory the spare parts and extra
materials delivered to verify compliance with the Contract Documents
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-+0038-UT
00992-0231
Spare Parts 8 Maintenance Materia/s
01783-1
regarding quantity and part numbers. Additional procedures for delivering
spare parts and extra materials to CITY, if required, will be developed by
CITY and complied with by CONTRACTOR.
G. Transfer pocumentation:
1
2
3.
Furnish on CONTRACTOR letterhead a letter of transmittal for spare
parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section.
Letter of transmittal shall accompany spare parts and extra materials.
Do not furnish letter of transmittal separate from associated spare
parts and extra materials.
Furnish three original, identical, signed letters of transmittal for each
Specification Section. Upon delivery of specified quantities and types
of spare parts and extra materials to CITY, designated person from
CITY will countersign each original letter of transmittal indicating
CITY's receipt of spare parts and extra materials. CITY will retain one
fully signed original, and CONTRACTOR shall retain one fully signed
original for CONTRACTOR's file.
Letter of transmittal shall include the following:
a
b
e
Information required for letters of transmittal in Section 01300,
Submittal Procedures.
Transmittal shall list spare parts and extra materials furnished
under each Specification Section. List each individual part or
product and quantity furnished.
Provide space for countersignature by CITY as follows: space for
signature, space for printed name, and date.
H. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to spare parts
and extra materials until spare parts and extra materials are received by
CITY.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Spare Parts 8 Maintenance Materials
16-+0038-UT 01783-Z
00992-0231
'
'
SECTION 02615 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, equipment and incidentals required, install, and test ductile iron pipe
and fittings for the force main piping as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Piping shall be located substantially as shown on the Drawings. The ENGINEER
reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to
avoid interference between pipes, conduits, utilities or for other reasons. Pipe fitting
notation is for the CONTRACTOR's convenience and does not relieve him/her from
installing and jointing different or additional items where required to achieve a complete
piping system.
C. Where the word "pipe" is used it shall refer to pipe, fittings, or appurtenances unless
otherwise noted.
RELATED WORK
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit copies of design calculations in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 below.
B. The location of all pipes shall conform to the locations indicated on the Drawings. Pipe
shall not be supplied from inventory.
C. Submit anticipated production and delivery schedule.
D. Prior to shipment of pipe, submit a certified affidavit of compliance from the
' MANUFACTURER stating that the pipe, fittings, gaskets, linings and exterior coatings for
this project have been manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA and ASTM
standards and requirements specified herein.
' 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
,
,
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Altoy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High-Temperature Service.
2. ASTM A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service.
3. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
,
' City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
1 &0038-UT 02615-1
00992-0231
,
'
1.5
B. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AWWA C104 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.
2. AVWVA C105 — AVWVA Standard for Polyethylene for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems
3. AWWA C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-In Through 48-In for Water and
Other Liquids.
4. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
5. AVW1/A C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.
6. AWWA C151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids.
7. AWWA C153 - Ductile- Iron Compact Fittings, 3-In Through 16-In for Water and
Other Liquids.
8. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances.
C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time
of bid opening shall apply.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Each length of ductile iron pipe supplied for the project shall be hydrostatically tested at
the point of manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per AWWA C151.
Testing may be performed prior to machining bell and spigot. Failure of ductile iron pipe
shall be defined as any rupture of the pipe wall. Certified test results shall be furnished
in duplicate to the ENGINEER prior to time of shipment.
B. All ductile-iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this project shall be inspected and
tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is
manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the ENGINEER sworn certificates of such tests
and their results prior to the shipment of the pipe.
C. All pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for
compliance with this Section by an independent testing laboratory selected by the
OWNER at the OWNER's expense.
D. Inspection of the pipe and fittings will also be made by the ENGINEER or representative
of the OWNER after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on
account of failure to meet any of the requirements specified herein, even though sample
pipes may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Pipe
rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the
job.
E. All pipe and fittings shall be permanently marked with the following information:
1. MANUFACTURER, date.
2. Size, type, class, or wall thickness.
3. Standard produced to (AW1NA, ASTM, etc).
,
,
�_ J
,
'
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Ductile /ron Pipe and Fittings '
16-0038-UT 02615-2
00992-0231
'
'
'
, 1.6
,
'
'
'
,
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe.
Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or skidded against each other.
Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be used in pipe handling.
B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and
other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times.
C. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by its MANUFACTURER.
The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking shall
conform to MANUFACTURER's recommendations.
D. Gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints to be stored shall be placed in a cool location
out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products.
Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
, 2.1 MATERIALS
,
'
'
A. Pipe
1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AW1NA C151 and ANSI A21.51. Pipe shall be
supplied in standard lengths as much as possible.
2. Thickness design shall be perAWWA C150, except provide minimum Class 350 for
piping 12-in and smaller, provide minimum Class 250 for piping 14-inch and larger.
3. Ductile iron pipe shall be by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Inc.; American Cast
Iron Pipe Company or equal.
B. Mechanical Joints
, 1. Ductile iron pipe shall have rubber-gasketpush-on joint, rubber-gasket mechanical
joint, or flanged joints as shown on the Drawings. Rubber-gasket joints shall
conform to AWWA C111. Gasket shall conform to AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.1
' and shall be Buna N, Neoprene or Nytryl-based rubber product approved by the
Engineer.
J
2. Restrained joints shall be suitable for the specified pipe test pressure. All piping
within the limits of project site under pressure shall be provided with restrained joints.
a. Joint restraint devices for ductile iron mechanical join pipe and ductile iron
' mechanical joint fittings or ductile iron pipe shall be as follows. Mechanical joint
glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11.
When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply.
,
City of C/earwater
1 Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
16-0038-UT 02615-3
00992-0231
'
,
�•7
c.
Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will
be acceptable.
Restrained push-on joints for push joint pipe shall be US Pipe and Foundry TR
Flex, McWane Inc, Super-Lock, American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Lock-Ring or
Flex Ring.
Where shown on the Drawings or specified herein, restrained joints on existing
pipe joints shall be a case by case basis to be submitted and reviewed for
approval by the ENGINEER.
4. Bolts and nuts on mechanical joint or flange joint pipe and fittings shall be 304
stainless steel conformin4 to ANSI 616.1.
C. Flanged Joints
2
3
4
5
�
Connecting pieces with one end flanged and the other end either plain-end or
mechanical joint, shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-93 as
specified hereinabove. Joint material for the flanged end shall be furnished by the
CONTRACTOR and mechanical joint accessories for connecting pieces with a
mechanical joint end shall be furnished as specified for mechanical joints above.
Other types of flanged fittings, and flanged pipe, shall conform to the following
requirements unless otherwise stated in the order.
Flanged fittings shall conform to ANSI/A1NWA Standard C110/A21.10-93, as specified
hereinabove.
Flanged ductile-iron pipe with integrally cast flanges shatl be manufactured in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-96, and with provisions
contained above for centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe, and shall be furnished with
ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges, plain faced and drilled, conforming to ANSI
Standard B16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings", latest revision.
Hollow back flanges are not acceptable.
Flanged ductile-iron pipe with threaded flanges shall be manufactured in accordance
with ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-94, "Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with
Threaded Flanges", and shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 psi, minimum.
The nominal thickness of flanged ductile-iron pipe, 6-inch and larger, shall not be
less than those shown in Table 1 of ANSI/AVWVA Standard C115/A21.15-94. The
nominal thickness of 4-inch flanged ductile-iron pipe shall be Class 54 (min.)
conforming to Tables 3 and 4 ofANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-96. The pipe
shall be furnished with ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges, plain faced and drilled,
conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, latest revision. Threaded flanges shall be
individually fitted and machine tightened on the threaded pipe by the manufacturer,
and shall not be interchangeable in the field. Pipe lengths shall be as ordered.
Removal of flanges, cutting and re-threading the pipe, and reinstalling the flanges
will not be permitted in any case.
All flanges on ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be of ductile iron. Joint materials
for flanged pipe and fittings shall be ANSI-sized and approved and shall consist
of hot-dip galvanized carbon steel bolts and nuts, and 1/8-inch-thick full-faced
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
�-,
�
�J
'
'
'
'
L
'
'
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Ducti/e /ron Pipe and Fittings '
16-0038-UT 02615-4
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
�
i�
'
gaskets. Gaskets for sanitary sewer and force main applications shall be SBR.
Gaskets for water service shall be EPDM.
7. Joint materials for flanged pipe and fittings shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
D. Fittings
1. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron with pressure rating of 350 psi for 24-in and smaller
piping and 250 psi for 30-in and larger piping. Fittings shall meet the requirements of
AWWA C110 orAWWA C153 as applicable. Fittings shall havethe same pressure
rating, as a minimum, of the connecting pipe.
2. Closures shall be made with mechanical joint ductile iron solid sleeves and shall be
located in straight runs of pipe. Location of closures shall be subject to approval of
the ENGINEER.
E. Interior Lining
1. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with a ceramic-filled amine-cured
epoxy,
' Protecto 401 by Induron. The lining thickness shall be 40 mils minimum. Application
shall be performed by an applicator approved by the coating manufacturer, in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and under controlled conditions at the
applicator's shop or the pipe manufacturer's plant. Applicator shall submit a certified
' affidavit of compliance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements specified
herein.
F. Exterior Coating
1. Buried pipe shall be coated on the exterior with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in
accordance with ANSI A21-51. All buried ductile iron pipe, fittings and restrained
joints shall have a polyethylene wrap with a minimum 8 mils thickness and shall
conform to ASTM specification D-1248. Wrap for wastewater transmission main
shall be olive green and imprinted "WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN". When
imprinted color coated polyethylene wrap is not available, color-coded polyethylene
wrap can be used in conjunction with pipe ID tape.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE DESIGN
A. Ductile iron pipe shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi with a minimum
yield strength of 42,000 psi. Design shall be done for external and internal pressures
separately using the larger of the two for the net design thickness. Additional allowances
shall be made for service allowance and casting tolerance per AW1NA C150. The pipe
classes determined for various sizes and conditions shall provide the total calculated
thickness at a minimum or conform to minimum pipe class specified in Paragraph
2.01A2 above, whichever is greater.
B. Design for the net thickness for external loading shall be taken as the greater of the
following conditions:
City of C/earwater
, Marsha!l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
16-0038-UT 02615-5
00992-0231
'
,
1
2
3.
4.
2-1/2-ft of cover with AASHTO H-20 wheel loads, with an impact factor of 1.5.
Depth from existing ground level of future proposed grade (whichever is greater) to
top of pipe as shown on the Drawings, with truck load.
Soil Density: 120 Ibs/cu ft.
Laying Conditions; AWWA C150, Type 2.
C. Design for the net thickness shall be based upon the following design internal pressure
conditions:
1. Total internal Pressure design: 500 psi (includes 100 psi surge allowance
and 2.0 safety factor)
2. Soil Modulus E.: 300 psi
D. Copies of design calculations showing that the pipe meets all requirements specified
herein shall be furnished to the ENGtNEER for approval during shop drawing review. A
yield strength of 42,000 psi shall be used during design calculations.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or
coatings. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe and fittings shall be examined
before laying and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Damage to
the pipe coatings shall be repaired per MANUFACTURER's recommendations.
B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced
with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly
cleaned before laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in the work and when
installed or laid, shall conform to the lines and grades required.
INSTALLING DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of
AWWA C600, except as otherwise specified herein. A firm, even bearing throughout the
length of the pipe shall be provided by digging bell holes at each joint and by tamping
backfill materials at the side of the pipe to the springline per details shown on the
Drawings. Blocking will not be permitted.
B. All pipe shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in progress, open
ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other approved means.
Sufficient backfill shall be placed to prevent flotation. The deflection at joints shall not
exceed 75 percent of allowable deflection recommended by MANUFACTURER.
1
�
'
�
�
'
'
'
'
,
�
�I
'
'
'
'
'
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings '
16-0038-UT 02615-6
00992-0231
'
'
�
C. All ductile iron pipe laid underground shall have a minimum of 3-ft of cover unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or as specified herein. Pipe shall be laid such that the
invert elevations shown on the Drawings are not exceeded.
D. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the Drawings shall be provided, where required, in
' crossing utilities which may be encountered upon opening the trench. Solid sleeve
closures shall be installed at locations approved by the ENGINEER.
' 3.4
E. The pipe interior shall be maintained dry and broom clean throughout the construction
period.
F. Polyethylene encasement shall be installed in compliance with AWWA C105.
G. When cutting pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth
cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut ends of pipe to be used with a bell shall be
beveled to conform to the manufactured spigot end. Cement lining shall be undamaged.
Field cut ends shall be sealed with approved epoxy in accordance with
MANUFACTURER's instructions. Cutting of restrained joint pipe will not be allowed,
unless approved at specific joints in conjunction with the use of restrainer glands by
EBAA Iron or field adaptable restrained joints.
H. Jointing Ductile-Iron Pipe
1. Mechanical joints shall be assembled in strict accordance with the
MANUFACTURER's instructions and A1NWA C600. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends
looking ahead. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean and lubricate the
joint surfaces and rubber gasket. Bolts shall be tightened to the specified torques.
Under no condition shall extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet
wrench be used to secure greater leverage.
2. Bolts in mechanical or restrained joints shall be tightened alternately and evenly.
3. Restrained joints shall be installed according to pipe MANUFACTURER's
instructions.
I. All blow-offs, outlets, valves, fittings, and other appurtenances required shall be set and
jointed as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the MANUFACTURER's
instructions.
CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES
A. Wall pipes shall have a thrust collar located at mid-depth of wall.
B. Piping underneath structures shall be concrete encased.
TESTING
'
City of Clearwater
� Marshall Street lnf/uenf Pump Station Repairs Ductile lron Pipe and Fittings
16-0038-UT 02615-7
00992-0231
�
,
3.5
A. After installation, the pipe shall be tested for compliance as specified herein. Furnish all
necessary equipment and labor for the pressure test and leakage test on the pipelines.
B. Submit detailed test procedures and method for ENGINEER's review. In general, testing
shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA C600.
C. Force main piping shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi. This test
pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 2 hours. The leakage rate shall not
exceed those indicated in AWWA C600. Provide suitable restrained bulkheads as
required to complete the hydrostatic testing specified.
D. All valves and valve boxes shall be properly located and installed and operable prior to
testing. Bulkheads shall be provided with a sufficient number of outlets for filling and
draining the line and for venting air.
E. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests shall conform with Section 4 of AVWVA C600.
Furnish gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to fill the line
slowly and perform the required hydrostatic pressure leakage tests.
F. The line shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be
maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a pump furnished by the
CONTRACTOR. Provide accurate means for measuring the quantity of water required
to maintain this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage.
G. Submit plan for testing to the ENGINEER for review at least 10 days before starting the
test.
CLEANING
A. At the conclusion of the work, thoroughly clean all of the pipe by flushing with water or
other means to remove all dirt, stones, pieces of wood, or other material which may have
entered during the construction period. All debris shall be removed from the pipeline.
The lowest segment outlet shall be flushed last to assure debris removal
END OF SECTION
,
,
L�I
'
'
'
�
CI
'
i�
�I
,
'
II�
�
'
'
,
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings '
16-0038-UT 02615-8
00992-0231
�
'
'
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Specification.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: All submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1.
1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement
and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops,
joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials and others if
requested by Engineer.
2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and
placing concrete reinforcement. Shop drawings to show proposed
location of all construction joints. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing
bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams and arrangement of
concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings
through concrete structures..
3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms
for speci�c finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including
jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie
placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually.
Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's
responsibility.
4. The testing laboratory shall submit three (3) copies of results of concrete
cylinder tests to Engineer together with one (1) copy each to Owner,
Contractor, and Concrete Supplier.
5. Ready-mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets
showing the following:
a) Date and time leaving the plant
b) Type of cement and weight
c) Quantity of water and time added
City of C/earvvater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-1
16-0038-UT
1.3
A.
d) Aggregate moisture correction factor
e) Admixtures and weight
fl Site arrival time
g) Site leaving time
h) Type of fly ash and weight
6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
Contractor shall submit three (3) copies.
7. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when
permitted by Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by
manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies
with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from
admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification
requirements.
8. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing
method and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency
plans and materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet
requirements of ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements
of ACI 306.
9. A pouring plan will be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for
approval showing the location of all construction joints and sawed
contraction joints.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the
following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight and Mass Concrete."
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buifdings."
3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures."
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-2
16-0038-UT
'
'
'
'
■ 1
� 1
'
,
'
�
'
�
ll
l� 1
'
'
,
�
C.
�❑
6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard
Practice."
7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete.
8. Florida Building Code latest edition.
9. ACI 305 "Specification for Hot Weather Concreting" and 306 "Standard
Specification for Cold Weather Concreting."
Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perForm
material evaluation tests.
Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during
progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be
done at Contractor's expense.
Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work and availability
of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for
materials inspection, testing and certifications. Require representatives of each
entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to coordinate, including, but
not limited to, the following:
1. Contractor's superintendent
2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes
3. Agency responsible for field quality controt
4. Ready-mix concrete producer
5. Concrete subcontractor
6. Primary admixture manufacturers
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metat-framed plywood
faced or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight,
smooth, exposed surtaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize
number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings.
B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form)
Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each
piece bearing legible inspection trademark.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-3
16-0038-UT
C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or another
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two (2) edges and one
(1) side for tight fit.
D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced
ptastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint
indications. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete
loads without deformation.
E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a
maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with,
stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surFaces.
F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal
form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete
upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to
the plane of the exposed concrete surface.
G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no
smaller than '/z inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed
concrete shall be of the cone-washer type. The cones shall be made of
approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an
integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be
allowed for form ties.
2.2
A.
B.
C.
REINFORCING MATERIALS
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed
Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
�
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
1
'
1
'
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for t
spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in
place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
E. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where '
base material will not support chair legs.
F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact
with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI,
Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2).
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-4
16-0038-UT
'
'
'
�
,
i
,
�
�
'
�.J
'
�
lJ
i
'
,
�
'
2.3
2.4
CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150
1. Type I/II
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F
C�?
1. Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise
acceptable to Engineer.
Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates
from a single source for exposed concrete. Fine aggregate shall be natural silica
sand and coarse aggregate shall be #57 stone.
WATER
A. Mixing water shall meet specified requirements of ASTM C 94, Section 5.
2.5 ADMIXTURES, GENERAL
Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than one tenth of one percent (0.1 %)
chloride ions.
A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be
compatible with other required admixtures.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Air-Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co.
b) Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace � Co.
c) MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc.
d) Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
e) Sika AER, Sika Corp.
B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp.
C�ty of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Stafion Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-5
16-0038-UT
2.6
2.7
.�7
b) Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
c) WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co.
d) Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
e) Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp.
High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company
b) WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company
c) Rheobuitd or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
d) Sikament 300, Sika Corp.
CALCIUM CHLORIDE
A. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted.
RELATED MATERIALS
A. Waterstops: Provide ribbed-type waterstops at construction joints exposed to
water pressure, including groundwater pressure, and other joints as indicated.
Provide ribbed type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion joints. In general
waterstops shall be 9" wide. Install 6" wide waterstops at intersections with
reinforced sections with 3" of clear cover. All waterstops shall be a minimum of
3/8" thick. All waterstops shall be provided with either metal grommets or integral
tie wires located along the top and bottom of the waterstop spaced at 12". Other
styles or sizes of waterstops may be considered based on their specific
application.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) The Burke Co.
b) Greenstreak Plastic Products Co.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-6
16-0038-UT
c) Meadows, Inc.
d) Vinylex Corp.
C. Sand Cushion: Clean, naturai sand.
�
E
F
G.
I:I
Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when
tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows:
1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 10 mils thick.
Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with
glass-fiber reinforcement and overcoated with black polyethylene on each side.
Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately
9 oz./sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
1. Waterproof paper
2. Polyethylene film
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap
Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry
or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade and class to suit Project
requirements.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co.
b) Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
c) Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior
d) Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co.
Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc.
Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-7
16-0038-UT
2.8
2.9
0
�
C.
�
PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory
trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI
350. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable
to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing.
Limit use of fly ash to not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the total cementitious
content by weight. Fly ash shall be used either as an admixture or as a partial
cement replacement. Fly ash may be used in all structural concrete.
Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of
concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete
production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS
A. Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on
schedules:
MAXIMUM WATER - MINIMUM
CEMENTITIOUS CEMENTITIOUS
CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY RATIO MATERIAL
LBS/CY
Structural 2670 4000 0.44 564
Non-Structural 2000 3000 0.50 470
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Structural Concrete shall be used in all reinforced concrete structures.
SLUMP LIMITS
Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as
follows:
1. Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.
B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than
3 inches.
C. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not
more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site-verified 2- 3 inch slump
concrete.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-8
16-0038-UT
'
' 2.12 CONCRETE MIX ADJUSTMENTS
, A. Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of
materials, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant,
as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and
' strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in
Work.
� 2.13
'
�
ADMIXTURES
Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for
heavy-use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with
water-cement ratios below 0.50.
B. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise
' indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to
result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of four percent
(4%) with a tolerance of plus or minus one percent (1%).
READY-MIXED CONCRETE
Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
1. When air temperature is between 85 °F and 90 °F, reduce mixing and
delivery time from one and a half (1-1/2) hours to seventy-five (75)
minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 °F, reduce mixing and
delivery time to sixty (60) minutes.
CRACK INJECTION MATERIALS
Hydrophilic Resin:
1
2
3.
Shall be a low viscosity, expanding polyurethane resin. It shall cure into a
flexible rubber-like material that has the potential for unrestrained
increase in volume in excess of 100 percent in the presence of water.
Prepare substrate and install in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation.
b) Duroseal Inject, as manufactured by BBZ USA, Inc.
c) Or approved equal.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-9
16-0038-UT
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A.
Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier and other
related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
Forms
General: Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support
vertical, lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied until
concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so
concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and
surFace irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
a)
b)
Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view
Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown and to obtain
accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures.
Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings,
rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and
inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to
obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to
prevent cement paste from leaking.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage
cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is
too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for
forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal.
E. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of
formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace
temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar.
Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
Chamfer edges to be 3/4" unless otherwise approved by Engineer, or noted on
the construction drawings.
G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and
securely support items built into forms.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast in-P/ace Concrete
03300-10
3.3
H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to
receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before
placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as
required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended
practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement
placement and supports and as specified.
�
C.
Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement
placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other materials
that �educe or destroy bond with concrete.
D. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement.
Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and
hangers, as approved by Engineer.
E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete
protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surFaces.
F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces
at least one (1) full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining
widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair
strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer.
B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue
reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not
continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements.
C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh
concrete.
D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install
waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect
exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field-fabricate joints in
waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-11
16-0038-UT
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at
points of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column
pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows:
3.4
A.
B.
3.5
A.
B.
1. Joint Fillers
a) Self-expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with
ASTM D 1752 for Type III.
b) Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752
for Type II.
�
c) Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with
ASTM D 1752 for Type I.
d) Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with
ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased
befinreen two (2) layers of saturated felt of glass-fiber felt of width
and thickness indicated.
Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations.
Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants
shall be in accordance with ACI 504R.
INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place
concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided
by suppliers of items to be attached.
Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for
slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide
and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or
compacting-type screeds.
PREPARING FORM SURFACES
General: Coat contact surFaces of forms with an approved, non-residual, low-
VOC, form-coating compound before placing reinforcement.
Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into
contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be
placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions.
Cify of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-12
16-0038-UT
'
[�
1
, 3.6
,
'
�
A
�
Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative material. Rust-stained
steel formwork is not acceptable.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork instaltation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to
permit installation of their work.
General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete," and as specified.
' C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause
seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,
' provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation
at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no
deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding
layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
E. Consolidate pfaced concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented
by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for
consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309.
F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at unifo�mly spaced locations no farther than the visible
effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer
and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower
layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of
vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. A
spare vibrator will be on-site for emergency use at all times.
G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous
operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing
placement of a panel or section.
H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull
floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab
surtaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
J. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-13
16-0038-UT
3.7
K. Cold-Weather Piacement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows.
Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be
caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 °F, uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 °F and not more than 80 °F at point of
placement.
M
�
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
Do not use salt, other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not
be allowed.
O. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as
specified.
P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or
chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of
ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Ice can not be used to replace
more than half of the design total water content. Using liquid nitrogen to cool
concrete is Contractor's option.
Q. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that
steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately
before embedding in concrete.
�
S
Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,
low humidity or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer.
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete
surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other
construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-
facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched,
and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or
chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete
surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast in-P/ace Concrete
03300-14
'
,
�
'
'
�
to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as
waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting or another similar system.
This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams.
Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely
removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347.
Grout-Cleaned Finish: Provide grout-cleaned finish on scheduled concrete
surfaces that have received smooth-formed finish treatment.
Combine one part Portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by
volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene-based
bonding admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend
standard Portland cement and white Portland cement in amounts
determined by trial patches so that final color of dry grout will match
adjacent surfaces.
2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill
' small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean
burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least thirty-six (36) hours after
rubbing.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar
unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with
a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surtace treatment
of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish
and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or
elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and
where indicated.
After screeding, consolidating and leveling concrete slabs, do not work
surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float b�ades or float
shoes only, when surtace water has disappeared, or when concrete has
stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both.
Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F)
25 (floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to
ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots.
Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat
surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be
a class C surtace in accordance with 347 R.
F. Non-slip Broom Finish: Apply a non-slip light broom finish to exterior concrete
platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
, C�ty of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
' 0992-0231
16-0038-UT
�
Cast in-P/ace Concrete
03300-15
3.8
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by
brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.
Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application.
G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of
work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other
trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-
place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or
required to complete Wo�k. All grout shall be non-shrinking.
H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while
concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with
corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded.
Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and
equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or
templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
J. Below Grade Concrete: Waterproof the exterior (grade) side of tank and building
walls. Prepare surface based upon manufacturers recommendations. Material
may be spray, brush or roller applied. Conform to manufacturers
recommendations for chosen application.
CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive
cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry and windy weather protect concrete from
rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-
control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding
and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface
after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not less than fourteen
(14) days as required due to weather.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover
curing, or by combining these methods, as specified.
1. Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
a)
b)
c)
Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
Use continuous water-fog spray.
Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,
thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-16
16-0038-UT
�
Piace absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces
and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
, a) Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing
concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends
lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or
� adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
'
,
'
�J
'
� 3.9
I�
�
C.
3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surFaces, including
underside of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces, by moist
curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are
removed. As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose
along the tops of all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing
period. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified
above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If forms are
removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be
continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying
or covering with moist burlap.
4
5.
Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs,
floor topping and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing
method.
Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-
retaining cover, unless otherwise directed.
SHORES AND SUPPORTS
General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory
construction, and as specified.
Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four (4) stories or less, unless
otherwise permitted.
Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially
cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without
excessive stress or deflection.
D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of fifteen (15) days after placing upper tier, or
longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required twenty-eight (28) day
strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-17
16-0038-UT
3.10
3.11
3.12
REMOVING FORMS
A. Formwork, such as columns, beam soffits, elevated slabs, joists, walis and other
structural elements, may not be removed until concrete has attained at least
seventy five percent (75%) of design minimum compressive strength at twenty-
eight (28) days. No earth loads or live loads will be structurally placed against or
on any poured structurally reinforced concrete until the concrete has reached its
finrenty-eight (28) day compressive strength or otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by
testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location or members.
B. Form-facing material may be removed four (4) days after placement only if
shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of
form-facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
REUSING FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,
delaminated or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable
for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new
formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and
secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer.
B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective
surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface
defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles,
honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surFace, and stains
and other discolorations that cannot be re�moved by cleaning. Flush out form tie
holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in
place with bonding agent.
C
❑�
Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect
the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the
concrete.
Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic
slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
03300-18
,
,
LJ
,
'
'
'
,
'
�J
�_�
'
'
�
'
'
,
II
�
LJ
'
'
�
�
'
'
�
C�
'
�
�
��
sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having
the required slope.
E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch
wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced
sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets and
other objectionable conditions.
F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at
least fourteen (14) days.
G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing
surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary
underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer.
H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding
1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove
defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least
3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with
patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same
materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place,
compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same
manner as adjacent concrete.
Additional repair of concrete cracks in formed and unformed surtaces: All
concrete for liquid retaining structures, elevated slabs subject to rainfall and
washdown, below grade members and all concrete in contact with earth, water or
exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight. All leaks through concrete
that exhibit any dampness or flowing water and any cracks, holes or other
defective concrete in areas of potential leakage, shall be repaired and made
watertight by CONTRACTOR. Where it is not possible to verify that a crack is
not leaking, it shall be repaired. Determination of �eakage and / or dampness
shall be made by Engineer. Repair, removal, and replacement of defective
concrete as directed by ENGINEER shall be at no additional cost to the
OWNER.
Method of Repair: Cracks shall be pressure grouted using hydrophilic
resin. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and
recommendations.
, 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Contractor will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to
' submit test reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any
retesting due to non-acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors
expense.
' City of C/earwater
J
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
03300-19
�
C.
Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include
the following, as directed by Engineer.
Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply
with ASTM C 94.
D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one (1) test at point of discharge for each compressive
strength test; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have
changed or as directed by the Engineer.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one (1) for
each compressive strength test.
F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one (1) test hourly when air temperature
is 40 °F and below, when 90 °F and above, and one (1) test for each set of
compressive-strength specimens.
G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one (1) set of four (4) standard
cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold
and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured
test specimens are required.
H. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one (1) set for each day's pour
exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25
cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one (1) day; one (1) specimen
tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at twenty-eight (28) days, and
one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five (5) strength tests for a
given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected
batches or from each batch if fewer than five (5) are used.
When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than eighty-five percent (85%) of
companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide
corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete.
K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of
three (3) consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified
compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified
compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
L. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready-mix producer, and
Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength
tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of
concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at twenty-eight (28)
City of C/earvvater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-20
,
T
N
days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength,
and type of break for both seven (7) day tests and twenty-eight (28) day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope or other nondestructive
device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance
or rejection.
Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place
concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other
characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer.
Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These
additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
C�ty of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-21
16-0038-UT
SECTION 03600 - GROUTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown
on the Drawings and as specified.
B. The types of grouting include the following:
1. Portland Cement Grout
2. Non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout
1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery,
handling and storage.
B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact
as packaged by the manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS
A. Portland Cement Grout
B. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling)
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II
2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand)
3. Water: Potable
4. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand.
C. Pre-Mixed non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non-shrink grout as
shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland
cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-1
16-0038-UT
2.2
u
E
F
@
n
Grout shall be nonmetallic non-corrosive, non-staining and comply with CRD-C-
588, Type D.
The grout shall be non-shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and
ASTM C109. The water-grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of
water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions.
Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals;
chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after
set.
Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions.
Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following:
1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. — Crystex
2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non-shrink Grout or equivalent
NONSHRINK GROUT
Non-shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in
transferring heavy loads.
2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding.
3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70°F.
4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3 days or later.
5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same
flowability.
6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain
cement grout of the same flowability.
7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall
be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days.
2.3 MIXES
A. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting
difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influenf Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Grouting
03600-2
'
'
�
�J
' 2.4
,
�
'
B. For greater than 2-inch ciearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free
passage of the grout, e�end grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100
pounds grout material.
C.
D.
A.
B.
C.
D.
� PART 3
3.1
, A
� 3.2
' A.
'
L
��I
�
�
�
'
�
3
Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without
causing either segregation or bleeding.
Portland cement mortar for raked-out edges of non-shrink grout: one part
Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 part water by weight.
MIXING
Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3-
minutes.
Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly
and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials.
After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason.
EXECUTION
PROCEDURES
Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun.
SURFACE PREPARATION
Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed
specifications.
Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material
from concrete surfaces by bush-hammering, chipping, or other similar means,
until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved.
C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper
placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof inembrane until ready
to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof inembranes and clean
any contaminated surfaces.
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level
and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted.
E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave
none standing.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-3
16-0038-UT
3.3
PLACING
A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
B. Place non-shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical
means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure.
C. Do not use either pneumatic-pressure or dry packing methods without written
permission of the Engineer.
D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets. '
F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is
being vibrated by nearby equipment. �
G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed.
After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement-sand grout. '
H. After non-shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges
approximately 1-inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement �
mortar.
3.4 CURING
A. Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing ,
paper or by another approved method.
�
END OF SECTION
,
,
,
�
�
City of C/earwater ,
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-4 '
16-0038-UT
'
SECTION 03930 - CONCRETE REHABILITATION
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Type I Repairs
2. Type II Repairs
3. Type III Repairs
4. Type IV Repairs
5. Type V Repairs
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material
descriptions, chemical composition, physical properties, test data, and mixing,
preparation, and application instructions.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For product installers and manufacturers.
B. Material Certificates: For each type of product supplied for mixing or adding to
products at Project site.
C. Product Test Reports: For each proposed product, provide tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.
D. Field quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Each product manufacturer shall employ factory-
trained technical representatives who are available for consultation and Project-
site inspection and assistance at no additional cost.
B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are
trained and approved by the manufacturer to apply the products proposed for this
project.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-1
00992-0231
1.6
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum
temperature requirements and other conditions for storage.
Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location.
Store aggregates covered and in a dry location; maintain grading and other
required characteristics and prevent contamination.
FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations for Epoxies: Do not apply when air and substrate
temperatures are outside limits permitted by manufacturer. During hot weather,
cool epoxy components before mixing, store mixed products in shade, and cool
unused mixed products to retard setting. Do not apply to wet substrates unless
approved by manufacturer.
�
�
1. Use only Class A epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or are
expected to go below 40 deg F(5 deg C) within 8 hours.
2. Use only Class A or B epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or
are expected to go below 60 deg F(16 deg C) within 8 hours.
3. Use only Class C epoxies when substrate temperatures are above and
are expected to stay above 60 deg F(16 deg C) for 8 hours.
Cold-Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Do not apply unless
concrete-surFace and air temperatures are above 40 deg F(5 deg C) and will
remain so for at least 48 hours after completion of Work.
Cold-Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Comply with the
following procedures:
2.
When air temperature is below 40 deg F(5 deg C), heat patching-material
ingredients and existing concrete to produce temperatures between 40
and 90 deg F(5 and 32 deg C).
When mean daily air temperature is between 25 and 40 deg F(minus 4
and plus 5 deg C), cover completed Work with weather-resistant
insulating blankets for 48 hours after repair or provide enclosure and heat
to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F(0 deg C) within the enclosure
for 48 hours after repair.
3. When mean daily air temperature is below 25 deg F(minus 4 deg C),
provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F(0
deg C) within the enclosure for 48 hours after repair.
D. Hot - Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Protect repair work
when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of
water from patching materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use
cooled materials as required. Do not apply to substrates with temperatures of 90
deg F(32 deg C) and above.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-2
00992-0231
�
�I
�
�
�
�
�I�
�_�
�
�
'
�
�
CI,
�
'
'
�
'
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of product
from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in
appearance and physical properties.
B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities
having jurisdiction.
2.2 TYPE 1 REPAIR
Type I Repairs shall be for cracks larger than 1/16" and less than 1/4" in width where no
rust stains, spalling or loose concrete is observed and concrete removal is not required.
A. Concrete Surface Preparation:
1. Route crack to a width of'/4" and'h" depth.
2. Clean out debris and loose concrete; vacuum or blow clear with
compressed air.
3. Crack surFace must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
B. For Surfaces to be Coated With Concrete Sealant Only:
Primer
1. Sikaflex 429
2. Approved Equal
Polyurethane, elastomeric sealanUadhesive:
1. Sikaflex-1A
2. Approved Equal
C. For Surfaces to be Coated With Protective Coating:
Use one of the following:
(1) Tnemec Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy.
(2) Sherwin Williams Steel Seam FT-910.
2.3 TYPE II REPAIR
Type II Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss where no reinforcing
bars have been exposed. This would include cracks greater than '/4" in width and areas
of poor consolidation.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-3
00992-0231
2.4
A.
Concrete Surface Preparation:
Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance, existing
coatings and other bond-inhibiting materials from the surface in
accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface profile of ICRI-
CSP6.
2. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the surface to
a depth of at least '/4". Break out the complete repair area to a minimum
depth of'/4" up to the sawed edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting
the reinforcing steel.
3. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
Bonding Agent:
1. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat)
2. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
3. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
C. Repair Mortar:
1. Tnemec Series 217
2. Sherwin Williams Steel-Seam FT910
3. SikaRepair 224
TYPE I11 REPAIR
Type III Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss up to 4" in depth (>4"
shall depth use Type V Repair) where reinforcing bars have been exposed but do not
need to be replaced including areas of poor consolidation and where rust stains are
observed.
A. SurFace Preparation:
Concrete
a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance,
existing coatings and other bond-inhibiting materials from the
surFace in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface
profile of ICRI-CSP6.
b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the
surface to a depth of at least '/4". Break out the complete repair
area to a minimum depth of '/4" up to the sawed edge to prevent
feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel.
c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
2. Steel Reinforcement
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-4
00992-0231
,
'
r-,
�
,
'
�
C��
,
u
�
�,
LJ
�
'
'��
„
'
�
,
'
'
t
'
'
�
�
'
�
�
'
,
�
�
'
L�J
L;
�
'
a. Remove rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or mechanical
wire brushing to produce white metal finish.
b. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surFace from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
B. Bonding Agent:
1. Concrete
a. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat)
b. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCemor one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
2. Steel Reinforcing
a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1@ 2.5-3.5 mits DFT.
b. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each.
c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem finro coats @ 20 mils DFT each.
C. Repair Mortar:
1. Tnemec Series 217
2. Sherwin Williams Steel-Seam FT910
3. SikaRepair 224
2.5 TYPE IV REPAIR
Type IV Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss up to 4" in depth (>4"
depth shall use Type V Repair) where reinforcing bars have been exposed and need to
be replaced including areas of poor consolidation and where rust stains are observed.
A. Surface Preparation:
1. Concrete
a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance,
existing coatings and other bond-inhibiting materials from the
surface in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface
profile of ICRI-CSP6.
b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the
surFace to a depth of at least '/4". Break out the complete repair
area to a minimum depth of '/4" up to the sawed edge to prevent
feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel.
c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-5
00992-0231
�
2. Steel Reinforcement
a
�7
�
Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or
20 percent in two or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and
replace per structural drawing details. Remove additional
concrete as necessary to provide at least 3/4-inch clearance at
existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to
existing bars according to ACI 318 (ACI 318M) by lapping,
welding, or using mechanical couplings.
Remove remaining rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or
mechanical wire brushing to produce white metal finish.
Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
Bonding Agent:
1. Concrete
2.
a. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat)
b. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCemor one coat @ 20 mils DFT.
Steel Reinforcing
a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1@ 2.5-3.5 mils DFT.
b. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each.
c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem two coats @ 20 mils DFT each.
C. Repair Mortar:
1. Tnemec Series 217
2. Sherwin Williams Steel-Seam FT910
3. SikaRepair 224
2.6 TYPE V REPAIR
Type V Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss greater than 4" in
depth.
A. SurFace Preparation:
1. Concrete
a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance,
existing coatings and other bond-inhibiting materials from the
surFace in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface
profile of ICRI-CSP6.
b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the
surface to a depth of at least 2" or to the rebar, whichever is
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-6
00992-0231
'
,
�
'J
�
�
'
'
�1
�
�J
'
,
,
,
'
'
�
�
'
�
C
c.
shallower and abraid/roughen saw cut surfaces. Break out the
complete repair area to a minimum depth of 2" up to the sawed
edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel.
Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
2. Steel Reinforcement
a. Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or
20 percent in two or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and
replace per structural drawing details. Remove additional
concrete as necessary to provide at least 3/4-inch clearance at
existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to
existing bars according to ACI 318 (ACI 318M) by lapping,
welding, or using mechanical couplings.
b. Remove remaining rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or
mechanical wire brushing to produce white metal finish.
c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other
contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming
contaminated prior to product application.
Bonding Agent:
Concrete
Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces for the respective
application that will be joined with fresh shotcrete as approved by the
Engineer.
2. Steel Reinforcing
a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1@ 2.5-3.5 mils DFT.
b. Sherwin Williams Sher-Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each.
c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem two coats @ 20 mils DFT each.
Repair Mortar:
Shotcrete: Wet mix and dry mix shotcrete shall be applied by
experienced nozzlemen certified by American Concrete Institute (ACI) as
outlined in ACI certification publication CP-60.
2. Shotcrete mixes, measured by weight, shall be:
a
L
1 part cement to 3 parts sand.
Each shotcrete layer shall be broomed prior to final set to affect
satisfactory bonding of the following layer. No shotcrete shall be
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-7
00992-0231
3
applied to reinforcing steel or diaphragm that is encrusted with
overspray. No less than 2-inch thick shotcrete shall cover
reinforcing steel.
Shotcrete Compressive Strength f g shall be 4000 psi or greater at 28
days.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
C�
'
�
�,'
'
'
A. Notify Owner seven days in advance of dates when areas of deteriorated or
delaminated concrete and deteriorated reinforcing bars will be located. '
B. Locate areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete using hammer or chain-
drag sounding and mark boundaries. Mark areas for removal by simplifying and
squaring off boundaries. At columns and walls make boundaries level and plumb
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Pachometer Testing: Locate at least three reinforcing bars using a pachometer,
and drill test holes to determine depth of cover. Calibrate pachometer using
depth of cover measurements, and verify depth of cover in removal areas using
pachometer.
,
'
❑
D. PerForm surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from �
concrete-maintenance work.
3.2.1 PREPARATION
A. Ensure that supervisory personnel are on-site and on duty when concrete
maintenance work begins and during its progress.
B. Preparation for Removal of Deteriorated Concrete: Examine construction to be
repaired to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform concrete
maintenance work. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective
measures will be necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as
necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed in the course of
repair.
1
2
3.
Verify that affected utilities have been disconnected and capped.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed for
reinstallation or salvage.
Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and temporary structural supports
as required to preserve stability and prevent unexpected or uncontrolled
movement, settlement, or collapse of construction being demolished and
construction and finishes to remain.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-8
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
� _J
,
,
�I
�;
1
L!
'
,
r
C. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of buiiding being restored,
building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from concrete
maintenance work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for
protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products
and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and
vegetation.
Use only proven protection methods appropriate to each area and surface
being protected.
Provide barricades, barriers, and temporary directional signage to
exclude public from areas where concrete maintenance work is being
performed.
Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of
pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service
during course of concrete maintenance work.
Contain dust and debris generated by concrete maintenance work and
prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surFaces.
Use water-mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only with
adequate, approved procedures and equipment that ensure that such
water will not create a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or
materials.
Protect floors and other surfaces along haul routes from damage, wear,
and staining.
Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate removal and
dismantling work from other areas of the building.
Protect adjacent surface and equipment by covering them with heavy
polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. If practical, remove
items, store, and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are
com plete.
Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's
property.
Dispose of debris and runoff from operations by legal means and in a
manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and
foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building
interiors.
D. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to
ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Engineer immediately of inadequate
drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is
in working order.
' 1. Prevent solids such as aggregate or mortar residue from entering the
drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish
or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from concrete
,
'
,
'
maintenance work.
2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments,
allowing only clean water to pass.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Concrete Rehabilitation
16-0038-UT 03930-9
00992-0231
E. Concrete Removal:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Strengthen or add
new supports when required during progress of removal work. Do not
overload structural elements with debris.
Saw-cut perimeter of areas indicated for removal to a depth of at least
'/4"deep. Make cuts perpendicular to concrete surfaces and no deeper
than cover on reinforcement.
Remove deteriorated and delaminated concrete by breaking up and
dislodging from reinforcement.
Remove additional concrete if necessary to provide a depth of removal of
at least'/4" deep over entire removal area.
Where half or more of the perimeter of reinforcing bar is exposed, bond
befinreen reinforcing bar and surrounding concrete is broken, or
reinforcing bar is corroded, remove concrete from entire perimeter of bar
and to provide at least a 3/4 -inch clearance around bar.
Test areas where concrete has been removed by tapping with hammer,
and remove additional concrete until unsound and disbonded concrete is
completely removed.
Provide surFaces with a fractured profile of at least '/4' in depth that are
approximately perpendicular or parallel to original concrete surfaces. At
columns and walls, make top and bottom surFaces level unless otherwise
directed.
Thoroughly clean removal areas of loose concrete, dust, and debris.
3.3 APPLICATION
,
�
'
�
�
'
u
'
'
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations '
for application of products, including surface preparation.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor will coordinate with the Owner and Engineer to allow for them to
observe that the repairs are being conducted in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
3.5 MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATION
A. The product manufacturer(s)' representative will be required to attend the
following to observe and provide guidance on the installation of the repair
system:
1. One (1) Pre-installation Meeting for each repair system to be installed
2. One (1) Substantial Completion Walkthrough
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�J
'
'
'
�
L
,
'
Concrete Rehabilitation
03930-10 '
�
r
�
'
'
�
'
'
�
,
'
,
�__ 1
,
�
i
'
'
�
'
SECTION 05501 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART i - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1
2.
CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materiais, equipment, and incidentals
as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install structural steel
framing, including surface preparation and shop priming.
Structural steel framing is the Work defined in AISC 303, Section 2, and
as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work also
includes:
a. Providing openings in and attachments to structural steel framing
to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections, and
providing for structural steel framing items such as anchorage
devices, studs, and all items required for which provision is not
specifically included under other Sections.
B. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and
coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before structural
steel framing Work.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. AISC 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. AISC 325, Steel Construction Manual.
3. AISC 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.
4. ASME B46.1, Surtace Texture (Surtace Roughness, Waviness and Lay).
5. ASTM A6/A6M, Specification for General Requirements for Rolled
Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling.
6. ASTM A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
7. ASTM A53/A53M, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-1
16-0038-UT
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20
21.
22.
23.
24
ASTM A108, Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished.
ASTM A194/A194M, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for
Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both.
ASTM A325, Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat-Treated,
120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
ASTM A490, Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated,
150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
ASTM A500/A500M, Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and
Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
ASTM A563, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
ASTM A572/A572M, Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.
ASTM A992/A992M, Specification for Structural Steel Shapes.
ASTM E329, for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special
Inspection, or Testing Materials Used in Construction.
ASTM F436, Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.
ASTM F593, Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and
Studs.
ASTM F959, Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension
Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners.
ASTM F1852, Specification for "Twist ofP' Type Tension Control Structural
Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum
Tensile Strength.
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code-Steel.
CMAA 74, Specifications for Top Running & Under Running Single Girder
Electric Traveling Cranes Utilizing Under Running Trolley Hoist.
ISO 2859-1, Sampling Procedures for Inspection by Attributes -- Part 1:
Sampling Schemes Indexed by Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) for Lot-
by- Lot Inspection.
ISO 4017, Hexagon Head Screws- Product Grades A and B.
City of C/earwater �
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-2
16-0038-UT
25
RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM
A490 Bolts.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Steel Fabricator:
a. Structural steel fabricating plant shall possess current certificate
from AISC stating that the fabrication facility compties with
requirements for certification of "Standard for Steel Building
Structures (STD)" of AISC's quality certification program.
Fabricating plant shall maintain this certification throughout time of
fabrication for this Project.
2. Welders and Welding Processes:
a. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance
with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 5, Qualification.
b. Each welder employed on or to be employed for the Work shall
possess current AWS certification in the welding process with
which welder will be working. Certifications shall be current and
valid throughout the Work.
3. Testing Laboratory:
a. CONTRACTOR shall retain the services of an independent testing
laboratory to perform testing and determine compliance with the
Contract Documents of the materials specified in this Section.
b. Laboratory shall comply with ASTM E329.
c. Testing laboratory shall be experienced in the types of testing
required.
d. Welding inspection and welding inspector qualifications shall be in
accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M
e. Selection of testing laboratory is subject to ENGINEER's
acceptance
1.4 SUBMIITALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly
of inembers and details, schedules, procedures, and diagrams
showing proposed sequence of erection. Shop Drawings shall not
be reproductions of Contract Drawings.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nffuent Pump Station Repairs Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-3
16-0038-UT
Q
b. Include complete information for fabrication of the structure's
components, including but not limited to location, type, and size of
bolts, details of blocks, copes and cuts, connections, camber,
holes, member sizes and lengths, and other pertinent data.
Clearly indicate welds using standard AWS notations and
symbols, and clearly show or indicate size, length, and type of
each weld.
c. Setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing
anchorage devices.
2. Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for
products listed below.
1) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and washers.
2) Welding electrodes and rods.
3) Load indicator bolts and washers.
Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Certificates.
a. Fabricator's AISC quality certification.
b. Welders' certifications.
c. Certified reports of laboratory tests on previously-manufactured,
identical materials, and other data as necessary, to demonstrate
compliance with the Contract Documents for the materials listed
below:
1) Structural steel of each type, including certified mill reports
indicating chemical and physical properties.
2) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and
washers.
2. Supplier Instructions:
a. Installation data, handling, and storage instructions.
3. Source Quality Control Submittals:
a. When performed or when required by ENGINEER, submit results
of source quality control testing and inspections perFormed at the
mill or shop.
4. Field Quality Control Submittals:
a. Submit results of testing and inspection performed in the field by
testing laboratory employed by CONTRACTOR.
Ciry of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-4
16-0038-UT
'
�
'
,
,
,
'
'
,
�J
'
,
'
�
'
'
'
l__J
,
PART 2 —PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel Types:
1. W-Shapes and WT-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M.
f=
L
2.
3.
4.
5.
S-shapes and Channels: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50.
Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B
Angles, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B.
Anchorages, Fasteners, and Connectors:
1
3.
High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts,
heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows:
a. Unless otherwise indicated, fasteners shall be quenched and
tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers,
complying with ASTM A325, Type I, nuts complying with ASTM
A563C, A563DH or A194/A194M 2H, and hardened washers
complying with ASTM F436. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot-
dip galvanized where shown or indicated.
b. Use quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, nuts and washers,
complying with ASTM A490, only at locations where shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents. ASTM A490 bolts shall not
be galvanized.
c. Tension control bolts, when used, shall comply with ASTM F1852.
d. Compressible washer-type direct-tension indicators, when used,
shall comply with ASTM F959, Type 325.
Threaded Rod Adhesive Anchors: Provide threaded rods with heavy
hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows:
a. Exterior, Interior, Buried, or Submerged Locations, or When
Exposed to Wastewater: Provide stainless steel threaded rods
complete with washers complying with ASTM F593, AISI Type
316, Condition A, with ASTM A194/A194M, Grade 8S (nitronic 60)
stainless steel nuts.
Electrodes for Welding: E70XX complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M.
City of Clearvvater
Marsha/l Sfreet /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-5
16-0038-UT
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly:
1. General:
a.
b.
c.
B. Connections:
Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in the shop to
greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in
accordance with AISC 325, the Contract Documents, and as
shown on approved Shop Drawings. Provide camber in structural
members as shown or indicated.
Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and
minimize handling of materials for storage and minimize handling
at the Site.
Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including
welding of units, before commencing finishing operations. Provide
finish surfaces of inembers exposed-to-view in the completed
Work that are free of markings, burrs, and other defects.
1. Shop Connections:
a
�
c.
J
Unless otherwise shown or indicated, shop connections may be
welded or high-strength bolted connections. Welds shall be
3/16-inch minimum.
Where reaction values of beam are not shown or indicated,
connections shall be detailed to support one-half the total uniform
load capacity tabulated in tables contained in AISC 325 for
allowable loads on beams for the associated shape, span, and
steel specified for the beam.
Shop-welded connections shall be detailed to eliminate or
minimize eccentricity in the connection.
End-connection angles fastened to webs of beams and girders,
and the thickness of angles, size, and extent of fasteners or shop
welds, shall comply with tables of "Framed Beam Connections" in
AISC 325. Connections shall be two-sided, unless otherwise
shown or indicated.
2. Field Connections:
a. Field connections, unless otherwise shown or indicated, shall be
made with high-strength bolts, and shall be bearing-type
connections.
b. Use field welding only where shown or indicated or where
approved by ENGINEER.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-6
16-0038-UT
4
5.
C:
High-Strength Bolted Construction:
a. Provide high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with
RCSC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or
ASTM A490 Bolts.
b. High-strength bolt design shear values shall be as specified in
AISC 325 for bolts with threads in the shear plane for
bearing type connections, or as specified in this Section for
slip-critical connections.
c. Bolted connections shown or indicated as "SC" shall comply with
slip-critical connection requirements in RCSC Specifications for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts.
1) Faying surfaces shall have a Class A surface condition.
2) Slip-critical bolts shall be fully pre-tensioned to 70 percent
of minimum specified tensile strength of the bolt using one
of the following methods:
a) Tum of nut with match marking.
b) Twist-off tension control bolt (ASTM F1852).
c) Direct tension indicator washer (ASTM F959).
d. Minimum bolt diameter shall be 3/4-inch, unless otherwise shown
or indicated.
Welded Construction: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for procedures,
appearance, and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting
defective welding Work.
Where rigid connections are required by stresses shown or indicated,
provide web shear reinforcement and stiffeners in accordance with AISC
360.
Moment connections shown but not detailed on the Drawings shall be
detailed for bending moments and shears indicated on the Drawings.
C. Bracing:
1. Bracing for which stress is not shown or indicated shall have minimum
two-bolt connection, or shop-welded connection of equivalent strength.
2. Vertical bracing and knee braces connecting to columns shall be on the
centerline of columns, unless otherwise shown or indicated.
3.
4.
Knee braces shall be at 45-degree angle, unless othenrvise shown or
indicated.
Guests shall be not less than 3/8-inch thick, unless otherwise shown or
indicated.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-7
16-0038-UT
D. Columns: Column shafts shall have finished bearing surface roughness not
greater than 500 micro-inch in accordance with ASME B46.1, and ends shall be
square within tolerances for milled ends in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M at the
base and at splice lines.
E
F
Structural Tubing: Properly seal structural tubing to protect internal surfaces.
Holes and Appurtenances for Other Work:
1. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing,
and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown
on the approved Shop Drawings. If large block-outs are required and
approved, reinforce the webs to develop specified shears. Provide
threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as shown or
indicated to receive other work.
2
2.3 FINISHING
'
'
'
'
'
1
Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame- ,
cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bea�ing plates.
'
A. SurFace Preparation and Shop Priming: Structural steel shall be primed in the
shop. '
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection and Testing at the Mill or Shop:
�
IJ
1. Perform fabricator's standard procedures for source quality control, '
including inspections and testing.
2. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and
tests in mill and shop, conducted by a qualified inspection laboratory.
Such inspections and tests do not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility
for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which the Work will be performed and notify
ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of
the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are
corrected.
3.2 ERECTION
A. General: Comply with AISC 303, AISC 360, and the Contract Documents.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-8
16-0038-UT
'
'
'
L J!
C'
'
L1
'
'
,
'
C1
'
�
�
B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing
members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove
temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place
and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy-lines to achieve proper
alignment of structures as erection proceeds.
C. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as
necessary to effectively complete the Work. Provide sufficient planking to
comply with Laws and Regulations.
D. Anchorage Devices:
Provide anchorage devices, including anchor bolts, and other connectors
required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place
construction.
2. Provide templates and other devices necessary for presetting anchorage
devices to accurate locations.
E. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates:
1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials
' and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base
and bearing plates.
'
'
J
I
,
�
'
r
F
2. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural
members on steel wedges or other adjusting devices.
3. Tighten anchorage devices after supported members are positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush
with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
4. Place grout between bearing surfaces and bases or plates in accordance
with Section 03600, Grouting. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed
materials, and allow to cure in accordance with grout manufacturer's
instructions, and as otherwise required.
5. Do not use leveling plates or wood wedges.
Field Assembly:
' City of Clearwater
'
'
Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations shown and
indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming part of a
complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before
assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in
permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for
discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Structura/ Stee/ Framing
05501-9
G
�
J
2. Level and plumb individual members of structure within tolerances as
specified in AISC 325. For members requiring accurate alignment,
provide clip angles, lintels, and other members, with slotted holes for
horizontal adjustment at least 3/8-inch in each direction, or more when
required.
3. Splice members only where shown or indicated.
Erection Bolts: On exposed-to-view, welded construction, remove erection bolts,
fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
Connections:
'
,
'
'
ll
1. Comply with AISC 325 for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, ,
alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Do not enlarge inadequate holes in members by burning or by using drift
pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be
enlarged to admit bolts.
Gas Cutting: Do not use gas-cutting torches for correcting fabrication defects in
structural framing.
Touch-up Painting:
,
'
�
1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and ,
damaged or abraded areas of shop-applied paint. Apply paint to exposed
areas with the same paint or coating material applied in the shop.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests and Inspections: Materials and erection procedures shall be subject to
inspection and tests at the Site conducted by qualified inspection laboratory.
Such inspections and tests do not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for
providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1. CONTRACTOR will engage independent testing and inspection
laboratory to inspect high-strength bolted connections and welded
connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports.
a. Testing laboratory shall conduct and interpret tests, prepare and
state in each report of results whether test specimens comply
with the Contract Documents and specifically indicate all
deviations.
b. High-strength Bolted Connections: Each high-strength bolted
connection shall be visually inspected. Inspection shall identify
whether the Work complies with Sections 2, 3, and 8 of RCSC
City of C/earwater
Marshall Streef Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Structura/ Stee/ Framing
05501-10
c.
Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490
Bolts.
1) For connections that are slip-critical or subject to axial
tension, inspector shall verify proper pre-tensioning.
2) For connections that are not slip critical and not subject
to direct tension, bolt does not need to be inspected for
bolt tension, but shall be visually inspected to verify that
plies of connected elements are in snug contact.
3) Where bolts or connections are defective, correct defective
workmanship, remove and replace, or correct as required
defective bolts and connections. CONTRACTOR shall pay
for correcting defective Work and tests required to confirm
integrity of corrected Work.
Welds: Each weld shall be visually inspected.
1) Where visually defective welds are evident, further test
welds using non-destructive methods.
2) Correct, or remove and replace, defective Work as directed
by ENGINEER.
3) CONTRACTOR shall pay for corrections and subsequent
tests required to determine weld compliance with the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structura/ Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-11
16-0038-UT
'
'
'
i
'
SECTION 05521 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
' 1.2 SUMMARY
'
�
'
CII'
Ll
'
'
,
'
�
'
'
'�
A. Section Includes:
1. Aluminum pipe railings.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
�
0
C.
�❑
Delegated Design: Design railings, including comprehensive engineering
analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using perFormance requirements
and design criteria indicated.
General: Railings to withstand structural loads indicated.
Structural Performance: Railings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and
the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:
a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ ft. applied in any direction.
b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
2. Infill of Guards:
a. Concentrated load of 50 Ibf applied horizontally on an area of 1
sq. ft.
b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing
buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections,
and other detrimental effects.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F(67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F(100
deg C), material surfaces.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Pipe and Tube Railings
05521-1
E. Control of Corrosion: Prevent gaivanic action and other forms of corrosion by
insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible
materials.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Manufacturer's product lines of inechanically connected railings.
2. Railing brackets.
3. Grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to
other work. ,
C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer.
Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel products certifying
that products furnished comply with requirements.
Welding certificates.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests perFormed
by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
�
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single
manufacturer.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS
D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction
contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
1.8 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them.
Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to
ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-2
00992-0231
,
�
,
,
�
'
'
�
,
�
u
,
�
,
'
,
ll
'
,
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete
inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do
not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural
perFormance requirements.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
' 2.2
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1. Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings:
a. Blum, Julius & Co., Inc.
b. Hollaender Manufacturing Company.
c. Superior Aluminum Products, Inc.
d. Tuttle Railing Systems; Div. of Tuttle Aluminum & Bronze, Inc.
METALS, GENERAL
A.
�
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam
marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.
Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material
and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 ALUMINUM
A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum
producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than
the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for
each aluminum form required.
�
C.
E�ruded Bars and Tubing: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), Alloy 6063-T5/T52.
Extruded Structural Pipe and Round Tubing: ASTM B 429/B 429M, Alloy 6063-
T6.
1. Provide Standard Weight (Schedule 40) pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Drawn Seamless Tubing: ASTM B 210 (ASTM B 210M), Alloy 6063-T832.
E. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 6061-T6.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-3
00992-0231
F
�
Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B 247 (ASTM B 247M), Alloy 6061-T6.
Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Ailoy A356.0-T6.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide the following:
0
C.
1. Aluminum Railings: Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners.
Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type,
grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings
to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads.
Fasteners for Interconnecting Raiting Components:
�I
�
'
'
'
,
1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and '
for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Post-Installed Anchors: Chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure,
a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and
four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing
according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
'
1
1. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is fndicated:
Alloy Group 1(A1) stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), '
and nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M).
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A
0
�
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for
metal alloy welded.
1. For aluminum railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by
producer of inetal to be welded and as required for color match, strength,
and compatibility in fabricated items.
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design,
dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not
less than that required to support structural loads.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-4
00992-0231
B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field
splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated
installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease
edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
D
E
F.
G
Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and
similar items.
Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise
indicated.
H. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect
members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using
manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fittings.
J
K.
L.
M
Form changes in direction as follows:
1. As detailed.
Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration
required; maintain cross section of inember throughout entire bend without
buckling, finristing, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surFaces of
components.
Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise
indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance befinreen end of rail and wall is
1 /4 inch or less.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work
unless otherwise indicated.
1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions,
provide crush-resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through
wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation
and crushing of substrate.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-5
00992-0231
N. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete
or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads
imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.
O. For removable railing posts, fabricate slip-fit sockets from stainless-steel tube or
pipe whose ID is sized for a close fit with posts; limit movement of post without
lateral load, measured at top, to not more than one-fortieth of post height.
Provide socket covers designed and fabricated to resist being dislodged.
1. Provide chain with eye, snap hook, and staple across gaps formed by
removable railing sections at locations indicated. Fabricate from same
metal as railings.
P. Toe Boards: Provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of
open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions per OSHA standards.
2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL
A
B
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent
pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved
Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations
in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and
texture, of railings.
2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A
B
Mechanical Finish: AA-M12 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated).
Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive
anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly
marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already
done.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-6
00992-0231
�
'
'
�
'
C
�
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
'
'
�
'
'
, 3.3
'
'
�
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
�
:�
Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines
and levels and free of rack.
2.
3.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have
been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field
connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.
Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations
from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not
exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet.
C. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surtaces of atuminum that will be in
contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy
coat of bituminous paint.
D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place
construction.
RAILING CONNECTIONS
A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently
connecting railing components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws
using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings.
B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication"
Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field.
C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther
apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint
internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal
sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post.
ANCHORING POSTS
A. Anchor posts to concrete and metal surfaces with base plates as required by
conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows:
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-7
00992-0231
3.5
3.6
3.7
1. For aluminum pipe railings, weld posts to plate and bolt to supporting
surfaces. Bolt and plate assembly designed and engineered for this
purpose.
ATTACHING RAILINGS
A. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used.
Provide brackets with 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail and
finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing
required to support structural loads.
1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to
threaded hanger bolt or predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage.
2. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to
support structural loads.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean aluminum by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing
with clean water.
PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with
temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove
protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Pipe and Tube Railings
16-0038-UT 05521-8
00992-0231
LJ
'
SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND SPECIAL COATINGS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to
complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these
specifications.
B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as
recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the CITY'S Representative.
The CONTRACTOR shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent
accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings
described.
C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into
contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health
Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory
agencies having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere
without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting
materials, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer
of the materials selected for the application proposed.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products which may be incorporated in the work are limited to the following:
1. Tnemec Company, Inc. - Basis of Design
2. Rust-Oleum Corporation
3. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company
4. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation
5. Carboline Company
6. Mobil Chemical Company
SUBMITTALS
A. Data Sheets and Color Charts:
1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with
a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used.
2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for selection by
the CITY. Before work is commenced, the CONTRACTOR shall p�epare samples as
required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the CITY.
3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-1
00992-0231
1.4
1.5
a. On 12-inch x 12-inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material,
with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surFaces, provide two
4-inch x 8-inch samples for stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide
two 4-inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining
filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building
components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the
CITY'S Representative.
DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be
kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris
shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. NOTE:
Materials mav be flammable, and the area should be marked accordinqlv. Keeq coatincts
out of the weather.
6. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the CITY
with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint
system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable
paint system as indicated in these specifications.
JOB CONDITIONS
A.
B
Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new
construction.
2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are
designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the CITY'S Representative
from standard colors available for the coatings required.
3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding),
and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment
installed under mechanical and electrical work.
4. Painting shall be done at such times as the CONTRACTOR and CITY'S
Representative may agree upon in order that dust-free and neat work is obtained.
Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY'S Representative.
5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop
or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment
to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the
project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in
place as specified.
Materials and Application:
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-Z
00992-0231
J
C_J
'
'
,
1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable
from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended
by the prime manufacturer. All solvents for thinning shall be obtained from the
coating manufacturer. Only use solvents as listed on the manufacturer's product
literature.
2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that
the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and
inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in
inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation.
3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the
manufacturer before the next coat is applied.
4. Proceeding to apply the coatings indicates that the coating contractor has accepted
the condition of the existing coating. If questions arise, they should be brought to the
attention of the Project Manager and Engineer on-site. Do not proceed until resolved.
C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items:
' 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have
surfaces prepared, primed and finish-coated in accordance with the standard practice
of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S
Representative.
2. Shop-fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces
prepared and shop-primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S
Representative. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed
per Paint System B-4.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS
A.
B.
The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be
decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's
recommendations.
There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified.
C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular
primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat, intermediate coat, finish coat, and
all solvents and thinners shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew
resistant.
E
Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the
following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.02.6.)
may be used as long as they are of the same quality and meet the performance criteria.
Substitution requests must be considered provided they are submitted ten (10) days prior
to bid opening..
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-3
00992-0231
2.2 GROUP A- CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER)
A. System A-1: For use on above grade interior walls and ceilings and architectural surfaces
not subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing, or fumes. Typical areas would include
offices, control rooms, electrical rooms, etc.
Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces.
Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before
proceeding.
1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non-Immersion):
a.
b.
c.
Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 54 Masonry Filler at 80 - 100 sq.ft. per
gallon.
Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils
dft.
Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non-Immersion):
a
c.
Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately
75 -100 sq.ft. per gallon.
Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils
dft.
Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
B. System A-2: For use on above grade - interior walls, ceilings, and non-traffic slabs, and
subject to high moisture, physical abuse, mild chemical fumes, splashing and spillage of
water or wastewater byproducts, etc. For immersion exposures, see Section J. Typical
areas would include filter press building walls, pump room walls, etc.
Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces.
Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before
proceeding. Pressure washing may assist in removing loose dirt and contamination.
1. Interior Concrete SurFaces Excluding CMU (Non-Immersion):
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 125 - 150 sq.ft.
per gallon.
b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 -
6.0 mils dft.
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 dft.
2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non-Immersion):
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately
75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon.
b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 -
6.0 mils dft.
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 dft.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-4
00992-0231
CJ
,
,
,
3. interior CMU or Porous Block For Locker Rooms, Bathrooms:
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry, level protrusions, and remove mortar splatter
from all surfaces. Allow mortar to cure 14 days before proceeding with coating.
a. Prime/Surfacer: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at
75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon.
b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat at
4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
C. System A-3: For use on exterior concrete walls above grade to a point 6" below finish
grade. Applicable to all buildings.
SurFace Preparation: Fill all voids with grout; remove loose mortar, mortar splatter,
protrusions, etc. Allow all concrete or grout to cure a minimum 28 days before
proceeding. Remove all dirt or contamination before proceeding.
1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or cast-in-place.
' a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils
dft.
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
J
'
'
'
,
'
�J
'
,
'
�
�]
2. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at a spreading rate
of between 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon.
b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils
dft.
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone lightweight or porous
concrete.
Or, if an elastomer is preferred, use the following:
3. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU or PIP - Elastomeric
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
System A-4: For use on exterior concrete walls below a point six inches below finish
grade.
Surface Preparation: Remove all loose dirt and contamination. Clean and dry before
proceeding.
1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or Cast-in-Place
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft.
b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-5
00992-0231
2.3 GROUP B- STRUCTURAL STEEL; STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN
CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER)
A. System B-1: For all new steel or site fabricated steel: Exterior or interior and moderate
immersion exposure.
1. SurFace Preparation: Non-immersion - For exposed steel, excluding immersion
service, abrasive blast per SSPC SP6 to a Commercial Grade finish to obtain a 1.5
mil blast profile. For immersion exposure - abrasive blast per SSPC SP10 to a Near
White finish to obtain a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile.
2. Shop or field apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. As an
option, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 90G-1k97 Tneme-Zinc at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft.
B. System B-2: For use on exterior exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; interior and
exterior - non immersion exposure. Typical items include steel piping, exterior of steel
tanks, structural support steel, etc. This system can be exposed to a corrosive
atmosphere; not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired.
1. SurFace Preparation: Remove all grease and dirt per SSPC SP1 •before proceeding.
Commercial blast clean per SSPC SP-6 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile.
2. Shop Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft.
3. Prime Coat: For steel that has been shop primed, clean damaged areas by Power
Tool Cleaning SSPC SP3 and spot prime using Tnemec Series 27WB at 3.0 -
5.0 mils dft before applying the "Primer". For steel that has not been shop primed,
apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft.
4. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
5. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
C. System B-3: For use on bituminous coated cast iron or steel pipe. (In order to avoid
having to overcoat shop applied bituminous primer, we recommend ordering all above
ground piping be purchased primed with Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus.)
1. Surface Preparation for bituminous pipe: Wash to remove all grease and dirt before
coating. Sweep blast per SSPC SP7 or Power Tool Clean per SSPC SP-3.
2. Prime: Spot prime all bare and damaged areas with one coat of Tnemec Series 135
Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat overall of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils
dft.
4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
D. System B-4: For use on exterior steel tanks, piping and equipment, submerged in
moderate corrosive service, excluding chains, sprockets and similar items. This system
shall be used for all materials submerged in wastewater. For use in splash and spillage
and where a color stable topcoat is required, use System B-2.
1. Surface Preparation: For a shop application, see System B-1. For field applications,
abrasive blast all steel to a Near White finish per SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum
1.5 mil blast profile.
2. Prime: All steel shall be primed with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 -
3.5 mils dft, whether shop or field applied.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-6
00992-0231
'
,
'
'
��
J
'
'
,
'
CJ
3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils
dft.
4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft.
Use alternating colors between coats.
E. System B-5: For all submerged metals in severe wastewater service. Typical areas would
include headworks, grit chambers, and other areas of severe HZS exposures. Severe
abrasion exposure.
1. Surface Preparation: Field abrasive blast to a White Metal finish per SSPC-SP5 to
achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. Prime the same day as sandblasting and
before any rust bloom forms on the surFace of the steel.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft.
Alternating colors should be used.
F. System B-6: For use on hollow metal (steel) doors and frames, steel embedments, and
steel lintels: Pre-primed with alkyd primer, shop or unknown primer, or bare metal.
Interior or exterior exposure.
1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1.
Abrade per SSPC-SP3 before proceeding.
2. Prime (touch-up only): Prime bare or damaged areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series
27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27W6 Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
2.4 GROUP C- GALVANIZED AND NON-FERROUS METALS
A. System C-1: For galvanized steel in interior (buildings) or exterior substrates in corrosive
areas, non-submerged surfaces, non-potable water applications, including ducfinrork.
1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1.
Abrade all e�erior surFaces to be coated by Brush-Off blasting per SSP SP7 to
achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. Interior galvanized surfaces: SSPC-SP1
2. Prime: Spot prime all bare or rusted areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB
Typoxy at 2.0 - 4.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 2.5-3.5 mils dft.
B. System C-2: For use on (in interior dry) all aluminum, including ductwork.
1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 and abrade the surface to provide
' a mechanical bond.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft.
�J
2.5
'
'
'
'
C. System C-3: For use in exterior non-corrosive areas, galvanized steel and aluminum
materials, including ductwork. Refer to System C-1 or C-2.
GROUP D- EXPOSED HOT METAL SURFACES
A. System D-1: For use on un-insulated surfaces at temperatures between 250° and 1000°.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-7
00992-0231
1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 before proceeding. Abrasive
blast all ferrous metal to be coated to an SSPC SP10 Near White Finish with a 1.5 mil
blast profile.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 245 High Heat primer at 1.5 - 2.0 mils
dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 230 High Heat coating at 1.5 - 2.0 mils
dft. For an aluminum finish, use Dampney Thermalox 280 at the same thickness.
2.6 GROUP E - WOOD
A. System E-1: For use on interior wood where a natural or stained finish is required.
1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, wipe off any excess accumulations of sap, pitch,
etc. by SSPC SP1. Fill holes, checks, scratches, etc. with appropriate tinted wood
filler.
2. Natural Finish:
a. Prime: None required.
b. Finish: Apply a pure tung oil with a rag and work into wood grain. Allow to dry over
night and repeat.
3. Stained Finish:
a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of penetrating wood stain of the color chosen.
b. Finish: Apply 2 coats of a water-based clear polyurethane to provide a smooth
and UV resistant finish.
B. System E-2: For use on interior surfaces not exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions.
1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl
putty after prime).
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5
mils dft.
3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
C. System E-3: For use on interior surfaces exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions,
exterior wood, and exterior wood surfaces.
1. Surface Preparation: Remove excess sap or pitch before proceeding. Sand smooth.
Prime first before sealing cracks with an acceptable filler.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5
mils dft. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0
mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
E.
System E-4: For use on interior wood paneling and trim. Refer to System E-2.
System E-5: For use on exterior wood surFaces where a natural finish is desired.
1. Apply two coats of clear sealant, Flood Co. - CWF, or equal, applied in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-8
00992-0231
J
' 2.7 GROUP F — INSULATION
A.
B
System F-1: For use on interior building insulation board or foamed material - non-fire
protected.
1. Surface Preparation: None
2. Prime: None
System F-2: For use on rigid pipe insulation.
1. Surface Preparation: None
GROUP G— GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER (INTERIOR)
A. System G-1: For use on interior walls and ceilings of gypsum board or plaster.
1. Surface Preparation: Gypsum wall board — Tape joints, spackle nail head, sand
smooth, and wipe with a damp cloth to remove dust. Plaster — Nibs shall be scraped
and sanded smooth, cracks spackled smooth, sanded and sealed.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 51 PVA Sealer at 1.0 - 2.0 mils dft.
3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 -
3.0 mils dft per coat.
GROUP H— PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
A. System H-1: For use on exterior stucco where an elastomeric coating is required.
Smooth or texture is available.
1. Surface Preparation: Stucco shall have nibs scraped and sanded smooth. Cracks
shall be spackled, smooth sanded, and sealed.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC at 300 - 350 sq.ft. per
gallon.
3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 -
8.0 mils dft per coat. A minimum of 10 mils dft is required. For a textured finish, use
Tnemec Series 157 Enviro-Crete at 6.0-9.0 mils DFT per coat, with a minimum of
14.0 mils total DFT.
2.10 GROUP J— WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER
The interior tank paint system shall meet USEPA, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and
Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) health standards for use in potable water
service. A letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for the system
selected prior to paint application.
A. System J-1: For poured or cast-in-place concrete in immersion service of potable water
requiring an NSF 61 approved lining. All concrete surfaces must be allowed to cure for a
minimum of 28 days at 75°F.
1. Surface Preparation: Remove all dirt and debris before proceeding. Abrasive blast
the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile ICRI CSP 5
Choose the preference for a liner. Both materials are NSF 61 tested and listed.
2. Immersion Service: Epoxy
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-9
00992-0231
a.
Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series
218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft.
Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft.
3. Immersion Service: Elastomeric flexible liner
a. Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series
218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft.
b. Prime: Apply 1 Coat of Tnemec Series 20HS at 6.0-8.0 mils DFT
c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 264 Elasto-Shield at 50 - 60 mils dft.
B. System J-2: For steel tanks in immersion service for potable water when the lining is
required to meet NSF 61 standards.
1. SurFace Preparation: Abrasive blast all surfaces to a minimum Near White Finish in
accordance with SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20HS Pota-Pox Plus at 3.0 - 5.0 mis dft.
3. Intermediate: Stripe by brush all welds, edges, corners, etc. with 1 coat of Tnemec
Series 20HS Pota-Pox @ 3.0-5.0 mils DFT.
4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft.
2.11 GROUP K- METAL EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE (EXTERIOR OF NEW STEEL
TANKS); EXPOSED INTERIOR OF OPEN TOP STEEL TANKS; STRUCTURAL STEEL,
EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
�
�
,
'
,
A. System K-1: For use on the exterior of new steel tanks and support structures; steel '
catwalks, and other exposed structural steel, equipment, and piping subject to a corrosive
atmosphere. Refer to System B-2.
2.12 GROUP L- CONCRETE TANKS - IMMERSION SERVICE
A. System L-1: For use on exterior of concrete tank walls below a point 6 inches below
finish grade. Refer to System A-4.
B. System L-2: For use on the interior of tanks that are enclosed (anaerobic conditions).
Exposed concrete or masonry surFaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical
areas would include digesters, lift stations, manholes, headworks, grit chambers and
areas of high HZS environments.
2
4
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing
for moisture with a"plastic firm tape-down tesY' (reference ASTM D 4263). Should
moisture be detected, perForm "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor
Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference
ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour
period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface
profile equal to ICRI CSP 5.
SurFacer: SurFace all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a
minimum 11/16" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 may be used as needed to fill
pits and voids. .
Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S at a minimum
125 mils dft.
Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15 - 20 mils dft.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-10
00992-0231
'
'
�
,
,
'
'
'
�
,
CJ
'
L� J
'
'
'
'
'
C.
System L-3: For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks. Exposed concrete or
masonry surFaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include
clarifiers, digesters, etc.
2.
4
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing
for moisture with a"plastic firm tape-down tesY' (reference ASTM D 4263). Should
moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor
Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference
ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour
period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface
profile ICRI CSP 5.
Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a
minimum 1/16"" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 shall be used as needed to fill
pits and voids.
Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS-1211 Hi-Built Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0
mils dft.
Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at
5.0 - 7.0 mils dft. Alternating colors shall be used.
System L-4: For use on the exterior of concrete tanks.
1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 14 days. Remove all loose dirt,
debris and contamination. Clean and dry.
2. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 -
8.0 mils dft. A minimum of 10 mils dft shall be applied.
2.13 GROUP M- SPECIAL COATINGS
A. System M-1: For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals; i.e., such as
aluminum and concrete connections.
, 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry.
2. Prime: None
3. Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol at 8.0 - 12.0 mils per
coat.
'
'
C.
u
�
System M-2: For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces.
1. Prime: None.
2. Finish: Vinyl phenolic sealing coat for the prevention of discoloring of the finish coat.
Apply at a rate of at least 2.0 mils dry film thickness.
System M-3: For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish
Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown.
1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing
' for moisture with a"plastic firm tape-down test° (reference ASTM D 4263). Should
moisture be detected, perForm "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor
Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference
ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour
, period. Sweep abrasive blast or mechanical abrade concrete surFaces to remove
laitance, fines, form release oils, curing compounds, and provide a surface profile
'
'
�
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-11
00992-0231
2.14
L�7
E.
equal to ICRI CSP 3. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with either
Tnemec Series 215 or Tnemec Series 201 mixed with fumed silica.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro-Pox clear at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 295 CRU at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT
System M-4: For coating of PVC piping, interior or exterior.
1. SurFace Preparation: Degrease and clean per SSPC-SP-1 first, then scarify surface.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 5.0 mils dft.
System M-5: For coating of FRP piping, interior or exterior.
1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-1 first, then abrade the surface to be coated.
Remove any dust, dirt or contamination before proceeding. Clean and dry.
2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft.
3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft.
GROUP N- COATINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENTS
This section covers the specification for lining ductile iron pipe for wastewater environments, both
interior and exterior of pipe. The system shall also be specified for all fittings and flanges.
A.
B.
C.
System N-1: Exterior coating system for above ground exposed DIP where a color is
required. Non-immersion service. Pipe should be ordered as shop primed with Tnemec
Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT.
1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for
Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning.
2. Shop Primed: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus at 4.0 - 6.0 mils
dft. The following is for pipe in the field:
a. Power tool clean all bare and damaged areas by SSPC SP3.
b. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27W6 Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
c. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27W6 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft.
d. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft.
System N-2: For the exterior of ductile iron pipe in immersion service or exposed to a
severe HZS environment.
1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for
Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning to obtain a 3 mil blast profile.
2. Prime: (shop): Tnemec Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT
3. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Shield Glaze at 35.0 - 40.0 mils dft.
System N-3: Lining ductile iron pipe for severe wastewater environments. Order pipe
lined from the factory. This is a SHOP applied system.
1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast and grind pipe to SSPC SP5 White Metal Finish
with a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile.
2. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 431 Perma-Shield PL at a nominal 40 mil thickness.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-12
00992-0231
'
' 2.15 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH
,
'
�J
'
,
�
'
'
'
�:
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide
continuity of te�ure and color over previously painted surface.
2.16 THINNING
A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the
manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval
of the CITY'S Representative.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All painting shall be done in strict accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY/ENGINEER.
B. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to mixing, applying, thinning and
curing, as well as the health and safety of the workers, shall be followed.
C. Dry film thickness for masonry is approximate for application to a smooth surface.
D. Sequence painting to ensure work area is dust free.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall
be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage.
B. Apply finro coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection.
3.3 FIELD PREPARATION
A
�
C
❑�
All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of
obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared
surfaces are approved by the CITY'S Representative.
Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in
these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected
for use and as approved by the CITY'S Representative.
Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating
manufacturers instructions for each substrate condition.
Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and
similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection.
Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of
surFaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls
unless moisture content of surFaces are below 12 percent.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-13
00992-0231
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
MIXING
A. Exercise care to keep fire hazards to a minimum. Provide an approved hand fire
extinguisher near each paint storage and mixing area. No oily waste, rags, or painting
equipment shall be left scattered throughout the premises.
B. Mix coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Colors shall be thoroughly
mixed with no streaks or separation of color. Do not add thinners, driers or other additives
except as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Do not incorporate in the coating
any thinners or solvents used for cleaning brushes or equipment.
'
'
lJ
'
'
C. Protect all adjacent areas against damage and leave storage and mixing areas clean at
the completion of painting. '
PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES
A. Provide necessary protection for completed work and all adjoining surfaces. Provide
temporary closures as required to prevent circulation of dust from adjacent areas where
other work is in progress. Where it is necessary to remove existing protection of work of
others, such protection shall be fully replaced.
B. Locate and protect all existing utilities, structures, or appurtenances.
APPLICATION
I�
�
Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's
directions.
Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surFaces to which applied.
C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply
each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or
holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the
coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In
other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover
a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush.
Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or
coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture;
however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On
porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and
decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of
paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have
been approved by the CITY'S Representative.
D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions°. Where conditions are
other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined
spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be
applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry.
VENTILATION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-14
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
�
'
'
A. Provide adequate ventilation for safe application and for proper drying of coatings on
interior surfaces. Ensure solvent vapors are released during and after application of
coatings. Remove vapors by exhausting air from the lowest portions of tanks or enclosed
spaces and keep tops open and clear. During coating application in enclosed areas, the
capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least 300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per
hour. Provide continuous forced ventilation at a rate of at least one complete air change
per 4 hours for at least 7 days after coating application is completed.
CLEAN UP
A. At completion of the painting work, clean off all paint spots and other paint materials from
surFaces where they are not intended to be. Remove from the premises all rubbish and
accumulated material and leave the work in clean orderly condition, acceptable to the
ENGINEER and CITY. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be
placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion
of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site and/or
destroyed in an approved and legal manner.
DAMAGED COATINGS
A.
Ll
Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and repaired in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as approved by the
ENGINEER. CONTACTOR shall perform spark test on all the repaired arera.
All finish coats, including touch-up and damage-repair coats, shall be applied in a manner
which will present a uniform texture and color-match appearance.
3.10 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION
A. If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient dry film thickness, the surface shall
be cleaned and top coated with the specified material to obtain the specified color and
coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coatings'
manufacturer and the ENGINEER.
B.
C�]
C
All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power sanded,
feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance
with the specifications.
Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of
these conditions shall be cause for rejection.
Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR per written
recommendations of the coating manufacturer.
E. Any repairs made on steel surFaces for immersion service shall be holiday detected in
accordance with ASTM G 62 low voltage holiday detection. Areas found to have holidays
shall be marked and repaired in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions.
The ENGINEER shall be notified of time of testing so that he might be present to witness
testing.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Stafion Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-15
00992-0231
3.11 GUARANTEE AND ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION
A. All work shall be warranted for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the
project.
B. The CITY will notify the CONTRACTOR at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date and
shall establish a date for the inspection. Any defects in the coating system shall be
repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. Should a failure occur
to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior, the entire surface shall be
cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications.
END OF SECTION
'
,
'
,
City of C/earwater ,
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Painting and Coatings
16-0038-UT 09900-16
00992-0231 ,
'
��
�
�
SECTION 11201 - STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE OF WORK
This section covers stainless steel sfide gates with 4 sides sealing for submerged
' applications and their associated accessories for operation. The contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and field test the gates
shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein.
, 1.2. REFERENCES
C�'�
�
'
'
,
A.
Q
Definitions:
1. Design Head: The maximum differential head that will be applied on the gate
under worst case conditions, measured from the gate invert.
2. Seating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate, in the direction that
pushes the gate against the wall it is installed on.
3. Unseating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate in the direction pulling
the gate away from the wall it is installed on.
4. Operating Head: The highest differential head that is to be applied on the
gate when it needs to be operated, measured from the gate invert.
Reference Standards
ANSI/AWWA C561 — Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates.
� ANSI/A1NWA C542 — Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates.
ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium
Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for
� General Applications.
ASTM A276 — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
ASTM A582/A582M - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel
Bars.
� ASTM A790/790M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic /
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
ASTM 6179 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and Molten
' Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes.
ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Atloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
' ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
�
'
,
City of Clearwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-1
00992-0231
ASTM D4020 - Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight
Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials.
ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws,
and Studs.
1.3. SUBMITTALS
A. Drawings: The slide gates manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
purchaser, general arrangement drawings of the equipment supplied under this
section. Drawings must indicate all dimensions that will allow the contractor to
ensure coordination with dimensions of the installation environment. Drawings
will also show sufficient details to determine compliance with the requirements,
including the stainless steel plate thickness used for all components. Drawings
shall also include certification that the slide gates supplied meet all requirements
of AVW1/A C561-14.
B. Design Calculations The gate manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
purchaser, design calculations demonstrating compliance with the design
requirements of these specifications and those of AVWVA C561-14. In particular,
calculations shall be submitted for the following gate components:
- Slide
- Seat contact pressure
- Frame
- Yoke
- Stem, stem connection
- Lifting nut
- Manual actuator operating force
- Electric actuator load
- Anchors
C. Test Reports The gate manufacturer shall submit upon request, for information,
the leakage and operation test reports specific to the actual gates that are being
supplied demonstrating their compliance with the maximum leakage rate and
maximum operating force allowed.
D. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual The gate manufacturer shall
provide a manual containing the instructions for installation, operation and
maintenance of the slide gates. The manual shall also contain the detailed
information on the terms of the 5 year warranty on the products.
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: The gates supplied under this section shall be standard products
of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the design and manufacturing of water
control gates. The specifications are based on FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20
Slide Gates manufactured by ISE Metal Inc.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-2
00992-0231
'
'
, -,
J
'
B. Standards and Certifications: The gates supplied under this section shall
conform to all requirements of ANSI/AVWVA C561-14. The slide gate
manufacturer must maintain an ISO-9001 certification and also a company
certification for its welding operations from the CWB or AWS.
1.5. DELIVERY
The manufacturer shall use due and customary care in preparing the gates and
' accessories for shipment. Self contained frame gates shall be shipped assembled with
stem and manual operator. When shipping several gates together, every item shipped
separately must be clearly marked to the gate it belongs to.
' 1.6. WARRANTY
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5) year
' warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and workmanship.
The warranty period will start from the date of delivery of the equipment to the
installation site.
, PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�
,
C
��I
�
2.1. EQUIPMENT
A.
�
C
Manufacturers: Gates supplied shall be FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20 Slide
Gates, as manufactured by ISE Metal Inc. or approved equal.
Description: The gates shall be upwards opening of the 4 sides sealing type
designed for submergence in water or wastewater applications. They shall have
flow control capability by al�owing only flow through the open area in partial
opening situations. As specified in the gate schedule, each gate shall be either
open-frame or self-contained-frame design and either rising or non-rising stem
configuration.
PerFormance and Design
1. Slide: The slide consisting of a flat plate with welded reinforcing ribs shall
� be designed to withstand the design head specified in the gate schedule
with a maximum deflection of 1/720 of the gate opening width or 1/16 in
(1.6mm) whichever is less and with stresses in the slide limited to 25% of
' the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the
yield strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all
members of the slide shall be'/ in (6mm).
�
I�
i
�
J
2. Frame: The gate frame shall be made of formed plates or structural
members creating the clear opening of the specified dimensions in a rigid
one-piece unit. The mounting and bolting flange of the frame to the wall
shall be separate and independent from the seating and sealing plane of
the slide. The bottom of the frame will be of the flush invert type.
Stresses in the frame under design head shall not exceed 25% of the
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-3
00992-0231
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all members
of the frame shall be'/4 in (6mm).
3. Yoke: specified as self-contained design shall include a yoke consisting
of a beam made of formed plates or structural members mounted on top
of the frame to permit mounting of the actuator with proper stem
alignment by the use of slotted holes in both direction. The yoke shall be
sized to limit deflection under the design load to a maximum of 1/360 of
the gate opening width or'/4 in (6mm) whichever is less. The yoke design
load must be considered as the vertical thrust generated by a 80 Ibs (356
N) force on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator) or by the
actuator in locked rotor condition (for an electric actuator). Per AWWA
C561-14, the stresses in the yoke generated by the design load shall not
exceed (for a manual actuator) 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less, or
(for an electric actuator) 2/3 of the yield strength.
4. Guiding and Seating: The slide shall seat and travel on guides made of
ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) designed to perform
for the life of the slide gate without replacement. The slide shall be kept
in positive contact with the guides on both its upstream and downstream
faces, all along its travel in the gate clear opening by an elastomeric cord.
Above the gate clear opening, the guides shall extend high enough to
ensure that the slide is supported on a minimum of 2/3 of its height when
fully opened. The low friction guides shall be secured to the frame by
bolted retainers allowing factory adjustment of the contact pressure with
the slide. The surFace of contact on the side seats shall be large enough
to limit the stress under the design head to 600 psi (4137 KPa) without
considering the top and bottom seats as load bearing.
5. Sealing: The guides combined with the elastomeric cord will provide
sealing on both sides of the opening. Sealing at the top section of the
gate will also be achieved with a UHMWPE seat maintained in contact by
an elastomeric cord. At the gate invert, the slide shall close on a flush
invert rubber seat/seal secured in the bottom member of the gate frame.
Under the design seating or unseating head specified in the gate
schedule, the slide gates shall restrict leakage to a maximum of 0.04
gpm/ft (0.5 I/min/m) of clear opening perimeter. Manufacturer shall be
able to demonstrate that the sealing system will retain its performance
even after 25,000 operating cycles.
6. Stem Connection: In the case of gates with rising stems, the stem or its
extension will be connected to the slide by means of a pinned connection.
For gates with non-rising stems, the connection to the slide shall be by
means of a threaded thrust nut matching the stem threads. Stem
connection design shall limit the stress under the design load to a
maximum of 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-4
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
��
'
,
�
��
,
,
'
'
�
'
'
L_J
�
�
�
and 50°/a of the yield strength. The stem connection design load shall be
the thrust and torque developed when a 801bs (356N) efforts is applied
the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator in stalled condition (for electric
motors).
7. Stem: The stem configuration shall be rising or non-rising according to
the type specified in the schedule. The threads shall be machine rolled
ACME left hand threads with double entry to minimize the number of
turns required for operation and provide gate opening by
counterclockwise rotation of the manual actuator. Surface finish of the
machined threads will be 32 micro inch (0.813 Nm) or better. For
manually operated gates with rising stem, the stem shall be equipped with
an adjustable stop collar to prevent over-closing the gate and potentially
damaging components.
The stem shall be sized so that its critical buckling load (as determined by
the Euler column formula) is higher than the design compression load,
defined as the vertical force developed by a 801bs (356N) effort applied
on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator in stalled condition (for electric
motors).
8. Couplings: The required stem extensions shall be joined together or to
the threaded stem by means of a bolted connection, passing through both
pipe and stem.
9. Stem guides: Guides will be provided as required to meet the stem
buckling design criteria and positioned per the manufacturer's
recommendations to ensure that the length to radius of gyration ratio (I/r)
does not exceed 200. The guides shall incorporate a UHMWPE bushing
supported by a stainless steel wall bracket adjustable in both horizontal
directions.
Manual Actuators
Operation: Manual actuator of the proper type and mounting location, as
listed in the gate schedule or shown on the drawings, shall be provided by
the gate manufacturer. The effort required on the manual device to
operate the gates shall not exceed 40 Ibs (178 N), while to start the gate
in motion from the fully closed position with the design pressure, the
required effort shall not exceed 60 Ibs (267 N). Indication of the opening
direction of rotation shall be clearly marked in a permanent manner on the
handwheel or crank.
2. Handwheels: The handwheel shall be removable and have a minimum
diameter of 16" (406mm). It shall drive the lift nut directly or via the
C�ty of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-5
00992-OZ31
extension pipe of self-contained gates or it shall engage the input shaft of
the gearbox, when specified.
3. Crank Operated Gearboxes: The gearbox, comprising a lift nut and thrust
bearing assembly (as described below), shall be fully enclosed in a
casted housing with seals around the lift nut and around the input pinion
shaft. The input pinion shaft shall be supported on ball or tapered roller
bearings. The removable crank, equipped with a revolving grip shall
engage on the input shaft of the gearbox and have a minimum radius of
12" (305mm).
4. Square Nut Actuator: The square nut shall be 2" x 2" (50mm x 50mm)
designed for mounting in the floor box supplied by the contractor and
designed to accommodate a standard T-wrench. T-Wrench shall be
supplied by the gate manufacturer in the quantity required by the gate
schedule.
5. Actuator Lift Nut and Thrust Bearings: All gates shall include a thrust
bearing assembly comprising a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the
operating stem. This assembly must be enclosed in a machined stainless
steel housing or be an integral part of the gearbox when supplied.
Needle roller thrust bearings shall be provided above and below the lift
nut to support the operating efforts in closing and opening the gate. The
length of thread engagement shall be sufficient to ensure that the
maximum pressure on the projected area of thread contact does not
exceed 2000 psi (13,8 MPa) at normal maximum operating load and that
the PV (pressure velocity) factor does not exceed 30,000. The PV factor
is calculated by multiplying the pressure on the projected area of thread
contact in psi by the surFace velocity in ft/min at the pitch diameter of the
threads. For non-rising stem gates, the actuator lift nut shall be keyed to
prevent rotation relative to the threaded stem.
6. Mounting: The thrust bearing assembly or the gearbox shall be mounted
on the yoke of the gate for all gates specified as self-contained or on a
pedestal for gates specified as non self-contained. Pedestal height shall
be such that the handwheel or input shaft of the gearbox is located
approximately 36" (900mm) above the operating floor. Where shown on
the drawings or when specified, a wall bracket shall be supplied to
support the pedestal. The pedestal wall bracket shall be designed and
supplied by the gate manufacturer to ensure that it can resist to all
operating efforts of the gate based on the same design calculation criteria
used for the yoke.
7. Stem Cover: All rising stem gates, weather manual or motorized shall be
equipped with a clear stem cover with a closed top and ventilation hole.
The cover shall bear graduation in both inches and centimeters to
indicate the position of the gate.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-6
00992-0231
E. Anchor Bolts
1. The quantity, size and location of anchor bolts shall be determined by the
gate manufacturer and shown on the submittal drawings. The minimum
required load capacity of the anchors used for design must also be
indicated on the drawings.
F. Materials
Slide, Frame and Yoke Stainless Steel ASTM A240, grade 316L or
304L
Side Seal/Guides and Top Ultra High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Seal Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Flush Invert Bottom Seal Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Com ression Cord Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Wall Gasket Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Bolts and Hardware Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582, grade 316 or
304
Thrust Nut and Lift Nut Aluminum Bronze or ASTM 6505, C95800
Man anese Bronze ASTM B584, C86300
Stem Cou lin s Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bracket Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bushing Ultra High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Handwheel Cast Aluminum ASTM B179
Crank Aluminum ASTM 6209, 6061-T6
Pedestal Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Gearbox Housin Cast Iron ASTM A48 356/406
S uare Nut CastAluminum ASTM 6179
Stem Cover Clear PVC
Stem Cover Ca PVC
2.2. FACTORY TESTS
The gates shall be tested in the factory for leakage and for operating force. Leakage
shall be measured at the unseating design pressure. Operating force shall be measured
with the gate in vertical position, with and without the design pressure. Factory test
reports shall be available on request for all gates supplied.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. INSTALLATION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-7
00992-0231
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to handle, store and install the gates in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The
Contractor shall review the installation drawings and instructions before
proceeding to the installation of the gates.
B. The gate assemblies must be installed on a true vertical plane, square and
plumb. The operating stem shall be accurately aligned with the gate guides and
properly greased.
3.2. FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, the gates must be field tested by the Contractor, in the
presence of the Engineer and Owner, to ensure compliance with the
requirements of these specifications. Each gate shall be operated on its
complete open-close cycle to confirm operation without binding, scraping or
distorting. Operating effort on the crank, handwheel or T-wrench shall be
observed or measured. In the case of motorized actuators, the operating torque
shall be noted, and the initial set-up of each actuator shall be done in accordance
with the instructions in the manual.
�
C
Each gate shall be water tested by the Contractor and sealing perFormance shall
be observed.
The Contractor shall supply a detailed report of the field tests to the Engineer for
review.
STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES SCHEDULE
Item ID Qty SIZE (W x H) DESIGN FRAME STEM ACTUATO ACTUATOR T_
TAG (inches) HEAD (ft) TYPE TYPE R MOUNTING WRENCH
TYPE Yes/No —
Qty
Seat. Uns.
1 2 30x30 15.5 NSC Risin GC P No
ABBREVIATIONS:
FRAME TYPES:
SC: Self-Contained
NSC: Non Self-Contained
ACTUATOR TYPES:
H: Handwheel
GC: Gearbox and Crank
GH: Gearbox and Handwheel
EM: Electric Motor Actuator
SN: Square Nut
ACTUATOR MOUNTING:
P: Pedestal Mounted
PB: Pedestal Mounted with Wall Bracket
F: Floor Box
Y: Yoke Mounted
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-8
00992-0231
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11 Z01-9
00992-0231
'
'
'
�
J
SECTION 11201 - STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE OF WORK
This section covers stainless steel slide gates with 4 sides sealing for submerged
' applications and their associated accessories for operation. The contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and field test the gates
shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein.
' 1.2. REFERENCES
'
,
,
,
;�
A.
�
Definitions:
1. Design Head: The maximum differential head that will be applied on the gate
under worst case conditions, measured from the gate invert.
2. Seating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate, in the direction that
pushes the gate against the wall it is installed on.
3. Unseating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate in the direction pulling
the gate away from the wall it is installed on.
4. Operating Head: The highest differential head that is to be applied on the
gate when it needs to be operated, measured from the gate invert.
Reference Standards
ANSI/AW1NA C561 — Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates.
' ANSI/AVWVA C542 — Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates.
ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium
Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for
, General Applications.
ASTM A276 — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
ASTM A582/A582M - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel
Bars.
' ASTM A790/790M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic /
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
ASTM B179 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and Molten
' Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes.
ASTM 6584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
' ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
City of Clearwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-1
00992-0231
ASTM D4020 - Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight
Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials.
ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws,
and Studs.
1.3. SUBMITTALS
A. Drawings: The slide gates manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
Owner, general arrangement drawings of the equipment supplied under this
section. Drawings must indicate all dimensions that will allow the contractor to
ensure coordination with dimensions of the installation environment. Drawings
will also show sufficient details to determine compliance with the requirements,
including the stainless steel plate thickness used for all components. Drawings
shall also include certification that the slide gates supplied meet all requirements
of AVW1/A C561-14.
B. Design Calculations: The gate manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
Owner, design calculations demonstrating compliance with the design
requirements of these specifications and those of AW1NA C561-14. In particular,
calculations shall be submitted for the following gate components:
- Slide
- Seat contact pressure
- Frame
- Yoke
- Stem, stem connection
- Lifting nut
- Manual actuator operating force
- Electric actuator load
- Anchors
C. Test Reports: The gate manufacturer shall submit upon request, for information,
the leakage and operation test reports specific to the actual gates that are being
supplied demonstrating their compliance with the maximum leakage rate and
maximum operating force allowed.
D. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manua�: The gate manufacturer shall
provide a manual containing the instructions for installation, operation and
maintenance of the slide gates. The manual shall also contain the detailed
information on the terms of the 5 year warranty on the products.
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: The gates supplied under this section shall be standard products
of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the design and manufacturing of water
control gates. The specifications are based on FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20
Slide Gates manufactured by ISE Metal Inc.
City of Clearwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-2
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
B. Standards and Certifications: The gates supplied under this section shall
conform to all requirements of ANSI/AVWVA C561-14. The slide gate
manufacturer must maintain an ISO-9001 certification and also a company
certification for its welding operations from the CWB or AWS.
1.5. DELIVERY
The manufacturer shall use due and customary care in preparing the gates and
' accessories for shipment. Self-contained frame gates shall be shipped assembled with
stem and manual operator. When shipping several gates together, every item shipped
separately must be clearly marked to the gate it belongs to.
, 1.6. WARRANTY
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5) year
' warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and workmanship.
The warranty period will start from the date of final acceptance of the equipment installed
onsite.
'
'
'
�
'
,
,
�'
�I
'
'
,
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1. EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers: Gates supplied shall be FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20 Slide
Gates, as manufactured by ISE Metal Inc. or approved equal.
B. Description: The gates shall be upwards opening of the 4 sides sealing type
designed for submergence in water or wastewater applications. They shall have
flow control capability by allowing only flow through the open area in partial
opening situations. As specified in the gate schedule, each gate shall be either
open-frame or self-contained-frame design and either rising or non-rising stem
configuration.
C. Performance and Design
Slide: The slide consisting of a flat plate with welded reinforcing ribs shall
be designed to withstand the design head specified in the gate schedule
with a maximum deflection of 1/720 of the gate opening width or 1/16 in
(1.6mm) whichever is less and with stresses in the slide limited to 25% of
the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the
yield strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all
members of the slide shall be'/e in (6mm).
2. Frame: The gate frame shall be made of formed plates or structural
members creating the clear opening of the specified dimensions in a rigid
one-piece unit. The mounting and bolting flange of the frame to the wall
shall be separate and independent from the seating and sealing plane of
the slide. The bottom of the frame will be of the flush invert type.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-3
00992-0231
Stresses in the frame under design head shall not exceed 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all members
of the frame shall be'/4 in (6mm).
3. Yoke: specified as self-contained design shall include a yoke consisting
of a beam made of formed plates or structural members mounted on top
of the frame to permit mounting of the actuator with proper stem
alignment by the use of slotted holes in both direction. The yoke shall be
sized to limit deflection under the design load to a maximum of 1/360 of
the gate opening width or'/4 in (6mm) whichever is less. The yoke design
load must be considered as the vertical thrust generated by a 80 Ibs (356
N) force on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator) or by the
actuator in locked rotor condition (for an electric actuator). Per AWWA
C561-14, the stresses in the yoke generated by the design load shall not
exceed (for a manual actuator) 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less, or
(for an electric actuator) 2/3 of the yield strength.
4. Guiding and Seating: The slide shall seat and travel on guides made of
ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) designed to perform
for the life of the slide gate without replacement. The slide shall be kept
in positive contact with the guides on both its upstream and downstream
faces, all along its travel in the gate clear opening by an elastomeric cord.
Above the gate clear opening, the guides shall extend high enough to
ensure that the slide is supported on a minimum of 2/3 of its height when
fully opened. The low friction guides shall be secured to the frame by
bolted retainers allowing factory adjustment of the contact pressure with
the slide. The surFace of contact on the side seats shall be large enough
to limit the stress under the design head to 600 psi (4137 KPa) without
considering the top and bottom seats as load bearing.
5. Sealing: The guides combined with the elastomeric cord will provide
sealing on both sides of the opening. Sealing at the top section of the
gate will also be achieved with a UHMWPE seat maintained in contact by
an elastomeric cord. At the gate invert, the slide shall close on a flush
invert rubber seat/seal secured in the bottom member of the gate frame.
Under the design seating or unseating head specified in the gate
schedule, the slide gates shall restrict leakage to a maximum of 0.04
gpm/ft (0.5 I/min/m) of clear opening perimeter. Manufacturer shall be
able to demonstrate that the sealing system will retain its performance
even after 25,000 operating cycles.
6. Stem Connection: In the case of gates with rising stems, the stem or its
extension will be connected to the slide by means of a pinned connection.
For gates with non-rising stems, the connection to the slide shall be by
means of a threaded thrust nut matching the stem threads. Stem
connection design shall limit the stress under the design load to a
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-4
00992-0231
'
'
u
,
,
�
'
'
�__J
'
r
,
�
CJ
C _J
'
1
,
'
�
'
'
,
,
'
'
,
'
maximum of 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength
and 50% of the yield strength. The stem connection design load shall be
the thrust and torque developed when a 801bs (356N) efforts is applied
the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
7. Stem: The stem configuration shall be rising or non-rising according to
the type specified in the schedule. The threads shall be machine rolled
ACME left hand threads with double entry to minimize the number of
turns required for operation and provide gate opening by
counterclockwise rotation of the manual actuator. Surface finish of the
machined threads will be 32 micro inch (0.813 Nm) or better. For
manually operated gates with rising stem, the stem shall be equipped with
an adjustable stop collar to prevent over-closing the gate and potentially
damaging components.
The stem shall be sized so that its critical buckling load (as determined by
the Euler column formula) is higher than the design compression load,
defined as the vertical force developed by a 801bs (356N) effort applied
on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
8. Couplings: The required stem extensions shall be joined together or to
the threaded stem by means of a bolted connection, passing through both
pipe and stem.
, 9. Stem guides: Guides will be provided as required to meet the stem
buckling design criteria and positioned per the manufacturer's
recommendations to ensure that the length to radius of gyration ratio (I/r)
' does not exceed 200. The guides shall incorporate a UHMWPE bushing
supported by a stainless steel wall bracket adjustable in both horizontal
directions.
,
D. Manual Actuators
1. Operation: Manual actuator of the proper type and mounting location, as
' listed in the gate schedule or shown on the drawings, shall be provided by
the gate manufacturer. The effort required on the manual device to
operate the gates shall not exceed 40 Ibs (178 N), while to start the gate
, in motion from the fully closed position with the design pressure, the
required effort shall not exceed 60 Ibs (267 N). Indication of the opening
direction of rotation shall be clearly marked in a permanent manner on the
handwheel or crank.
,
,
'
2. Handwheels: The handwheel shall be removable and have a minimum
diameter of 16" (406mm). It shall drive the lift nut directly or via the
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-5
00992-0231
extension pipe of self-contained gates or it shail engage the input shaft of
the gearbox, when specified.
3. Crank Operated Gearboxes: The gearbox, comprising a lift nut and thrust
bearing assembly (as described below), shall be fully enclosed in a
casted housing with seals around the lift nut and around the input pinion
shaft. The input pinion shaft shall be supported on ball or tapered roller
bearings. The removable crank, equipped with a revolving grip shall
engage on the input shaft of the gearbox and have a minimum radius of
12" (305mm).
4. Square Nut Actuator: The square nut shall be 2" x 2" (50mm x 50mm)
designed for mounting in the floor box supplied by the contractor and
designed to accommodate a standard T-wrench. T-Wrench shall be
supplied by the gate manufacturer in the quantity required by the gate
schedule.
5. Actuator Lift Nut and Thrust Bearings: All gates shall include a thrust
bearing assembly comprising a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the
operating stem. This assembly must be enclosed in a machined stainless
steel housing or be an integral part of the gearbox when supplied.
Needle roller thrust bearings shall be provided above and below the lift
nut to support the operating efforts in closing and opening the gate. The
length of thread engagement shall be sufficient to ensure that the
maximum pressure on the projected area of thread contact does not
exceed 2000 psi (13,8 MPa) at normal maximum operating load and that
the PV (pressure velocity) factor does not exceed 30,000. The PV factor
is calculated by multiplying the pressure on the projected area of thread
contact in psi by the surface velocity in ft/min at the pitch diameter of the
threads. For non-rising stem gates, the actuator lift nut shall be keyed to
prevent rotation relative to the threaded stem.
6. Mounting: The thrust bearing assembly or the gearbox shall be mounted
on the yoke of the gate for all gates specified as self-contained or on a
pedestal for gates specified as non self-contained. Pedestal height shall
be such that the handwheel or input shaft of the gearbox is located
approximately 36" (900mm) above the operating floor. Where shown on
the drawings or when specified, a wall bracket shall be supplied to
support the pedestal. The pedestal wall bracket shall be designed and
supplied by the gate manufacturer to ensure that it can resist to all
operating efforts of the gate based on the same design calculation criteria
used for the yoke.
7. Stem Cover: All rising stem gates, weather manual or motorized shall be
equipped with a clear stem cover with a closed top and ventilation hole.
The cover shall bear graduation in both inches and centimeters to
indicate the position of the gate.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-6
00992-0231
'
'
'
,
'
'
E. Anchor Bolts
1. The quantity, size and location of anchor bolts shall be determined by the
gate manufacturer and shown on the submittal drawings. The minimum
required load capacity of the anchors used for design must also be
indicated on the drawings.
F. Materials
Slide, Frame and Yoke Stainless Steel ASTM A240, grade 316L or
304L
Side Seal/Guides and Top Ultra-High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Seal Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Flush Invert Bottom Seal Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Com ression Cord Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Wall Gasket Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Bolts and Hardware Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582, grade 316 or
304
Thrust Nut and Lift Nut Aluminum Bronze or ASTM 6505, C95800
Man anese Bronze ASTM 6584, C86300
Stem Cou lin s Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bracket Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bushing Ultra High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Handwheel Cast Aluminum ASTM 6179
Crank Aluminum ASTM B209, 6061-T6
Pedestal Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Gearbox Housin Cast Iron ASTM A48 356/406
S uare Nut CastAluminum ASTM 6179
Stem Cover Clear PVC
Stem Cover Ca PVC
2.2. FACTORY TESTS
The gates shall be tested in the factory for leakage and for operating force. Leakage
shall be measured at the unseating design pressure. Operating force shall be measured
with the gate in vertical position, with and without the design pressure. Factory test
reports shall be available on request for all gates supplied.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. I NSTALLATION
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to handle, store and install the gates in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The
Contractor shall review the installation drawings and instructions before
proceeding to the installation of the gates.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-7
00992-0231
B. The gate assemblies must be installed on a true vertical plane, square and
plumb. The operating stem shall be accurately aligned with the gate guides and
properly greased.
3.2. FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, the gates must be field tested by the Contractor, in the
presence of the Engineer and Owner, to ensure compliance with the
requirements of these specifications. Each gate shall be operated on its
complete open-close cycle to confirm operation without binding, scraping or
distorting. Operating effort on the crank, handwheel or T-wrench shall be
observed or measured. In the case of motorized actuators, the operating torque
shall be noted, and the initial set-up of each actuator shall be done in accordance
with the instructions in the manual.
C.
Each gate shall be water tested by the Contractor and sealing performance shall
be observed.
The Contractor shall supply a detailed report of the field tests to the Engineer for
review.
STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES SCHEDULE
Item ID Qty SIZE (W DESIGN FRAME STEM ACTUATOR ACTUATOR T_
TAG x H) HEAD (ft) TYPE TYPE TYPE MOUNTING WRENCH
(inches) Yes/No
Seat. Uns.
1 2 30x30 15.5 NSC GC P No
ABBREVIATIONS:
FRAME TYPES:
SC: Self-Contained
NSC: Non Self-Contained
ACTUATOR TYPES:
H: Handwheel
GC: Gearbox and Crank
GH: Gearbox and Handwheel
EM: Electric Motor Actuator
SN: Square Nut
ACTUATOR MOUNTING:
P: Pedestal Mounted
PB: Pedestal Mounted with Wall Bracket
F: Floor Box
Y: Yoke Mounted
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�
'
,
'
'
'
�
'
�
�
Il
'
,
'
'
'
,
Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
11201-8 '
'
�
'
'
IJ
'
'
SECTION 11202 - STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
This section covers stainless steel channel gates sealing on both sides and bottom,
upwards opening and their associated accessories for operation. The contractor shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and field test the
gates shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Definitions
Design Head: The maximum differential head that will be applied on the gate
' under worst case conditions, measured from the gate invert. Design head shall
be equal to the height of the slide.
�
�
,
'
'
Seating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate, in the direction that pushes
the gate against the wall it is installed on.
Unseating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate in the direction pulling the
gate away from the wall it is installed on.
Operating Head: The highest differential head that is to be applied on the gate
when it needs to be operated, measured from the gate invert.
Reference Standards
ANSI/AWWA C561 — Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates.
ANSI/AVWVA C542 — Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates.
ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium Nickel
� Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General
Applications.
J
LJ
,
ASTM A276 — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
ASTM A582/A582M - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel
Bars.
ASTM A790/790M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic /
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
1 City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-1
00992-0231
'
ASTM 6179 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and Molten
Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes.
ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
ASTM D4020 - Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight
Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials.
ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws,
and Studs.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
�
f:
Drawings
The slide gates manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the purchaser,
general arrangement drawings of the equipment supplied under this section.
Drawings must indicate all dimensions that will allow the contractor to ensure
coordination with dimensions of the installation environment. Drawings will also
show sufficient details to determine comptiance with the requirements, including
the stainless steel plate thickness used for all components. Drawings shall also
include certification that the slide gates supplied meet all requirements of AVWVA
C561-14.
Design Calculations
The gate manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the purchaser, design
calculations demonstrating compliance with the design requirements of these
specifications and those of AWWA C561-14. In particular, calculations shall be
submitted for the following gate components:
- Slide
- Seat contact pressure
- Frame
- Yoke
- Stem, stem connection
- Lifting nut
- Manual actuator operating force
- Electric actuator load
- Anchors
'
City of C/earwater '
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Steel Channe/ Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-2
00992-0231
'
'
�
C. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
The gate manufacturer shall provide a manual containing the instructions for
installation, operation and maintenance of the slide gates. The manual shall also
contain the detailed information on the terms of the 5 year warranty on the
products.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
The gates supplied under this section shall be standard products of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the design and manufacturing of water control
gates. The specifications are based on FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 25
Channel Gates manufactured by ISE Metal Inc.
B. Standards and Certifications
The gates supplied under this section shall conform to all requirements of
ANSI/A1NWA C561-14. The slide gate manufacturer must maintain an ISO-9001
certification and also a company certification for its welding operations from the
CWB or AWS.
1.5 DELIVERY
, 1.6
t
'
,
�
The manufacturer shall use due and customary care in preparing the gates and
accessories for shipment. Self-contained frame gates shall be shipped assembled with
stem and manual operator, whenever size permits. When shipping several gates
together, every item shipped separately must be clearly marked to the gate it belongs to.
WARRANTY
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5) year
warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and workmanship.
The warranty period will start from the date of final acceptance of the equipment installed
onsite.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers
Gates supplied shall be FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 25 Channel Gates, as
manufactured by ISE Metal Inc. or approved equal.
'
' City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Channe/ Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-3
00992-0231
'
�
C
Description
The gates shall be upwards opening of the 3 sides sealing type designed for
water or wastewater applications. They shall have flow control capability by
allowing only flow through the open area in partial opening situations. As
specified in the gate schedule, each gate shall be either open-frame or self-
contained-frame design and either rising or non-rising stem configuration.
Performance and Design
Slide
The slide consisting of a flat plate with welded reinforcing ribs shall be
designed to withstand the design head specified in the gate schedule with
a maximum deflection of 1/720 of the gate opening width and with
stresses in the slide limited to 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50°/a of the yield strength, whichever is less.
Minimum material thickness of all members of the slide shall be '/4 in
(6mm).
2. Frame
The gate frame shall be made of formed plates or structural members
creating the clear opening of the specified dimensions in a rigid one-piece
unit. In wall mounted instances (FB), the mounting and bolting flange of
the frame to the wall shall be separate and independent from the seating
and sealing plane of the slide. In the cases where the frame is mounted
to the side walls of a channel (surface or embedded), the frame shall de
designed in such a manner so that access is provided to the side seal
retainer bolts. The bottom of the frame will be of the flush invert type.
Stresses in the frame under design head shall not exceed 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all members
of the frame shall be'/4 in (6mm).
3. Yoke
Gates specified as self-contained design shall include a yoke consisting
of a beam made of formed plates or structural members mounted on top
of the frame to permit mounting of the actuator with proper stem
alignment by the use of slotted holes in both direction. The yoke shall be
sized to limit deflection under the design load to a maximum of 1/360 of
the gate opening width or'/4 in (6mm) whichever is less. The yoke design
load must be considered as the vertical thrust generated by a 80 Ibs (356
N) force on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator) or by the
actuator in locked rotor condition (for an electric actuator). Per AWWA
C561-14, the stresses in the yoke generated by the design load shall not
exceed (for a manual actuator) 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less, or
(for an electric actuator) 2/3 of the yield strength.
,
C
'
'
'
L_�
'�
�'i
'
'�J
'
'
,
'
�'
'
'
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Channe/ Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-4
00992-0231
'
a
'
ll
,
'
i
CJ
�
C
'
,
�
,
'
�
4. Guiding and Seating
The slide shall seat and travel on guides made of ultra high molecular
weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) designed to perform for the life of the
slide gate without replacement. The slide shall be kept in positive contact
with the guides on both its upstream and downstream faces, all along its
travel in the gate clear opening by an elastomeric cord. Above the gate
clear opening, the guides shall extend high enough to ensure that the
slide is supported on a minimum of 2/3 of its height when fully opened.
The low friction guides shall be secured to the frame by bolted retainers
allowing factory adjustment of the contact pressure with the slide. The
surface of contact on the side seats shall be large enough to limit the
stress under the design head to 600 psi (4137 KPa) without considering
the bottom seat as load bearing.
5. Sealing
The guides combined with the elastomeric cord will provide sealing on
both sides of the opening. At the gate invert, the slide shall close on a
flush invert rubber seat/seal secured in the bottom member of the gate
frame. Under the design seating or unseating head specified in the gate
schedule, the slide gates shall restrict leakage to a maximum of 0.04
gpm/ft (0.5 I/min/m) of clear opening perimeter. Manufacturer shall be
able to demonstrate that the sealing system will retain its performance
even after 25,000 operating cycfes.
6. Stem Connection
In the case of gates with rising stems, the stem or its extension will be
connected to the slide by means of a pinned connection. For gates with
non-rising stems, the connection to the slide shall be by means of a
threaded thrust nut matching the stem threads. Stem connection design
shall limit the stress under the design load to a maximum of 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength. The stem connection design load shall be the thrust and torque
developed when a 801bs (356N) efforts is applied the crank or handwheel
(for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust and torque developed with
the actuator installed condition (for electric motors).
7. Stem
The stem configuration shall be rising or non-rising according to the type
specified in the schedule. The threads shall be machine rolled ACME left
hand threads with double entry to minimize the number of turns required
for operation and provide gate opening by counterclockwise rotation of
the manual actuator. Surface finish of the machined threads will be 32
micro inch (0.813 Nm) or better. For manually operated gates with rising
stem, the stem shall be equipped with an adjustable stop collar to prevent
over-closing the gate and potentially damaging components.
'
City of C/earwater
, Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Steel Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-5
00992-0231
�
L7
The stem shall be sized so that its critical buckling load (as determined by
the Euler column formula) is higher than the design compression load,
defined as the vertical force developed by a 801bs (356N) effort applied on
the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
8. Couplings
The required stem extensions shall be joined together or to the threaded
stem by means of a bolted connection, passing through both pipe and
stem.
9. Stem guides
Guides will be provided as required to meet the stem buckling design
criteria and positioned per the manufacturer's recommendations to
ensure that the length to radius of gyration ratio (I/r) does not exceed 200.
The guides shall incorporate a UHMWPE bushing supported by a
stainless steel wall bracket adjustable in both horizontal directions.
Manual Actuators
Operation
Manual actuator of the proper type and mounting location, as listed in the
gate schedule or shown on the drawings, shall be provided by the gate
manufacturer. The effort required on the manual device to operate the
gates shall not exceed 40 Ibs (178 N), while to start the gate in motion
from the fully closed position with the design pressure, the required effort
shall not exceed 60 Ibs (267 N). Indication of the opening direction of
rotation shal� be clearly marked in a permanent manner on the handwheel
or crank.
2. Handwheels
The handwheel shall be removable and have a minimum diameter of 16"
(406mm). It shall drive the lift nut directly or via the extension pipe of self-
contained gates or it shall engage the input shaft of the gearbox, when
specified.
3. Crank Operated Gearboxes
The gearbox, comprising a lift nut and thrust bearing assembly (as
described below), shall be fully enclosed in a casted housing with seals
around the lift nut and around the input pinion shaft. The input pinion
shaft shall be supported on ball or tapered roller bearings. The
removable crank, equipped with a revolving grip shall engage on the input
shaft of the gearbox and have a minimum radius of 12" (305mm).
4. Actuator Lift Nut and Thrust Bearings
All gates shall include a thrust bearing assembly comprising a threaded
bronze lift nut to engage the operating stem. This assembly must be
enclosed in a machined stainless steel housing or be an integral part of
the gearbox when supplied. Needle roller thrust bearings shall be
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Channe/ Gates '
16-0038-UT 11201-6
00992-0231
'
�
,
�
�
i
,
��
C
i
�
E
'
'
'
'
'
,
provided above and below the lift nut to support the operating eiforts in
closing and opening the gate. The length of thread engagement shall be
sufficient to ensure that the maximum pressure on the projected area of
thread contact does not exceed 2000 psi (13,8 MPa) at normal maximum
operating load and that the PV (pressure velocity) factor does not exceed
30,000. The PV factor is calculated by multiplying the pressure on the
projected area of thread contact in psi by the surFace velocity in ft/min at
the pitch diameter of the threads. For non-rising stem gates, the actuator
lift nut shall be keyed to prevent rotation relative to the threaded stem.
5. Mounting
The thrust bearing assembly or the gearbox shall be mounted on the yoke
of the gate for all gates specified as self-contained or on a pedestal for
gates specified as non self-contained. Pedestal height shall be such that
the handwheel or input shaft of the gearbox is located approximately 36"
(900mm) above the operating floor. Where shown on the drawings or
when specified, a wall bracket shall be supplied to support the pedestal.
The pedestal wall bracket shall be designed and supplied by the gate
manufacturer to ensure that it can resist to all operating efforts of the gate
based on the same design calculation criteria used for the yoke.
6. Stem Cover
All rising stem gates, weather manual or motorized shall be equipped with
a clear stem cover with a closed top and ventilation hole. The cover shall
bear graduation in both inches and centimeters to indicate the position of
the gate.
Anchor Bolts
The quantity, size and location of anchor bolts shall be determined by the
gate manufacturer and shown on the submittal drawings. The minimum
required load capacity of the anchors used for design must also be
indicated on the drawings.
'
City of C/earwater
' Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Channe/ Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-7
00992-0231
i
F. Materials
Slide, Frame and Yoke Stainless Steel ASTM A240, grade 316L
or 304L
Side Seal/Guides Ultra High Molecular ASTM D4020
Weight Polyethylene
UHMWPE
Flush Invert Bottom Seal Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Compression Cord Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Wall Gasket Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Bolts and Hardware Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582, grade 316 or
304
Thrust Nut and Lift Nut Aluminum Bronze or ASTM B505, C95800
Man anese Bronze ASTM B584, C86300
Stem Couplings Stainless Steel or Bronze ASTM A582, grade 316
ASTM B505, C95800
ASTM 6584, C86300
Stem Guide Bracket Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bushing Ultra High Molecular ASTM D4020
Weight Polyethylene
UHMWPE
Handwheel Cast Aluminum ASTM B179
Crank Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Pedestal Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Gearbox Housin Cast Iron ASTM A48 356/406
S uare Nut Cast Aluminum ASTM 6179
Stem Cover Clear PVC
Stem Cover Ca PVC
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to handle, store and install the gates in
�
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The
Contractor shall review the installation drawings and instructions before
proceeding to the installation of the gates.
The gate assemblies must be installed on a true vertical plane, square and
plumb. The operating stem shall be accurately aligned with the gate guides and
properly greased.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Channe/ Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-8
00992-0231
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, the gates must be field tested by the Contractor, in the presence
of the Engineer and Owner, to ensure compliance with the requirements of these
specifications. Each gate shall be operated on its complete open-close cycle to
confirm operation without binding, scraping or distorting. Operating effort on the
crank, handwheel or T-wrench shall be observed or measured. In the case of
motorized actuators, the operating torque shall be noted, and the initial set-up of
each actuator shall be done in accordance with the instructions in the manual.
�
L
Each gate shall be water tested by the Contractor and sealing performance shall
be observed.
The Contractor shall supply a detailed report of the field tests to the Engineer for
review.
STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL GATES SCHEDULE
Item ID TAG Q� SIZE (W x H) DESIGN FRAME STEM ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
� (inches) HEAD (ft) TYPE NPE TYPE MOUNTING
Seat. Uns.
1 1 60x72 5.7 SC Risin H P
'
'
,
�
LJ
�
�
�J
'
'
ABBREVIATIONS:
FRAME TYPES:
SC: Self-Contained
NSC: Non Self-Contained
ACTUATOR TYPES:
H: Handwheel
GC: Gearbox and Crank
GH: Gearbox and Handwheel
EM: Electric Motor Actuator
SN: Square Nut
ACTUATOR MOUNTING:
P: Pedestal Mounted
PB: Pedestal Mounted with Wall Bracket
F: Floor Box
Y: Yoke Mounted
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Stainless Steel Channe/ Gates
11201-9
�
' SECTION 11206 - SUMBMERSIBLE SOLIDS HANDLING PUMP
'
'
,
'
'
'
SPECIFICATION (FLYGT N 3531)
PART 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
The CITY will furnish three (3) submersible non-clog wastewater pump(s). All pumps and
appurtenances described within this section will be direct purchased by the CITY. These pumps
shall be handled, stored, and installed by the Contractor in a dry pit application per
manufacturer recommendations. Each pump shall be equipped with a close coupled 170 HP,
submersible Class 1 Div 1 electric motor connected for operation on 460 volts, 3 phase, 60
hertz, 4 wire service with fifty (50) linear feet of VFD rated, shielded submersible cable
(SUBCAB) suitable for both dry pit and submersible pumping applications. The power cable
shall be VFD rated, shielded and sized according to NEC and ICEA standards. Also, fifty (50)
linear feet of multi-conductor submersible cable (SUBCAB) will be used to convey pump
monitoring device signals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PUMP DESIGN CONFIGURATION (Dry pit installation)
, Pump shall be capable of operating in a continuous non submerged condition in vertical
(CT/NT) position in a dry pit installation and permanently connected to inlet and outlet pipes.
The pump shall be capable of delivering 8,688 GPM at 52 feet TDH. An additional point on the
, same curve shall be 8,340 GPM at 56 feet total head. Shut off head shall be 83 feet (minimum).
Pump shall be of submersible construction and will continue to operate satisfactorily should the
dry pit be subjected to flooding.
' PUMP CONSTRUCTION
Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 356, with smooth
surfaces devoid of blow holes or other casting irregularities. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be
' AISI type 316 stainless steel. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumped media,
other than stainless steel, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic
dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump.
� Pump construction shall meet NEC Class 1 Div 1 explosion proof construction.
Sealing design shall incorporate metal-to-metal contact between machined surfaces.
Pump/Motor unit mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and
fitted with Viton rubber O-rings. Joint sealing will be the result of controlled compression of
' rubber O-rings in finro planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a
specific bolt torque limit. Rectangular cross sectioned rubber, paper or synthetic gaskets that
require specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or
� equal. No secondary sealing compounds, elliptical O-rings, grease or other devices shall be
used.
' COOLING SYSTEM - (Open Loop System) •
Each pump/motor unit shall be provided with an integral, self-supplying cooling system. The
motor water jacket shall encircle the stator housing and shall be of cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class
, 356. The water jacket shall thus provide heat dissipation for the motor regardless of whether the
motor unit is submerged in the pumped media or surrounded by air. After passing through a
City of C/earwater
' Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specification (F/ygt N 3531)
00992-0231
,
classifying labyrinth, the impeller back vanes shall provide the necessary circulation of the
cooling liquid, a portion of the filtered pump media, through the cooling system. Two cooling
liquid supply pipes, one discharging low and one discharging high within the jacket, shall supply
the cooling liquid to the jacket. An air evacuation tube shall be provided to facilitate air removal
from within the jacket. Any piping internal to the cooling system shall be shielded from the
cooling media flow allowing for unobstructed circular flow within the jacket about the stator
housing. Two cooling liquid return ports shall be provided. The internals to the cooling system
shall be non-clogging by virtue of their dimensions. Drilled and threaded provisions for external
cooling and, seal flushing or air relief are to be provided. The cooling jacket shall be equipped
with two flanged, gasketed and bolted inspection ports of not less than 4"Q1 located 180° apart.
The cooling system shall provide for continuous submerged or completely non-submerged
pump operation in liquid or in air having a temperature of up to 40°C (104°F), in accordance with
NEMA standards. Restrictions limiting the ambient or liquid temperatures at levels less than
40°C are not acceptable.
COOLING SYSTEM - (Closed Loop System)
Each pump/motor unit shall be equipped with an integral, closed-loop motor cooling system.
The motor cooling jacket shall encircle the stator housing and shall be of Type 304 stainless
steel. The closed-loop motor cooling system shall provide heat dissipation for the motor
regardless of whether the motor unit is submerged in the pumped media or surrounded by air in
dry-pit installation mode. A high efficiency impeller, integral to the cooling system and driven by
the pump shaft, shall provide the necessary circulation of the cooling liquid through the system.
The cooling liquid shall pass about the stator housing in the closed loop system between the
motor housing and close-fitting guide sleeve in turbulent flow providing for superior heat
transfer. The cooling system shall have one fill port and one drain port integral to the cooling
jacket. The cooling system shall provide for continuous pump operation in liquid or ambient
temperatures of up to 104°F (40°C) in accordance with NEMA standards. Operational
restrictions that limit the ambient or pumped liquid temperatures at levels less than 40°C are not
acceptable.
CABLE ENTRY SEAL
The cable entry seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to insure a watertight
and submersible seal. The cable entry shall consist of dual cylindrical elastomer grommets,
flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the
cable entry inside diameter. The grommets shall be compressed by the cable entry unit, thus
providing a strain relief function. The assembly shall provide ease of changing the cable when
necessary using the same entry seal. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be
sealed from each other, which shall isolate the stator housing from foreign material
gaining access through the pump top. Epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing
systems shall not be considered acceptable.
MOTOR
The pump motor shall be a Class 1 Div 1, NEMA B design, induction type with a squirrel cage
rotor, shetl type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber. The stator windings shall be
insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180°C (356°F). The stator shall be
insulated by the current-UV-dip impregnation method using Class H monomer-free polyester
resin resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 95%. The motor shall be inverter duty rated in
accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31.The stator shall be heat-shrink fitted into the cast iron
stator housing. The use of multiple step dip and bake-type stator insulation process is not
acceptable. The use of bolts, pins or other fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specification (F/ygt N 3531)
00992-0231
C��
1
'
'
'
II
�
,
'
'
'
'
,
��
,
'
'
'
'
'
��
,
,
'
'
'
C�
�
'
�
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
housing is not acceptable. The motor shall be specifically designed for submersible pump usage
and designed for continuous duty pumping media of up to 40°C (104°F) with an 80°C
temperature rise and capable of at least 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and
short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum. Pumps using 9�oc series drive units are
capable of 8 evenly spaced starts per hour.
Thermal switches shall be embedded in the stator end coils to monitor the temperature of each
phase winding. One PT-100 type temperature sensor shall be installed in the stator winding.
These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor
overload protection and shall be connected to the control panel. The junction chamber shall be
sealed off from the stator housing and shall contain a terminal board for connection of power
and pilot sensor cables using threaded compression type terminals. A mechanical float switch
(FLS) shall be mounted in the junction chamber to signal if there is water intrusion. A pump
memory module shall be provided and mounted in the junction chamber to record pump run
time, number of starts as well as contain the motor unit perFormance and manufacturing data
and service history. The use of wire nuts or crimp-type connectors is not acceptable. The motor
and the pump shall be produced by the same manufacturer.
The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall
be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10%. The
motor shall be designed for operation up to 40°C (104°F) ambient and with a temperature rise
not to exceed 80°C. A perFormance chart shall be provided upon request showing curves for
torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data
on starting and no-load characteristics. The motor shall be Factory Mutual rated for Class 1,
Division 1 environments.
The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of
sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need of any splices. The outer jacket of
the cable shall be oif resistant chlorinated polyethylene rubber. The motor and cable shall be
capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of
65 feet or greater.
The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non-overloading throughout the
entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run-out.
PILOT CABLE
The pilot cable shall be designed specifically for use with submersible pumps and shall be type
SUBCAB (SUBmersible CABIe). The cable shall be multi-conductor type with stainless steel
braided shielding, a chlorinated polyethylene rubber outer jacket and tinned copper conductors
insulated with ethylene-propylene rubber. The conductors shall be arranged in twisted pairs.
The cable shall be rated for 600 Volts and 90°C (194°F) with a 40°C (104°F) ambient
temperature and shall be approved by Factory Mutual (FM). The cable length shall be adequate
to reach the junction box without the need for splices.
BEARINGS
The pump shaft shall rotate on at least three grease-lubricated bearings. The lower bearings
shall consist of at least one roller bearing for radial forces and one or two angular contact ball
bearings for axial thrust.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specification (F/ygt N 3531)
00992-0231
The minimum L� p bearing life shall be 100,000 hours at any point along the usable portion of
the pump curve at maximum product speed.
The lower bearing housing shall include an independent thermal sensor to monitor the bearing
temperature. If a high temperature occurs, the sensor shall activate an alarm and shut the pump
down.
INSULATED BEARINGS
The upper support bearing, provided for radial forces, shall be a single roller bearing and shall
have an insulated outer ring to provide protection against potential bearing damage from
electrically induced currents that can be created especially when the motor is used with a VFD.
The outer ring shall have a plasma-spray technique or oxide-ceramic coating that provides an
insulating barrier befinreen the bearing face and the bearing housing of the pump.
MECHANICAL SEAL
Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of two
totally independent seal assemblies. The lower seal shall be independent of the impeller hub.
The seals shall operate in a lubricant reservoir that hydro-dynamically lubricates the lapped seal
faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located between the pump and the
lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion
resistant tungsten-carbide seal ring. The upper, secondary seal unit, located befinreen the
lubricant chamber and the motor housing, shall be a leakage-free seal. The upper seal shall
contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten-carbide
seal ring. The rotating seal ring shall have small back-swept grooves laser inscribed upon its
face to act as a pump as it rotates, returning any fluid that should enter the dry motor chamber
back into the lubricant chamber. Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring
system. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment and shall be capable of
operating in either clockwise or counter clockwise direction of rotation without damage or loss of
seal. For special applications, other seal face materials shall be available.
Should both seals fail and allow fluid to enter the stator housing, a port shall be provided to
direct that fluid immediately to the stator float switch to shut down the pump and activate an
alarm. Any intrusion of fluid shall not come into contact with the lower bearings.
The following seal types shall not be considered acceptable or equal to the dual
independent seal specified: shaft seals without positively driven rotating members, or
conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring
acting between the upper and lower seal faces. No system requiring a pressure differential to
offset pressure and to effect sealing shall be used.
Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The
lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overtilling and to provide lubricant expansion
capacity. The drain and inspection plug, with positive anti-leak seal shall be easily accessible
from the outside. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication. The
motor shall be able to operate continuously while non-submerged without damage while
pumping under load.
Seal lubricant shall be non-hazardous.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specii►cation (Flygt N 3531)
00992-0231
u
'
�
'
'
,
1
'
'
'
�
u
'
�
�
,
1
,
,
'
'
'
,
IPUMP SHAFT
Pump and motor shaft shall be a solid continuous shaft. The pump shaft is an extension of the
' motor shaft. Pieced shafts or the use of couplings shall not be acceptable. The pump shaft shall
be of AISI 431 stainless steel and shall be completely isolated from the pumped liquid.
IMPELLER — Hard Iron�
' The impeller shatl be of Hard-Iron� (ASTM A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron),
dynamically balanced, semi-open, multi-vane, back swept, screw-shaped, non-clog design. The
impeller leading edges shall be mechanically setf-cleaned automatically upon each rotation as
' they pass across a spiral groove located on the volute suction. The leading edges of the
impeller shall be hardened to Rc 60 and shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials,
heavy sludge and other matter normally found in wastewater. The screw shape of the impeller
' inlet shall provide an inducing effect for the handling of up to 5% sludge and rag-laden
wastewater. The impeller to volute clearance shall be readily adjustable by the means of a
single trim screw. The impeller shall be keyed and locked to the shaft, held by an impeller bolt,
, shall be capable of passing a minimum 3 inch diameter solids and shall be coated with alkyd
resin primer.
VOLUTE / SUCTION COVER
' The pump volute shall be a single piece grey cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 356, non-concentric
design with smooth passages of suffcient size to pass any solids that may enter the impeller.
Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be as specified. The volute shall have a replaceable
' suction cover insert ring in which are cast spiral-shaped, sharp-edged groove(s). The spiral
groove(s) shall provide trash release pathways and sharp edge(s) across which each impeller
vane leading edge shall cross during rotation so to remain unobstructed. The insert ring shall be
, of Hard-Iron� (ASTM A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron) and provide effective sealing
between the multi-vane semi-open impeller and the volute housing.
PROTECTION
' The stator shall incorporate three thermal switches, connected in series, to provide over
temperature protection of the motor winding. Should high temperature occur, the thermal
switches shall open, stop the motor and activate an alarm. The stator shall also include one PT-
' 100 type temperature probe to provide for monitoring of the stator temperature.
'
,
A lower bearing temperature sensor shall be provided. The sensor shall directly contact the
outer race of the thrust bearing providing for accurate temperature monitoring.
Two leakage sensors shall be provided to detect water intrusion into the stator chamber and
junction chamber. A Float Leakage Sensor (FLS), a small float switch, shall be used to detect
the presence of water in either the stator chamber or junction chamber. When activated, the
FLS will stop the motor and activate an alarm. USE OF VOLTAGE SENSITIVE SOLID STATE
SENSORS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED.
' The solid-state pump memory unit, three thermal switches, two FLS switches, PT-100 stator
temperature monitor and the lower bearing PT-100 temperature monitor shall all be connected
' to a MAS (Monitoring and Status) monitoring unit. The MAS shall be designed to be mounted in
the control panel and shall come with an Operator Panel that is dead-front panel mounted. The
City of C/earwater
' Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specification (F/ygt N 3531)
00992-0231
'
Operator Panel shall have soft-touch operator keys and provide local indication of the status of
the alarms within the connected pump unit by means of an LCD screen read-out. Local MAS
system change shall be made by use of the soft-touch keypad or local connection by means of
a laptop computer. Remote indication of pump unit status shall be possible with connection to
customer PLC or via LAN.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Submersib/e Solids Handling Pump
16-0038-UT Specification (Flygt N 3531)
00992-0231
SECTION 13100 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide, through the services of a single
Integrator (CSI), all components, system installation services
required and specified ancillary services, in connection with th
and Control System (ICS). In addition the Contractor shall pro
services of the Owner's SCADA System Programmer (SSP
software services. The SSP shall be McKim & Creed, Inc.
Control Systems
, as well as all
e Instrumentation
vide, through the
), all application
B. The system shall include all materials, labor, tools, fees, and documentation
required to furnish, install, test, and place into operation, a complete and operable
ICS as shown and/or specified within this section, related ICS specification
sections, and subsections within equipment specifications.
C. The system shall include all measuring elements, signal converters, transmitters,
specialty cables, control panels, digital hardware and software, remote telemetry
units (RTU), signal and data transmission systems, interconnecting wiring and
such accessories as shown, specified, and/or required to provide the functions
indicated, whether specifically mentioned or not.
D. The specifications provided within this section shall be applied to all of the
Instrumentation and Control specifications, Sections 13100 through 13199, as
well as additional specifications sections as referenced. The ICS shall be
provided as a single and compfete system as specified herein and as specified
within the following ICS specifications:
1. Section 13110 - Instrumentation & Control, Control Enclosures
2. Section 13120 - Instrumentation and Control, SCADA Hardware
E. For the purposes of these specifications the Control Systems Integrator shall be
referred to as the CSI. Where references are made to the SCADA System
Programmer or the SSP, it shall be understood that all application software
services will be provided by the SSP. Although the SSP will provide programming
services within this Contract, that in no way relieves the CSI from providing all
materials, labor, documentation, etc., including coordination, programming, startup,
and testing services, as necessary to ensure the complete system is fully capable
of providing all specified functions, whether provided by the CSI or programmed by
the SSP. Additional clarifications of responsibilities are provided herein and within
related ICS specifications, as it pertains to the relationship between the CSI and
the SSP.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0231 13100-1
1.2
F. The Contractor shall be ultimately responsible for installation of the ICS. However,
the CSI will include installation within the scope of his subcontract to provide for
installation of the complete system as specified. The CSI shall also coordinate this
work with the Contractor to ensure that the proper type, size, and number of wires
with their conduits are provided and installed. This coordination will also ensure
that proper electrical power circuits are provided for all components and systems.
G. The Contractor's responsibilities, in addition to the CSI's responsibilities, shall be to
provide all additional materials and work necessary to supplement the materials
and work provided by the CSI; thereby satisfying all requirements that are within
ICS specification sections.
H. The Contractor shall coordinate structural work, penetrations, painting, etc., as
required for instaltation of a complete ICS. In-line or integrally mounted items
(such as flow elements, level sensors, etc.) shall be installed under the supervision
of the CSI.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating interfaces between ICS
equipment provided under the ICS specification sections and the equipment
provided under other sections of the specifications. The Contractor shall verify and
coordinate space requirements, process equipment power supply and voltage,
process equipment control power supply and voltage, compatibility of control
signals, details of equipment installation and interconnection. Coordination shall
include distribution of approved shop drawings to all vendors, subcontractors, etc.,
involved in the control interface. Likewise, the Contractor shall ensure that
instrumentation and control devices provided under other sections of the
specifications are compatible and of the same quality and characteristics as similar
devices specified under the ICS specification sections.
SCOPE
A. The scope listed within this subsection pertains to major items of supply. Refer to
the complete Contract Documents for all requirements.
B. As part of this scope the City of Clearwater is replacing the Influent Pump Station
Control Panel and the Bar Screen control panel. Drawings are from the original
construction. Contractor to review drawings and Bill of Materials and update
component list as necessary.
C. All instrumentation and equipment noted in the contract drawings will be
provided as part of this project. This includes instrumentation connected to the
pump and screening control panels.
D. The Contractor, working in conjunction with the CSI, shall be responsible to
provide a complete and operational system in full compliance with the
specifications and contract drawings. The CSI shall be responsible for the
detailed design, field verification, installation, technical oversight, testing, quality
assurance and documentation of all technical details involving instrumentation
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-2
�
�
J
CJ
'
'
, 1.3
'
, -,
u
,
,
'
,
,
'
'
,
'
'
L�
and controi for this project. The CSI shall furnish trained personnel on site
during any activities requiring installation, calibration, testing or startup of any
controls or communications.
The following items will be provided outside of the CSI contract. This in no way
relieves the Contractor or CSI from incorporating these items and providing a
complete and functional ICS. The Contractor shall retain the services of McKim 8�
Creed to perform the following for the contract Allowance.
1. PLC programming of control logic functions. This includes control
applications for the monitoring and control of the existing high service
pumping and chemical process. This does not include initial PLC
configuration or any test programs to be provided by the CSI as part of the
system installation and startup to satisfy testing requirements.
2. SCADA and Historian Server application programming
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 16 - Electrical
1. Where electrical subcomponents are to be provided as part of ICS
equipment, but for which there is no specification, provide in accordance
with Division 16 - Electrical. These subcomponents shall be compatible
and of the same quality and characteristics as similar devices specified
under Division 16 - Electrical. If possible the same make and/or model
supplied under Division 16 shall be provided.
2. The following work shall be provided under Division 16 - Electrical:
a. Conduit, raceways, and installation of wire and cable for all
instrumentation and control system signal wiring, grounding
systems, special cables and network cables except as noted.
C
c.
Instrumentation and controt system signal field wire.
Grounding systems for all ICS equipment.
d. Mounting of ICS electrical enclosures (i.e. control panels, TVSS
boxes, electronic instrumentation, etc.) with exclusion of final
measuring elements of instrumentation (i.e. flow tubes, sensors in
process piping, etc.) which shall be as coordinated by the
Contractor.
1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The ICS shall comply with the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety
Code, OSHA, and with all applicable federal, state, county, municipal, and
C�ty of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-3
�
electrical utility codes and regulations, as well as the Contract Documents. In the
event of any conflict befinreen these codes, regulations, and Contract Documents,
the most restrictive shall apply.
The Instrumentation and Control System shall comply with the following codes and
standards as well as any others within the specifications and drawings. In the
event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, standards, and Contract
Documents, the most restrictive shall apply.
1. Applicable state, county, and municipal code requirements.
2. Applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
3.
C!
5
�
a. National Electrical Code (NEC).
Applicable standards of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.)
a. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment
b. UL 508A Industrial Control Panels
Applicable standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE)
Applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA)
a. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum)
b. NEMA ICS 1 Industrial Control and Systems: General
Requirements
c. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems
Applicable standards of the Instrument Society of America (ISA)
a. S5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification
b. S5.4 Instrument Loop Diagrams
c. S20 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves
d. TR20.00.01 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and
Control Instruments
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-4
,
,
�i
L
�
'
��
'
,
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
' 1.5 SUBMITTALS
,
LJ
A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
General Conditions, Section 01300 — Submittals, and as specified herein.
B. Every submittal shall have a separate section entitled "Requested Deviations from
ICS Specifications" which shall clearly define and clearly explain all requested
deviations and exceptions of the Instrumentation and Control System to this
Specification. Only those deviations requests listed in this section will be reviewed.
, C. After all changes or corrections resulting from the review of the system supplier's
drawings have been made, panels may be built and instrumentation devices may
be supplied in accordance with the approved drawings. One set of "as shipped"
' prints shall be included in the panels when shipped from the system supplier's
wiring and assembly shop.
D. The following major list of submittals shall be provided as a minimum. Major
submittals are generally listed in the order they are to be provided. Refer to related
ICS specification sections and equipment subsections for additional submittals and
submittal requirements.
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
PLC Control Panel and Modifications Submittal
Preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Testing Submittal
Site Installation Submittal
Installation Progress Report Submittal
Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals
E. PLC Control Panel and Modification Submittal
1. The PLC Control Panel and Modification submittal shall contain a
complete system Input/Output (I/O) and termination list for the local
control PLC panel. The list shall be sorted first by ISA tag name and
second by I/O type (i.e. AI, AO, D1, DO, PI, PO. etc.). The list shall
contain as a minimum the following for each active point and spare point:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Full ISA instrument tag (or "SPARE").
Type of I/O (i.e., DI, DO, AI or AO).
I/O terminal point physical location (panel name, rack, slot, point,
etc.).
I/O point address.
Point name.
Terminal Strip and Number
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - Genera/ Requiroements
0992-0222 13100-5
�
,
Provide detailed Drawings covering control panels consoles and/or '
enclosures which shall include:
a.
b.
c.
Cabinet assembly and layout Drawings to scale. These shall
include both front and interior layouts.
Material, fabrication, and painting specifications.
Color selection samples for selection by the Engineer.
d. Panel wiring diagrams showing all power connections to
equipment within and on the panel, combined panel power draw
requirements (volts, amps), breaker sizes, fuse sizes, and
grounding. This wiring diagram shall be in ladder logic format and
shall reference the appropriate loop drawing for continuations or
details where required. Show all wire numbers, and terminal
block designations
3. Provide detailed loop diagrams on a single 11-in x 17-in or 8.5-In x 11-in
sheet for each monitoring or control loop. The loop diagram shall show
all components of the loop both analog, digital, and discrete including all
relays, switches, dropping resistors, etc. which are being provided for
proper operation. Loop numbers used shall correspond to the loop
numbers indicated in the Contract Documents. The format shall be the
Instrument Society of America, Standard for Instrument Loop Diagrams,
ISA-S5.4 plus the following requirements:
a. On each diagram, present a tabular summary of (1) the output
capability of the transmitting instrument, (2) the input impedance
of each receiving instrument, (3) an estimate of the loop wiring
impedance based on wire sizes and approximate length used, (4)
the total loop impedance, (5) reserve output capacity.
b. Show all interconnecting wiring befinreen equipment, panels,
terminal junction boxes and field mounted components. The
diagrams shall show all components and panel terminal board
identification numbers and all wire numbers. This diagram shall
include all intermediate terminations between field elements and
panels (e.g. terminal junction boxes). The diagrams shall be
coordinated with the electrical contractor and shall bear his mark
showing this has been done.
c. Show location of all devices.
d. Show instrument description showing type, manufacturer, model
number, range, set points, and operation (e.g. fail open, open on
energize, normally closed, etc.) as applicable.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-6
�J
,
�
�!�
,
,
�
'
�
�
�
i
,
�
'
,
'
'
'
4
e. Show ail instrument loop power or instrument air requirements
back to termination on terminal block or bulkhead, fuse block
(including fuse size), etc., as applicable.
This submittal shall provide complete documentation of the proposed
hardware (PLCs, communications equipment, peripherals, etc.) including:
a. A system block diagram(s) showing in schematic form, the
interconnections between major hardware components such as:
control centers, panels, consoles, computer and peripheral
devices, telemetry equipment, local digital processors and like
equipment. The block diagram shall reflect the total integration of
all digital devices in the system and shall reflect any man/machine
interface locations. All components shall be clearly identified with
appropriate cross references to the location of each.
The diagram shall reference all interconnecting cabling
requirements for digital components of the system including any
data communication links.
b. Data sheet for each hardware component, listing all model
numbers, optional, auxiliary, and ancillary devices that are being
provided.
The data sheets shall be provided with an index and proper
identification and cross referencing. They shall include but not be
limited to the following information.
1) Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the Loop
Diagrams (as applicable).
2) Product (item) name used herein and on the Contract
Drawings.
3) Manufacturers complete model number.
4) Location of the device.
5) Input - output characteristics.
6) Range, size, and graduations.
7) Physical size with dimensions, enclosure NEMA classification
and mounting details.
8) Materials of construction of all components.
9) Power supply device sizing calculations where applicable.
c. Equipment specification sheets which shall fully describe the
device, the intended function, how it operates and its physical
environmental and performance characteristics. Each data sheet
shall have appropriate cross references to loop or equipment
identification tags. As a minimum the specification sheets shall
include the following:
1) Dimensions and working clearances.
2) Mounting or installation details.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-7
F.
3) Connection diagrams.
4) Electrical power requirements (volts, amps).
5) Materials of construction.
6) Environmental characteristics.
7) PerFormance characteristics.
d. The submittal shall also contain all planning information, site
preparation instructions, grounding and bonding procedures,
cabling diagrams, plug identifications, safety precautions or
guards, and equipment layouts in order to enable the Contractor
to proceed with the detailed site preparation for all equipment.
Testing Submittals
L
i
�
'
,
1. The test plan shall be submitted after all equipment submittals have been '
approved by the Owner and/or Engineer.
2. The test plan shall demonstrate that the CSI has designed and
configured a system that meets the design specifications. The
documents for the test plan shall be structured so that it is easily
understood what the inputs are, what the predicted outputs should be,
and what the actual outputs are. The test plan should have sign-off and
date block for the CSI, the Contractor, and the Owner.
3. The complete test p�an should include but not be limited to the following:
a. Test assumptions and methods
b. Test Equipment List
c. Test Personnel Staffing and Qualifications
d. Test Schedule with time allotted for each task
e. System hardware and software summary.
f
E.
Communications test to the various PLCs for Discrete and Analog
I/O data transfer.
100 percent I/O point test including all spare points based upon
the previously submitted System t/O list.
h. Functional and Control strategy tests.
4. Test Procedures: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed during
the test. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and checklists
to be used to control and document the required tests. Testing may not
be started until all Testing Submittals have been approved.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-8
'
'
'
5. Test Documentation: Submit a copy of the signed off test procedures
upon completion of each required test.
G. Operational and Maintenance Manuals
1. Prior to installation of any equipment onsite, preliminary O&M manuals
' shall have been submitted and approved. No installation of equipment
shall be permitted without the Contractor maintaining an updated version
of these preliminary O&M manuals onsite for the Owner's and Engineer's
use.
�J
'
,
U
'
�
'
�
'
'
�
�
'
�
�
2. After all field changes or corrections made during installation and field
check out have been completed, then all system supplier documentation,
including drawings, shall be revised to reflect the "as installed, corrected
and accepted" condition of the system and final record copies of O&M
manuals for the system shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer for
approval.
3. Final system documentation shall be provided in 3-hole type binders of
archival quality (e.g. slant D or elliptical binding, vinyl with metal hinge or
extra heary weight vinyl, etc.) with a binding no larger than three (3) inches.
Materials shall be printed on 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" tear resistant paper or
ring reinforced paper where tear resistant is not available. Drawings shall
be either folded to fit within an 8.5" x 11" binder or in an 11" x 17" 3-hole
binder. Each binder shall include fifteen percent (15%) spare space for the
addition of future material. Tear resistant paper shall be Xerox Never Tear
or equal.
4. Final documentation shall also be provided in an electronic format.
Electronic documentation shall be organized and provided on CD which
shall include all CAD drawings, manuals and word processing documents.
Electronic documentation format shall be primarily Adobe .pdf with
additional documents provided in AutoCAD, Microsoft Office, HTML or as
approved by the Engineer or Owner. Organization of the electronic
documentation shall be such as to allow point and click navigation from a
table of contents to the particular documents with the ability to return to the
table of contents from any location with one mouse click.
5. AutoCAD drawings files shall include all supporting files, symbol libraries
and print configurations needed to support future modifications and
property print additional drawing copies.
6. All electronic media (i.e. software, electronic documentation, configuration
files/reports, device backups, etc.) shall be provided with finro (2) backup
copies, each organized into a separate binder. Media storage binders shall
include but not be limited to the following:
a. Table of contents
b. Archival media holders (e.g. CD, DVD, floppy, tape disk, etc.)
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-9
c.
d.
Support contacts (i.e. company, phone, internet link, etc.)
Software system requirements and installation instructions
7. Laminated or water/tear resistant copies of all applicable instrumentation
and control system drawings shall be supplied in drawing pocket of each
control enclosure after "as installed, corrected, and accepted" revisions
have been made to the enclosure.
8. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the
following:
a. Manufacturer standard O&M manuals for all equipment and
software furnished.
b. Custom O&M information describing the specific configuration of
equipment and software, and the operation and maintenance
requirements for this particular project.
c. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed drawings, wiring
diagrams and instructions necessary for installing, operating and
maintaining the equipment.
d. All modifications to manufacturer standard equipment and/or
components shall be clearly identified and shown on the drawings
and schematics. All information contained therein shall apply
specifically to the equipment furnished and shall only include
instructions that are applicable.
A functional description of the entire system, with references to
drawings and instructions.
A complete "as built" set of all approved shop drawings, which shall
reflect all work required to achieve final system acceptance.
A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers,
ranges, configuration parameters and other pertinent data.
Full specifications on each item.
Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each
item supplied.
Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be
clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures.
Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name, address and
telephone number of the local supplier.
References to manufacturers' standard literature where applicable.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-10
LJ
�
'
L�'
'
,I�
'
,
�
'
'
'
n
U
'
�
'
'
C'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
' 1.6
m. Warning notes shall be located throughout the manual where such
notes are required to prevent accidents or inadvertent misuse of
equipment.
n. The operating instructions shall clearly describe the step by step
procedures that must be followed to implement all phases of all
operating modes. The instructions shall be in te�ms
understandable and usable by operating personnel and
maintenance crews and shall be useful in the training of such
personnel.
o. The maintenance instructions shall describe the detailed preventive
and corrective procedures required, including environmental
requirements during equipment storage and system operation, to
keep the System in good operating condition. All hardware
maintenance documentation shall make reference to appropriate
diagnostics, where applicable, and all necessary wiring diagrams,
component drawings and PCB schematic drawings shall be
included.
MEETINGS
A. The Contractor shall be required to give the Owner and their representatives, at
least finro weeks notice prior to any scheduled meetings. The notice may be
shortened by consent.
B. Preliminary Site Testing Meeting: A preliminary site testing meeting shall be
conducted by the Contractor for the Owner and Engineer, to insure site
readiness, testing strategies and proper coordination between parties related or
involved in testing the ICS. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the
on-site meeting after the Site Testing Plan has been approved and no earlier
than 3 weeks prior to testing. The Engineer must be satisfied that the site is
ready and that the testing will be performed to their satisfaction prior to any
documented ICS testing being performed. The Contractor shall arrange for
detailed meeting minutes to be recorded, approved, and distributed to meeting
attendees. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner
and Engineer to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary
site testing meeting. Two weeks prior to the meeting the Contractor shall submit
the following for approval.
1. A proposed list of ineeting attendees including organization and phone
number.
2. A proposed meeting agenda.
3. A list of personnel to be involved in the testing including their
responsibilities, qualifications, and phone numbers.
4. A list of tasks requiring Owner, Engineer or outside party involvement in
testing.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Contro/ - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-11
5.
LJ
A testing schedule that coordinates the ICS testing with the operability of t
the specific equipment being tested.
C. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner and
Engineer, to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary design
review or preliminary site testing meeting.
1.7 CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR
A. The Control System Integrator shall be regutarly engaged in the detailed design,
fabrication, installation and startup of instrumentation and control systems for water
and wastewater treatment facilities in the state of Florida. Any CSI that has been
subject to litigation or the assessment of liquidated damages for nonperformance
on any project within the last five calendar years shall not be acceptable.
B. Where specific manufacturers and/or models of major hardware or software
products (PLC, software, Network Equipment, Wireless Equipment, etc.) are
specified to be used on this project, the CSI shall have completed at least one
project using that specified hardware or software. As used herein, the term
"completed" shall mean that a project has been brought to final completion and
final payment has been made.
C. Control System Integrators shall meeting the following minimum qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A minimum of l years' experience with at least 5 years in water /
wastewater projects
References for 3 completed projects of like size and application to the
project specified herein
Project bonding capacity of $2 million
UL 508 certified panel shop
Electrical contractors license in the project site's state.
6. On staff licensed professional engineer capable of being registered in the
state of the project and registered in that state, if required to perForm
engineering services as specified to implement this project.
D. The listing of acceptable Control System Integrators in this specification in no way
relieves the Control System Integrator from meeting the qualifications specified
herein. Acceptable Control System Integrators shall be as follows:
1. Rocha Controls: 5025 W. Rio Vista Ave., Tampa, FL 33634; (813)-628-
5584; www.rochacontrols.com
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-12
'
LJ
'
��
�
1.9
2. Revere Control Systems: 2240 Rocky Ridge Road, Birmingham, AL,
35216; (205) 8240004; www.reverecontrol.com
E. The Owner shall have the right of access to the CSI's facilities and the facilities of
their equipment suppliers to inspect materials and parts, witness inspections, tests
and work in progress, and examine applicable design documents, records and
certifications during any stage of design, fabrication and tests. The CSI and their
equipment suppliers shall furnish office space, supplies and services required for
these surveillance activities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The listing of specific products in this specification in no way relieves the
Contractor of furnishing equipment which shall meet the performance and quality
criteria specified herein.
�
All equipment and materials shall be new and the products of reputable recognized
suppliers having adequate experience in the manufacture of these particular items.
For uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each type of product.
D. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended and shall be of rugged
construction, of ample strength for all stresses that may occur during fabrication,
transportation, and erection as well as during continuous or intermittent operation.
They shall be adequately stayed, braced and anchored and shall be installed in a
neat and workmanlike manner. Appearance and safety, as well as utility, shall be
given consideration in the design of details.
E. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade,
unless otherwise noted, which shall be of sturdy and durable construction and be
suitable for long, trouble free service.
F. Electronic equipment shall be suitable for the specified environmental conditions.
G. Optional or substituted equipment or both requiring changes in details or
dimensions required to maintain all structural, mechanical, electrical, control,
operating, maintenance or design features incorporated in these specifications and
drawings, shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. In the event that the
changes are necessary, calculations and drawings showing the proposed revisions
shall be submitted for approval. The Contractor shall coordinate all changes with
other affected trades and contracts and pay all additional charges incurred.
DEFINITIONS AND ABREVIATIONS
A. The following definitions and abbreviations are used throughout the specifications
and drawings when referring to instrumentation and control equipment, functions,
and service. Definitions and abbreviations are not listed for those used in common
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-13
industry practice except where to provide explicit meaning. Refer to ISA, IEEE,
and other industry standard references for those not listed herein.
CSI.......
ICS.......
OIT ......
OWS....
PID.......
SCADA
SSP ....,
TVSS ..,
RTU ....
PLC.....
PART2-PRODUCTS
.............Control System Integrator
.............Instrumentation and Control System
.............Operator Interface Terminal
.............Operator WorkStation
.............Proportional-Integral-Derivative Control
.............Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition
.............SCADA System Programmer
.............Transient Voltage Surge Suppression
.............Remote Telemetry Unit
.............Programmable Logic Controller
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements
of UL, where UL Standards are established for those items, and the requirements
of NFPA-70. All control panels shall comply with the requirements of UL 508A for
Industrial Control Panels. All items shall be new and unused unless specified or
indicated otherwise.
B. Properly store, adequately protect, and carefully handle equipment and materials
to prevent damage before and during installation. Handle, store, and protect
equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Rep�ace damaged or defective items.
C. All equipment shall be the latest and proven design. Specifications and drawings
call attention to certain features, but do not purport to cover all details entering into
design of the instrumentation system. The completed system shall be compatible
with functions required and the equipment furnished by the Contractor.
D. All electrical components of the system shall operate on 120 volt, single phase, 60
Hz power source, except as otherwise noted in the Specifications. Drawings and
specifications indicate the energy sources that will be provided. Any other devices
necessary to obtain proper operation of the instrumentation and control system
from these energy sources shall be fumished with the system.
E. All necessary fuses or switches required by the instrumentation manufacturer for
equipment shall be provided with the equipment. All instruments requiring internal
power supply shall have internal on-off switches.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-14
'
�
'
,
'
,
'
,
�_ J
'
�
' 2.2
,
[I
,
�
,
�
�
,J
F. The mechanical, process, and electrical drawings indicate the approximate
locations of field instruments, control panels, systems and equipment as well as
field mounted equipment provided by others. The instrumentation subcontractor
shall examine the mechanical, process and electrical drawings to determine actual
size and locations of process connections and winng requirements for
instrumentation and controls furnished under this Contract. The CSI shall inspect
all equipment, panels, instrumentation, controls and appurtenances either existing
or fumished under other Divisions of the Specifications to determine all
requirements to interface same with the ICS. The Contractor shall coordinate the
completion of any required modifications with the associated supplier of the item
furnished.
G. Instrumentation equipment and enclosures shall be suitable for ambient conditions
specified. All system elements shall operate properly in the presence of telephone
lines, power lines, and electrical equipment.
H. Inside control rooms and climate-controlled electrical rooms, the temperature will
normally be 20 to 25 degrees C; relative humidity 40 to 80 percent without
condensation and the air will be essentially free of corrosive contaminants and
moisture. Appropriate air filtering shall be provided to meet environmental
conditions (i.e., for dust).
Other indoor areas may not be air conditioned/heated; temperatures may range
between 0 and 40 degrees C with relative humidity between 40 and 95 percent.
Field equipment, including instrumentation and panels, may be subjected to wind,
rain, lightning, and corrosives in the environment, with ambient temperatures from -
20 to 40 degrees C and relative humidity from 10 to 100 percent. All supports,
brackets and interconnecting hardware shall be aluminum, 316 stainless steel, or
as shown on the installation detail drawings.
TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS
A. Provide special tools, other than those normally found in an electronic technician's
tool box, required to test, diagnose, calibrate, install, wire, connect, disconnect,
assemble and disassemble any digital equipment, instrument, panel, rack, cabinet
or console mounted equipment for service and maintenance (i.e., connector pin
insertion and removal tools, wire crimping tool, special wrenches, special
instrument calibrators, indicator lamp insertion and removal tools, etc.).
B. Provide tools and test equipment together with items such as instruction manuals,
carrying/storage cases, unit battery charger where applicable, special tools,
calibration fixtures, cord extenders, patch cords and test leads, which are not
specified but are necessary for checking field operation of equipment supplied
under this Section.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-15
C. The CSI shall provide supplies as needed or as required by the Owner during the
specified warranty period. All fuses consumed during installation, testing, start-up,
the system availability demonstration, and the warranty period shall be replaced by
the Contractor.
Q
E.
F
Provide spare parts for items of ICS equipment as recommended by the
manufacturer and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Furnish all spares in moisture-proof boxes designed to provide ample protection for
their contents. Label all boxes to clearly identify contents and purpose.
Refer to individual product specifications for additional requirements specific to
those devices.
2.3 SIGNAL TRANSMISSION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a signal transmission system free
from electrical interference that would be detrimental to the proper functioning of
the ICS equipment.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating signal types and transmission
requirements befinreen the various parties providing equipment under this Contract.
This shall include, but not be limited to, distribution of appropriate shop drawings
among the equipment suppliers and subcontractors.
C. The CSI shall provide 24 VDC power supplies for signals and instruments where
applicable and as required inside panels, controls, etc. Where two-wire
instruments transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI
shall provide power supplies at the PLC-equipped control panels for those
instruments. Where four-wire instruments with on-board loop power supplies
transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI shall provide
necessary signal isolators or shall otherwise isolate the input from the ICS loop
power supply. Similar provisions shall be made when a third element such as a
recorder, indicator or single loop controller with integral loop power supply is
included in the loop.
D. Analog signal transmission befinreen electric or electronic instruments, controllers,
and all equipment and control devices shall be individually isolated, linear 4-20 mA
and shall operate at 24 VDC. Signal output from all transmitters and controllers
shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load resistance
within the unit's rating. All cable shields shall be grounded at one end only, at the
control panel, with terminals bonded to the panel ground bus. Analog signal
isolation and/or conversion shall be provided where necessary to interface with
instrumentation, equipment controls, panels and appurtenances.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-16
'
'
'
,
'
'
�
'
�
,
'
,
�J
'
�
'
,,I�
�II
I',
�'
�
'
,
'
r
'
�
'
,
' 2.4
'
'
�'�
,
LJ
CI
,
E. Non-standard analog transmission systems such as pulse duration, puise rate, and
voltage regulated shall not be permitted except where specifically noted in the
Contract Documents. Where transmitters with nonstandard outputs do occur, their
outputs shall be converted to an isolated, linear, 4-20 mA signal.
F. All discrete inputs to equipment and PLC's, from field devices, starters, panels,
etc., shall be dry contacts in the field device or equipment, powered from the PLCs,
unless specified otherwise. Sensing power (wetting voltage) supplied by the PLC
shall be 24 VDC.
G. All discrete outputs from local controt panels and Control and Information System
PLCs, to field devices, starters, panels, etc., shall be 120 VAC / 28 VDC 5A dry
contacts. Output contacts may be powered from the field equipment, or powered
from 24 VDC / 120 VAC sourced from PLCs cabinet power system, as required to
interface with field equipment. Outputs to solenoid valves, horns, and strobe lights
shall be 120 VAC, powered from the PLC or control panel unless specified or
shown otherwise.
H. Discrete signals between starters, panels, etc. where 120 VAC is utilized shall be
clearly identified in the starter, panel, etc. as being powered from a different power
supply, than other starter/panel components. Where applicable, warning signs
shall be affixed inside the starter, panel, etc., stating that the panel is energized
from multiple sources. Output contacts in the starter, panel, etc. which are
powered from other locations shall be provided with special tags and/or color
coding. Disconnecting terminal strips shall be provided for such contacts. The
above requirements shall apply to all starters and panels, regardless of supplier.
NAMEPLATES
A. All items of equipment listed in the instrument schedule, control panels, and all
items of digital hardware shall be identified with nameplates. Each nameplate shall
be located so that it is readable from the normal observation position and is clearly
associated with the device or devices it identifies. Nameplates shall be positioned
so that removal of the device for maintenance and repair shall not disturb the
nameplate. Nameplates shall include the equipment identification number and
description. Abbreviations of the description shall be subject to the Engineer's
approval.
B. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16 inch thick machine engraved laminated
phenolic plastic having white numbers and letters not less than 3/16 inch high on a
black background.
Nameplates shall be attached to metal equipment by stainless steel screws and to other
surfaces by an epoxy based adhesive that is resistant to oil and moisture. In cases where
the label cannot be attached by the above methods, it shall be drilled and attached to the
associated device by means of stainless steel wire.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-17
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The CSI shall provide the Contractor a periodic written report detailing progress
of start-up. This report shall include speci�c tabulations of devices on which
start-up has been completed.
B. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and
maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings
for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for
the work as a whole, and shall supervise the installation of ICS equipment.
C. Instrumentation and Control System equipment shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment, transmitters,
alarms and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact
locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the
field, all information relevant to the placing of process control work and in case of
any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and
furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved
manner.
D. The CSI shall investigate each space in the building through which equipment
must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the CSI shall be required to
ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through restricted areas in
the building. The CSI shall also investigate, and make any field modifications to
the allocated space for each cabinet, enclosure and panel, to assure proper
space and access (front, rear, side).
E. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during
afl on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any
modifications made during field installation or start-up. All markings shall be
verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following
completion of installation and the operational readiness test, one set of the
marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the
CSI for incorporation of the mark-ups into final as-built documentation.
F. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rufings, should any
work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances and regulations, the
Contractor shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs
arising there from.
G. Brackets and hangers required for mounting of equipment shall be provided.
They shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and not interfere with any other
equipment.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-18
,
��
J
'
'
'
H. The Contractor shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and
free of contaminants throughout installation. Cleaning after installation is not
acceptable. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be
cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, causing contaminants to be forced
into sensitive electronics.
Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling
into enclosures, to prevent contamination of electrical equipment.
Upon completion of the instrumentation and control work, the Contractor shall
thoroughly clean all soiled surtaces of installed equipment and materials and
remove all surplus materia�s, rubbish, and debris that has accumulated during the
construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the
Owner.
' 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING
C. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground
' loops, to minimize electromagnetic inte►fierence/radio frequency interference
(EMI/RFI) to this equipment, and to provide maximum practical immunity from
damage resulting from lightning-induced transients.
'
,
'
,
'
'
�
'
'
,
D. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external
to panels or for grounding of field devices) for both signal shield or signal
grounding and for safety grounds.
E. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be
minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less
than one inch are preferred, and a maximum exposed length of two inches may be
permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires is permitted.
F. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and e�ernal to panels.
Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned
finro-conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage aluminized Mylar or
aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire.
G. Signal wiring within outdoor or indoor field device enclosures shall conform to the
same requirements as panel wiring.
H. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source
to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal
cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. The signal cable for no signal
shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with the signal cable shield for
any other signal, and shall not share a common grounding wire with any other
circuit. The length of no signal cable shield grounding wire shall not exceed finro
inches, with less than one-inch maximum length prefe�red.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-19
3.3
All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the
practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code.
TESTING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
�
�
�J
�I
A. The CSI shall test all equipment hardware and software at the factory prior to '
shipment. As a minimum, testing shall include the following:
1. Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT)
2. Operational Readiness Testing (ORT).
3. System Acceptance Testing (SAT).
B. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test
shall initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing
the correct result (effect), the specific test requirement will have been satisfied.
C. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Engineer approved
procedures, forms, and check lists. Each specific test to be performed shall be
described and a space provided after it for sign off by the appropriate party after
its satisfactory completion.
'
'
���
.�
�'
,
D. Copies of these sign off test procedures, forms, and check lists will constitute the
required test documentation. '
E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform
tests using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not
practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data; provide
suitable means of simulation. Define these simulation techniques in the test
procedures.
F
L
H.
�
The Contractor shall require the CSI to coordinate all of his testing with him, all
affected Subcontractors, and the Owner.
The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or
not explicitly stated in the prior approved test procedures.
The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and
completeness of all testing.
The CSI shall furnish the services of servicemen, all special calibration and test
equipment, and labor to perform the field tests.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Contro/ - General Requirements
0992-0222 13100-20
��
, 3.4 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING FAT
� )
' A. The entire system except for primary elements, final control elements, and field
mounted transmitters, shall be interconnected and tested to ensure the system
will operate as specified. All analog and discrete input/output points not
, interconnected at this time shall be simulated to ensure proper operation of all
alarms, monitoring devices/functions, and control devices/functions.
,
�J
,
�
�
'
' 3.5
�J
0
C.
All panels and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify that they are in
conformance with related submittals, specifications, and Contract Drawings.
Factory acceptance testing shall take place over a contiguous time period after
all factory fabrication has been completed.
D. The test shall verify the functionality, performance, and stability of the hardware
and configuration. The system must operate continually for 24 hours without
failure before the test shall be judged successful. All deficiencies identified
during testing shall be corrected and retested prior to the beginning this
continuous operation test.
E. Successful completion of this test, as determined by the ENGINEER, shall be
the basis for approval of the system to be shipped to the site. No equipment
shall be shipped until the ENGINEER has reviewed all test results, and approved
the system as ready for shipment.
F. The ENGINEER and the OWNER reserve the right to attend the factory
acceptance testing in its entirety. Two weeks notice shall be given prior to the
start of testing.
OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTING (ORT)
A. The entire system shall be certified (inspected, calibrated, tested, and
documented) that it is ready for operation. Each specified function shall be
verified on a paragraph-by-paragraph, loop-by-loop and site-by-site basis.
' B. The Owner and/or Engineer reserves the right to witness any test, inspection,
calibration, or start-up activity. Acceptance by the Engineer of any plan, report,
or documentation relating to any testing or commissioning activity specified
' herein, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting all
specified requirements.
,
1
'`J
'
C. The CSI shall provide the services of factory trained technicians, tools and
equipment to field calibrate, test, inspect and adjust each instrument to its
specified performance requirement in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract
requirements, or any published manufacturer performance specification for
functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced, at the
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-21
discretion of the Engineer, at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all
costs and provide all personnel, equipment and materials necessary to
implement all installation tests and inspection activities for equipment specified
herein.
D. Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of span
using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs. Test instruments
shall be rated to an accuracy of at least five (5) times greater than the specified
accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Where applicable, such test
instruments shall have accuracies as set forth by the National Institute for
Standards and Technology (NIST).
E. The CSI shall provide a written calibration sheet to the Engineer for each
instrument, certifying that it has been calibrated to its published specified
accuracy. The Contractor shall submit proposed calibration sheets for various
types of instruments for Engineer approval prior to the start of calibration. This
sheet shall include but not be limited to date, instrument tag numbers, calibration
data for the various procedures described herein, name of person performing the
calibration, a listing of the published specified accuracy, permissible tolerance at
each point of calibration, calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerance,
defect noted, corrective action required and corrections made.
F. If doubt exists as to the correct method for calibrating or checking the calibration
of an instrument, the manufacturer's printed recommendations shall be used as
an acceptable standard, subject to the approval of the Engineer.
G. Upon completion of calibration, devices calibrated hereunder shall not be
subjected to sudden movements, accelerations, or shocks, and shall be installed
in permanent protected positions not subject to moisture, dirt, and excessive
temperature variations. Caution shall be exercised to prevent such devices from
being subjected to over-voltage, incorrect voltages, overpressure or incorrect air.
Damaged equipment shall be replaced and recalibrated at no cost to the Owner.
H. After completion of instrumentation installation and calibration, the CSI shall
perform a loop check. The Contractor shall submit final loop test results with all
instruments listed in the loop. Loop test results shall be signed by all
representatives involved for each loop test.
Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for
proper installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop-by-loop and
component-by-component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related
submittals and the Contract Documents.
The Loop/Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using
Engineer approved forms and check lists.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-22
1
'
'
'
'
'
�
�,
�
'
,
'
��i
'
�J
�i
'
�
'
'
3.6
,
2. The Contractor shall require the CSI to maintain the Loop Status Reports
and Components Calibration sheets at the job-site and make them
available to the Engineer/Owner at any time.
3. These inspections and tests do not require witnessing. However, the
Engineer will review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component
Calibration Sheets and spot-check their entries periodically and upon
completion of the Operational Readiness Tests. Any deficiencies found
shall be corrected.
SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT)
A. Successful completion of the operational readiness test, as determined by the
Owner and/or Engineer, shall be the basis for starting the witnessed system
acceptance test. The Engineer shall approve the ORT test results and the
Engineer and Owner shall be given finro weeks notice prior to the start of the
System Acceptance Test.
' B. The system acceptance test shall repeat loop and functional testing done during
the operational readiness test in order to demonstrate to the Owner and
Engineer that the system has been started up, is operating, and is in compliance
' with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a
paragraph-by-paragraph, loop-by-loop and site-by-site basis.
�1
�
'
LJ
'
,
�J
,
'
��
C. The following documentation shall be made available to the Engineer during the
test:
2.
3.
All Contract Drawings and Specifications, addenda, and change orders.
Master copy of the test procedure.
One copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at
the job-site both before and during testing.
D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed, and corrections made by the
CSI. The Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions
are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test.
E. After all functions have been tested and all corrections made, the system shall
operate continuously for 15 days without failure before this test will be
considered successful.
F. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this
test period. Availability shall be defined as "Avail. _(Total Time-Down Time,) /
Total Time x 100%". Down times due to power outages or other factors outside
the normal protection devices or back-up power supplies provided, shall not
contribute to the availability test times above.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-23
3.7 TRAINING
A. The CSI shall provide project specific classroom training at the Owners site or
designated Iocation. Training shall be provided for the operation and maintenance
of all equipment provided, as well as site specific installation configuration training
for the system as a whole.
B. Each student shall be provided with training materials. All training materials shall
be provided in hardcopy as well as on a training CD, with all materials in Microsoft
Office or Adobe pdf file format. All training CD's shall be updated with final
configuration information and resubmitted for approval. Final CD media shall be
archival quality.
C. The owner reserves the right to video tape any and all training sessions for the
purposes of future or refresher training.
D. To facilitate the Owner's operations staff scheduling, training shall be conducted in
two (2) four-hour sessions, a morning session and an afternoon session. Morning
and afternoon sessions will cover the same material on a given day. The training
shall consist of one (1) day minimum with (2) sessions per day.
E. Maintenance training shall be provided to designated maintenance personnel, so
that each component may be maintained without the assistance of outside
organizations. The training shall be e�ensive so that after training, personnel shall
be able to identify component malfunctions and repair components to the
board/module replacement level. Training shall cover the entire system including
controls and field equipment.
'
'
,
'
,
�J
'
'
�J
1
F. Maintenance training shall be conducted in one (1) session, with a minimum of 8 ,
hours of instruction.
G. Under the scope of this project, the System Integrator will not be responsible for
providing PLC and HMI control programming and logic. Specific training should
therefore include, but not be limited to: system architecture and interconnection,
wiring, field instrumentation and PLC hardware including maintenance and
trouble-shooting.
H.
Refer to related specification sections for additional training requirements.
Training sessions shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Owner before final
acceptance will be provided. All training sessions will require finro (2) identical
sessions (morning and aftemoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Contro/ - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-24
,
�I
'
'
'
,
,
,
3.7 WARRANTY
A. The warranty for the ICS shall be provided as specified in the City of Clearwater
Section III - 6.12 - Contractors General Warranty and Guarantee, and as
specified herein. The warranty period for this system shall be for one year and
shall begin upon acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. During this
warranty period, the CSI shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the
services of a trained, competent, field service engineer who shall arrive on site
within 36 hours of notification by the Owner or Engineer, to repair and/or replace
any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this
Instrumentation and Control System. All preventive and corrective activities shall
be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being
serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all work performed, and
list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Owner
on or before the next business day.
B. The CSI shall be capable of providing, after the warranty period for this system
expires, a 1-year renewable service contract whereby a trained, competent field
service engineer shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Owner.
Information relative to charges for such service and availability of such service
shall be submitted to the Owner and the Engineer.
C. Components shall be furnished to the manufacturer's standard for service
intended, unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications or on the Contract
Drawings.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT lnstrumentation & Control - Genera/ Requirements
0992-0222 13100-25
'
�
��
ll
SECTION 13110 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, CONTROL
ENCLOSURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
1.3
�J
'
A. The Contractor shall furnish, modify, test, install and place into satisfactory
operation all control enclosures (i.e. field panels, control panels, cabinets,
consoles, boxes, etc.) required to provide a complete and operable Instrumentation
and Control System (ICS) as specified herein and as shown on the Contract
Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown.
B. The Contractor shall also be responsible to provide modifications to existing control
panels as described herein. Modifications to existing control panels shall also
conform to the requirements of these specifications.
C. New control enclosures and/or subpanels shall be assembled, wired and tested in
the CSI's own facilities, unless specified otherwise.
D. All components and all necessary accessories (e.g. mounting hardware,
conditioning equipment, TVSS, fuses, circuit breakers, terminals, ground bars,
relays, contactors, starters, indicators, control operators, power supplies, signal
conditioning, connectors, digital hardware, etc.) that may be required to complete
the system, shall be provided.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of
specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General
Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied.
B. Instrumentation and Controls Schedules. Refer to Instrumentation Schedule and
PLC InpuUOutput Schedule Attachments for a listing of major equipment,
enclosure construction and signal monitoring requirements.
SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 - Shop Drawings,
Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and
Control, General Requirements.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. All enclosures shall fit within the allocated space shown on the Drawings where
applicable. The Contractor shall examine plans and/or field inspect new and existing
structures as required to determine installation requirements and shall coordinate
�
'
�I
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - Contro/ Enclosures
0992-0231 13110-1
the installation of all enclosures with the Owner and all affected contractors. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with installation of
enclosures, including repair of damage to structures (incidental, accidental or
unavoidable).
B. A minimum estimated size is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall furnish
enclosures of the size and quantity required to house the manufacturers' equipment
supplied and all other electrical components installed in the enclosure. In addition,
provide useful space and power supply capacity as spare for future expandability to
a minimum of one (1) item per item type installed or twenty percent (20%) of quantity
of each type item installed, whichever yields the greater spare space.
C. Enclosures (cabinets, panels, boxes, etc.) shall be formed or welded construction,
reinforced with Unistrut, Powerstrut or equal to facilitate mounting of internal
components or equipment. Sufficient access plates and doors shall be provided to
facilitate maintenance and testing of the supplier's equipment. Doors shall be
removable. Enclosures with any dimension thirty-six (36) inches or greater shall be
provided with removable lifting lugs designed to facilitate safe moving and lifting of
the panel during installation. No screws or bolts shall protrude through from the
interior enclosure.
D. All steel enclosures shall be free from dirt, grease and burrs, and shall be treated
with a phosphatizing metal conditioner (phosphate conversion coating) before
painting. All surfaces shall be filled, sanded, and finish coated by spraying a 1-2 mil
epoxy prime coat and smooth, level, high grade textured finish between flat and
semi-gloss shine. The colors shall be selected by the Owner from a minimum of six
(6) color samples provided. All stainless steel enclosures shall be polished to a No.
4 finish.
E. Enclosures shall be prefabricated cabinets and panels by Hoffman, Rittal or
Vynckier. The Contractor may optionally provide enclosures custom fabricated by a
reputable panel fabrication shop acceptable to the Engineer.
F. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components
shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs.
All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and securely mounted to the
removable back panels with screw and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped
to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any
component.
G. All enclosures with any dimension finrenty-four (24) inches or larger shall be provided
with drawing pockets for as-built panel drawings. One (1) laminated copy of the
appropriate panel as-built drawings shall be furnished and left in the pocket of each
panel.
H. All metallic enclosures with door mounted equipment shall have the door grounded
by means of flexible ground strap.
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Control Enclosur�es
0992-0231 13110-2
LJI
' I. The enclosure and all interior and e�erior equipment shall be identified with
nameplates. The equipment shall be mounted such that service can occur without
removal of other equipment. Panel mounted equipment shall be flush or semi-flush
' mounted with flat black escutcheons. All equipment shall be accessible such that
adjustments can be made while the equipment is in service and operating. All
enclosures shall fit within the allocated space as shown on the Contract Drawings.
,
'
'
'
'
'
,
Enclosures shall provide mounting for UPS, power supplies, control equipment, input
/ output subsystems, panel mounted equipment and appurtenances. Ample space
shall be provided befinreen equipment to facilitate servicing and cooling. Enclosures
shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted inside
the panel. Louvered openings fitted with dust filters near the bottom and top of the
cabinet shall be provided for NEMA 12 enclosures. If required, cabinets shall be
provided with filtered fans, heat exchangers or air conditioners. Only closed loop
cooling systems shall be provided for NEMA 4X cabinets. Cooling systems shall be
by the cabinet fabricator, McLean Midwest, Noren Products, or approved equal.
K. Enclosures shall be provided with a main circuit breaker and a circuit breaker on
each individual branch circuit distributed from the panel. Main breaker and branch
breaker sizes shall be coordinated such that an overload in a branch circuit will trip
only the branch breaker but not the main breaker. Circuit breakers shall be provided
for the following internal branch circuits distributed within the panel:
1. Receptacles and power strips
2. Lighting
3. UPS
4. HVAC equipment
L. Enclosures shall be provided with 120 volt duplex receptacles for service equipment
' and fluorescent service lights. Loads not requiring transient voltage surge
suppression (i.e. receptacles, lighting, HVAC, branch circuits to remote equipment,
etc.) shall be connected ahead of the enclosure TVSS device.
M. Locate equipment, devices, hardware, power supplies, instrumentation and controls,
electrical equipment and wiring to be installed inside the enclosures and/or as facial
features on the enclosures, so that connections can be easily made and so that
there is ample room for servicing each item. Every component in and on the
enclosures shalt be able to be removed individually without affecting the other
components and without the need to move other components. Support and restrain
all internally, as well as panel mounted components to prevent any movement.
N. All cabinets and/or enclosures shall be NEMA rated for the environment in which it is
to be installed and as noted in the Drawings.
O. Materials and equipment used shall be U.L. approved wherever such approved
equipment and materials are available.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT
0992-0231
Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures
13110-3
2.2
P. Controi panels shall be built in accordance with UL508A industrial Control Paneis
and NEC Article 409 Industrial Control Panels. Control panels for areas classified as
Hazardous shall be built in accordance with UL698 Industrial Control Equipment for
Use in Hazardous Locations. Control panels shall be UL508A and/or UL698 labeled
and marked as defined in NEC 409.110 with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Manufacturer's name and contact information (i.e. address, phone, website,
email, etc.).
Supply voltage, phase, frequency and full-load current.
Short-circuit current rating of the industrial panel based on one of the
following:
Short-circuit current rating of a listed and labeled assembly
Short-circuit current rating established utilizing an approved method
Electrical wiring diagram numbers or the index sheet to the efectrical wiring
diagrams.
The enclosure type number (i.e. NEMA 1A, 3R, 12, 4X, 7, 9, etc.)
If the industrial control panel is intended as service equipment, it shall be
marked to identify it as being suitable for use as service equipment.
Q. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of
allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should
be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be
mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall
be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates.
R. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturer's
recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus
for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide
single-point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest
possible path. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the
ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or
daisy-chain ground connections. Provide 1-inch wide by 1/8-inch thick copper
ground bus as a minimum.
TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
A. Tools, supplies, and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 - '
Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and as specified for each
equipment item. In addition, the following items shall be provided.
1.
2.
3.
One (1) of each type of panel mounted equipment (i.e., indicators, signal
converters, etc.) provided under this Contract.
Three (3) of each type of interposing relay provided under this Contract.
One (1) of each type of power TVSS device used
4. Five (5) of each type of signal TVSS device used
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - Contro/ Enc/osures
0992-0231 13110-4
�
�
�
�J
5. Two (2) of each type of communication NSS device used.
OUTDOOR ENCLOSURES
All outdoor enclosures shail be rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316
stainless steel with a white powder epoxy coating finish unless specified
otherwise. Outdoor enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door.
Door latches shall be all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies
(quick release), which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets
shall be polyurethane.
2. Outdoor panels shall be fitted with pad-lockable latch kits.
� 3. Outdoor enclosures with intemal digital electronics, exterior indicators, or
exterior indicator lights shall have external sun shields or sun shades,
constructed of the same materials as the associated enclosure, unless
otherwise specified.
�
�
,
4. Outdoor enclosures shall be designed for ambient conditions of -15 to 50°C
and twenty to ninety-five percent (20% - 95%) relative humidity, unless
otherwise specified. Outdoor enclosures shall be provided with
thermostatically controlled space heaters to provide condensation
protection.
C. INDOOR ENCLOSURES
1. Indoor enclosures located in the same area (i.e. room, etc.) as open
� process tanks, open process channels, closed process piping or process
equipment containing wet liquids or possible airborne powders, shall be
rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316 stainless steel, fiberglass, fiberglass
reinforced polyester, or polycarbonate, unless specified otherwise.
, Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be
all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies (quick release) which
do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane.
J
,
�
i
�J
'
�
'
�
2. Indoor enclosures located in a dry or environmentally controlled area (i.e.
electrical room, etc.) shall be NEMA 12 steel, unless specified otherwise.
Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be 3
point door latch with handle for all enclosures with a dimension of 24 inches
or larger, or otherwise shall be fast operating clamp assemblies which do
not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane.
3. Indoor enclosures in a non-air conditioned space shall be designed for
ambient conditions of 0 to 40°C and twenty to ninety-five percent (20% -
95%) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Indoor enclosures in an
air conditioned space shall be designed for ambient conditions of 20 to
30°C and twenty to eighty-five percent (20% - 85%) relative humidity,
unless otherwise specified.
TERMINALS
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Contro/ Enclosures
0992-0231 13110-5
L
Terminal biocks shall be assembled on non-current carrying galvanized
steel DIN mounting rails, securely bolted to the cabinet sub-panel.
Terminals shall be of the screw down pressure plate type as manufactured
by Allen Bradley, Phoenix Contact, Wieland, Square D, or equal. Power
terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts, 30
amps. Signal terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of
600 volts, 20 amps.
2. Fused terminal blocks or miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks
shall be supplied for protection and isolation of enclosed equipment, or as
specified in the Contract documents. Blown fuse indicators shall be
provided and/or tripped breaker status shall be clearly visible. Fused or
miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks shall be provided for, but
not limited to each of the following:
a.
�
Each PLC module requiring external power
Each piece of equipment provided with a power supply (integral,
internal or external) with the exception of devices with internal
fusing plugged into a receptacle.
c. Terminals shall be marked with a black waterproof, permanent,
continuous marking strip. One side of each terminal shall be
reserved exclusively for field incoming conductors. Common
connections and jumpers required for internal wiring shall not be
made on the field side of the terminal.
WIRING
All wiring shall be bundled and run open or enclosed in vented plastic
wireway, as required. All conductors run open shall be bundled and bound
with nylon cable ties, at regular intervals, with intervals not to exceed 12
inches. Adequately support and restrain all wiring runs to prevent sagging
or other movement. Care shall be taken to separate communication,
nefinrork, electronic signal, AC discrete signal, DC discrete signal and
power wiring. Wiring to equipment mounted on doors or where movement
of the equipment will take place, shall be installed in nylon spiral wrapping
sheaths.
2. Wires shall be color coded as follows:
a. Equipment Ground - GREEN
b. 120 VAC Power Distribution - BLACK
c. 120 VAC Power Neutral - WHITE
d. 120 VAC Control (Internally Powered) - RED
e. 120 VAC Control (Externally Powered) - YELLOW
24 VAC Control - ORANGE
g. DC Power (+) - BLUE
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT
0992-0231
Instrumentation & Control - Contro/ Enclosures '
13110-6
�
F
h. DC Power (-) — BLUE/WHITE
DC Control - BLUE
j. Analog Signal (+) - BLACK
k. Analog Signal (-) - WHITE
3. All wiring shall comply with accepted standard instrumentation and
electrical practices. Field wiring for power, control and signal wires shall
comply with Division 16 of the specifications. For each pair of parallel
terminal blocks, the field wiring shall be between the blocks.
4. Internal panel wiring shall be as follows:
a.
L^
AC power wiring: 14 AWG minimum, stranded copper conductors,
THHN/THHW wire rated for 600 volts and 90 °C. For wiring
carrying more than 15 amps, use sizes required by NEC.
AC control and dc power and control wiring: 16 AWG minimum,
stranded copper conductors, THHNlTHHW wire rated for 600 volts
and 90 °C.
c. Instrument signal wiring: 18 AWG stranded conductors, tinned
copper, finristed pair or triad, overall one hundred percent (100%)
aluminum foil shield with 20 AWG stranded drain wire, plenum
rated 300V 60°C FEP insulated wire with FEP jacket, equal to
Belden 88760.
d. All stranded wire shalt have a minimum of sixteen (16) strands,
except for drain wires.
IDENTIFICATION:
1. Provide a laminated black nameplate with beveled edges and'/2 inch white
letters to identify each console, panel or cabinet on the front of the
enclosure.
2. Provide laminated, beveled edge, plastic legend plates and nameplates,
with 1/4 inch letters, for each front panel mounted device as shown on the
Drawings. Legend plates and nameplates shall be the size as shown on
the Drawings. Color shall be black lettering on white background except
caution/warning nameplates which shall be white lettering on a red
background. Attach front panel nameplates with both a permanent
adhesive and stainless steel machine screws into tapped holes.
3. Tag all interior instruments and other components with engraved,
laminated plastic nameplates with 1/8 inch, minimum, lettering. Legends
shall be consistent with wiring and layout drawings. Nameplates shall be
attached with permanent adhesive to the panel, near the device or on the
device itself or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures
0992-0231 13110-7
G
4. Number and label each wire in the systems. Every unique wiring node
shall have its own individual unique number. Numbers shall be shown on
all submitted drawings. All wires shall be labeled at each termination and
junction of the wire and at 30 inch intervals along the wire. All multi-
conductor cables shall be labeled at each end and at 30-inch intervals with
CBL-XXX and also label each conductor at both ends. Labeling shall be
self laminating white/transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips (Brady DAT
7 292 or equal) with clear heat shrink tubing over the markers. Length
shall be sufficient to provide at least two and one-half (2 '/z) wraps. All
labels shall be machine-printed with wire and/or cable numbers.
ACCESSORIES
Control operators such as pushbuttons (PB), selector switches (SS), and
pilot lights (PL) shall be Allen Bradley 800H, Square D Company Type SK
or equal. Control operators shall be 30.5 mm, round, heavy-duty, oil tight
NEMA 4X corrosion resistant.
2. Pushbuttons and selector switches shall be non-ifluminated, spring release
type. Pushbuttons shall include a full guard. Panic stop/alarm pushbuttons
shall be red mushroom type with manual-pull release. Pilot lights shall be
of the proper control voltage, LED type (indoor) and lamp type (outdoor).
3. Control operators shall have legend plates as specified herein, indicated on
the Contract Drawings, or otherwise directed by the Engineer. Legend
plates shall be plastic, white field (background) with black lettering.
Engraved nameplates shall be securely fastened above each control
operator. If adequate space is not available, the nameplate shall be
mounted below the operator.
4. Control operators for all equipment shall be as specified herein and of the
same type and manufacturer unless otherwise specified or indicated on the
Contract Drawings. Modifications to existing panels using control operators
and indicators of the same type and manufacturer shall be allowed with
Engineer's approval.
5. Where required to interface between motor control centers, equipment
controls, and control panels, interposing relays and associated control
wiring circuitry shall be furnished and installed to provide the monitoring
and/or control functions specified herein. Interposing relays shall be
miniature type with DPDT contacts rated a minimum 10 amp @ 120 VAC,
push-to-test button, and status indicator. Relay coils shall be 120/240 VAC
or 24 VDC as required. Relays shall be as manufactured by Idec, Square
D, Omron, Allen-Bradley or approved equal.
6. Digital Indicators shall be provided to indicate rates and readings in digital
format and true engineering units. Indicators shall accept a 4-20 mA input
signal and shall be programmable through the front panel to provide
scaling, calibration, options and accessories. Units shall be 4 digit
minimum with red LED indication, 120 VAC power. Digital Indicators
shall be Precision Digital, Red Lion or approved equal.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT
0992-0231
Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures
13110-8
r
��
'
'
'
�l
'
��
I
'
,
'
'
,
�
�
H. POWER SUPPLIES
1. Each control panel shall be provided with a minimum of one 24 VDC power
supply. Power supplies shall be enclosed and sized per the guidelines of
UL508 and UL508A. Power supplies shall be Phoenix Contact, Model
Quint-PS-X, or approved equal.
2. External PLC power supplies provided for loop and/or PLC power shall be
redundant and alarm to the PLC upon failure.
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (NSS)
1. Transient voltage surge suppressors shall be provided at the following
minimum locations:
a.
b.
c.
d.
At any connections between AC power and electrical and electronic
equipment, including panels, assemblies and field mounted
instruments.
At both ends of all analog signal circuits that have any portion of the
circuit extending outside of a protecting building.
At both ends of all copper-based communications cables that
extend outside of a building.
At all specified spare analog inputs and outputs in PLCs and RTUs.
1. These protective devices shall be external to and installed in addition to
any protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal
protection shall be installed in either in a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the
enclosure that houses the equipment to be protected.
2. All surge arrestors shall be mounted and wired per the manufacturer's
recommendations including local grounding for surge energy dissipation.
For surge suppressors use No. 8 cable for ground connection or install
suppressor directly on ground bus using grounding screw. Provide 1-inch
wide by 1/8-inch thick copper ground bus as a minimum.
3. Panel-mounted power circuit protectors shall be provided in all
enclosures powered by 120 VAC. The protector shall be a 3-stage
hybrid, solid-state power line protector with noise filtering, common mode
and normal mode suppression and nanosecond reaction time. The unit
shall include a replaceable fuse to remove the load (protected equipment)
from the line if the unit is either overloaded or the internal protection fails.
TVSS devices shall be DEHN 952 210 (DG M TN 150).
4. Panel-mounted signal circuit protectors shall be made for mounting on a
' terminal block rail. Each TVSS shall include a moveable grounding link to
allow each signal cable shield to be individually grounded to the panel via
the mounting rail through the TVSS for that cable without the use of any
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT
0992-0231
Instrumentation 8 Confrol - Control Enclosures
13110-9
additional grounding wire or to be isolated from ground at the NSS. Each
mounting rail shall be grounded to the panel by the use of rail mounting
screws at approximately one-foot intervals. Protection shall be from line to
line and from each line to ground. Protection shall also be from shield to
ground where the shield is not grounded at the protector. Each NSS shall
have the ability to protect against surge currents greater than 10,000
amperes. Each NSS shall add no more than 22 ohms per signal wire to
the total signal loop resistance of the analog signal loop in which it is
installed. TVSSs shall not introduce error-producing ground loop currents
into the instrumentation signal circuits. TVSS devices shall be 919 921
(DCO RK ME 24).
5. Signal circuit NSS for 2-wire field instruments shall be a conduit
connected/pipe nipple type and shall have characteristics equal to the
panel mounted devices. Units shall be mounted to a transmitter conduit
entry point where availabte. When not available or practical, then these
devices shall be mounted in NEMA 4X enclosures located at the field
devices. TVSS devices shall be 929 921(DPI ME 24 N A2G)
6. Signal circuit TVSS for 4-wire field instruments shall be a separate
enclosure unit capable of providing protection on both the power and signal
side. The unit shall contain the characteristics of the line power protector
and signal circuit protectors discussed above. Units shall be enclosed in a
manufacturer assembled NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure with a clear
polycarbonate cover. NSS devices shall be EDCO SLAC-12036, Phoenix
Contact or approved equal.
7. TVSS devices antenna cable signal protection shall be an in-line panel
mount type unit rated for 50 Ohms and with dc blocking. Unit shall be rated
for the appropriate frequency range and have an insertion loss of 0.1 dB.
TVSS device shall be a DEHN 929 045 (DGA AG N).
8. TVSS device specifications and ratings for signal or communications types
not defined herein shall be as specified elsewhere or of a type
recommended by the manufacturer of the device being protected. TVSS
devices shall be DEHN, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REQUIREMENTS:
A.
L�
In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section 13100 -
Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements.
Floor mounted enclosures shall be installed on 1/4 inch thick rubber type pads.
These pads shall completely cover the area of the base that is against the floor.
C. Keep enclosures clean at all times. Keep enclosures doors closed except when
actually working in the enclosure. Protect all equipment during installation,
including hole punching for conduit connection. Remove atl filings and thread
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures
0992-0231 13110-10
,
,
�'
'
,
cuttings from enclosures. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations
which are both functional and esthetically acceptable.
D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any
kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the
possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of
the CSI to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion
damage does not occur during the time of construction.
E. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a periodic written report detailing
construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment
on which construction/installation has been completed.
F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and
, maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings
for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for
the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment.
, 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING
'
J
'
A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground
loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interterence/radio frequency
interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage
resulting from lightning-induced transients.
B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external
to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding,
or safety grounds.
C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be
' minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less
than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of finro inches only
permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted.
,
'
�
�J�
,
'
�
'
D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels.
Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned
finro-conductor twisted pair with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or
aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire.
E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source
to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal
cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a
common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit.
The exposed length of cable shield grounding wires shall not exceed two inches
prior to termination with less than one-inch maximum length preferred.
F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the
practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures
0992-0231 13110-11
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT
0992-0231
lnstrumentation & Control - Contro/ Enc%sures
13110-12
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
SECTION 13120 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, SCADA
HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish, test, install and place in satisfactory operation all
equipment required to provide a complete and operable Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, as specified herein and as shown on the
Contract Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of
specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General
Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01300 - Shop Drawings,
Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and
Control, General Requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
,
'
A. The SCADA hardware configuration as specified herein, as specified in related
sections and as shown on the contract drawings depicts overall system
configuration requirements. Unless otherwise specified, designs which vary from
this concept will be rejected.
B. All discrete and analog data acquisition, pre-processing, storage and process
control functions shall be performed at the PLC level.
C. PLC-to-PLC communication protocols shall be Ethernet based.
TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS
A. Tools, supplies and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 -
Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements, and as specified for each
equipment item.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-1
2.3
2.4
SURGE SUPPRESION DEVICES (SPD)
A.
�
�
��
Refer to specification section 13110 - Instrumentation and Control, Control
Enclosures for SPD requirements. '
Provide SPD protection for all specified spare analog inputs and outputs.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC), GENERAL
A. The CSI shall furnish programmable controllers (PLCs) equipment as specified
herein and as shown on the Drawings. PLCs shall be provided complete with rack,
power supply, Input/Output (I/O) modules, special function cards, instructions,
memory, input/output capacity and appurtenances to provide all features and
functions as described herein. PLC I/O cards may be supplied by third party
vendors if approved by the PLC manufacturer and the Owner. No substitutions will
be permitted.
B. All components of the PLC system shall be of the same manufacturer; who shall
have fully tested units similar to those being furnished, in an industrial environment
with associated electrical noise. The PLC system shall have been tested to meet
the requirements of NEMA Standard ICS 2-230 (Arc Test) and IEEE C37.90.1
(SWC). The processing unit shall perform the operations functionally described
herein, based on the program stored in memory and the status of the inputs and
outputs.
C. The programmable controller shall be designed to operate in an industrial
environment. The PLC shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°-60°C
and a relative humidity of five to ninety-five percent (5% - 95%), non-condensing.
The PLC shall operate on supply voltages of 90-132 VAC at 47-63 Hz, or 24 VDC
if provided with a battery backup system. Overcurrent and undervoltage protection
shall be provided on the power supply.
D. System configuration shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. PLC types and
modules shall be designated on the system block diagram and correspond to the
specifications herein. Only a single type of processor shall be supplied for all PLCs
of a designated type. Memory, processor and PLC type shall be adequate for all
control functions specified. Memory backup shall be provided during loss of power
for the configuration, logic program and current operating parameters/addresses.
E. The processor and its associated memory shall be enclosed in a modular
enclosure. A multiple-position selector switch or equivalent shall be used to select
processor operating mode. LED-type indicating lights shall be provided to indicate
processor, memory and battery status. Errors in memory shalf be recognized, and
shall activate the memory error indicating lights. The PLC processor shall monitor
the internal operation of the PLC for failure, and provide an alarm. Memory shall
consist of battery-backed RAM or EEPROM, which shall retain the control program
for at least one (1) year, in the event of power loss. Visual indication shall be
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nfluent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Contro/ - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-2
F
provided if battery charge is insufficient to maintain the program in RAM memory
for at least finro (2) weeks.
The instruction set for the PLC shall include the following, as a minimum.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Relay type instructions
Counter and timer instructions
Comparison instructions (equal, greater than, limit tests, etc.)
Integer, long integer and floating point mathematical instructions
Advanced math and trigonometric functions
Matrix and array instructions
Logical instructions (and, not, or, etc.)
Bit modification, moving and shift instructions
Diagnostic instructions
Sequencer instructions
Program control instructions (jump, goto, subroutine, etc.)
PID control loops
Block read and write capability
Master and slave communications capabilities
Immediate I/O and communications update instructions
Real-time clock and date
G. In addition to a port for communications as shown on the Contract Documents,
additional communication ports shall be provided for any other devices as required
(i.e., operator interface unit, connection to a notebook computer for programming
and configuration.)
H. New PLCs as specified or shown in the Contract Documents shall meet but not be
limited to the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
One (1) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet IP Port, one (1) RS-232 serial port
I/O Module Expansion Capacity: Up to sixteen (16) I/O modules, not to
include processor or power supply.
One power supply for each I/O module bank.
I/O modules shall be of a dedicated type, i.e. AI, AO, DI, DO. No mixed I/O
modules shall be acceptable.
Two (2) MB of Memory with 1GB SD memory card for memory backup.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-3
The PLC input/output hardware shall be modular DIN-rail mounted units
mechanically locked together with a tongue and groove design. Modules shall
include an integral communications bus that is connected from module to module
with a moveable bus connector. Additional I/O module banks shall be connected
with an expansion cable in a horizontal or vertical configuration, up to two banks,
one local bank which includes the controller and one additional bank.
J. Mod.ules shall be placed to ensure adequate power supply voltage to all modules
with a maximum of three (3) modules on the left of the power supply and eight (8)
on the right side of the power supply, for the bank with the controller, and maximum
of eight (8) modules on both sides of the power supply for additional I/O module
banks.
K. Power supply shall be compatible with the Allen-Bradley CompactLogix PLC. Input
shall be 120VAC and shall supply power to the PLC, Communication and I/O
Modules. Power supply shall be Allen-Bradley 1769-PA4.
L.
M
PLCs shall be Allen Bradley CompactLogix 1769 L3 Controller, (1769-L33ER). No
equal except by named manufacturer.
Contractor shall provide one (1) spare CPU that shall come pre-flashed with
operating software.
2.5 PLC INPUT/OUTPUTS
A. CompactLogix PLC input/output hardware shall be modular DIN-rail mounted units
mechanically locked together with a tongue and groove design. Modules hall
include an integral communications bus that is connected from module to module
with a moveable bus connector. Modules shall be placed to ensure adequate
power supply voltage to all modules with a maximum of four (4) modules on each
side of the power supply.
B. Each PLC within an enclosure shall handle the required number of process inputs
and outputs, plus a minimum of ten percent (10%) pre-wired spares for each I/O
type furnished except discrete inputs which shall have a minimum of twenty
percent (20%) pre-wired spares, plus a minimum of twenty percent (20%) spare
I/O expansion space for the addition of future circuit cards or modules.
C.
U
E
PLC input/output systems and processing modules shall be of the same model
series.
Discrete inputs (DI) shall be 120 VAC (integral to PLC), developed from dry field
contacts. CompactLogix - 1769-IA16
Discrete outputs (DO) shall be 120 VAC / 28 VDC 5A dry contacts. Output
contacts may be powered from the field equipment or powered from 24 VDC / 120
VAC sourced from PLC control panel's power system, as required to interface with
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-4
,
,
CJ
'
�
'
'
�J
'
'
field equipment. Outputs to solenoid valves shall be 120 VAC, powered from the
PLC or control panel unless specified or shown otherwise. Provide interposing
relays as required to meet dry contact rating. CompactLogix - 1769-OW16, SLC-
500 -1746-OW16
F. Analog input (AI) circuits shall be isolated, 15-bit (minimum) resolution type.
Analog input hardware shall be provided as required for all types of analog inputs
being transmitted to the PLC. In general, analog input modules shall be capable of
receiving 4-20 mA signals. Each input circuit shall have optical isolation to protect
the equipment against high voltage transients. CompactLogix -1769-IF8
G. Analog outputs (AO) shall be coordinated with the receivers but shall generally be
isolated 24 VDC, 4-20mA outputs powered from the PLC. Each output circuit shall
have optical isolation to protect the equipment against high voltage transients.
CompactLogix -1769-OF4C1
H. InpuUoutput modules shall be configured for ease of wiring and maintenance. The
modules shall be connected to wiring arms which can be disconnected to permit
removal of a module without disturbing field wiring. Covers shall be provided to
prevent operator personnel from inadvertently touching the terminals. The process
interface modules shall be provided with screw-type terminal blocks with barriers
between adjacent terminals for connection of field inputs. Terminals shall be
suitable for accepting up to and including No. #22...#12 AWG (0.2...4 mm2) wire.
Output failure mode shall be selectable so that upon station or communication
system failure, all outputs shall be placed in the non-conducting mode or remain as
they were prior to failure. Light-emitting diodes shall be provided for status
indication for each input and output point.
' J. Signal and control circuitry to individual input/output boards shall be arranged such
that board failure shall not disable more than one half ('/2) of the control loops
within any group of controlled equipment (e.g., one pump out of a group of three
' pumps, two pumps out of four, etc.). Where possible, individual control loops and
equipment shall be assigned to individual boards such that failure of the board will
disable only one (1) loop or piece of equipment.
,
u
C�
�
u
��I
�!
��
�
K. Extemal power supplies shall be provided with the PLC as required to meet
specified installed I/O power requirements, p�us spares. Power supplies shall be
modular units, shall be fully redundant and shall alarm to the PLC upon failure.
Power supplies shall have a line regulation of 0.05% and meet the environmental
and power requirements specified herein.
L. Control circuits and signals entering hazardous areas shall be provided with
intrinsically safe barriers meeting the requirements of the NEC and UL698.
2.6 STANDARD UNMANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Contro/ - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-5
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Industrial fiber optic Ethemet switches for use within control panels for
communications on the facility SCADA network. Refer to the design drawings for
specific instances of utilization.
The switch shall be a combination fiber optiGcopper Ethernet network unit.
The switch shall include eight (8) twisted pair RJ-45 ports with 10/100 MBps auto-
negotiation capability.
The unit shall include four (4) 1300 nm multimode ST fiber optic ports.
Switches shall use 24 VDC power with redundant power terminals available.
Unit shall be: N-Tron, model 112FX4-ST.
2.7 OPERATOR INTERFACE
A. Operator InterFace shall be 15" viewable touchscreen HMI screen.
B. Base-configured terminal available with display and logic modules
C. Optimized for Logix control architectures and supports PLC-based and SLCT""_
based systems
D. Supports real-time monitoring of your terminals through a web browser
E. RS-232 and Ethernet networks available through built-in communication ports
F. Two USB ports
G. Unit shall be: Allen-Bradley, PanelView Plus 1500.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REQUIREMENTS:
1.
2.
Fiber optic cables shall be installed in one section without splicing from one
designated termination point to the next.
The installed cable shall be terminated on all fibers. Fibers shall be tested
individually with all strands providing full light transmission. If any fiber
within the cable fails the testing criteria, the entire cable shall be replaced at
no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Cables shall be tested under actual loading conditions using a light source
and calibrated digital power meter. The Power Budget of the fiber with
connectors shall be calculated and compared to actual measurements.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repair
16-0038-UT lnstrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-6
,
4.
5
Any significant visual defect or power loss in excess of 2 d6 shall be cause
for a failed test.
A written report shall be prepared for each fiber test, troubleshooting or
maintenance event. The report shall identify the fiber serviced or tested,
define the procedure, describe the results of the testing including
comparison to the calculated Power Budget and provide conclusions. The
report shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.
In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section
13100 - Instrumentation and Controls, General Requirements.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repair ,
16-0038-UT /nstrumentation 8 Control - SCADA Hardware
0992-0231 13120-7
�
'
SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
'
PART1 GENERAL
' 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and provide all
valves, and appurtenances complete with actuators and all accessories as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Valves specificalfy excluded from this Section are as follows:
1. All interior valves for process piping
2. All valves for plumbing work.
3. All valves for heating and ventilation work.
4. All valves for fuel oil piping.
5. All chlorine gas valves.
6. All valves specifically included with equipment.
1.02 RELATED WORK
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, materials required to establish
compliance with this Section for shop drawings. Submittals shall include the
following:
1. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, specifications and engineering data
including:
a. Dimensions.
b. Size.
c. Materials of construction.
d. Weight.
e. Protection coating.
, f. Actuator weight.
g. Calculations for actuator torque where applicable.
B. Test Reports
1. Four copies of all certified shop test results specified herein.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1. Submit complete operation and maintenance manuals including copies of
all approved Shop Drawings.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-1
00992-0231
D. Certificates
Certificates of compliance where required by referenced standards: For
each valve specified to be manufactured and/or installed in accordance
with A1NWA and other standards, submit an affidavit of compliance with
the appropriate standards, including certified results of required tests and
certification of proper installation.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
L'-'
C
��
E.
F
Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except
as otherwise shown or specified.
American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AW1NA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Pressure Pipe
and Fittings.
2. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
3. AWWA C502 - Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants.
4. AWWA C504 - Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves.
5. AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
6. AWWA C515 - Reduced Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water
Supply Service
7. AWWA C517 - Resilient-Seated Cast Iron Eccentric Plug Valves
8. AWWA C800 - Underground Service Lines and Fittings
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
ASTM International
1. ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
2. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,
Flanges and Pipe Fittings
3. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron
and Steel Hardware
4. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and
Shapes.
5. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.
The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)
SSPC SP-6 - Joint Surface Standard Commercial Blast Cleaning
Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at
the time of bid opening shall apply.
City of C/earwater
MarshaU Stieet lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-2
00992-0231
'
t
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
u
LJ
'
'
'
�
II�
'
'
'
'
' 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
'
'
'
�
'
'
�
,
'
'
' 1.06
lJ
'
'
'
�
�
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
�
C.
1. Valves and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the
standard product in regular production by manufacturers whose products
have proven reliable in similar service for at least 10 years. If required,
the manufacturer shall furnish evidence of installation in satisfactory
operation.
2. All units of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
Design Criteria
All valves and appurtenances shall be new and in perfect working
condition. Valves shall be designed for continuous use with a minimum of
maintenance and service required and shall perform the required function
without exceeding the safe limits for stress, strain or vibration. In no case
will used or damaged valves be acceptable. The selection of equipment
to meet the specified design conditions is the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR. Both workmanship and material shall be of the very best
quality and shall be entirely suitable for the service conditions specified.
Source Quality Control
3.
Valves shall be shop tested in accordance with the following:
a. Metal-seated gate valves: AVWVA C500.
b. Rubber-seated butterfly valves: AWWA C504.
c. Resilient-seated gate valves: AWWA C509.
d. Reduced-wall, resilient-seated gate valves: A1NWA C515.
Obtain each type of valve from no more than one manufacturer.
Plug valves shall be hydrostatically tested for 30 minutes at two times the
maximum working pressure, with no evidence of distress, leakage or
weeping. Plug valves shall be capable of providing drop-tight shut-off up
to the full pressure rating.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the site to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work.
B. Protect threads and seats from corrosion and damage. Rising stems and
exposed stem valves shall be coated with a protective oil film which shall be
maintained until time of use.
C. Furnish covers for all openings.
All valves 3-in and larger shall be shipped and stored on site until time of
use with wood or plywood covers on each valve end.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-3
00992-0231
U
E
2.
Ail vaives smaller than 3-in shall be shipped and stored as above except
that heavy card board covers may be furnished instead of wood.
Store equipment to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Any
corrosion in evidence at the time of OWNER acceptance shall be removed, or
the valve shall be removed from the job.
Store all equipment in covered storage off the ground.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate with the
work which is related to this Section including buried piping installation, site
utilities, piping insulation, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, plumbing and
chemical feed facilities.
'
'
'
'
B. Coordinate the location and placement of concrete thrust blocks when required. t
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
I_1
G3
�
All buried valves shall open clockwise.
The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model or catalog number is for the
purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired.
Valves shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as
possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one
manufacturer.
'
CI�
�
1
D. Valves shall have the name of the maker, nominal size, flow directional arrows,
working pressure for which they are designed and standard to which they are '
manufactured cast in raised letters on some appropriate part of the body.
E. Unless otherwise noted, valves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 '
psi or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they connect to, whichever is
higher, and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed.
F. Valves shall be of the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings they are
connected to. Except as otherwise noted, joints shall be mechanical joints, with
joint restraint where the adjacent piping is required to be restrained.
G. Valves shall be especially constructed for buried service.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-4
00992-0231
'
1
'
'
,
�
� 2.02 VALVE BOXES
i
A. All gate, butterfly and piug valves shall be provided with extension shafts,
operating nuts and valve boxes as follows:
, 1. Extension shafts shall be carbon steel and the operating nut shall be 2-in
square. Shafts sha�l be designed to provide a factor of safety of not less
than four. Operating nuts shall be pinned to the shafts.
' 2. Top of the operating nut shall be located 2-in below the rim of the valve
box.
3. Valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Clow, Mueller, Tyler or equal
, and shall be a heavy-pattern cast iron, three-piece, telescoping type box
with dome base suitable for installation on the buried valves. Inside
diameter shall be at least 4-1/2-in. Barrel length shall be adapted to the
depth of cover, with a lap of at least 6-inwhen in the most extended
� position.
4. Covers shall be cast iron with integrally-cast direction-to- open arrow, and
the word
, 5. "WASTEWATER" shall also be integrally cast. Aluminum or plastic are
not acceptable. A means of lateral support for the valve extension shafts shall be
provided in the top portion of the valve box.
'
�
'
�
C
,
'
�
�
�
�
B. The upper section of each box shall have a top flange of sufficient bearing area
to prevent settling. The bottom of the lower section shall enclose the stuffing box
and operating nut of the valve and shall be oval. All fasteners shall be Type 304
stainless steel.
2.03 VALVE ACTUATORS — GENERAU MANUAL
A. The valve manufacturer shall supply, mount and test all actuators on valves at
the factory. The valves and their individual actuators shall be shipped as a unit.
B. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, valves shall be manually actuated.
Non-buried valves shall have an operating wheel, handle or lever mounted on the
operator. Those with operating nuts shall have a non-rising stem with an AVWVA
2 in nut. At least two tee handles shall be provided for all operating nuts. Unless
otherwise noted, operation for all valves shall be CCW open.
C.
�
E.
All actuators shall be capable of moving the valve from the full open to full close
position and in reverse and holding the valve at any position part way between
full open or closed.
Each operating device shall have cast on it the word "OPEN" and an arrow
indicating the direction of operation.
All position indication and direction of opening arrows shall be embossed,
stamped, engraved, etched or raised castings. Decals or painted indications
shall not be allowed.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-5
00992-0231
F. Unless otherwise noted, all valves larger than 3 in nominal diameter shall be
provided with position indicators at the point of operation.
2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves and operators for low pressure air piping shall conform to the
AVWVA C504, except as specified herein. Valves shall have a minimum 150 psi
pressure rating and be equal to those manufactured by Henry Pratt; M&H or
DeZurik valve companies.
B. Butterfly valves shall be flanged end with face to face dimensions in accordance
with Table 2 of above mentioned AWWA standards for short body valve, or wafer
type.
C. Valve seats shall be full resilient seats retained in the body or on the disc edge in
accordance with Section 8 of the above mentioned A1NWA standards. If the
resilient seat is in the body, the disc shall be of cast ni resist conforming to ASTM
A436 Type 1 with the periphery machined to a smooth spherical surface. If the
resilient seat is mounted on the disc edge it shall be held in place by a one piece
Type 304 stainless steel retaining ring and stainless Nylock screws, the disc shall
be of ASTM A48, Class 40 cast iron and a mating Type 304 stainless steel ring
shall be installed in the valve body. Resilient seats shall be Hycar or equal for
water service and Nordel or equal for air service. Resilient seats in valves for air
service shall be mounted in the body only.
D. The valve body shall be constructed of close grain cast iron per ASTM A126,
Class B with integrally cast hubs for shaft bearing housings of the through boss
type. Permanently self lubricating body bushings shall be provided and shall be
sized to withstand bearing loads. Stuffing box of liberal dimensions shall be
provided at the operator end of the vane shaft, arranged so that the packing can
be replaced by removing the bronze follower without removing the operator.
Packing shall be of the Chevron type as manufactured by Garlock Packing
Company. A sealing element utilizing O rings shall atso be acceptable.
L
F
G
The valve shaft shall be of Type 304 stainless steel and designed for both
torsional and shearing stresses when the valve is operated under its greatest
dynamic or seating torque.
In general, the butterfly valve operators shall conform to the requirements of
Section 3.8 of AWWA C504, insofar as applicable and as specified herein.
Gearing for the operators where required shall be totally enclosed in a gear case
in accordance with Section 3.8.3 of AWWA C504 standard.
i
'
�
'
�
'
�
,
'
'
'
,
'
H. The manual operators shall conform to Section 3.8.1 of AVWVA C504 standard,
insofar as applicable. Valves shall have handwheel or lever operators and open '
left, or counterclockwise. Operators shall have indicators to show position of the
valve disc. Operators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Valves & Appurtenances
15100-6
�
�
i
'
'
,
,
'
,
'
,
�
�
,
�
,
'
'
I�
2.05 PLASTIC BALL VALVES
A. Ball valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with socket or flanged ends as
required. Valve bodies shall be double union type. PVC ball valves shall be as
manufactured by Heyward, Aashi America or approved equal. All valves shall be
mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible.
B. Ball valves shall be electrically actuated with the valve actuators designed for
operation of quarter turn valves. Actuators shall be for open/close operations
only. In case of a power failure, the actuator will be designed to close in its
current position. The actuator drive train shall be completely enclosed in a
weather tight enclosure, designed for outdoor installation. Valve port position
shall be indicated.
C
❑�
E
CORPORATION COCKS
Corporation stops shall be of bronze or brass and shall be designed and
manufactured in accordance with AW1NA C800, except as modified
herein. Corporation stops shall have Mueller inlet threads except that
corporation stops for use with service clamps shall have IPS threads.
Where corporation stops are used with plastic pipe, a brass companion
flange shall be provided on the outtet of each corporation stop.
DIAPHRAM SEALS
Diaphragm seals shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, to
protect pressure gauges and pressure switches. The diaphragm shall be
"thread attached" to both piping and pressure switches or gauges.
Diaphragm seals shall be constructed of cadmium plated carbon steel,
except for the lower housing which shall be specifically chosen according
to the fluid type and pressure being monitored. Diaphragm seals shall
have a flushing connecting and be Type SG by Mansfield and Green;
Ashcroft, or equal.
PRESSURE GAUGES
�a
Pressure gauges shall be furnished and installed in each pump discharge
piping. Where gauge tappings are not available in the pumps suction or
discharge nozzle, the necessary tappings in the adjacent piping shall be
made for installation of gauge connections.
Pressure gauges for the above services shall have a black case and shall
be 4-1/2-in nominal diameter with phosphor bronze Bourdon tubes
(berylium copper bellows), 1/4-in NPT male connection, stainless steel
rack and pinion movement, microadjustment for calibration, white dials
and black figures, threaded ring case. All gauges shall be furnished with
protective diaphragm attachment as specified above. Gauges shall be
installed with brass nipples no shorter than 2-in and a manufacturer's
standard pulsation dampener and shutoff valve.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-7
00992-0231
a. Gauges shall be by Ashcroft; U.S. Gage, Sellersville, Pa.; Crosby-
Ashton, Wrentham, Mass. or equal.
2.06 BALL CHECK VALVES
A. Check valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series BC with socket or
flanged ends as required. Valve bodies shall be union type. PVC ball check
valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc.; Wallace and
Tiernan Inc. or equal.
2.07 1-INCH AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVES
A. Air release valves shall exhaust accumulated air from the system while under
pressure. The valve shall be capable of venting air; closing only after all the air
has been vented. The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under
pressure as often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated air. The
valve shall be equipped with vacuum check valve on the air outlet and will not
admit air to re-enter during vacuum conditions.
B. Air valves shall be of the size shown on the plans.
C. The body shall be made of high strength plastic, and all operating parts are made
of specially selected corrosion resistant materials. The valve shall be equipped
with a drainage outlet enabling the removal of excess fluids. Air release orifice
shall be 12 mm2 and suitable for 150 PSI maximum working pressure. Screens
shall be installed on the opening of all air release valves. Valve shall be equipped
with a strainer.
n
E
F
G
Valves 3-inch size and smaller shall have a threaded inlet connection, and larger
valves shall have a flanged inlet faced and drilled per ANSIm616.1 Class 250.
One-inch NPT inlet and outlet shall be provided, unless otherwise specified in the
drawings.
Connections from corporation stops to air refease valves shall be brass for
rigidity.
Automatic air release valves shall be manufactured by ARI Model D-050 VAC, or
approved equal.
2.8 CHECK VALVES
A. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having integral
(not Wafer) flanges. Valves shafl be Val-Matic Swing Flex Model V500 Series,
Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. Model 106LW, or approved equal.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-8
00992-0231
,
L�
'
L
C
The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked in
place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use of
special tools.
The shaft shatl be single and continuous stainless steel, extending on one side of
the body with a lever and weight.
D. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically �equired, shall be constructed of
corrosion-resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the
cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be
externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit
adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air
trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustable
control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The
bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change
of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve.
Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero
velocity, and be watertight.
E. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile
iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel
shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body.
F
G
Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted
by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to
the following ASTM specifications:
1. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B
2. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536
3. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM 6148, ASTM A276 d.
Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal
4. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material
For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surFaces of all check valves used in
sewage applications shall be coated with a factory applied, finro-part epoxy
coating to a minimum of 20 mils thick.
ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES
A. All valves shall be 100% port eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified as
manufactured by DeZurik PEF, Milliken Valve Co. Model M600 or M601, or
approved equal.
B. Ptug valves shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C504 Section 5. Each
valve shall be performance tested in accordance with A1NWA C504 Section 5.2
and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test as described in AWWA
C504 Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The teakage test shall be applied to the face of
the plug tending to unseat the valve. The Manufacturer shall furnish certified
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-9
00992-0231
copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in AWWA C504
Section 5.5.
C. Plug valves shall be of the tight closing, resilient faced, non-lubricating variety
and shall be of eccentric design such that the valve's pressure member (plug)
rises off the body seat contact area immediately upon shaft rotation during the
opening movement. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be
established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI 616.1-1967. Valves shall
be drip-tight in both directions (bi-directional) at rated pressure of 175 psi
through 12-inch diameter, and 150 psi for 14-inch diameter and above. The
valve shall be provided with a 2-inch square operating nut.
D. The valve body shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A126, Class B. Body
ends shall be mechanical joint to meet the requirements of AW1NA C111/ANSI
A21.11 or single gasket push-on type.
E. The valve plug shall be constructed of cast iron or ductile iron and shall have a
conical seating surface that is eccentrically offset from the center of the plug
shafts. The plug and shafts shall be integral. The entire plug face shall be
totally encapsulated with Buna N(Nitrile) rubber in all valve sizes. The rubber to
metal bond must withstand 75 Ibs. pull under test procedure ASTM D-429-73,
Method B. When the plug is in full open position, plug geometry and body
waterway contours must provide a passageway that allows flow capacity equal to
100% of the adjacent pipe area.
F. Valve seat mating surFace shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not less
than 90% nickel or be a one-piece 304 stainless steel ring. Seat ring contour
must be precision machined.
G. A mechanical "brake" shall be supplied on all valves and shall be capable of
"locking" the valve in any intermediate position between full-open and full-
closed.
H. Valves shall have multiple V-type packing and packing glands and shall be
capable of being field adjusted or repacked without the bonnet or plug being
removed from the valve with the valve under the full rated pressure. Valves
shall have a port position indicator.
For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all plug valves shall have
a 2-part epoxy internal coating to a minimum of 20 mils thickness.
�I
�I�
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
��
'
J. Valve shaft seals shall be adjustable and comply with AVWVA C507 Section 10
and with AVWVA C507 Section 11. ,
K. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, extension
stems, floorstands, etc. as indicated on the plans. All valves 6" and larger shall
be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi-steel
housing and be suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-10
00992-0231
,
,
,
�
'
�
'
�
'
��
'
'
,
'
��
,
'
�
�
'
'
�
J
to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All actuator shafts shall be
supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shali clearly
indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing
torque. All adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All exposed
nuts, bolts, and washers shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Valve packing
adjustment shall be accessible without disassembly of the actuator.
L. Valves and gear actuators for submerged service shall have seals on all shafts
and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water.
Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally
enclosed and shall have gasket seals. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and
washers shall be stainless steel.
M. Three-way plug valves shall be non-lubricated gear oriented. Valve bodies shall
be ASTM A-126 Class, and be semi-steel with 125 Ib. ANSI standard flanges.
Plugs shall be resilient faced. Three-way valves shall be 3-way, 3-port 270-
degree turn.
N. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor shall
have chain wheels.
O. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended
shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shalt be mounted on floor
stands where indicated on the drawings or shall be removable handwheels
where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for
extended shafts in all floors; where necessary covers shall be provided. Shafts
shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve and shall be 304 stainless
steel where submerged and carbon steel elsewhere. Floor stands and covers,
where called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve
position indicators. Where shown on the drawings, plug valves shall be
furnished with extended bonnets, equal to DeZurik Figure 640.
P. All buried plug valves shall
showing position of the valve
provided showing direction c
valve.
have a remote position indicator in the valve box
. A stainless steel centering and I.D. plate shall be
�f opening and number of turns to open for each
2.10 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES
A
C.
Valves 3-in through 36-in shall be non-rising stem type and manufactured in
accordance with AW1NA C509 and as specified herein. Valves shall be
manufactured by American, M8�H, Kennedy, or McWane. No others shall be
accepted.
Valve body shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron with fusion bonded epoxy coating.
Valves shall be provided with a minimum of two O-ring stem seals.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-11
00992-0231
D. Bonnet and gland bolts and nuts shall be either ASTM A 126, Class B. All ferrous
surface inside and out shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating. The hot-dip
process in accordance with ASTM A153 is not acceptable. Allen-wrench type
bonnet and gland fastening shall not be acceptable and will be rejected.
E
F
G
Wedges shall be constructed of ASTM A536 ductile iron and totally encapsulated
in vulcanized EPDM.
The word "OPEN" and an arrow indicating direction to open shall be cast on each
valve body or operator.
Operating nut for all gate valves shall be 2-in square.
H. Extension stems shall be fabricated from solid steel. Stems shall not be smaller
in diameter than the valve stem. Equip stem with wrench nut. Ensure all stem
connections are pinned
Thrust coltars and stems shall be integrally cast (not pinned on) and shall feature
copper alloy valve stems.
Buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends compliant with AVWVA C111
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
K. Gearing shall be required for gate valves 14-in diameter and larger, and shall be
in accordance with AVWVA C509 Part 4.4.9.
2.11 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES
A. Tapping sleeves shall be of ductile iron, designated for working pressure not less
than 200 psi. Armored end gaskets shall be provided for the full area of the
sleeve flanges. Sleeves shall be as manufactured by Kennedy, M&H, or Clow or
equal. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. All ferrous surface inside
and out shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating.
B. Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements specified above for gate valves
except that one end shall be flanged and one mechanical. Tapping valves shall
be provided with an oversized opening to permit the use of full size cutters.
2.12 LINE STOPS
A
�
Temporary line stops shall be provided, installed, and removed where required to
isolate sections of existing mains to allow installation of new fittings and valves.
Line stop sleeves shall be mechanical joint split cast-iron units rated for 150 psi
working pressure.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-12
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
�'
'
CJ
,
'
'
I I
J
�
�
1
'
,
'
,
,
�
�
'
,
'
'
r
'
�
'
��
C. Line stops shall have ANSI B 165-1, 125 Ib. outlet flanges. The CONTRACTOR
shall determine the outside diameter of the existing main before ordering the
sleeve.
D. Completion plugs used for line-stopping shall be manufactured from ASTM-36
grade material as a minimum. Completion plugs shall be designed with a groove
for the placement of an O-Ring that will aid in the permanent sealing of the line-
stop fitting to permit the recovery of our temporary valve used in the line-stop
procedure.
E. Line-stopping completion plug on mains 16" and above will be designed with a
reduced branch outlet.
F
�
Minimum blind flange thickness of the cover plate shall comply with AW1NA C-
207. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
The temporary line-stopping valve shall be supplied for the duration of the line-
stopping procedure.
H. A service saddle to purge the pressure from the main once the line-stopping
heads are in place shall be used. The service saddle will be utilized to re-
pressurize the main allowing equal pressure on both sides of the line-stopping
head in order to extract the head from the main. The CONTRACTOR shall check
for any leaks in the modifications prior to the heads being extracted.
Line Stops shall be Rangeline, TD Williams, or approved equal.
2.13 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS
A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for
each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron
pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128 or EBAA
Iron Sales E2100 Series. All couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory
installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project,
100-psi minimum.
2.14 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on
the Drawings.
B. Split type coupling shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on
the Drawings. The couplings shall be mechanical type for radius groove piping.
The couplings shall mechanically engage and lock grooved pipe ends in a
positive coupling and allow for angular deflection and contraction and expansion.
C. Couplings shall consist of malleable iron, ASTM Specification A47, Grade 32510
housing clamps in two or more parts, a single chlorinated butyl composition
sealing gasket with a"C" shaped cross-section and internal sealing lips
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Sfation Repairs Va/ves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-13
00992-0231
�
projecting diagonally inward, and finro or more oval track head type bolts with
hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to ASTM Specification A183 and A194 to
assemble the housing clamps. Bolts and nuts shall be Series 300 stainless steel.
Victaulic type couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of flanged joints as
manufactured by Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741.
E. Pipes shall be radius grooved as specified for use with the Victaulic couplings.
Flanged adapter connections at fittings, valves, and equipment.
F. Sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall
be of steel. The coupling shall be provided with stainless steel bolts and
nuts unless indicated otherwise. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe
stop removed. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable
for exposure to the liquid within the pipe.
'
'
II�
„
,
,
'
G. If the CONTRACTOR decides to use victaulic couplings in lieu of flanged joints, '
he shall be responsible for supplying supports for the joints.
2.15 AIR RELEASE VALVES
A. Air Release Valves shall be as shown on the Drawings; the basis of design is 3-
inch ARI model D025.
2.16 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP COATINGS
A. The interior ferrous metal surFaces, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be
blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-10 and painted with two coats of an
approved finro-component epoxy coating specifically formulated for wastewater
use.
B. Exterior ferrous metal surtaces of all buried valves and hydrants shall be blast
cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-6 and given two shop coats of an
approved two-component coal tar epoxy paint.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
�
�
During installation of all valves and appurtenances, verify that all items are clean,
free of defects in material and workmanship and function properly.
All valves shall be closed and kept closed until otherwise directed by the
ENGINEER.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BURIED VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A. Buried valves shall be cleaned and manually operated before installation. Buried
valves and valve boxes shall be set with the stem vertically aligned in the center
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-14
00992-0231
'
�
�
�
1
'
'
'
'
'
,
��
1
,
'
,
C
'
'
'
'
,
'
CI'�
,
'
,
��
'
�
�
'
�
C.
of the valve box. Valves shall be set on a firm foundation and supported by
tamping pipe bedding material under the sides of the valve. The valve box shall
be supported during backfilling and maintained in vertical alignment with the top
flush with finish grade. The valve box shall be set so as not to transmit traffic
loads to the valve.
Before backfilling, all exposed portions of any bolts shall be coated with two
coats of bituminous paint.
Install valve floor stand operators with stainless steel bolts.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES
A. The proper authority shall be contacted and their permission granted prior to
tapping a"live" line. The required procedures and time table shall be followed
exactly.
�
C.
Installation shall be made under pressure and flow shall be maintained. The
diameters of the tap shall be not less than 1/4-in less than the inside diameter of
the branch line.
The entire operation shall be conducted by workers experienced in the
installation of tapping sleeves and valves. The tapping machine shall be
furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
D. Determine the location of the line to be tapped to confirm that the proposed
location will be satisfactory and that no interterence will be encountered such as
joints or fittings. No tap or sleeve will be made closer than three feet from a pipe
joint.
E. Tapping sleeve and valve with boxes shall be set squarely centered on the line to
be tapped. Adequate support shall be provided under the sleeve and valve
during the tapping operation. Thrust blocks or other permanent restraint
acceptable to the ENGINEER shall be provided behind all tapping sleeves.
Proper tamping of supporting pipe bedding material around and under the valve
and sleeve is mandatory for buried installations.
F. After completing the tap, the valve shall be flushed to ensure that the valve seat
is clean. All proper regulatory procedures (including disinfection) shall be
followed exactly.
3.04 FIELD TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Conduct a functional field test of each valve, including actuators and valve
control equipment, in presence of ENGINEER to demonstrate that each part and
all components together function correctly. All testing equipment required shall
be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Valves & Appurtenances
15100-15
3.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. Furnish the services of a qualified representative of the tapping equipment
manufacturer to provide on-site instruction during wet tapping of the existing
water mains indicated on the Drawings.
6. Following installation of the butterfly valves, furnish the services of a qualified,
factory-trained representative of the manufacturer of the respective valves, to
check the installations before they are placed in operation, supervise initial
operations and testing in the presence of the ENGINEER, instruct the plant
personnel in care and maintenance of the equipment, and make all necessary
field adjustments. A minimum of 8-hour days, which may not necessarily be
consecutive, shall be provided for these services. In the event of trouble with the
equipment, the representative of the respective manufacturer shall revisit the site
as often as necessary until all troubles are corrected and the installation is
entirely satisfactory.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Va/ves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-16
00992-0231
'�J
�
C.,
'
�'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
SECTION 15871 - FIBERGLASS DUCT AXIAL FAN
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes furnishing and installing fiberglass duct axial fans required
by this section and as shown on the Drawings and Schedules.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of
fiberglass duct axial fans, of types and sizes required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1. Ha►tzell IFan, Inc., Piqua, Ohio
2. Or Approved Equal
C. Codes and Standards.
1
2
1.3 SUBMITTALS
AMCA Compliance: Provide axial fans which have been tested and
rated in accordance with AMCA standards, and bear AMCA Certified
Ratings Seal.
NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying
with NEMA standards.
A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Submit Product
Data, Wiring Diagrams and Maintenance Data for Record purposes.
B. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and installation. After verifying details and
dimensions provide three sets of final drawings to Engineer for use in observing
installation and for Record purposes.
PART 2- MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 FIBERGLASS DUCT AXIAL FAN
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Fiberg/ass Duct Axial Fan
16-0038-UT 15870-1
00992-0231
A.
,
Provide fiber lass belt drive ductaxial fans of type, size and capacity shown in ,
9
Fan Schedule.
B. The resin used on fiberglass axial flow fans shall be Reichhold Dion Formula
6693FR, which is a brominated THP resin with 3% antimony oxide added to
achieve a Class I flame spread rate of below 25 per ASTM E84 tunnel test
standards and NFPA Code 91 for blower and exhaust systems, which is OSHA
approved.
C. The propeller shall be airfoil design, 6 blade one piece construction. The
propeller shal� be solid fiberglass with an aluminum insert molded into the hub for
secure attachment to the shaft. The airfoil propeller shall not have an
aerodynamic stall characteristic.
D. Fan housings shall be constructed of solid fiberglass including the flanges which
shall have drilled mounting holes. Motor mountings shall be steel plate coated
with resin and mounted on the drum exterior with glass mat, cloth and resin. The
encapsulated assembly base, Type 304 stainless steel riser bolts and epoxy
coated motor base shall provide support for the motor. Motors shall be open end
protected. All other hardware shall be type 304 stainless steel.
E. Fan shafts shall be ground and polished Type 304 stainless steel. Bearings shall
be located in a sealed drive compartment to prevent corrosive element entry.
Bearings shall be heavy duty, self-aligning; and shall have e�ended lub tubes
and be relubricable for continuous service with a minimum L10 life of 50,000
hours. Variable pitch sheaves shall be standard on fans up through 10 HP, and
belts shall be oversized for continuous service. Fans shall be designed for
mounting in any position from horizontal to vertical.
F. Fiberglass propellers fan housings and components shall be capable of being
used in temperatures up to 200 degrees Fahrenheit. The fan assembly shall be
dynamically balanced and completely assembled at the factory prior to shipping.
All fans shall meet balance requirements of the Accoustical Society of America
Standard 2-1975 (ANSI S2.19-1975), Grade G6.3. Fan construction shall
conform to ASTM Standard D4167 for fiber reinforced plastic fans and blowers.
Fan performance shall be tested in an AMCA Certified Test. Laboratory in
accordance with AMCA Test Code 210 for air performance and AMCA 300 Test
Code for sound. Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Air
PerFormance Rating Seal.
G. Accessories:
Provide abrasion/erosion resistant coating to help prevent deterioration of
equipment in environments where uncoated fans may fail. Coating shall
be particularly effective when water mist and/or abrasive particles exist in
the air stream.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Fiberg/ass Duct Axia/ Fan
16-0038-UT 15870-2
00992-0231
,
CI�
'
'
'
�
��
�II
�
,
'
CJ
'
'
I1
'
,
LJ
2. Provide a motor cover, all fiberglass, with louvres positioned for
horizontal or vertical mounting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which axial fans are to be installed. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION OF FIBERGLASS DUCT AXIAL FANS
A. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, install axial fans in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions and recognized industry practices to
insure that axial fans serve their intended function.
B. Coordinate axial fan work with duct installation, channel repairs, and fiberglass
cover installation at the grit removal structure for proper interfacing.
C. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not
specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram
submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with
manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division 16
sections. Verify proper rotation direction of fan wheels. Do not proceed
with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment
installer.
D. Remove shipping bolts and temporary supports within ventilators. Adjust
dampers for free operation.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surFaces. Repair any marred or scratched
surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint.
3.4 SPARE PARTS
A. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt drive power
ventilator.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Fiberg/ass Duct Axial Fan
16-0038-UT 15870-3
00992-0231
'
�
�
�I
'
'
,
'
I�
,
�
�
,
,
,
�
'
'
SECTION 16075 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and
incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install
identification for electrical apparatus and electrical Work.
B. Related Sections:
1. 13100 Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following:
1. NEC Article 110, Requirements for Electrical Installation.
2. NEC Article 210, Branch Circuits.
3. NEC Article 215, Feeders.
4. NEC Article 504, Intrinsically Safe Systems.
5. NEC Article 700, Emergency Systems.
6. NEC Article 701, Legally Required Standby Systems.
7. NEC Article 702, Optional Standby Systems.
8. 40 CFR 1910.145 (OSHA) — Specification for Accident Prevention Signs
and Tags.
9. NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety in the Workplace.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit the following:
a. Complete description and listing of proposed electrical
identification and electrical identification devices for associated
equipment or systems.
b. Conduit and wire identification numbering system and equipment
signage.
2. Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's literature, cut sheets, specifications, dimensions
and technical data for all products proposed under this Section.
City of C/earwafer
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Identification for Electrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-1
00992-0231
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates):
1
�
Nameplates:
a. Laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16-inch thick, engraved condensed
block black lettering on white background, square corners, and
beveled front edges, or match existing.
b. Size: As required.
c. Letter Size: Minimum 3/16-inch.
d. Nameplates one-inch or less in height shall have one mounting
hole at each end. Nameplates greater than one-inch in height
shall have mounting holes in the four corners.
Legend Plates:
a. Legend plates for pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches, and
other panel-mounted devices shall be large size with dimensions
of approximately 2-7/16 inches wide by 2-13/32 inches tall (Allen
Bradley large automotive size), plastic, custom engraved with
black letters on white background.
1) Provide standard-size legend plates where devices are
mounted on motor control centers and spacing of devices
precludes using automotive-size legend plates.
b. Lettering size and line weight shall be the same for all tegend
plates on the same panel or enclosure. Maximum size shall be
1/4-inch and minimum size shall be 1/8-inch.
B. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers:
1. Provide high voltage signs for equipment operating over 600 volts.
2. High-Voltage Safety Signs for Outdoor Applications:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) B-120-45471 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, high voltage safety signs
shall be not less than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, of
fiberglass reinforced plastic, and shall comply with 40 CFR
1910.145. Signs shall resist fading from exposure to temperature
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-2
00992-0231
'
'
'
��
'
'
t
'
'
�I
'
1
,
�'�
'
'
�
,
'
�
�
�
'
'
�
�
�
'
,
�
'
3
extremes, ultraviolet light, abrasive, and corrosive environments,
and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT"
c. Mounting hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
High-Voltage Safety Signs for Indoor Applications:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
Q
1) B-302-84084 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
High voltage safety signs for installation on indoor equipment shall
be either pressure-sensitive acrylic or vinyl, and shall be not less
than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, shall comply with 40 CFR
1910.145, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP
OUT".
4. Cable Tray Safety Signs:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) B-302-86139 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Cable tray safety signs shall be pressure-sensitive vinyl
conforming to 40 CFR 1910.145, 5 inches by 3.5 inches in size,
and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE"
5. Low-Voltage Safety Signs:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) B-302-86060 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
' b. Low voltage safety signs shall be pressure-sensitive vinyl
complying with 40 CFR 1910.145, five inches by 3.5 inches in
size, and shall read, "DANGER — 480 VOLTS".
�
11
�
�
'
,
6. Low-Voltage Markers:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) CV442�oc by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Low voltage markers shall be either pressure-sensitive vinyl or
vinyl cloth with black lettering on orange background and shall
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-3
00992-0231
C.
�
E
read, "120 VOLTS", "208 VOLTS", "120/208 VOLTS", or "240
VOLTS" as required.
Arc-fiash Safety Signs:
1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the foliowing:
a. Brady.
b. Or approved equal.
2. Warning signs shall be adhesive-backed polyester.
3. Warning signs shall read, "Warning — Arc Flash and Shock Hazard.
Appropriate PPE Required. Arc flash warning signs shall indicate the
flash protection boundary, incident energy in calories per square
centimeter, hazard level, description of required protective clothing, shock
hazard, limited approach boundary, restricted approach boundary,
prohibited approach boundary, and equipment name.
Voltage System Identification Directories:
1
2
3
General:
a. Directories shall be laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16-inch thick,
engraved block black letters on white background, square corners,
and beveled front edges.
b. Directories shall identify all voltage systems within building or
structure.
c. Directories shall list the colors that identify ungrounded and
grounded conductors of each system.
d. Example Directory Text:
Volta e S stem Identification
S stem A, B, C Neutral
277/480 Brown, Oran e, Yellow Gra
120/208 Black, Blue, Red White
Large directories for rooms shall have text height not less than 1/2-inch.
Small directories for equipment shall have text height of not less than 1/4-
inch.
Conduit Labels:
1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
a. B-915-�ocx�oc by Brady.
b. Or approved equal.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluenf Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-4
00992-0231
��
'
LJ
�
I �I
'
,
'
lJ
,
�
i
'
�
C�
'
,
'
'
2. Shall be pre-tensioned acryliGvinyl construction coiled to completely
encircle conduit for conduit up through five-inch diameter, or pre-molded
to conform to circumference of conduit six-inch diameter and larger.
3. Attach strap-on style for six-inch diameter conduit with stainless steel
springs.
4. Shall be blank for use with custom printed labels.
5. Custom Labels:
a. Shall have black lettering on yellow background.
b. Shall not contain abbreviations in legend.
c. Shall be custom printed on continuous tape with permanent
adhesive using thermal printer specified below.
F. Wire Identification:
1. Heat Shrinkable Wire and Cable Labeling System:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) B-341 PS-�ax-2W by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. White heat-shrinkable irradiated polyolefin shrink-on sleeves.
Labels shall be thermal printed. Labels shall be not less than two
inches wide.
�
2. Wrap-Around Wire and Cable Labeling System:
a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
1) THT-XX-427 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Self-laminating white/transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips.
Length shall be sufficient to provide at least 2.5 wraps. Labels
shall be thermally printed and not less than two inches wide.
Detectable Underground Warning Tape:
1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following:
a. Indentoline by Brady.
b. Or approved equal.
2. Material: Polyethylene or polyester with detectable metal core and
polyester underlaminate.
3. Width: Two inches.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-5
00992-0231
H
4. Color and Labeling: Yeilow or red with permanently imprinted black
letters: "CAUTION — Buried Electric Line", repeated continuously over full
length of tape.
Thermal Printing System:
1. Utilize thermal transfer process to provide non-smearing labels and
markers.
2. Wire and Cable Markers:
a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the
following:
1) TLS2200 by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the
following:
1) 200M by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
3. Cable Markers:
a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the
following:
1) Handimark by Brady.
2) Or approved equal.
b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the
following:
1) Labelizer PLUS by Brady.
2) Or approved equat.
I. Generator System Warning Signs:
1. Generator warning signs shall be labeled in accordance with NEC Article
700, NEC Articte 701, or NEC Article 702.
2. Material, Colors, Letters: Plastic with white letters on red background.
Letters shall be not less than 3/8-inch high.
3. Attachment: Use stainless steel self-tapping screws.
4. Location warning sign shall read, "WARNING — THIS SITE EQUIPPED
WITH A DIESEL DRIVEN STAND-BY GENERATOR LOCATED IN AN
ADJACENT ROOM".
5. Generator ground warning sign shall read, "WARNING — GENERATOR
GROUNDED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IS CONNECTED TO THE
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-6
00992-0231
�
'
lJ
' 2.2
�
I��
,
�
�
�
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
,
GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN THIS ENCLOSURE. DO
NOT OPERATE GENERATOR WHILE EITHER CONDUCTOR IS
DISCONNECTED TO AVOID SEVERE SHOCK HAZARD AND
POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE."
FABRICATION
A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates):
Nameplate and legend plate text is preliminary and subject to change
pending final review and approval of nomenclature by ENGINEER after
start-up and testing.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations and as required for proper identification of equipment and
materials.
B. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates):
1. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, attach permanent
nameplates with permanent adhesive and with 3/16-inch diameter, round
head, stainless steel machine screws into drilled and tapped holes.
2. Provide nameplate with 1.5-inch high letters to identify each console,
cabinet, panel, or enclosure as shown or indicated.
3. Provide nameplates for field-mounted motor starters, disconnect
switches, manual starter switches, pushbutton stations, and similar
equipment operating components, which shall describe motor or
equipment function and circuit number.
4. Provide nameplates with 1/2-inch high letters to identify each junction and
terminal box shown or indicated.
5. On switchgear, provide nameplates for each main and feeder circuit
including control fuses, and for each indicating light and instrument.
a. Provide nameplate with 1.5-inch high letters giving switchgear
designation, voltage rating, ampere rating, short circuit rating,
manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number.
b. Identify individual door for each compartment with nameplate
giving item designation and circuit number.
6. Motor Control Centers:
a. Provide nameplate with 1.5-inch letters with motor control center
designation.
b. Identify individual door for each unit compartment with nameplate
identifying controlled equipment.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs /dentification for Electrical Systems
' 16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
16075-7
7. Except conduit, all electrical appurtenances including lighting panels,
convenience outlets, fixtures, and lighting switches, shall be provided with
nameplates indicating appropriate circuit breaker number(s).
8. Push Buttons:
a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions.
b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment.
c. Provide red buttons for stop function.
d. Provide black buttons for other functions.
9. Pilot Lights:
a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions.
b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment.
c. Shall have lens colors as shown or indicated. Where no color is
indicated, provide the following lens colors:
Color Le end
Green Sto ed, Closed
Red Runnin , O en
Amber Alarm
Blue Status or Reverse
White Power
10. Selector Switches:
a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions.
b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment.
11. Panel Mounted Instruments:
a. Provide nameplates for identification of function.
12. Interiors of Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, Terminal Boxes, and Other
Enclosures:
a. Provide nameplates for identification.
b. Provide each item inside cabinet, console, panel, terminal box, or
enclosure with laminated plastic nameplate as shown on approved
Shop Drawings and CONTRACTOR"s other submittals. Install
nameplates with adhesive.
c. Interior items requiring nameplates include:
1) Terminal blocks and strips.
2) Bus bars.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs ldentification for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-8
00992-0231
C��
1
'
'
'
'
lJ
�
'
�
� _J
�
�J
'
�J
�
'
,
'
,
'
'
,
�
,
'
,
'
�
'
'
'
,
,
'
LJ
,
C
U
C;
3) Relays.
4) Rear of face-mounted items.
5) Rear of door-mounted items.
6) Interior mounted items that require identification when
mounted externally.
Circuit Breaker Directory:
1) Provide engraved laminated plastic directory listing
function and load controlled for each circuit breaker within
panel used for power distribution.
13. Re-label existing equipment whose designation have changed.
Safety Signs and Voltage Markers:
1. Provide safety signs and voltage markers on and around electrical
equipment as shown or indicated.
a. Install rigid safety signs using stainless steel fasteners.
b. Clean surfaces before applying pressure-sensitive signs and
markers.
2
3
Install high voltage safety signs on all equipment doors providing access
to uninsulated conductors, including terminal devices, greater than 600
volts.
Provide cable tray safety signs on both sides of cable trays at maximum
intervals of 20 feet. Install signs on side rails of tray as acceptable to
ENGINEER.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Label cable trays that contain conductors greater than 600 volts
with cable tray safety signs.
Cable trays that contain conductors greater than 208 volts and
less than 600 volts shall be labeled with low voltage safety signs.
Cable trays that contain conductors of 120/208 volts shall be
labeled with low voltage markers.
Do not label cable trays that contain only instrument signal cables.
Label cable trays that contain intrinsically safe wiring or cables in
accordance with NEC Article 504.
4. Install low voltage safety signs on equipment doors that provide access to
uninsulated 480-volt conductors, including terminal devices.
5. Install low voltage markers on each terminal box, safety disconnect
switch, and panelboard installed, modified, or relocated as part of the
Work and containing 120/208 volt conductors.
Voltage System Identification Directories
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street lnf/uent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-9
00992-0231
Q
1. Provide voltage system identification directories as required by NEC
Article 210 and NEC Article 215.
2. Provide in each electrical room voltage system identification directory
mounted on wall or door at each entrance to room.
3. For panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other branch
circuit or feeder distribution equipment that are not located in electrical
rooms, provide voltage system identification directory mounted on
equipment.
a. Directories shall be affixed using epoxy glue. Screws or bolts
shall not penetrate equipment enclosures.
b. Directories shall be readily visible and not obscure labels and
other markings on equipment.
Arc-flash Safety Signs:
1. Provide arc-flash safety signs as required by NEC Article 110.
2. Provide signs for switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and
industrial control panels. Provide signs for control panels that contain 480
volt equipment. Provide arc flash warning signs on other equipment
where the incident energy is greater than 1.2 calories per square
centimeter.
F. Conduit Labels:
1. Provide conduits with conduit labels unless otherwise shown or indicated.
2. Do not label flexible conduit.
3. Do not label exposed single conduit runs of less than 25 feet between
local disconnect switches and their associated equipment.
4. Conduit labels shall indicate the following information:
�
a. Contract Number: Alphanumeric, three or four digits, as
applicable.
b. Conduit Number: Alphanumeric as shown on the Drawings, as
assigned by CONTRACTOR for unlabelled conduits, and in
accordance with approved submittals.
Conduits that contain intrinsically safe wiring shall have an additional pipe
marker provided that has blue letters on white background and reads,
"INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING".
a. Install intrinsically safe pipe markers in accordance with NEC
Article 504 along entire installation. Spacing between labels shall
not exceed 25 feet.
6. Provide conduit labels at the following locations:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrical Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-10
00992-0231
'
G
a. Where each conduit enters and exits walls, ceilings, floors, or
slabs.
b. Where conduit enters or exits boxes, cabinets, consoles, panels,
or enclosures, except pull boxes and conduit bodies used for pull
boxes.
c. At maximum intervals of 50 feet along length of conduit.
7. Orient conduit labels to be readable.
Wire and Cable Identification:
1. Color-coding of insulated conductors shall comply with Section 16100,
2. Use heat-shrinkable wire labels where wire or cable is terminated. Use
wrap-around labels where wire or cable is to be labeled but is not
terminated.
3. Do not provide labels for the following:
a. Bare (uninsufated) conductors, unless otherwise shown or
indicated as labeled.
4. Provide wire and cable labels for the following:
a. New, rerouted, or revised wire or cable.
b. Insulated conductors.
d. Wire and cable terminations:
1) Wre labels shall be applied between 1/2-inch and one inch
of completed termination
2) Apply cable labels between 1/2-inch and one inch of cable
breakout into individual conductors.
a) Label individual conductors in a cable after
breakout as specified for wires.
e. Wire or cable exiting cabinets, consoles, panels, terminal boxes,
and enclosures.
1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to
conduit.
f. Wire or cable in junction boxes and pull boxes
1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to
conduit.
g. Wire and cable installed in cable tray.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-11
00992-0231
5.
1)
Wire and cable shall have labels at maximum intervals of
20 feet.
h. Wire and cable installed without termination in electrical
manholes.
1) Wire and cable shall have wrap-around labels applied
within one foot of exiting manhole.
Wire and Cable Identification System:
a. Wire and cable labels shall be imprinted with an identifying
designator.
1) Wire and cable extending between two devices or items
and that does not undergo a change of function shall be
identified by a single unique designator as specified below.
b. Field Wiring:
1) Wire or cable designator shall consist of
a) Three left-most characters shall consist of the
Contract number under which wiring or cable was
installed.
b) Fourth character from the left shall be an asterisk
(*), a plus sign (+) or a hyphen (-). Do not use
other punctuation symbols in a wire designator.
c) Remaining characters shall be alphanumeric and
make wire designator unique.
d) Numbering shall reflect actual designations used in
the Work and shall be documented in record
documents.
c. Cabinet, Console, Panel, and Enclosure Wiring, Internal:
1) New Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures:
a) Wire and cable inside cabinets, consoles, panels,
and enclosures shall have designators as specified
in Section 13100, General Requirements.
6. Modified Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures:
a. New or rerouted wire or cable in existing cabinets, consoles, panels,
and enclosures shall be labeled as shown on the Drawings or be
assigned a ten-character designator equivalent to field wire
designator.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Identification for Electrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-12
00992-0231
H. Terminal Strip Labeling:
1. Label panel side of terminal to match panel wire number.
2. Label field side of terminal to match field wire number. Terminal number
shall not include the Contract number.
I. Generator System Warning Signs:
1. Provide warning signs for generator systems as required by NEC.
2. Install generator location warning sign on or immediately adjacent to
service equipment, or to "normal" source disconnecting means when
generator is located out of sight of service equipment or disconnecting
means.
3. Install generator grounding warning sign on enclosure or immediately
adjacent to point where generator neutral is connected to grounding
electrode system if connection is made remote from generator.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Identification for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16075-13
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
;�
'
�
�
�
�
,
'
'
'
'
�
LJ
'
,
SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK (SMALL SCOPE
PROJECTS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A.
L
Scope: CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals as shown, specified, and required to complete the Electrical
Work. �
Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and
coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the
formwork, walls, partitions, ceilings and panels.
C. I ntent:
1.
2.
�
E
Drawings show the principal elements of the electrical installation.
They are not intended as detailed working drawings for the
electrical Work but as a complement to the Specifications to clarify
the principal features of the electrical systems.
It is the intent of this Section that all equipment and devices,
furnished and installed under this and other Sections, be properly
connected and interconnected with other equipment so as to
render the installations complete for successful operation,
regardless of whether all the connections and interconnections are
specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown.
Grounding: Ground all equipment in conformance with the National
Electrical Code.
Temporary Power:
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary light and power for
construction purposes to be utilized by all trades on the project.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Permits: Obtain all permits required to commence work and, upon
completion of the Work, obtain and deliver to ENGINEER a
Certificate of Inspection and Approval from the State Board of Fire
Underwriters or other authority having jurisdiction.
2. Codes: Material and equipment shalt be installed in accordance
with the current standards and recommendations of the National
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-1
00992-0231
3.
�
Electrical Code, Nation Fire Protection Agency and the National
Electrical Safety Code and with local codes which apply. Where
discrepancies arise befinreen codes, the most restrictive regulation
shall apply.
Tests by Independent Regulatory Agencies: Electrical material
and equipment shall be new and shall bear the label of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally-recognized,
independent testing laboratory, wherever standards have been
established and label service regularly applies.
Utilities:
a
�
Power Company: Work in connection with the electric
service and utility metering shall be done in strict
conformance with the requirements of the Power
Company.
Telephone Company: Work in connection with the
telephone lines for the telephone service shall be done in
strict conformance with the requirements of the Telephone
Company.
B. Reference Standards: Electrical material and equipment shall conform in
all respects to the latest approved standards of the following:
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
8.
9.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
The American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
National Electrical Code (NEC).
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Instrumentation Society of America (ISA).
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number.
2. Electrical ratings.
3. Dimensioned plan, section, and elevations showing means for
mounting, conduit connection, and grounding.
4. Materials and finish specification, including paints.
5. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog
numbers.
6. Internal wiring diagrams indicating all connections to components
and numbered terminals for external connections.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Electrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16100-2
'
'
�
,
lJ
'
�I
�
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
CI
,
u
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
,
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
This project is in an existing wastewater treatment facility and plant operation
disturbances must be kept to a minimum. Provide 24 hours' notice of individual
equipment shutdowns and 72 hours' notice for entire system shutdown. Provide
any temporary power necessary to keep plant systems powered.
A. Existing Conditions:
E
CONTRACTOR shall examine the site and existing facilities in
order to compare them with the Drawings and Specifications with
respect to the conditions of the premises, location of and
connection to existing facilities and any obstructions which may be
encountered.
CONTRACTOR is cautioned to perForm his work with due regard
to safety and in a manner that will not interfere with the existing
equipment or in any way cause interruption of any of the functions
of the plant.
1.5 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
A.
C�
C
Wet Locations: The following areas shall be considered wet locations:
1. All outdoor areas.
2. All indoor areas below grade unless otherwise specified.
3. Indoor areas above grade where designated and shown.
4. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as wet
locations shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for wet loca-
tions. Enclosures shall meet NEMA 4 requirements as a minimum
and NEMA 4X requirements where specified. Conduits shall be
terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs.
Corrosive Locations: The following areas shall be considered corrosive
locations: Wefinrell, Splitter Box, screen and grit rooms
Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as
corrosive shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for corrosive
locations. Conduit systems shatl be PVC coated galvanized steel
and enclosures shall meet NEMA 4X requirements. Conduits
shall be terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs.
Independent supports shall be PVC-coated galvanized steel, or
fiberglass-reinforced epoxy struts.
Hazardous Locations: The following areas shall be considered
hazardous locations: Wefinrell, Splitter Box, screen and grit rooms
Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as
hazardous locations shalf ineet NEC & NFPA 820 requirements
for the Class and Division designated.
City of C/earwater
' Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-3
00992-0231
'
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RACEWAY SYSTEMS
A. General:
1. The types of raceways required include the following:
a. Galvanized Rigid Steel or Aluminum for exposed indoor
conduit runs in non-corrosive areas.
b. PVC coated rigid steel, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester for
exposed conduit runs in corrosive areas and in all outdoor
areas.
c. PVC coated rigid steel or Schedule 80 PVC (with 2"
concrete cap) for individual conduit runs direct buried in
earth.
d. Schedule 40 PVC for conduit runs embedded in structural
concrete slabs and steel reinforced concrete ductbank.
e. Flexible conduit for connections to motors and equipment.
2. Coordination:
a. Conduit runs shown are diagrammatic.
b. Coordinate conduit installation with piping, ductwork,
lighting fixtures and other systems and equipment and
locate so as to avoid interferences.
B. Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings:
1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, mild steel, hot dip galvanized, smooth
interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4-inch NPS
minimum size.2.
Manufacturer: Provide rigid steel conduit and fittings of one of the
following:
a. Allied Tube and Conduit.
b. Wheatland Tube Company.
c. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation.
d. Or approved equal.
C. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings:
1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, mild steel, hot dip galvanized, smooth
interior, tapered threads, carefully reamed ends, 3/4-inch NPS
minimum size with a factory coating of 40 mil thick polyvinyl
chloride.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Electrical Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-4
00992-0231
�
'
,
u
�
'
'
��
�
'
'
�
,
'
'
,
'
'
�
2. Color: Color of coating shall be the same on all conduit and
fittings.
3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC coated rigid steel conduit and fittings
of one of the following:
a. Robroy Industries.
b. Perma-Cote Industries.
c. OCAL, Inc.
d. Or approved equal.
Aluminum Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings:
1
2.
Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following:
a. Allied Tube and Conduit.
b. Wheatland Tube Company.
c. Or approved equal.
Material: Rigid, heavy-wall aluminum, smooth interior, tapered
threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4-inch NPS minimum size.
E. Metallic Conduit Fittings and Outlet Bodies:
1. Material and Construction: Cast gray iron alloy, cast malleable
iron bodies and covers. Outdoor units to be gasketed and
watertight. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the
purpose. Improvised gaskets not acceptable. All units to be
threaded type with five full threads. Material to conform to ANSI
C80.4 and be listed by UL. Fittings and bodies in or on PVC
coated conduit runs to have a factory-applied coating of 40 mil
thick polyvinyl chloride. The use of "LB" fittings shall be avoided
and type "LBD" fittings applied wherever the use of fittings is
unavoidable.
2. Manufacturer: Provide metallic conduit fittings and outlet bodies
of one of the following:
a. Crouse-Hinds Company.
b. Appleton Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
F. PVC Conduit:
1. Material: Schedule 40 or 80 PVC plastic, NEMA Type
EPC-40-PVC or NEMA Type EPC-80-PVC, 90 C rated,
conforming to UL No. 651.
2. Fittings: Form elbows, bodies, terminations, expansions and
fasteners of same material and manufacturer as base conduit.
Provide cement by same manufacturer as base conduit.
3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC conduit of one of the following:
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Electrica/ Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-5
00992-0231
G
W
J
a. Allied Tube and Conduit.
b. Carlon, Division of Indian Head, Incorporated.
c. Or approved equal.
Conduit Hubs:
1. Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration proof, weather proof
with captive O-ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat. Hubs
used on PVC coated conduit systems shall have a factory applied
PVC coating.
2. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and
other enclosures located in areas designated as wet locations.
3. Manufacturer: Provide material manufactured by Myers Electrical
Products Company or approved equal.
Flexible Conduit:
1. Material: Flexible galvanized steel core with smooth, abrasion-
resistant, liquid-tight, polyvinyl chloride cover. Continuous copper
ground built in for sizes 3/4-inch through 1-1/4 inch. Material shall
be UL listed.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Sealtite UA, as manufactured by Anaconda Metal Hose
Division, Anaconda American Brass Company.
b. Liquatite Type L.A., as manufactured by Electric-Flex
Company.
c. Or approved equal.
Flexible Conduit Fittings:
1. Material and Construction: Die Cast Zinc finish. Fittings shall
adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an
inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard
conduit size and shall be UL listed.
2. Manufacturer: Provide flexible conduit fittings of one of the
following:
a. Crouse Hinds Company.
b. Appleton Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
Pull and Junction Boxes:
1. Material and Construction:
a. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron bodies and
covers. Cadmium finish.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-6
00992-0231
'
�
�
�
LJ
�
�
�
'
,
'
,
�
�
'
�
,
K.
b. Neoprene gaskets. Gaskets to be of an approved type
designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets not accept-
able.
c. Stainless steel cover screws.
d. External mounting lugs.
e. Drilled and tapped conduit holes.
f. Boxes where conduits enter a building below grade shall
have 1/4-inch drain hole.
2. Manufacturer: Provide pull and junction boxes of one of the
following:
a. Crouse Hinds Company.
b. Appleton Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
3. Boxes for installation in areas classified as hazardous locations
shall be explosion proof and shall comply with UL886.
Sealing Fittings:
1. Materials and Construction:
a. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron bodies with zinc
electroplate and lacquer or enamel finish.
b. Ample opening with threaded closure for access to conduit
hub for making dam.
2. Sealing fiber for forming the dam within the hub and the sealing
compound shall be approved for use with the fittings furnished.
3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Series EYS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company.
b. EYS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
2.2 WIRE AND CABLE
A. 600 Volt Cable:
1. Insulated Cable In Raceways:
a. Material: Single conductor copper cable conforming to
ASTM B 3 and B 8 with flame-retardant, moisture and heat
resistant cross-linked polyethylene or thermoplastic
insulation rated 90 C in dry locations and 75 C in wet
locations and listed by UL as Type XHHW-2 or THWN-2.
b. Application: Use XHHW 2 for #4 and larger and /THWN-2
or XHHW-2 for #6 and smaller.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Electrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-7
00992-0231
2.
c. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and
lighting and No. 14 AWG for 120 volt control circuits.
d. Stranding: All 600 volt cable shall be stranded except that
solid cable, size 10 and smaller may be used for lighting
circuits.
e. Manufacturer: Provide cable of one of the following:
1) Southwire.
2) The Okonite Company.
3) American Insulated Wire
4) General Cable
5) Or approved equal.
Cable Connectors, Solderless Type:
a. For wire sizes up to #6 AWG, use compression type.
b. For sizes #4 AWG and above, use either compression type
or bolted type with silver-plated contact faces.
c. For sizes #250 MCM and larger, use connectors with at
least 2 cable clamping elements or compression indents
and provision for at least 2 bolts for joining to apparatus
terminal.
d. Properly size connectors to fit fastening device and wire
size.
B. Cable for Installation in Trays:
1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following:
a. Southwire.
b. The Okonite Company.
c. Prysmian Cables & Systems.
d. General Cable.
e. Or equal.
2. Material: Factory-assembled single- or multi-conductor control,
signal, or power cable that bears UL label Type TC and are
specifically approved for installation in cable trays. Overall jacket
shall be sunlight-resistant PVC. Cable shall be rated for 90
degrees C wet or dry, complying with UL 44 and UL 1277.
C. Instrumentation Cable:
1. Single Shielded Pair:
a. Tinned copper, stranded conductors, #18 AWG minimum,
finristed with aluminum-polyester shield, stranded tinned 20
AWG copper drain wire and overall chrome vinyl jacket.
Rated for 300 volts minimum.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-5
00992-0231
[�
C�
'
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
,
�
C
�
�
'
'
�J
2.3
2. Multipaired Shielded:
a. Tinned copper, 7 strand XLPE insulated conductors,
#18 AWG minimum, twisted in pairs with aluminum-mylar
shield over each pair, silicone rubber fiberglass fire barrier
tape, tinned copper drain wire, aluminum mylar overall
shield, Hypalon outer jacket.
3. Manufacturer: Provide shielded cable of one of the following:
1) Okonite Company.
2) Belden Company.
3) Dekoron Wire and Cable Company.
4) Or approved equal.
WIRING DEVICES
A. Outlet Boxes:
1. Material: Cast gray iron alloy, or cast malleable iron, with zinc
electroplate finish in damp, wet or exterior locations and
zinc-coated sheet steel in dry locations.
2. Device Cover Plates:
3.
a. Stainless steel Type 302 alloy for indoor finished areas.
b. Gasketed spring door type for devices designated as
weatherproof.
c. Integral with device for hazardous locations.
d. Stainless steel screws and hardware.
Manufacturer: Provide device boxes of one of the following:
a. Crouse-Hinds Company.
b. Appleton Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
B. Snap Switches:
1. Switches for Non-Hazardous Locations:
a. Single pole AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277 volt AC,
20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Electrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-9
00992-0231
C
�
1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the
following:
a) Cat. #1221-I, as manufactured by Harvey
Hubbei Incorporated.
b) Cat. #1991-I, as manufactured by
Arrow-Hart Incorporated.
c) Or equal.
Single pole, 3-way AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277
volt AC, 20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade.
1)
a)
b)
c)
Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the
following:
Cat. #1223-I, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell
Incorporated.
Cat. #1993-I, as manufactured by Arrow-Hart Incor-
porated.
Or approved equaL
2. Switches for Hazardous Locations:
a. Material: Factory sealed tumbler switch suitable for
installation in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Cast
gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron body and cover with
zinc electroplate finish. Switch rated at 20 amperes,
120/277 volt AC.
b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1) Series EDS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds
Company.
2) Type EDS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric
Company.
3) Or approved equal.
Receptacles:
1. Receptacles for Non-Hazardous Locations:
a. Duplex grounding receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt
AC, 20 ampere.
1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the
following:
a) Cat. #53CM62, as manufactured by Harvey
H ubbell I ncorporated.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-10
00992-0231
2
b) Cat. #5362-CR, as manufactured by
Arrow-Hart Incorporated.
c) Or approved equal.
Receptacles for Hazardous Locations:
a. Material: Factory sealed receptacle suitable for installation
in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Copper-free
aluminum receptacle and cover with cast gray iron alloy or
cast malleable iron mounting box with zinc electroplate
finish. Receptacle rated at 20 amperes, 125-250 volt AC,
2 wire, three pole.
b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1) Series CPS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds
Company.
2) Type CPS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric
Company.
3) Or approved equal.
D. Disconnect Switches:
1. Service Disconnect Switches:
a. Type: Fused, heavy-duty, single throw, quick-make,
quick-break mechanism, visible blades in OFF position and
safety handle.
b. Rating: Voltage, number of poles and short circuit rating
as shown on the Drawings. Switch shall bear a UL label
and shall be suitable for use as service equipment.
2. Single Throw, Circuit Disconnect Switches:
a. Type: Unfused, horsepower rated, heavy-duty, single
throw, quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades
in the OFF position and safety handle.
b. Rating: Voltage and number of poles as required for motor
or equipment circuits being disconnected. Switches shall
bear a UL label.
3. Double Throw Safety Switches:
1. Type: Unfused, double throw with center "OFF" position,
quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades in the
"OFF" position, and safety handle.
2. Rating: Voltage and current ratings and number of poles
as required for circuits being disconnected. Switches shall
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-11
00992-0231
2.4
bear UL label and shall comply with UL 98, NEMA KS 1,
and NEMA 250.
4. Enclosure:
a
b
c.
d.
NEMA 12 for dry, non-corrosive areas.
NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations and all outdoor
Iocations.
NEMA 7 for areas classified as hazardous locations.
Nameplate identifying equipment for which switches serve
as the disconnecting means.
5. Manufacturer: Provide disconnect switches of one of the
following:
a. Square D Company.
b. General Electric Company.
c. Eaton
d. Or approved equal.
GROUNDING SYSTEMS
A. Bare Ground Cable:
1. Material: Annealed, bare, stranded copper, No. 8 AWG minimum
size.
2. Manufacturer: Provide ground cable of one of the following:
a. Cablec Corporation.
b. General Cable Corporation.
c. Rome Cable Company.
d. Or approved equal.
B. Ground Rods:
1. Material: Copperclad rigid steel rods, 3/4-inch diameter, 10 feet
long.
2. Manufacturer: Provide ground rods by one of the following:
a. Copperweld, Bimetallics Division.
b. ITT Blackburn Company.
c. Or equal.
C. Grounding Connectors:
1. Material: Pressure connectors to be copper alloy castings,
designed specifically for the items to be connected, and
assembled with Durium or silicone bronze bolts, nuts and
washers. Welded connections to be by exothermic process
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-12
00992-0231
'
t
'
'
,
'
2
utilizing molds, cartridges and hardware designed specifically for
the connection to be made.
Manufacturer: Provide grounding connectors of one of the
following:
a. Pressure Connectors:
1) O.Z./Gedney, Division of General Signal
Corporation.
2) Burndy Corporation.
3) Or equal.
b. Welded Connections:
' 1) Cadweld by Erico Products, Incorporated.
2) Therm-O-Weld by Burndy Corporation.
3) Or equal.
t2.5 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
A. Lighting and Distribution Panelboards:
, 1. Panelboards:
, a. Rating: Voltage rating, current rating, number of phases,
number of wires and number of poles shall be as shown.
b. Circuit Breakers: Molded case, bolt-in thermal magnetic
' type with number of poles and trip ratings as shown.
c. Branch circuit interrupting capacity to exceed the maximum
fault current available at the panelboard bus.
, d. Bus Bars: 98 percent conductivity copper. All 4 wire
panelboards shall have a solid neutral bar. All panels shall
have ground bus.
e. Main: All panelboards shall have a main circuit breaker
, unless Drawings specifically call for main lugs only.
f. Branch circuit breakers connected for sequence phasing.
g. Construction: Code grade steel, ample gutter space, flush
' door, flush snaplatch and lock.
h. Trim: Surface or flush as required.
i. Directory: Typed card, with glass cover in frame on back
' of door giving the circuit numbers and the area or equip-
ment served.
j. Identification: Nameplate identifying the panel number and
voltage.
' k. Manufacturer: Provide panelboards of one of the
following:
' 1) General Electric Company.
City of Clearwater
' Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-13
00992-0231
�
A.
2) Westinghouse Electric Corporation.
3) Square D Company.
4) Or approved equai.
2. Mini-Power Centers:
a
�•',
c.
d.
e.
General: Mini-power center shall consist of an encapsulat-
ed dry-type transformer, primary and secondary main
circuit breakers, and secondary panelboard all in one
enclosure.
Transformer Rating: KVA, primary voltage, secondary
voltage, frequency and number of phases shall be as
indicated on the Drawings.
Branch Circuits: Molded case circuit breakers, plug-in
thermal magnetic type with number of poles and trip
ratings as shown on the Drawings.
Enclosure: Weatherproof.
Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1) Mini-Power Zone, as manufactured by Square D
Company.
2) Mini-Power Center, as manufactured by Eaton
Corp
3) No equal.
Dry Type Transformers:
1. General:
a. Type: General purpose, dry type.
b. Rating: KVA, primary voltage and connection, secondary
voltage and connection, frequency and number of phases
shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
c. Taps: Full capacity, two 2-1/2 percent primary taps above
normal and two 2-1/2 percent primary taps below normal.
d. Sound Level: ANSI C89.1 standard.
e. Enclosure: UL listed for either indoor or outdoor use.
f. Insulation: Class 185 C, 115 C rise.
g. Identification: Nameplate identifying the transformer
number and voltages.
2. Manufacturer: Provide transformers of one of the following:
a. General Electric Company.
b. Eaton Corp
c. Square D Company.
d. Or approved equal.
Surge Suppression Devices:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-14
00992-0231
�
1
'
IJ
,
,
J
,
,
CJ
,
��
r
,
'
'
L�
1. SPD shail be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast-
acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors.
Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic
interference filter.
E
3.
SPD shall comply with requirements of the following:
a. ANSI/UL 1449.
b. UL 1283.
c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45.
SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following
environmental conditions:
a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non-condensing.
b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz.
c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F.
4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45
Category A, B, and C application environments shall be suitable
for the associated SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the
Drawings.
5. SPD shafl be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where
shown on the Drawings, SPD shall be factory-mounted and
integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following
Sections:
a. Section 16100, General Provisions for Electrical Systems.
b. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers.
6. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as
required for the system configuration shown on the Drawings.
Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal
cutouts. SPD short-circuit rating shall be 200 kA. Protection
modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following:
1. Line-to-line.
2. Line-to-neutral.
3. Line-to-ground.
4. Neutral-to-ground.
7. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency
interFerence (EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to
30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz.
8. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum
continuous operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal
system operating voltage.
City of C/earwater
' Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-15
0099Z-0231
L�
9. ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and
ANSI/UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed
the following:
Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277
L-N,L-G, N-G 800 1200
L-L 1200 2000
10. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall,
as a minimum, be the following:
Cate o A lication Per Phase Per Mode
C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA
B High exposure locations 160 kA 80 kA
distribution e ui ment
A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA
2.6 LIGHTING SYSTEMS
A. Lighting Fi�ures:
1. Type: Lighting fixtures are noted in the Fixture Schedule.
Fixtures to be complete with supports, ballasts, lamps and
incidentals as required.
2. Lamps:
a. Fluorescent: Cool white, energy efficient type.
b. High Pressure Sodium: Clear.
c. Mercury Vapor: Color corrected.
d. Metal Halide: Phosphor coated.
e. Incandescent: Inside frosted.
f. Spare: Ten percent spare lamps of each type and
wattage.
3. Ballasts:
a. Fluorescent: High power factor, energy efficient type,
equipped with thermal protectors (Type "P" ballast),
compatible with the lamps installed.
b. High Intensity Discharge: High power factor, constant
wattage, stabilized autotransformer with line starting current
the same or less than operating current.
c. Ballasts to have "C" sound rating (min.) and be ETUCBM
certified.
d. Spare: Ten percent spare ballasts of each type.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-16
00992-0231
'
'
�
'
'
J
'
'
'
'
�II
�J
'
,
�
'
r
,
'
2.7
4. Fixtures located in an area which is identified as a hazardous
location shall be approved as a complete assembly for the
hazardous location classification indicated on the Drawings, shall
be clearly marked to indicate maximum wattage of lamps for
which they are approved, and shall be protected against physical
damage by suitable guards.
5. Hardware: All necessary hangers, supports, conduit adapters,
reducers, hooks, brackets and other hardware required for safe
fixture mounting shalf be furnished. Hardware shall have a
protective, non-corrosive finish.
CONTROL EQUIPMENT
A. Magnetic Motor Starters:
1. Type: Magnetic coil operated, horsepower rated with thermal
overload protection.
2. Combination starter with magnetic only motor circuit protector.
3. Functional Type: Full voltage, single speed, nonreversing unless
otherwise noted on Drawings.
4. Control power transformer fused and grounded on low voltage
(120 � side for each starter.
5. Auxiliary contacts for motor space heaters, remote status signals
and interlocks as required.
6. Overload relays of the temperature compensated type and
overload heaters sized to coordinate with actual motors being
controlled.
7. Start and stop control stations, selector switches, pilot lights and
other devices as required.
8. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlted.
9. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Square D
b. Eaton
c. No equal.
B. Manual Motor Starters:
1. Type: Toggle operated, horsepower rated with thermal overload
protection.
2. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlled.
3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Square D
b. Eaton
c. General Electric Company.
d. Allen Bradley Company.
e. No equal.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-17
00992-0231
C
�❑
Control Stations:
1. Type: Industrial, heavy duty, oiltight construction with clearly
marked legend plates.
2. Lockout Stop: Maintained contact type with provisions for locking.
3. Pushbuttons: Momentary or maintained types, NEMA A600
contact rating.
4. Selector Switches: Rotary type with round or oval handles and
positioning device to securely hold switch in selected position.
5. Indicating Lights: Transformer type with 6 volt lamp. Lens color
red for running, green for stopped or ready and amber for failure.
6. Nameplates identifying equipment controlled if not readily
apparent.
7. Manufacturer: Provide control stations of one of the following:
a. Square D
b. Eaton
c. General Electric Company.
d. Allen Bradley Company.
e. No equaL
Relay Panels:
1. General: Provide relay panels for control of equipment as shown
on the Drawings.
a. Relays shall be industrial type, 600 volt with convertible
contact cartridge to convert from either NO or NC contacts.
Number of contacts shall be as required for the control
functions shown on the Drawings.
b. 300 volt barrier screw type terminal strips for all wiring
entering and leaving the panel.
2. Enclosures:
a. NEMA 12 for dry indoor locations.
b. NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations.
c. NEMA 7 for Class I hazardous locations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Mount equipment so that sufficient access and working space is
provided for safe operation and maintenance.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-18
00992-0231
'
�
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
,
'
'
,
�
'
,
,
'
�
2. Securely fasten enclosures to walls and other structural surfaces
on which they are mounted. Provide independent supports where
no walls or other structural surface exists.
3. Install in conformance with the National Electrical Code.
Raceway Systems:
1
2.
3
C�
Supports:
a. Rigidfy support conduits by clamps, hangers or unistrut
channels.
b. Support single conduits by means of one-hole pipe clamps
in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise
conduits from the support surface. Support multiple runs
of conduits on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal
members and threaded hanger rods, Kindorff or equal.
Rods shall be not less than 3/8-inch diameter, and shall be
cadmium coated.
c. For PVC coated rigid steel conduit runs, supports and
hardware shall be PVC coated or stainless steel.
Fastenings: Fasten raceway systems rigidly and neatly to
supporting structures by the following methods:
a. To Wood: Wood screws.
b. To Hollow Masonry Units: Toggle bolts.
c. To Brick Masonry: Price expansion bolts, or equal.
d. To Concrete: Phillips; Hilti Corporation; or equal, anchors.
e. To Steel: Welded threaded studs, beam clamps or bolts
with lockwashers or locknuts.
Exposed Conduit:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Install parallel or perpendicular to structural members or
walls.
Wherever possible, run in groups. Provide galvanized
conduit racks of suitable width, length and height and
arranged to suit field conditions. Support every ten feet
minimum.
Install on structural members in protected locations.
Locate clear of interferences.
Maintain 6 inches from hot fluid lines and 1/4-inch from
walls.
Install vertical runs plumb. Unsecured drop length not to
exceed 12 feet.
Conduit Embedded in Concrete:
a. Separation: Three times outer diameter of larger conduit
center to center.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-19
00992-0231
5
b. Minimum Slab Thickness:
1) With no crisscrossing of conduit, three times outer
diameter of conduit.
2) With crisscrossing of conduits, four times outer
diameter of larger conduit.
c. Run conduit in center of slab.
d. Before concrete is placed, make the necessary location
measurements of the conduit to be embedded so that the
information is available to prepare record drawings.
Underground Conduits:
a.
b.
c.
d.
fnstall individual underground conduits a minimum of 20 inches
below grade unless otherwise indicated.
Perform all excavation, bedding, backfilling and surface
restoration including pavement replacement where required.
Make conduit connections watertight.
Protect metaltic conduits from corrosion by one of the following
means:
1) Provide three inches of concrete all around conduits.
2) Tape conduits with an all-weather polyvinyl chloride plastic
tape with a high tack adhesive formulated to resist
corrosion, Scotchrap #50 or equal.
3) Apply 2 coats of a bitumastic coating.
6. Empty Conduits:
a. Install nylon pull wire in each empty conduit and cap
conduits not terminating in boxes with permanent fittings
designed for the purpose.
b. Identify each empty conduit with a durable tag showing the
conduit number indicated on the Drawings.
7
�
Field Bends: No indentations. Diameter of conduit shall not vary
more than 15 percent at any bend.
Joints:
a. Apply conductive compound to all joints before assembly.
b. Make up joints tight and ground thoroughly.
c. Use standard tapered pipe threads for conduit and fittings.
d. Cut conduit ends square and ream to prevent damage to
wire and cable.
e. Use full threaded couplings. Split couplings not permitted.
f. Use strap wrenches and vises ta install conduit. Replace
conduit with wrench marks.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-20
00992-0231
,
,
g. Apply zinc-rich paint to exposed threads and other areas of
galvanized conduit system where the base metal is
exposed.
9. Terminations:
a. Install insulated bushings on conduits entering boxes or
cabinets, except threaded hub types.
b. Provide locknuts on both inside and outside of enclosure
for grounding.
10.
11
c. Bushings not to be used in lieu of locknuts.
Moisture Protection:
a.
b.
c.
�
Plug or cap conduit ends at time of installation to prevent
entrance of moisture or foreign materials.
Make underground and embedded conduit connections
watertight.
Thruwall Seals: Install for conduits passing through new
exterior subsurface walls or base slabs of buildings and for
conduits passing through existing exterior walls. For
individual exposed conduits passing through interior walls,
install non-metallic sleeves to protect the conduit against
action of alkaline substances which may be present.
Drainage: Pay particular attention to drainage for conduit
runs. Wherever possible, install conduit runs so as to drain
to one end and away from buildings. Avoid pockets or
depressions in conduit runs.
Corrosion Protection:
a. Conduit Curb:
�
1) In concrete slabs or floors, provide a two inch high
curb extending finro inches from the outer surface of
the conduit penetrating the floor, to prevent
corrosion.
2) Terminate conduit stub-ups in couplings, slightly
above the finished concrete curb.
3) Apply corrosion protection tape, Scotchrap #50 or
equal to the stub-up, a minimum of 6 inches above
and below the finished surface of the concrete.
Dissimilar Metals:
1) Take every action to prevent the occurrence of
electrolytic action between dissimilar metals.
2) Do not use copper products in connection with
aluminum work, and do not use aluminum in
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-21
00992-0231
c.
locations subject to drainage of copper compounds
on the bare aluminum.
3) Back paint aluminum in contact with masonry or
concrete with two coats of aluminum-pigmented
bituminous paint.
PVC Coating: Field apply a 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride
coating to supports and fasteners for PVC coated conduit
runs.
12. Reused Existing Conduits:
a. Pull rag swab through conduits to remove water and to
clean conduit prior to installing new cable.
b. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed.
c. Pull mandrel through conduit, if necessary, to remove
obstructions.
13
14
15
16
Core drill for individual conduits passing through existing concrete
slabs. Obtain authorization from OWNER prior to core drilling.
Seal spaces around conduit with epoxy grout.
PVC Conduit:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
Join sections in accordance with manufacturer's installa-
tion procedures for push-fit, bell and spigot type joints, if
applicable or with manufacturer's recommended cement.
During installation provide expansion fittings for expansion
and contraction to compensate for temperature variations.
Expansion fittings shall be watertight and of the type
suitable for direct burial.
Make transition to intermediate or rigid steel conduit before
making turn up to enclosures and equipment.
Provide watertight expansion/deflection fittings at wall and
floor penetrations of buildings and equipment concrete
pads.
Flexible Conduit:
a. Install at motors and equipment which are subject to
vibration or require movement for maintenance purposes.
Provide necessary reducer where equipment furnished
cannot accept 3/4-inch size flexible conduit. Limit flexible
conduit length to three feet maximum.
Pull and Junction Boxes:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
'
'
'�
'
,
,
�
,
'
�
'
L JI''
E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects) '
16100-22
'
C!
1
�
LJ
LJ
C
'
�I'�
�,'
�
'
�
�
�
,
,
'
�
'
a. Install pull boxes in runs containing more than three 90
degree bends, runs exceeding 200 feet, where indicated
on the Drawings and where required to conform with the
National Electrical Code.
b. Size junction and pull boxes in accordance with the
requirements of the National Electrical Code.
c. Provide terminal blocks in junction boxes where cable
terminations or splices are required.
17. Sealing Fittings: Install for hazardous and corrosive locations as
required by the National Electrical Code and where shown on the
Drawings.
18. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: Install fittings where conduits cross
structural expansion joints.
C. Wire and Cables:
1. 600 Volt Cable:
a. Install all cables complete with proper terminations at both
ends. Check and correct for proper phase sequence and
proper motor rotation.
b. Pulling:
c.
d.
e.
1) Use insulating types of pulling compounds
containing no mineral oil.
2) Pulling tension shall be within the limits
recommended by the wire and cable manufacturer.
3) Use a dynamometer where mechanical means are
used.
4) Cut off section subject to mechanical means.
Bending Radius: Limit to 6 times cable overall diameter.
Slack: Provide maximum slack at all terminal points.
Splices:
1) Where possible, install cable continuous, without
splice, from termination to termination.
2) Where required, splice in junction box using
terminal boards.
3) Splices in conduits not allowed.
f. Identification: Identify all conductors by circuit number and
phase at each terminal or splice location.
g. Color code power cables in accordance with OWNER'S
standards.
City of Clearwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-23
00992-0231
�
2. Instrumentation Cable:
a. Install in conduit separate from power cables unless
otherwise noted.
b. Ground shield on shielded cables at one end only.
c. Terminate stranded conductors with pre-insulated crimp
type spade or ring torque terminals properly sized to fit
fastening device and wire size.
d. Insta�l and terminate vendor furnished cable in accordance
with vendor equipment requirements.
Wiring Devices:
1. Outlet Boxes:
2.
a. Fasten boxes rigidly and neatly to supporting structures.
b. For units mounted on masonry or concrete walls, provide
suitable 1/2-inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box
directly against wall.
c. Leave no open conduit holes in boxes. Close unused
openings with capped bushings.
d. Label each circuit in boxes and identify with durable tag.
3. Snap Switches:
a. Install switches in outlet or device boxes in non- hazardous
locations.
b. Install switches in rigid metallic conduit systems in
hazardous locations.
c. Mount wall switches 4 feet 6 inches above finished floor
unless otherwise noted.
4. Receptacles:
a. Install receptacles in outlet or device boxes in
non- hazardous locations.
b. Install receptacles in rigid metallic conduit systems in
hazardous locations.
c. Install receptacles with ground pole in the down position.
d. Mount receptacles 18 inches above finished floor in
non- hazardous locations and 4 feet 6 inches above
finished floor in hazardous locations unless otherwise
noted.
E. Grounding Systems:
1. Equipment Grounding:
a. Ground all electrical equipment in compliance with the
National Electrical Code.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrical Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-24
00992-0231
'
���
�
'
�l
,�
LJ
'
'
'
�
�
�
u
�
'
�
F
b. Equipment grounding conductors shall be stranded copper
cable of adequate size installed in conduit where
necessary for mechanical protection. Ground conductors,
pulled into conduits with non-grounded conductors, shall
be insulated. Color of insulation shatl be green.
c. Connect ground conductors to conduit with copper clamps,
straps or with grounding bushings.
d. Connect to piping by welding or brazing. Use copper
bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints.
e. Connect to equipment by means of lug compressed on
cable end. Bolt lug to equipment frame using holes or
terminals provided on equipment specifically for grounding.
Do not use holddown bolts. Where grounding provisions
are not included, drill suitable holes in locations designated
by ENGINEER.
f. Connect to motors by bolting directly to motor frames, not
to sole plates or supporting structures.
g. Connect to service water piping by means of copper
clamps. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed
joints.
h. Scrape bolted surfaces clean and coat with a conductive
oxide-resistant compound.
Service and Distribution:
2
3
Lighting and Distribution Panelboards:
a. Mounting: Install panelboards at locations shown on
Drawings. Set cabinets so that top branch circuit breaker
is not over 6 feet from the floor.
b. Directory: Complete typewritten directory indicating items
controlled by each circuit breaker and the size of feeder
serving the panel.
c. Arrange circuits to balance the loads on the panelboards.
Dry Type Transformers:
a. Install transformers on walls or floors.
b. Mount transformers so that vibrations are not transmitted
to the structural parts of the building or to other equipment.
c. Adjust tap settings to provide proper voltage at panel-
boards.
d. Ground transformer in conformance with the National
Electrical Code.
Lighting Fixtures:
a. Generaf: Fixture mounting heights and locations indicated
on the Drawings are approximate and are subject to
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Electrica/ Work (Sma/l Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-25
00992-0231
3.2
�
c.
�
revision in the field where necessary to clear conflicts and
obstructions.
Suspended Fixtures: Pendant mount using 1/2-inch
conduit stems. Ground to outlet box. Attach mounting to
building structure with expansion anchors. Fixtures shall
not be dependent on the outlet box cover screws for
support.
Surface Mounted Fixtures: Attach to appropriate outlet
box.
Boxes and Fixtures:
1) For units mounted against masonry or concrete
walls, provide suitable 1/2-inch spacers to prevent
mounting back of box directly against wall.
2) Bolt units rigidly to building with expansion anchors,
toggle bolts, hangers or Unistrut.
3) No boxes shall be installed with open conduit holes.
4) Cable each circuit and identify with tag.
e. Mounting Heights: Mounting heights or elevations are to
bottom of the fixture or to centerline of device.
f. Relamp all fluorescent fixtures with new lamps at end of
construction period, prior to final acceptance of the new
facilities by OWNER.
INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Inspections: Accompany the normal installation tests with inspections to
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OWNER the following:
1. Connections: All circuits are properly connected in accordance
with the Drawings and applicable approved Shop Drawings.
2. Operation: All circuits and devices are operable.
3. Identification: All conductors are properly identified at each
terminal.
B. Testing:
1. 600 Volt Cable:
a. Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in
place to demonstrate that the circuit and connected
equipment perform satisfactorily and that they are free
from improper grounds and short circuits.
b. Individually test 600 volt cables for insulation resistance
between phases and from each phase to ground. Test
after cables are installed and before they are put in service
with a Megger whose rating is suitable for the tested
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
C�
0
'
C'
'
,
u
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
L.1
,
E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects) ,
16100-26
'LJ
i
1
�
'
'
�
'
,
LJ
�
'
'
�
�1
�
t
,
'
�
2.
3
4.
circuit. Tests shall meet with the applicable specifications
of ICEA S-66-524 and NEMA WC7-1971.
c. The insulation resistance for any given conductor shall not
be less than 1 megohm for 600 volt and less service. Any
cable not meeting this value or which fails when tested
under full load conditions shall be replaced with a new
cable for the full length.
Instrumentation Cable:
a. Test shielded instrumentation cable shields with an
ohmmeter for continuity along the full length of the cable
and for shield continuity to ground.
b. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to a calibrated
3-20 milliamp DC signal transmitter and receiver. Test at
4, 12, and 20 milliamp transmitter settings.
Grounding System:
a. Test the completed ground systems for continuity and for
resistance to ground using an electrical ground resistance
tester.
Operation Tests:
a
�
c.
Operate all starters, circuit breakers and associated
equipment to demonstrate suitability and compliance with
Specifications and reference standards, except for short
circuit interrupting rating or other inherent design features
covered by shop tests.
Test all motors for direction of rotation and reverse
connections if necessary.
Check control circuits to determine that operation and
sequence are correct and adjust limit switches, pressure
switches, float switches, timers and other devices to give
proper operation
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs E/ectrica/ Work (Small Scope Projects)
16-0038-UT 16100-27
00992-0231
SECTION 16139 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
L
1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown,
specified, and required to furnish and install cable trays.
Coordination:
1. Coordinate installation of cable trays with piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures
and other systems and equipment. Locate cable trays clear of
interferences.
2. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and
coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before cable tray
Work.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems.
2. ANSI / ASQC Q9001-2000 (ISO 9001 Compliant)
3. ASME NQA-1-2004
4. ANSI N45.2
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with electrical code in effect at the Site and the
following:
1. NEC Article 392, Cable Trays.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's technical information for cable tray materials and
system proposed for use.
' PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
� A. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following:
City of C/earwater
' Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cab/e Trays for Electrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16139-1
00992-0231
'
a�
1. B-Line Systems.
2. Chalfant Manufacturing Company.
3. Enduro Systems, Inc.
4. Or equal.
Cable Tray System:
1.
3.
4.
6.
7.
Type: Ladder, rungs welded to side rails.
Material: Aluminum .
Rung Spacing: Nine inches on centers, minimum.
Inside Depth: Four inches minimum or as otherwise shown or indicated.
Radius: Six inches to two feet as shown, indicated, or required.
Width: Six inches to three feet as shown, indicated, or required.
Support Span: Not to exceed twelve feet, unless otherwise shown or
indicated.
Loading Capacity: NEMA 12C or greater.
Cable tray system shall comply with NEC Article 392 and NEMA VE1.
Cable Try Conduit Clamps: Furnish as required, as follows:
a. Non-corrosive Locations: Provide B-Line Catalog Number 9ZN-
1158, or equal.
b. Corrosive Locations: Provide B-Line Catalog Number 9F Series
non-metallic, or equal
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
'
�
'
u
'
,
�I
A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER
in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. '
Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Installation, General:
3
4
5
C�
Install cable trays in accordance with Laws and Regulations, and
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Provide complete
cable tray system prior to installing cables.
Install cable trays exposed and in accessible locations.
Ground cable tray system components.
Where required, connect conduit to cable tray using cable tray conduit
clamps.
Provide required fittings and transitions for tie-ins to existing cable tray
systems.
Provide barrier strips in cable trays to isolate instrumentation and
communication cables from 120VAC and greater power and control
wiring.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cab/e Trays for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16139-2
00992-0231
'
'
'
'
,
,
,
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Cab/e Trays for E/ectrica/ Systems
16-0038-UT 16139-3
00992-0231
SECTION 16260 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, services,
and incidentals as shown, specified, for the coordination and receipt of
delivery, unloading of equipment, installation, commissioning and startup
of three low-voltage variable frequency drives (VFD), and providing a
complete and operational system. THE VFD'S SHALL BE PURCHASED
BY OWNER. See Bill of Materials provided in the Appendix Section
of the City of Clearwater's Standard Specifications.
2. Variable frequency drives required under this Section are low-voltage,
voltage source inverter, pulse width modulated. Variable frequency
drives shall be for severe duty and customized as necessary.
3. Low-voltage variable frequency drives included in this Section are
associated with the fol�owing equipment:
a. Influent Pump Station
B. Related Sections:
a. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems.
b. Section 11206, Submersible Pumps
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1
3
4
5
.
.
Q
IEEE 519, Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic
Control in Electrical Power Systems.
ISO 9000, Quality Management Systems, Fundamentals and Vocabulary.
ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems, Requirements.
ISO 9002, Quality Systems, Model for Quality Assurance in Production,
Installation and Servicing.
NEMA ICS 2, Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600
Volts.
NEMA ICS 7, Industrial Control and Systems Adjustable Speed Drives.
NEMA MG 1, Motor and Generators.
UL 489, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and
Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.
UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
City of C/earwater
Marshall Sfreet /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Vo/tage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT - 16260-1
00992-0231
1.4
A.
L='
Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer:
a
:�
c.
Low-voltage variable frequency drive manufacturer shall have not
less than ten years of experience designing and regularly
manufacturing and servicing substantially similar equipment to
that required, and upon ENGINEER's request shall submit
documentation of not less than five installations in satisfactory
operation for not less than five years each.
Manufacturer shall be certified under ISO 9000, ISO 9001, or ISO
9002 for materials and equipment specified.
For all required factory tests, low-voltage variable frequency drive
manufacturer shall use a factory test facility that has calibrated its
testing apparatus in the previous finrelve months, and is staffed by
qualified, experienced technicians.
Component Supply and Compatibility:
Drives specified under this Section shall employ a low switching
frequency or pattern to minimize instantaneous rate of voltage change
over time (dv/dt), and the adverse effects of potential bearing currents.
Provide manufacturer recommendations regarding bearing currents and
provide equipment required at no additional cost to OWNER. This
includes any additional harmonic or reflective wave filtering equipment
necessary.
2. Each low-voltage variable frequency drive shall be rated for severe duty
and be fully compatible with associated driven equipment and motors.
Variable frequency drives shall be matched to specific load requirements
for each system. Operation of variable frequency drive shall not
overstress motor insulation.
3
3
Provide the required relay modules necessary for motor temperature and
housing leak detection. Coordinate with pump manufacturer.
Similar components of drives associated with each system shall be
products of a single manufacturer.
SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
Shop Drawings:
a. Dimensional information and construction details of enclosures.
Enclosure details shall consist of exterior and interior front door
with nameplate legends, interior door front and rear views, and
terminal block layout.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-2
00992-0231
'
'
�
�
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
�
�___.
'
'
'
�J
,
'
'
'
�
2
b. Three-line power and controi schematic diagrams.
c. Wiring diagrams showing the interconnection of conductors to all
devices with terminal assignments for remote devices.
d. Functional description of system operation.
e. VFD heat dissipation at full load, including heat rejection/cooling
system.
f. Full drive harmonic analysis report showing harmonic output
under all motor speeds and load conditions.
Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's technical specifications.
b. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and product literature.
3. Testing Plans:
a. Not less than thirty days prior to field quality control testing, submit
descriptions of field testing methods, procedures, and apparatus.
Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Certificates:
�
3
4.
a. Certification letters from low-voltage variable frequency drive
manufacturer and motor manufacturer that the approved driven
equipment has been reviewed and that variable frequency drive
units and motors are compatible, and shall be provided in
accordance with the Contract Documents and requirements of the
driven equipment.
Source Quality Control Submittals:
a. Within five days of completing, submit test results with indication
of whether all criteria of the Contract Documents for the specified
equipment were met.
Field Quality Control Submittals:
a. Within five days of completing field quality control tests and
inspections, submit test results with indication of whether all
criteria of the Contract Documents for the specified equipment
were met.
Manufacturer Reports:
a. Within five days of each visit to the Site by manufacturer's
representative, submit written report of reason for visit, problems
encountered, solutions implemented, and remaining work.
5. Qualifications Statements:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260.3
00992-0231
C.
❑�
a. Manufacturer, when requested by ENGINEER.
Closeout Submittals: Submit the foliowing:
1. Operation and Maintenance Data:
a. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals
including test reports, maintenance data and schedules,
description of operation, list of �ecommended spare parts, and
spare parts ordering information.
b. Manuals shall include record drawings of control schematics,
including point-to-point wiring diagrams.
c. Include a listing of all programmable drive parameters and their
settings at Substantial Completion. Submit parameters as both
printed pages in the operations and maintenance manual and in
electronic format on compact disc that can be directly uploaded to
the drive in event of drive replacement or repair.
Maintenance Materials Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Spare Parts and Extra Stock Materials:
a. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and long-term storage spare
parts and special tools for low-voltage variable frequency drives.
Each set of spare parts and tools shall include manufacturer's
recommended spare parts inventory for one year and include, at
minimum, the following:
Quantity
Item er Three VFDs er HP Ratin
1) Transistor and diode modules One set
with accessories
2 Power su I module One
3 Fans One set
4 Power fuses One set of each size and e used
5) Control power fuses Two sets of each size and type
used
6 Pilot li hts Two of each t e used
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading:
1. Packing:
a. Inspect prior to packing to ensure that assemblies and
components are complete and undamaged.
b. Protect mating connections.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Low Vo/tage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16260-4
,
'
'
,
'
'
,
2.
�
4.
d. Cover all openings into enclosures with-vapor inhibiting, water-
repellent material.
e. Indoor containers shall be bolted to skids.
Upon delivery, check materials and equipment for evidence of water that
may have entered equipment during transit.
Handling:
a. Lift, roll or jack low-voltage variable frequency drive equipment
into locations shown.
Storage and Protection:
a. Store low-voltage variable frequency drive equipment in a clean,
dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity.
Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental
controls.
PART 2— PRODUCTS (PROVIDED BY OWNER)
, 2.1 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE
�
'
'
'
A. System Performance:
1
2.
3.
Driven equipment to be controlled by a low-voltage variable frequency
drive shall be provided with a customized variable frequency drive. Each
drive unit shall include an adjustable frequency controller with associated
controls for continuous speed adjustment and protection of the driven
equipment. Output speed control of motor shall be continuous throughout
speed range of two to 60 Hertz under variable torque foad or constant
torque as specified for the driven equipment.
Low-voltage variable frequency drives associated with each set of driven
equipment shall be similar to each other.
Variable frequency drives shall be UL-listed or ETL-listed and designed,
built, and tested in accordance with UL 489, NEMA ICS 2, NEMA ICS 7,
and UL 508.
I2.2 MANUFACTURERS
,
�I�
'
'LJ
�"1
J
'
A. Provide low-voltage variable frequency drives by one of the following:
1. Yaskawa
2. No equal
2.3 ENCLOSURE
A. Provide each low-voltage variable frequency drive with freestanding, front-
access, NEMA 1, filtered and gasketed enclosure. Enclosure shall house all
components required for the associated variable frequency drive.
City of Clearrvater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-5
00992-0231
2.4
B. Enclosure shall provide adequate cooling for components within and include
positive ventilation.
C. Enclosure shall include circuit breaker disconnect switch. Circuit breakers shall
be in accordance with UL 489. Switch handle shall be suitable for padlocking
and be through-the-door type with handle height not exceeding six feet.
Operation of switch shall remove the service supply from all internal components.
Power devices shall be suitable for interrupting capacity of 65kAIC RMS
symmetrical amperes. Include current limiting semi-conductor fuses where
required for protection of solid state components.
D. Enclosure door shall include an operator interface for access to controller's digital
keypad and display.
E. Equip enclosure front with nameplates for identification of equipment and
operating functions. Nameplates shall be in accordance with Section 16075,
Identification for Electrical Systems.
F. Equip enclosure with phenolic type terminal blocks suitably labeled for all internal
and remote wiring requirements, plus twenty percent spare.
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER
A. General:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Adjustable frequency controller shall be microprocessor-based, pulse
width modulated design, suitable for operation on a 480-volt, three-phase
supply. Controller shall produce an adjustable AC voltage/frequency
output to vary speed of driven equipment. Controller shall consist of the
following sections:
a. Minimum 6-pulse diode bridge converter input section and
sufficient harmonic mitigation to achieve IEEE 519, at all motor
speeds and loads, at the input to the drive.
b. Minimum 5% input line reactor
c. Fixed DC bus section with optional DC choke.
d. Minimum six pulse power transistor inverter output section.
Controller switching frequency shall be adjustable and allow operation at
5,000 Hertz or less. Controller technology shall include a switching
scheme that reduces the dv/dt of output supply.
Equip controller with a three-percent DC bus reactor and input line
reactor.
Controller's solid state converter input section switching devices shall
have 1600 volt PIV rating.
Overload rating of 110 percent variable torque, 150 percent constant
torque for one minute.
RMS harmonic content of output current shall be less than 10 percent of
fundamental current.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-6
00992-0231
CJ
��
�
'
,
'
'
LJ
�I�'
�
'
CJ
'
'
'
'
,
�
LJ
'
,
'
'
'
,
C_J
,
'
'
'
LJ
,
'
J
'
'
'
,
7
Able to withstand output terminal line-to-line short circuits without
component failure.
B. Operating Criteria:
1. Operating criteria shall be in accordance with the following:
a. Ambient temperature range of zero to 40 degrees C.
b. Operational humidity of up to 90 percent non-condensing.
c. Altitude up to 3,300 feet above sea level.
d. Nominal voltage of 480-volts plus or minus ten percent, three-
phase, three-wire. Include an under-voltage feature to allow trip-
free operation down to 35 percent undervoltage.
e. Nominal frequency of 60 Hertz plus or minus three Hertz.
f. Input power factor of 95 percent displacement power factor at all
operating speeds.
g. Efficiency of 96 percent at full speed and full load.
C. Features:
�
1
1. Controller shall have the following features:
a. Digital keypad and display module shall provide parameter setting,
adjustments, and monitoring of control functions and faults.
Display messages shall be in English.
b. Ethernet communication port shall allow connecting to
programmable controller interface using manufacturer standard
protocol.
c. Independent acceleration/deceleration rates shall provide two to
600 seconds minimum. When called to stop, motor shall
decelerate to minimum speed before stopping.
d. Power loss feature shall allow five cycle ride through capability for
input supply interruptions.
e. Time delay automatic restart shall allow restart after controller
fault conditions with programmable attempts.
f. Coasting motor restart shall allow controller to restart into a
coasting motor without damage or tripping.
g. Isolated control inputs and outputs.
Protection:
Controller shall have protective functions as follows:
1. Input line metal oxide varistor transient protection.
2. Phase Loss Protection
3. Electronic over-current trip instantaneous and inverse time
overload protection with thermal memory retention.
4. Over-temperature trip temperature protection.
5. Current limit trip protection.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Low Vo/tage Variable Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-7
00992-0231
6. Input line over- and under-voltage trip protection.
7. Ground fault trip protection.
2.5 OUTPUT FILTER
A
0
General:
1. Provide output filter to prevent overstressing motor insulation system.
Provide output filter with each low-voltage variable frequency drive, when
cable length befinreen motor and variable frequency drive exceeds the
following based on noted switching frequencies.
a. One KHZ switching frequency, 100 feet cable length.
b. Three KHZ switching frequency, 50 feet cable length.
2. Provide output filters in all other cases, based on recommendations of
low-voltage variable f�equency drive and motor manufacturers, when
actual voltage peaks at motor terminals exceed NEMA MG 1 limits.
(> 10% of 460V)
Features and Criteria:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.7 CONTROLS
Filter shall be three-phase, 600-volt class motor-protecting type consisting
of suitable values of inductance, capacitance and resistance to form a
damped, low pass filter.
Filter shall be low-loss type specifically designed to reduce voltage wave
form dv/dt. Filter shall allow cable lengths at minimum exceeding actual
application distances with waveform resulting in voltage spikes at motor
terminal that are within NEMA MG 1 Part 31 voltage stress levels.
Filter shall be suitable for mounting within low-voltage variable frequency
drive enclosure.
Electronic Overloads: Relays shall be electronic type. Electronic relays
shall be multi-function, adjustable, current sensing type, and include
overload, phase-unbalance, phase-loss, and equipment type ground fault
in one package.
Relays shall be manual reset type and include normally open auxiliary
contact for alarm indication.
A. General:
1. Equip each low-voltage variable frequency drive control system with relays,
switches, fuses, indicating lights, and components required for a complete,
functional system and as shown on drawings.
2. Provided the necessary relays or monitoring devices required by the motor
manufacture for motor winding temperature, leak sensing, vibration, and bearing
temperature. Refer to pump specifications and drawings.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-8
00992-0231
'
�
'
'
�I
�J
�
�
'
'
�
C'
,
'
'
'
'
3. Variable frequency drive control shall be powered from a suitably sized and
protected control power transformer.
4. Variable frequency drive control shall include status indicators, controller, and
system fault condition displays and operating controls. Provide status indicators
and operating controls associated with drive control on front door of enclosure.
5. Control arrangement shall be such that variable frequency drive internal electronic
supply voltage is isolated from field wiring.
B. Control and Pilot Devices:
1. Relays shall be standard, latching type, and pneumatic or solid state time
delay type. Provide relays with contacts rated ten amps, quantity as
required.
2. Pilot devices shall be 30mm heavy duty type, rated 10 amps continuous.
Indicating lights shall be LED push-tatest transformer type .
C. Operation:
Controls for each low-voltage variable frequency drive shall consist of all
devices necessary for the following:
a. Stop/Start and Speed Control: Stop/start and speed control shall
respond to drive-mounted selector switch. With switch in
"REMOTE" position, stop/start and speed control shall be based
on a stop/start contact and four- to 20-mADC speed signal from
remote process control panel. With switch in "LOCAL" position,
stop/start control shall be based on remote stop/start pushbuttons
located adjacent to driven equipment, and speed control shafl be
based on drive-mounted speed potentiometer.
b. Emergency Stop Control: Emergency stop control shall respond to
remote stop pushbutton located adjacent to driven equipment.
When activated driven equipment shall stop immediately in all
operating modes.
c. Motor Over-temperature Shutdown: Motor over-temperature
control shall respond to remote contact that activates on motor
over-temperature. When over-temperature is detected, driven
equipment shall alarm and stop with light indication on enclosure
of condition. Include provisions to remotely supply 120-volt power
to temperature control module if located at motor. Otherwise
provide inside VFD enclosure. When RTD's are required, provide
module inside of VFD enclosure. Coordinate with motor
manufacturer on type and range of thermocouple. Refer to
drawings.
d. Leak Detection for Submersible Pumps: Provide leak dete�tion
module inside VFD enclosure to indicate and alarm a leak
condition inside motor casing. Shutdown and provide alarm and
light indication on VFD enclosure of condition. Coordinate with
pump manufacturer on type of leak sensing.
d. Discharge Pressure Shutdown: Pressure control shall respond to
a remote discharge pressure switch. When high pressure is
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Vo/tage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-9
00992-0231
7
C
detected, driven equipment shall stop after an adjustable time
delay with light indication on enclosure of condition.
e. Seal water control (required for pumps and other equipment that
require seal water): Seal water control shall include provisions to
supply 120-volt power to remote seal water solenoid. Seal water
solenoid shall energize when equipment requiring seal water is
enabled. Equipment requiring seal water start shall be delayed
until remote-located pressure switch verifies seal water flow.
Upon loss of seal water, after an adjustable period of time, an
alarm shall be initiated but equipment requiring seal water shall
not shut down. When equipment requiring seal water is stopped,
seal water solenoid shall remain energized for an adjustab�e
period of time.
F. Motor Space Heater Control: Motor space heater control shall
energize remote motor's internal heater when driven equipment is
stopped. Include provisions to supply 120-volt power to heater.
Auxiliary Features:
Provide each low-voltage variable frequency drive with the following:
a. Status Indicators: Status indicators shall include separate pilot
lights for indication of motor run (red), motor stop (green) and
bypass mode (blue). Provide control power ON (white) indication.
b. Shutdown Indicators: Shutdown indicators shall include separate
pilot lights (amber) for each shutdown condition. Arrange
shutdown indication circuitry so that, when activated, indicator
requires manual reset.
c. Contact Outputs: Contact outputs shall include separate dry with
seal water systems, each shutdown condition, and controller
fautts.
d. Speed Output: Speed output shall include 4 to 20-mADC signal for
remote indication of motor speed.
Wiring and Device Identification:
Provide control wiring and device identification for each low-voltage
variable frequency drive:
a. Identify all control conductors with permanent type wire markers.
Each wire shall be identified by a unique number and shall be
attached to wire at each termination point.
b. Identify each control device with permanent type marker. Each
device shall be identified by a unique number and shall be
attached to each device.
c. Numbering system for each wire and control device shall be
identified on wiring diagrams and shall reflect actual designations
used in the Work.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Low Vo/tage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-10
00992-0231
'
�
' 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
�
�
LJ��
A. Tests:
1
2.
�
Perform factory tests on each low-voltage variable frequency drive prior to
shipping. Tests shall consist of simulating expected load to be driven by
operating load through speed ranges specified for driven equipment, for
minimum of two hours per drive unit.
Provide factory control and alarm tests on each drive unit by simulating
each control signal and each alarm function to verify proper and correct
drive unit action.
PerForm specified tests in addition to standard factory tests typically
performed.
' PART 3 — EXECUTION
'
'
'
'
,
I�
,
'
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER
in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work.
Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C,
D.
E.
F.
Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
instructions and in conformance with Laws and Regulations, and the Contract
Documents.
Unless otherwise shown or indicated, install equipment on concrete bases.
Install equipment with sufficient access and working space provided for ready
and safe operation and maintenance.
For installations against masonry walls, provide an insulation board, 1/4-inch
minimum thickness, befinreen equipment and wall for corrosion protection. Trim
board neatly within outline of equipment.
Install all terminations, lugs, and required appurtenances necessary to properly
terminate power supplies.
Install control wiring terminations and appurtenances necessary to complete
installing control and monitoring devices.
G. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, replace all enclosure filters and
' frames provided under this Contract with new filters and frames, except
expanded metal filter types. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, clean
expanded metal filters.
�
'
'
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-11
00992-0231
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests:
After installation, inspect, adjust, and test each low-voltage variable
frequency drive at the Site. Testing and inspection shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations and be performed by
manufacturer's factory-trained representative. Through CONTRACTOR,
manufacturer's factory-trained representative shall inform OWNER and
ENGINEER when equipment is correctly installed and ready to be
energized. Do not energize equipment prior to notifying the Owner.
2. Perform the following equipment inspection and testing and provide
reports documenting procedures and results.
a. Verify all device settings and drive adjustments.
b. Inspect all mechanical and electrical interlocks and controls for
proper operation.
c. Test each drive through specified speed ranges and loads for a
minimum of two hours per drive unit.
d. Test each drive by using actual control signal for remote and local
operation.
e. Test each drive alarm function.
f. Perform other tests recommended by equipment manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Services:
2
3
n
5
0
�
Unloading and Installation: Manufacturer's factory-trained representative
shall be available, if required, during unloading of equipment and
installation at equipment's final location.
Post-installation Check: Manufacturer's factory-trained representative
shall check and approve the installed equipment before initial operation.
Manufacturer shall calibrate, set and program low-voltage variable
frequency drives provided.
Manufacturer's factory-trained representative shall adjust the system to
final settings.
Manufacturer's factory-trained representative shall test the system as
specified. Representative shall operate and test the system in presence
of ENGINEER and verify that equipment is in conformance with the
Contract Documents.
Representative shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until all
deficiencies are corrected, prior to readiness for final payment.
Provide services of manufacturer's factory-trained representatives to
correct defective Work within 72 hours of notification by OWNER during
the correction period specified in the General Conditions as may be
amended by the Supplementary Conditions.
Replacement parts or equipment provided during the correction period
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�
'
�
LJ
'
'
CI
C�
,
,
'
�
�
'
�
'
�
Low Vo/tage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16260-12 �
'
shall be equal to or better than original.
8. Training: Provide services of qualified factory trained specialists from
manufacturer to instruct OWNER's operations and maintenance
personne� in recommended operation and maintenance of equipment.
Training requirements, duration of instruction, and other qualifications
shall be in accordance with each specific Section.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. If required, prior to Substantial Completion, when testing is acceptably completed
and low-voltage variable frequency drives are operating, manufacturer's
representative shall return to the Site and make final adjustments as required to
each variable frequency drive furnished under this Section.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Low Voltage Variab/e Frequency Drives
16-0038-UT 16260-13
00992-0231
�
'
,
,
��
�
'
C�
'
'
�
SECTION 16289 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A
�
Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shail provide all labor, materials, equipment, and
incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install surge
protective devices (SPD).
2. SPDs furnished under this Section shall be ANSI/UL 1449 Type 2
integrating both surge suppression and high-frequency noise filtering
suitable for use on low-voltage distribution systems.
Related Sections:
1. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
' 1.3
�
'
�
�
�
�J
'
1. ANSI/UL 1449, Surge Protective Devices.
2. IEEE C62.11, Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (>1 k�
3. IEEE C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-voltage
AC Power Circuits.
4. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment
Connected to Low-Voltage (1,000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits.
5. UL 1283, Electromagnetic InterFerence Filters.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer: Shall have at teast five years' experience manufacturing
and servicing products substantially similar to those required and shall be
able to submit documentation of at least five installations in satisfactory
operation for at least five years each.
B. Component Supply and Compatibility:
1. Obtain all products included in this Section regardless of component
manufacturer from a single SPD manufacturer.
2. SPD manufacturer shall review and approve or prepare all Shop
Drawings and other submittals for all components furnished under this
Section.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Surge Protective Devices
16289-1
�
C.
3. Components shall be suitable for the specified service conditions and
shall be integrated into overall assembly by SPD manufacturer.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following:
1. NEC 110.9, Requirements for Electrical Installations, Interrupting Rating.
2. NEC 240.21, Overcurrent Protection, Location in Circuit.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Electrical and mechanical drawings for each type of unit, showing
electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting provisions, connection
details, and layout diagrams.
b. Components list and nameplate schedule.
c. Summary sheets with schedules of equipment.
2. Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's technical information, including catalog
information.
b. Manufacturer's technical specifications with assembly and
component ratings.
B. Informationa� Submittals: Submit the following:
1
2
3.
Certifications:
a. Certification that SPD devices comply with standards referenced
in this Section.
Source Quality Control Submittals:
a. Report of results of testing and inspections performed at
manufacturer's shop.
Supplier Reports:
a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's
service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks
pertormed, and results obtained. Submit within finro days of
completion of visit to the Site.
4. Qualifications Statements:
a. Manufacture, when requested by ENGINEER.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Surge Protective Devices
16-0038-UT 16289-2
00992-0231
'
'
�
�
'
'
'
L�'
'
C1
,
�
lJ
t
CJ
'�
'
�
,
C
Closeout Submittals: Submit the Following
1. Operations and Maintenance Data:
a. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operations and
Maintenance Data.
b. Include acceptable test reports, maintenance data and schedules,
description of operation, wiring diagrams, and list of spare parts
recommended for one year of operation with current price list.
2. Warranty Documentation: Submit example warranty at time of shipment
of the equipment. Include final warranty accepted by ENGINEER in the
operations and maintenance manual for the equipment.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING.
A. Delivery:
1. Upon delivery, check for evidence of water that may have entered
equipment during transit.
B. Storage:
1. Store SPD equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform
temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and
maintain environmental controls.
2. Protect equipment from corrosion and deterioration.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive
OWNER of other rights or remedies OWNER may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties made by CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. The
obligations of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents shall not be limited
in any way by the provisions of the specified special warranty.
B. Special Warranty on Materials and Equipment:
1. Provide manufacturer's written warranty, running to the benefit of
OWNER, agreeing to correct, or at option of OWNER, remove or replace
materials or equipment specified in this Section found to be defective
during a period of five years after the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment of one of the following:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Surge Protective Devices
16-0038-UT 16289-3
00992-0231
1
3
4
2.2 EQUIPMENT
General Electric.
Schneider ElectriGSquare-D Company.
Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.
Or equal.
A. General:
1. SPD shall be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast-acting
transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment
shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter.
2. SPD shall comply with requirements of the following:
a. ANSI/UL 1449.
b. UL 1283.
c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45.
3. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental '
conditions:
a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non-condensing.
b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz.
c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F.
4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45 Category A,
B, and C application environments shall be suitable for the associated
SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings.
5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where shown on
the Drawings, SPD shall be factory-mounted and integrated into
distribution equipment specified under the following Sections:
a. Section 16050, General Provisions for Electrical Systems.
b. Section 16272, Secondary Unit Substations.
c. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers.
d. Section 16442, Panelboards.
B. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the
system configuration shown on the Drawings. Each mode shall be individually
fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short-circuit rating shall be 200
kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following:
1. Line-to-line.
2. Line-to-neutral.
3. Line-to-ground.
4. Neutral-to-ground.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Surge Protective Devices
16-0038-UT 16289-4
00992-0231
,
'
'
'
�I''
'
II,
CIi
II
�
�
'
,
'
,
'
C.
�
E
SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference
(EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100
M Hz.
SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous
operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage.
ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI/UL
1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following:
Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277
L-N,L-G, N-G 800 1200
L-L 1200 2000
F. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a
minimum, be the following:
Cate o A lication Per Phase Per Mode
C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA
B High exposure locations 160 kA 80 kA
distribution e ui ment
A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide SPD equipped with the following accessories:
1. Surge counter with display for indicating the number of surges detected.
2. LED indicators for monitoring device status.
3. Audible alarm and silence switch for indicating an inoperative condition.
4. Dry contacts, "Form C", for remote annunciation of unit status.
5. Indicators, counter, alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and
accessible from front of the SPD. When SPD is integral to switchgear,
motor control center, panelboard, or other equipment, indicators, counter,
alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and accessible from front of the
equipment in which the SPD is installed.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. PerForm manufacturer's standard factory tests on equipment. Tests shall be in
accordance with IEEE C62.45 and ANSI/UL 1449.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine conditions under which materials and equipment will be installed and
notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Surge Protective Devices
16-0038-UT 16289-5
00992-0231
3.2
completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory
conditions are corrected.
INSTALLATION
A. Install SPD at locations shown on the Drawings in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's recommendations, Laws, and Regulations, and the Contract
Documents.
B. Conductor length befinreen suppressor and connection point shall be as short and
as straight as possible.
END OF SECTION
'
'
'
'
City of Clea►water '
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Surge Protective Devices
16-0038-UT 16289-6
00992-0231 '
,
t�
�
,
'
SECTION 16423 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
r
�
'
'
1.3
A. Scope:
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, services,
and incidentals as shown, specified, for the coordination and receipt of
delivery, unloading of equipment, installation, commissioning and startup
of the Motor Control Center (MCC), and providing a complete and
operational system. THE MCC SHALL BE PURCHASED BY OWNER.
See Bill of Materials provided in the Appendix Section of the City of
Clearwater's Standard Specifications.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the coordination:
1. To properly size circuit breakers, starters, and control power
transformers, obtain motor nameplate data on equipment being furnished
under this and other contracts as required.
2. To properly size control power transformers, obtain data on motor space
heater and other accessories.
3. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and
coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before motor control
center Work.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems.
2. Section 16289, Surge Protective Devices
REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. ANSI/IEEE C37.2, Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
and Contact Designations.
2. ANSI/NETA ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Equipment and Systems.
3. NEMA ICS 18, Motor Control Centers.
4. NEMA ICS 1, Industrial Controls and Systems: General Requirements.
5. UL 845, Motor Control Centers.
QUAUTY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-1
00992-0231
�
C.
1. Manufacturer: Shail have not less than five years of experience of
producing equipment substantially similar to that required and shall be
able to submit documentation of not less than five installations in
satisfactory ope�ation for at least five years each.
2. Independent Field Testing Firm:
a. Retain an independent testing firm to perform field acceptance
testing of motor control centers.
b. Testing firm and its assigned personnel shall be experienced in
inspecting and testing motor control centers.
c. Testing firm shall be a member company of NETA.
Component Supply and Compatibility:
1
2
3
Obtain materials and equipment included in this Section, regardless of
component manufacturer, from one motor control center equipment
manufacturer.
Motor control center equipment manufacturer shall review and approve,
or shall prepare, all Shop Drawings and other submittals for components
furnished under this Section.
Equipment shall be specifically constructed for specified service
conditions. Equipment and components shall be integrated into overall
motor control center equipment system by motor control center
equipment manufacturer.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following:
1. NEC Article 430, Motors, Motor Circuits, and Controllers.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1
2.
Shop Drawings:
a. Outline and summary sheets with schedules of equipment in each
unit.
b. One-line diagrams indicating circuit breaker sizes, bus rating,
motor controller ratings, and other pertinent information to
demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
c. Unit control schematic and elementary wiring diagrams showing
numbered terminal points and interconnections to other units.
Product Data:
'
'
'
C�
�,
I��
U
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
a. Manufacturer specifications, cut sheets, dimensions, and technical '
data for all components, materials, and equipment proposed for
use.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-2
00992-0231
[�
1
u
,
'
'
'
�l
'
'
'
'
,
r
,
'
'
,
'
�
3. Testing Plans, Procedures, and Testing Limitations:
a. Not less than 30 days prior to actual factory testing, submit
proposed testing methods, procedures, and apparatus.
b. Not less than 30 days prior to actual field testing, submit proposed
testing methods, procedures, and apparatus.
Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1
2
�
4.
Supplier Instructions:
a. Instructions for shipping, storing and protecting, and handling the
materials and equipment.
b. Installation data for the equipment, including setting drawings,
templates, and directions and tolerances for installing anchorage
devices.
c. Instructions for start-up and troubleshooting.
Source Quality Control Submittals:
a. Reports of completed factory testing, including procedures used
and test results.
Site Quality Control Submittals:
a. Reports of completed field testing, including procedures used and
test results.
Supplier Reports:
a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's
service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks
performed, and results obtained. Submit within two days of
completion of visit to the Site.
5. Qualifications Statements:
a. Independent testing firm.
b. Manufacturer, when requested by ENGINEER.
C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Operations and Maintenance Data:
a. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals
including test reports, maintenance data and schedules,
description of operation, and spare parts information.
b. Manuals shall include record drawings of control schematics,
including point-to-point wiring diagrams.
c. Comply with Section 01730, Operations and Maintenance Data.
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-3
00992-0231
1.5
D. Maintenance Material Submittals: Furnish the following:
1. Spare Parts:
a. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and long term storage the
following spare parts and special tools for each motor control
center lineup furnished:
Quantity
per Switchgear Lineup
Item Furnished
1) Starters and feeder breakers Quantities and sizes as shown on
drawin s
2 Fuses Six of each e and size used
3) Auxiliary control relays Two, with at least two normally
open and finro normally closed
contacts
4 Control ower transformers Two of each size used
5 Indicatin lam s Twelve
6 Covers for indicatin lam s Six of each color used
7) Starters: Contact kits for Size 1 Five sets
motor starter
8) Starters: Contact kits for Size 2, One set of each size
Size 3, and Size 4 motor starters
b. Furnish a list of additional recommended spare parts for an
operating period of one year. Describe each part, the quantity
recommended and current unit price.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading:
1. Packing:
a. Inspect prior to packing to assure that assemblies and '
components are complete and undamaged.
b. Protect mating connections.
c. Indoor containers shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and ,
accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately..
d. Cover all openings into enclosures with-vapor inhibiting, water-
repellent material. '
2. Upon delivery, check materials and equipment for evidence of water that
may have entered equipment during transit. '
3. Handling:
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-4
00992-0231 '
,
0
a. Lift, roll or jack motor controi center equipment into locations
shown.
b. Motor control centers shall be equipped to be handled by crane.
Where cranes are not available equipment shall be suitable for
placement on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups.
Storage and Protection:
1. Store motor control center equipment in a clean, dry location with controls
for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings
and maintain environmental controls.
PART 2— PRODUCTS (PROVIDED BY OWNER)
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment by one of the following:
1. Schneider ElectriGSquare D Company.
2. No equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Motor control center lineups shall comply with NEMA ICS 18 and be
provided as shown with the following ratings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Service: Voltage rating and number of wires shall be as shown or
indicated on the Drawings. Motor control center shall operate from a
three-phase, 60 Hertz system.
Wiring: NEMA Class II, Type B.
Enclosure: NEMA 1 with gaskets on afl doors.
Interrupting Capacity Rating: Motor control center shall have an
interrupting capacity rating as shown or indicated on the Drawings.
Devices shall be suitable for minimum rating indicated.
Motor control center lineups shall be UL-rated as suitable for service
entrance where shown or indicated on the Drawings and as required.
B. Construction: Provide equipment with the following:
1
2
4
5
Totally-enclosed structure, dead front, consisting of nominal 20-inch
deep, 20-inch wide, 7.5-feet high vertical sections bolted together to form
a unit assembly.
Vertical sections shall have side sheets extending the full height and
depth of section.
Removable lifting angles for each shipping section.
Two removable floor sills for mounting.
Horizontal wireways top and bottom, isolated from horizontal bus and
readily accessible.
a. Wireway openings between sections shall have rounded corners
and rolled edges.
City of Clearwater
Marsi►a/l Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-5
00992-0231
�
7
8
Isolated vertical wireways with cable supports, accessible through hinged
doors, for each vertical section.
a. Wireway shall be separate from each compartment and remain
intact when compartment is removed.
All-metal non-conducting parts electrically continuous.
Comply with NEMA ICS 18.
C. Bus System:
1. Rating: Bus bracing and bus current capacities as shown or indicated on
the Drawings.
2. Bus bars shall be tin-plated, copper-rated, and comply with UL heat rise
standards.
3. Bus bar connections shall be easily accessible with simple tools.
4. Main Horizontal Bus:
5
L
r�
a.
b.
c.
Continuous, edge-mounted, and isolated from wireways and
working areas.
Mount the bus in vertical center of motor control center to provide
easy access and even heat distribution.
Bus shall be supported, braced, and isolated by high-strength,
non-tracking, FRP material.
Vertical Bus:
a. Continuous, and isolated by glass polyester barrier.
b. Rated for 300 amperes continuous minimum, and at least equal to
full-load rating of all installed units in the associated stack.
Grounding Bus: Full length mounted across the bottom, drilled with lugs
of appropriate capacity as required.
Neutral Bus: Insulated, continuous through control center for four-wire
services, drilled with lugs of appropriate capacity as required.
D. Unit Compartments:
1. Provide individual front door for each unit compartment. Fasten door to
stationary structure, instead of the unit itself, so that door can be closed
when unit is removed.
2. Starter and feeder unit doors interlocked mechanically with unit
disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of door while
energized and unintentional application of power while door is open, with
provisions for releasing interlock for intentional access and application of
power.
3. Padlocking arrangement permitting locking disconnect device in the
"OFF" position with at least three padlocks with door closed or open.
Equip unit disconnect devices located in the top compartment,
Ciry of C/earwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-6
00992-0231
'
�
�
L'
�
'
,
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
r
'
�
'
�
,
�
'
LJ
�
�
,
,
'
�
,
,
C'
,
I'�
'
compartment sized 12 inches or higher, with extender handle complying
with UL 845. Extender handle shall allow disconnect operating handle to
be located above NEC's height limitation of six-feet, seven-inches above
floor.
4. Equip compartments as shown or indicated on the Drawings:
a. Blank compartments, unused space, and compartments shown or
indicated on the Drawings as "SPACE" shall have bus covers and
be complete with necessary hardware for future installation of a
plug-in unit.
b. Provide shutters for each compartment that automatically open
when unit is inserted and automatically close when unit is
removed.
5. Provide wiring and device identification:
a. Identify compartment doors, devices, and field wiring in
accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical
Systems.
b. Identify internal control conductors with permanent wire markers.
Each wire shall be identified by a unique number attached to wire
at each termination point.
c. Identify internal control devices with permanent markers. Each
device shall be identified by a unique number attached to each
device.
d. Numbering system for each wire and control device shall be
identified on the wiring diagrams in the Shop Drawings and shall
reflect the actual designations used in the Work.
6. NEMA 1 minimum motor starter size. Starter units completely draw out
type in Sizes 1 and 2 and draw out type after disconnecting power leads
only in Sizes 3 and 4.
7. Motor starters shall be NEMA-rated and include magnetic contactor, with
encapsulated magnet coils. Wound coils are unacceptable. Control shall
be 120 Vac unless indicated otherwise.
a. Starters shall be full-voltage non-reversing unless shown or
indicated otherwise on the Drawings.
b. Reversing Starters:
1) Single-speed, full-voltage with two contactors and extra
interlocking contacts.
c. Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starter:
1) General:
a) Provide solid-state, step-less, current limiting, soft-
start, motor controllers (RVSS) as shown or
indicated on the Drawings.
City of C/earwater
Marshal/ Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-7
00992-0231
2)
3)
b) RVSS shall be three-phase type and shali include
an overload relay and isolation contactor.
c) Provide subsystems that wili protect RVSS from
damage due to over-current and over-voltage.
d) Current Rating: 115 percent of motor nameplate
rated current, continuous, minimum.
Required Features:
a) Adjustable current limit of not more than 250
percent of motor nameplate full-load current
throughout entire motor acceleration period
including first three cycles of voltage waveform
from instant start signal is engaged.
b) Adjustable voltage acceleration, from two to 30
seconds.
c) Adjustable voltage deceleration, from two to 30
seconds.
d) Phase loss detection.
e) LED diagnostic indicators.
fl Static over-current and over-voltage trip.
g) Phase reversal, line or fuse loss, and under-voltage
protection.
h) Power unit over temperature protection.
i) Motor inverse time overload protection.
j) Input line transient over-voltage protection.
Enclosure:
a) Cooling fans, if required, shall incorporate anti-
friction bearings and internal impedance type motor
protection.
b) If cooling fans are used, enclosure for that section
shall be NEMA 12 FVF, or NEMA 12 EFVFF force
ventilated with filters, in accordance with NEMA
ICS 1-110, installed by motor control center
manufacturer.
4) On start-up, start driven equipment at zero current and
allow driven equipment to accelerate to maximum speed
without exceeding the set current limit.
5) On normal shutdowns, ramp driven equipment down at set
deceleration rate that is non-regenerative for motor prior to
shutdown.
6) On emergency shutdowns, remove power to motor.
7) Diagnostic LEDs: Provide LEDs on unit front that indicate
the following:
a) Control power on.
b) Motor power on.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-8
00992-0231
'
1
'
�
LJI
1
'
'
'
�I
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
�
'
,
'
CJ
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
'
u
'
,
'
'
L
c) Motor starting.
d) Motor fault.
e) RVSS fault.
8) ControlOutputs:
a) Control output shall be electricaily isolated, dry,
normally open SPDT contacts, rated 10 amps at
120 vac.
b) Provide the following control outputs:
i. Motor �unning.
ii. Motor stopped
iii. Motor fault.(Overtemp)
iv. RVSS fault.
Overload Relays: Provide an overload relay for each motor starter.
Overload relays shall be in accordance with the following:
a.
c.
d.
e.
Electronic Overload Relays: Relays shall be electronic type.
Electronic relays shall be multi-function, adjustable, current
sensing, type, and include overload, phase-unbalance, phase-
loss, and equipment type ground fault in one package.
Each overload relay shall be manual reset type and shall include
provisions for resetting by an insulating button on front of starter
unit door.
Each overload relay shall include a normally-open auxiliary
contact for remote alarm purposes.
Size each overload relay for full-load amperes and service factor
of actual motors installed.
9. Individual control power transformers for all starters, capacity as required
for all control circuit devices, 100 VA minimum, Class A insulation, finro
primary fuses, 120-volt secondary, one secondary fuse, and the other
secondary leg grounded.
10. Motor horsepower shown are preliminary. Circuit breaker trips and starter
overload heaters to be coordinated with the actual equipment installed.
11. Auxiliary contacts, relays, timers as required for specified control
functions and those shown on Drawings.
12 Starter devices, including spare contacts, shall be wired to numbered
terminal blocks.
13. Terminal blocks for field connections to unit compartments shall be plug-
in/pull-apart type. Terminals shall be fully accessible from the front.
Terminals shall be mounted near the front of vertical wireway.
14. Control devices shall be 600-volt heavy duty, NEMA A600. Relays shall
have convertible contacts. Pilot devices shall be oiltight. Pilot lights shall
be transformer type with six-volt secondary. .
15. Feeder Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic type 100% Rated.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-9
00992-0231
a. Circuit breakers of 100 amp frame or less shall be 100% rated
mounted in a dual mount compartment (two breakers in one space
factor) or shall mount in one-half space factor, unless otherwise
shown or indicated on the Drawings.
16. Motor Starter Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip only motor circuit protectors.
17. Provide the following diagrams and tables inside of door for each
compartment:
a. Elementary wiring diagram.
b. Table of overload heater sizes with correct heater highlighted.
c. Table of motor circuit protector settings with correct setting
highlighted.
18. Where shown or indicated on the Drawings incorporate solid state
protective relaying package (SSPRP) into motor starter for motor
protection. Unit shall incorporate the ANSI/IEEE C37.2 device function
numbers and selectable indications and communication modules
indicated below:
a. Product and Manufacturer:
1) GE MultiLin SR469.
2) Or MCC manufacturers equal.
b. Motor Protection Device Functions:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
Stator winding over-temperature (Device 49).
Short circuit (Device 50).
Motor overload (Device 49/50/51).
Locked rotor - multiple start (Device 48).
Phase reversal (Device 46).
Ground fault (Device 50G/51G).
Mechanical jam.
Unbalance/negative sequence currents (Device 46).
Undercurrent (Device 37).
Motor bearing over-temperature (Device 38).
Thrust bearing over-temperature (Device 38).
Over-voltage (Device 59).
Undervoltage (Device 27).
Voltage sequence (Device 47).
Main trip and lockout output relay (Device 86).
Alarm output relay (Device 74).
c. Selectable Indications:
1) Average motor current.
2) Average motor temperature.
3) Motor current for each of the three phases.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-10
00992-0231
'
u
,
'
,
'
'
t
�
'
C
,
'
�
' 2.3
4) Motor temperature readout for six winding RTDs.
5) Motor thrust-bearing temperature readout for two bearing
RTDs.
6) Ground fault current.
7) Percent of motor capacity used.
8) Line-to-line and line-to neutral voltages, all three phases.
9) Average 15-minute kVA.
10) Average 15-minute kW.
11) Average 15-minute kVAR.
12) Maximum percent full load current since initial
startup.
13) Hottest RTD and temperature since initial startup.
14) Highest percent current unbalance since initial
startup.
15) Highest ground fault current since initial startup.
16) Highest motor bearing temperature since initial
startup.
17) Highest load bearing temperature since initial
startup.
18) Maximum line voltage since start.
19) Minimum line voltage since start.
20) Number of motor starts attempted.
21) Number of motor starts completed.
22) Hours of operation.
23) Number of trips from each of ten protective
functions.
24) All measured values at the time of a motor trip.
25) Values that have been loaded for system inputs
and trip points.
d. Communication Module: RS232 capable of uploading all the
above protective function attitudes and the above-listed selectable
indications upon being queried by a host PLC connected via
RS232 communication port.
19. Main and Tie Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic, molded case type,
unless shown or indicated otherwise. Where shown or indicated, equip
main and tie breakers with PLC and relay interlocking. Interlocking shall
allow only two of the three breakers to be closed at a time. Main & Tie
circuit breakers shall be 100 percent amperage rated. Circuit breakers
with frame ratings 800 amps and greater shall be electronic type with
adjustable parameters and ground fault protection.
MAIN METERING DEVICE
A. Provide a main meter device as shown or indicated on the Drawings.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-11
00992-0231
2.4
�
3.
4.
5
0
Microprocessor based monitoring device shali include complete electrical
metering in one package. Device shall include self-contained potential
transformers and self-protected internal fuses.
Device shall have Ethernet output capabilities for communication to
SCADA. Provide all gateway equipment as necessary.
Device shall be mounted on compartment door to allow operations and
maintenance personnel access to meter menu and display.
Device shall include trend analysis, event logging, and recording. Device
shall also include the following direct-reading metered values:
a. Volts:
b. Amperes:
c. Watts, Vars and VA:
d. Power Factor:
e. Frequency:
f. Watt, and VA Hou�s:
g. Var Hours:
h. Watt, Var and VA Demand:
i. THD-Voltage:
j. THD-Current:
k. Individual Ampere Harmonics:
I. Individual Voltage Harmonics:
0.2 percent accuracy.
0.2 percent accuracy
0.5 percent accuracy
1.0 percent accuracy
0.05 percent accuracy
0.5 percent accuracy
1.0 percent accuracy
0.4 percent accuracy
50th harmonic
50th harmonic
50th harmonic
50th harmonic
Metering device shall have the following additional features:
a. Trend analysis that displays minimum and maximum values for
each metered parameter with date and time of each occurrence.
b. Input range of device shall accommodate external current
transformers with ranges from 100/5 to 5000/5 and potential
transformers from a ratio of 120:120 to 500,000:120. Three
current transformers suitably rated shall be included.
c. Alarm contacts rated five amps at 120 VAC.
d. Three analog outputs programmable to reflect the metered
parameters, except kilowatt hours and kilovar hours.
e. Communication capability, using RS-485, Modbus RTU Protocol.
Control power shall be drawn from monitored incoming AC line. Device
shall have non-volatile memory and not require battery backup. During
power failure, device shall retain preset parameters.
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Provide a surge protective device in accordance with Section 16289, Surge
Protective Devices, for each motor control center bus shown on the Drawings.
Surge protective devices shall be included and factory-mounted within the motor
control center by motor control center manufacturer. Surge protective device
monitoring and display shall be visible from the motor control center front.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
City of C/earwater
Marsha/l Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-12
00992-0231
,
,
'
C
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
�J
t
t
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
'
A. Prior to shipping, perForm factory tests on motor control centers. Tests shail
include manufacturer's standard tests and the following:
1. Physical inspection and checking of components.
2. Mechanical operation and device functionality tests.
3. Primary, control, and secondary wiring hi-pot tests.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine conditions under which Work is to be installed and notify ENGINEER in
writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do
not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
i
,
'
A. Install materials and equipment at locations shown or indicated on the Drawings.
Install equipment on concrete bases in accordance with the Contract Documents
and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
B. For installations against masonry walls, provide an insulation board, 1/4-inch
minimum thickness, between motor control center and wall for corrosion
protection. Trim board neatly within outline of motor control center.
C. Openings in top or side of motor control centers for other than conduit entrance
are not allowed.
D. Bundle cable circuits together within enclosures and identify with durable tag
secured to cabling twine.
E. Set motor circuit protectors at lowest setting that allows motor starting without
nuisance tipping.
F. Verify that wiring diagrams on inside of door of each compartment reflect the
circuitry actually provided and that correct overload heater size and motor circuit
protector setting are noted.
G. Install in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, Laws and
Regulations, and the Contract Documents.
H. Connections to existing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 01730,
Coordination with Owner's Operations.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests:
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-13
00992-0231
1. Perform field testing and inspection of motor control centers. Inspect and
test each motor control center after installation. Testing and inspection
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the
Contract Documents, and be performed by manufacturer's factory-trained
representative, Inform OWNER and ENGINEER when equipment is
correctly installed, prior to testing. Do not energize equipment without
permission of OWNER.
2. Test Equipment, Calibration and Reporting: All test equipment, instrument
calibration and test reports shall be in accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS.
3. Perform the following minimum tests and checks before energizing
equipment:
a. Verify all overload and device settings.
b. Inspect mechanical and electrical interlocks and controls for
proper operation.
c. Check tightness of bolted connections.
d. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section, phase-to-
phase and phase-to-ground.
e. Measure insulation resistance of each starter, phase-taphase and
phase-to-ground.
f. Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect
'
,
'
�
'
'
'
,�
�l
to ground.
g. Perform other tests recommended by equipment manufacturer. '
4. Perform acceptance testing of motor control centers. Inspect and test
each motor control center. Testing and inspection shall be perFormed by
the independent testing firm, after completion of �eld testing specified in
Paragraph 3.3.A.3 of this Section.
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Perform inspection of each
motor control center in accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS.
Inspection shall include:
1) Inspect for proper anchorage, damage, and grounding.
2) Verify all overload and device settings.
3) Check tightness of bolted connections.
5. Electrical Tests: Perform electrical testing of each motor control center in
accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS. Testing shall include:
1) Measure insulation resistance of each bus section, phase-
to-phase and phase-to-ground.
2) Measure insulation resistance of each starter phase-to-
phase and phase-to-ground.
3) Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with
respect to ground.
4) Test motor overload units by current injection.
5) Perform operational tests by initiating control devices for
proper operation.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Motor Contro/ Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-14
00992-0231
,
'
'
,
r
�
�
�
'
'
L�
6) Perform contact resistance test and insulation resistance
test for each circuit breaker.
7) Determine long-time, short-time, and instantaneous pick-
up and delay as required.
Manufacturer's Services: Provide a qualified, factory trained serviceman to
perForm the following:
1. Supervise unloading and installation of equipment.
2. Instruct CONTRACTOR in installing equipment.
3. Inspect, test, and adjust equipment after installation and ensure proper
operation.
4. Instruct operations and maintenance personnel in operation and
maintenance of the equipment.
5. Manufacturer's technician shall make visits to the Site as follows:
a. First visit shall be for supervising unloading and handling of
equipment and for instructing CONTRACTOR in proper equipment
installation, and assisting in installing equipment. Technician shall
train installing personnel in advance in proper handling and rigging
of equipment. Minimum number of hours on-Site: 2 hours.
b. Second visit shall be for checking completed installation, start-up
of system; and performing field quality control testing. Technician
shall test the system as specified in Article 3.3.A of this Section.
Technician shall operate and test the system in the presence of
ENGINEER and verify that equipment complies with the Contract
Documents and manufacturer's requirements. Technician shall
adjust the system to initial settings as specified in Article 3.4 of
this Section. Minimum number of hours on-Site: 4 hours.
c. Third visit shall be to instruct operations and maintenance
personnel.
1) Furnish services of manufacturer's qualified, factory-
trained specialists to instruct OWNER's operations and
maintenance personnel in recommended operation and
maintenance of equipment.
2) Training requirements, duration of instruction and
qualifications shall be in accordance with Section 01730,
Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel.
3) Number of hours on-Site shall be in accordance with
Section 01730, tnstruction of Operations and Maintenance
Personnel.
d. Technician shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until
installation is acceptable.
e. Furnish services of manufacturer's factory-trained service
technicians to correct defective Work within 72 hours of
notification by OWNER during the correction period.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-15
00992-0231
'
,
6. All costs, including expenses for travel, lodging, meals and incidentals,
and cost of travel time, for visits to the Site shall be included in the '
Contract Price.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Calibrate, set, and program all protective devices. Coordinate protective devices r
furnished under this Section and provide proper settings of devices in
accordance with the study perFormed under Section 16215, Electrical Power '
Distribution System Studies.
END OF SECTION ,
'
,
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
r
City of C/earwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Motor Control Centers
16-0038-UT 16423-16
00992-0231 '
,
APPENDIX
OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS
AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
Table of Contents
OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................... 1
EXISTING CONTROL PANEL AS-BUtLT REFERENCE DRAWINGS ............................................................ .........................2
PROJECTPERMITS [NA] ........................................................................................................................................... 2
GEOTECHNICALSOILREPORT [NA] .........................................................................................................................4
ASBESTOSREPORT [NA] .......................................................................................................................................... 5
APPENDIX
� Updated 2/11/2016
APPENDIX —Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROIECT DOCUMENTATION
OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS
The followin� items have been purchased directly bv the City. Contractor shall be
responsible for all other required materials, labor and equipment required for the
installation of the Citv purchased eQuipment in order to provide a fully operational system.
APPENDIX 1 Updated 2/il/2016
:
January 24, 2017
McKim & Creed
Re: Clearwater Marshall St. Inf. PS Rehab - NT 3531
Quoted Equipment
Xylem Water Solutions USA, Inc.
F/ygt Products
2152 Sprint Bivd
Apopka. FL 32703
Tel(407)880-2900
Fax (407) 880-2962
Qty Description
3 Flygt NT 3531, 1070, 555 mm, Intended for dry vertical installation, T-stand included, Hard iron impeller and insert ring.
Coating: Duasolid 50, Oxyrane ester
Drive Unit: 776, Approval: FM/EX
10 pole, 170 hp, 460 V, High Effiency motor
Cooling jacket with closed loop cooling system
Standard connection housing
Insulated support bearing
Cables
Power: 2 x 50ft Screened SUBCAB S3x35 + 3x16/3 + S(4x0.5)
Cable Grip included.
Pilot: 50ft Screened SUBCAB ctM S 1Zx1.5
Cable Grip included.
Material
Shaft: AISI 431 Stainless steel
Supervision
FLS, leakage detedor, in junction box
FLS, leakage detector, in stator housing
PT-100 in one stator winding
PT-100 in lower bearing
*SUCTION ELBOWS BY OTHERS
*INCLUDES BELZONA 5811 COATED VOLUTE INTERIOR
*ONE NP WARRANTY DIFFERED FOR TWO YEARS
*2 YEAR EXTENDED WARRANTY ON 3 NT UNITS
Flygt NP 3531, 63-1070, 555 mm
Intended for semi permanent wet installation, guiding claw included. Hard iron impeller and insert ring
Coating: Duasolid 50, Oxyrane ester
Drive Unit: 776, Approval: FM/EX
10 pole, 170 hp, 460 V, High Effiency motor
Cooling jacket with closed loop cooling system
Standard connection housing
Insulated support bearing
Cables
Power: 2 x 50ft Screened SUBCAB S3x35 + 3x16/3 + S(4x0.5)
Cable Grip included.
Pilot: 50ft Screened SUBCAB ctrl S 1Zx1.5
Cable Grip included.
Material
Shaft: AISI 431 Stainless steel
Supervision
FLS, leakage detector, in junction box
FLS, leakage detector, in stator housing
PT-100 in one stator winding
PT-100 in lower bearing
Page 1 of 2
FLYQrT
a xylem brand
Qty Description
4 MAS BASE UNIT & PANEL W/REQUIRED TRANSFORMERS
16 J6D ANCHORS 1"X12" J-BOLTS W/NUTS & WASHERS 316SS
INCLUDES START-UP AND FREIGHT CHARGES
Total Discount % 11.50
Total Project Price $ 645,950.00
16-18 WEEKS LEAD TIME ARO - STANDARD DELIVERY
12 WEEKS LEAD TIME ARO - AIR RUSH (ADD 8 585.00 PER PUMP)
Sincerely,
Steve Dennis
Phone: 407-880-2900 ext.102
steve.dennis@xyleminc.com
Page 2 of 2
FLYQrT
a xylem brand
Schneider
�E'�ectric
PAGE 1 OF 4
Revised Quote Based on Adding one Size 1
3hp Starter to MCC-3
02/01 /2017
Q2C Number: 38847971
Quote Number: 1
Revision Number: 0
Project Name: MARSHALL ST HEADWORKS CLEARWATER
Project Sub-Name: McKim& Creed Storm Damage
Project Location: Clearwater, FL
Quote Name: MARSHALL STREET APCF INFLUENT PUMP
Through Addenda Number: 0
Bid Date: 9/12/2016
Consultant / Specifier:
Contractor / Installer:
Sales Representative: BRENT GIBBS
Conditions of Sale
This Quotation is subject to Schneider Electric USA, Inc.'s published Conditio»s of Sale
Payment Terms: STANDARD
Billing Type(s):
Currency: US DOLLARS
4uote Markin�s
Pricing Based on Purchase through Authorized Square D Distributor.
Price includes delivery to site FOB Prepaid Factory ..................$ 38,500 End User Net
Price Excludes Sales Tax.
MCC is NEMA 1A
Quoted per drawings and BOM. No Specs Provided. Revised 02/01/2017
ATI ON
PRINTED 2/8/2017 1:47:00 PM
'
PAGE 2 OF 4
Q2C Number: 38847971 Quote Number: 1 Revision Number: 0
Project Name: MARSHALL ST HEADWORKS CLEARWATER Quote Name: MARSHALL STREET APCF INFLUENT
PUMP
Item
No. Qty. Catalog Number / Details
009-00 1 Designation: SWB-12
Square D Custom Swbd Series 2
QED Switchboard
010-00
QUOTATION
1
Square D Custom Swbd Series 2
Designed and Tested in accordance with:
UL 891/NATIONAL ELECTRiC CODE/NEMA PB-2
System Voltage - 480Y/277V 3Ph 4W 60Hz
Source Description - Main is Remote
System Ampacity - 1200A
Tin Plated Copper Main Bus
Neutral Bus - 100%
Max Available Fault Current (RMS) - 65kA
Enclosure - Type 1
Accessibility: Front Only
Exterior Paint Color - ANSI 49
Ground Lug provided for each device
Copper Ground Bus
Dimensions
2 - 36" Wide Section(s)
2 - 24" Deep Enclosure(s)
Dimensions: 72.00" W X 24" Max D X 91.5" H
Approximate Weight: 1532.00 Ibs / 694.92 kgs
Incoming Requirements
UL Dead Front
Entry Point: Left of Lineup, Through the Top
Connection Type: Cable in Bussed Auxiliary
SPD with Surge Rating 240kA
SPD Dry Contacts
Includes Surge Counter
Power Meter - PM5563RD
3 CTs PM5563 w/ Disp�ay - 3 phase 4 wire wye
1200A
Feeders
Devices Associated with Remote Main:
4- 400AS/400AT 480V 80% Rated 65 kA 3 Pole
UL, Group Mounted Electronic Trip
Circuit Breaker: Type LJ
1- 800AS/400AT 480V 80% Rated 65 kA 3 Pole
UL, Group Mounted Electronic Trip
Circuit Breaker: Type PJ
Kirk Key Interlock
1- 800AS/600AT 480V 80% Rated 65 kA 3 Pole
UL, Group Mounted Electronic Trip
Circuit Breaker: Type PJ
Common Feeder Features:
Standard Trip Unit, Long Time, Instantaneous
Estimated days to ship excluding transit 50 working days after
customer release to manufacture. See Conditions of Sale.
Designation: MCC-3
Model 6 LVMCC
�
L
�
L'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
PRINTED 2/812017 1:47:00 PM
'
,
' I Q2C Number: 38847971 Quote
Project Name: MARSHALL ST HEADWORKS CLEARWATER
Item
No. Qty. Catalog Number/ Details
Number:
Model 6 MCC - Standard Padcage
System Voltage: 480V 3PH 3W 60Hz
Max Available Fault Current (RMS) - 65kA
Control Power - 120Vac
1/4" x 1" Horizontal Ground Bus, Tin Plated
Copper
800A Tin Plated Copper Horizontal Bus
Class 1 Type B Wiring
20" Deep Construction
65kA Bus Withstand Rating
General Purpose Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure
Master Nameplate Engraved with Black
SurfaceNVhite Letters
Standard Exterior Paint ANSI 49
Equipment Mounting Height 72"
Manual Vertical Bus Shutters
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws
Unit Nameplate Engraved with Black Surface /
White Letters
Rodent Barriers
Engineer To Order (ETO-L)
Engineered To Order (ETO)
3- Section(s) with 300A Tin Plated Copper
Vertical Bus
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
Dimensions: 60.00'1/V X 20"D X 94.5"H
Approximate Weight: 2250.00 Ibs / 1020.60 kgs
INCOMING
Incoming Connection: Cable
SPD Surge Counter
SPD 240kA Surge Rating for Wye Secondary
Transfortner - with disconnect
MAIN �—_A�_
Main Lugs Top Entry 800A
FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTERS
1- 40 HP NEMA Size 3 FVNR Starter w/Circuit
Breaker
Control Power Transformer 150VA
3- 2 HP NEMA Size 1 FVNR Starter w/Circuit
Breaker
Control Power Transformer 100VA
Motor On LED Pilot Light Red
2- 10 HP NEMA Size 1 FVNR Starter wlCircuit
Breaker
Control Power Transformer 100VA
Motor On LED Pilot Light Red
1- 1/4 HP NEMA Size 1 FVNR Starter
w/Circuit Breaker
Control Power Transformer 100VA
Motor On LED Pilot Light Red
1- 3 HP NEMA Size 1 FVNR Starter w/Circuit
Breaker
Control Power Transformer 100VA
Motor On LED Pilot Light Red
PAGE 3 OF 4
Quote Name: MARSHALL STREET APCF INFLUENT
PUMP
QUOTATION PRINTED 2/8/2017 1:47:00 PM
'
PAGE 4 OF 4
Q2C Number: 38847971 Quote Number: 1 Revision Number: 0 '
Project Name: MARSHALL ST HEADWORKS CLEARWATER Quote Name: MARSHALL STREET APCF INFLUENT
PUMP
Item '
No. Qty. Catalog Number / Details
COMMON FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING FEATURES
Electronic Motor Circuit Protector '
#16 AWG MTW Control Wire
65kA Interrupting Rating
Melting Alloy Overioad Relay '
30mm Type K Pilot Devices
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
FEEDERS
1- Compac 6 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder '
100A
65kA Interrupting Rating
2- Compac 6 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder '
50A
65kA Interrupting Rating
3- Compac 6 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder
30A
65kA Interrupting Rating ,
1- Compac 6 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder
40A
65kA Interrupting Rating
1- Compac 6 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder '
20A
65kA Intertupting Rating
MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES
1 - Surge Protection Device '
3 - 12" Prepared Space
1 - 18" Prepared Space
Estimated days to ship excluding transit 35 working days after ,
customer release to manufacture. See Conditions of Sale.
QUOTATION PRINTED 2/8/2017 1:47:00 PM
ICON Technologies
Division of ICON Supply, Inc.
�� � PO Box 272423
Tampa, Florida 33688
Phone: 813-936-2030 Fax:873-936-9268
Email: cwalton@icon-tech.com
To: Bidding Contractors
Phone:
Fax:
QUOTE
item
7
2
Notes:
1i1:
�
From:
Fax:
Phone:
Date:
No. Pages:
Company:
Subject:
3 Yaskawa 200HP 460V, iQ Pump VFD w/ Bypass
` NEMA 12 Ventilated Enclosure
' Rated 253A/241A continuous 50/40 Deg C ambient
' 12 pulse low hartnonic design
' Output reactor filter
* 65kaic main breaker
• X-line IEC contactor bypass
• Ethemet IP communication (monitoring)
" Install and wire MiniCas Pump relay (provided by others)
* Speed Pot, HOA, VFD/Bypass selector switches
* Pilot lights for Run, Fault, Power On, Moisture, Overheat
' Freight included
' Max dimensions: To Foliow
Services
1 ' Up to thre days start-up training
* Submittals
' 08M manauals
Total (Prices exclude any taxes)
Ifrom shipment. Add 3% to price for each additional year warranty
1 4 additional vearsl.
Quotation is valid for 30 days from date quoted. Attached terms and conditions of
sale apply. Quofation excludes any applicable taxes. Prices are FOB factory,
freiqht are-vaid and added to invoice unless otherwise stated in this quotation.
Payment terms are net 30 subject to credit approval. Prices based on no retainage.
Mark Tempest
Notes
Mark Tempest
813-936-9268
813-936-2030
1/16/2017
2
City of Clearwater Marshall
Street
rota� 5eu
$114,644.77
ICONTechttologies
.q Diuision of ICON SUPPLYINC.
P.O. Box 272423, Tampa, FL. 33688
� ; A Phone: 813-936-2030 Fax: 813-936-9268
� � E-mailAddress: mtempest@icon-tech.com
Terms and Conditions of Sale
All references in this document to "Seller" shall include each division or
d/b/a of ICON Supply, Inc. whether or not specifically identified herein.
All sales made by Seller are subject to the Terms and Conditions of Sale,
which shall prevail over any inconsistent terms of Buyer's purchase order
or other documents. No terms and conditions in any way altering or
modiTying these provisions shall be binding upon Seller unless they are
specifically authorized in writing by Seller's authorized representative. No
modification or alteration of these provisions shall result by Seller's
shipment of goods following receipt of Buyer's purchase order, or other
documents containing provisions, terms or conditions in addition to , in
conflict with, or inconsistent with these provisions. There are no terms,
conditions, understandings, or agreements other than those stated
herein, and all prior proposals and negotiations are merged herein.
Prices in quotation made by Seller expire and become invalid if not
accepted within 30 days from the date of issue, unless otherwise noted by
Seller in writing. Price extensions when made, are for Buyer's
convenience only, and they as well as any mathematical, stenographic or
clerical errors, are not binding on Seller. Prices shown do not include any
sales, excise, or other governmental tax or charge payable by Seller to
Federal, State or local authoriiy. Any taxes now or hereafter imposed
upon sales of shipments wilt be added to the purchase price. Buyer
agrees to reimburse Seller for any such tax or to provide Seller with an
acceptable tax exemption certificate.
Seller shall not be Iiable for delay or default in delivery and all quotations
and agreements are contingent upon any cause beyond Seller's
reasonable control, inciuding, but not limited to, governmental action,
strikes, or other labour troubles, fire damage or destruction of goods,
manufacture's shortages, inability to obtain materials, fuels, or supplies,
acts of God, or any other cause whatsoever beyond Seller's control.
Goods not manufactured by Seller are warranted and guaranteed only to
the extent and in the manner warranted and guaranteed to Buyer by the
original manufacturer of such goods.
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED, WEHTHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE,
INCLUDINGALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MECHANTIABLILITY OF
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SELLER'S LIABILITY
HERUNDER, AND BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES HEREUNDER,
EITHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR PURSUANT TO STATUTE,
FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR FOR NEGLIGENCE, ARE
EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE GIVING OF CREDIT OR REPLACEMNT
OR REPAIR OF GOODS SOLD AT SELLER'S OPTION. BUYER MUST
GIVE SELLER WRITTEN NOTICE IDENTIFYING THE DEFECTIVE
GOODS AND SPECIFYING THE DEFECT WITHIN TEM (10) DAYS
AFTER RECEIPT OF THE GOODS. SELLER MUST ASLO BE GIVEN
THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ALLEGEDLY DEFECTIVE
GOODS, AND IF REQUESTED BY SELLER, THE ALLEGEDLY
DEFECTIVE GOODS MUST BE RETURNED TO SE�LER. FAILURE TO
GIVE REQUIRED NOTICE WITHIN THE TIME PROVIDED, OR
FAILURE TO RETURN ALLEGEDLY DEFECTIVE GOODS TO SELLER
FOLLOWING SELLER'S REQUEST CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF ALL
CLAIMS AGAINST SELLER. SELLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO GIVE
CREDIT, REPAIR, OR REPLACEMENT IS LIMITED TO THE EXTENT
THAT SELLER IS ABLE TO OBTA�N EQUIVELENT CREDIT OR
REPLACEMENT FROM THE ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER OF SUCH
GOODS. BUYER AND SELLER AGREE THAT SELLER SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCEDENTAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES IN ANY WAY
ARISING FROM THE SALE, HANDLING, INSTALLATION, OR USE OF
THE GOODS SOLD OR FROM ANY OTHER BREACH OF THIS
DOCUMENT, ANY PURCHASE ORDER OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT
BETWEEN BUYER AND SELLER.
No credit for goods returned by Buyer shall be given without Seiler's
written authorization. All retums are subject to a restocking charge. No
claim for shortage of goods or damage to goods shall be allowed unless
Buyer, within ten (10) days after receipt of shipment, gives Seller written
notice of the claim for shortage or damage and in such written notice fully
describes the shortage and/or damage alleged. Seller's responsibility
ceases upon issuance of Bill of Lading. Seller shall not be liable to Buyer
for goods that are damaged or lost while in the possession of a common
carrier, and it will be Buyer's responsibility to recover any and all damage
directly from the common carrier. Any change in quantities or destination
may result in a price adjustment by the Seller.
Seller assumes no responsibility whatsoever for Buyer's interpretation of
plans or specifications provided by Buyer and Buyers acceptance must
be premised on final approval by architects, engineers, or other third
parties o�cially designated prior to acceptance of purchase order.
Unless otherwise stated, payment terms are net 30 days from date of
issuance of invoice. Payment is due in the form of cash, check, or money
order. Seller may apply Buyer's payment against any open charges
within Seller's sole discretion. Buyer agrees to pay Seller on past due
accounts a monthty interest charge equal to 1.5°k per month or the
maximum amount permitted by the law governing the account between
Buyer and Seller. The interest rate stated herein shall continue to accrue
after Seller obtains a judgment against Buyer.
Buyer agrees to pay Seller all costs and expenses of collection, suit, or
other legal action, including all actual attorney's fees, incurred pre-suit,
through trial, on appeal, or in any administrative proceedings brought as a
result of the commercial relationship between them. Seller may assign
any cause of action that Seller may have against Buyer to Seller or any
affiliate thereof without the consent of Buyer.
Buyer waives any and all privileges and rights that Buyer may have
relating to venue. Buyer and Seller agree that any legal action brought by
either as a result of the account or business relationship between Buyer
and Seller shall be brought in Hillsborough Counry, Florida.
If Buyer fails to comply with these Terms and Conditions of Sale, or
Buyer's credit becomes unsatisfactory in the Sellers discretion, Seller
reserves the right to terminate or restrict any order upon notice to Buyer.
Buyer certifies that it is solvent and that it wili immediately advise Seller if
it becomes insolvent. Buyer agrees to send ICON Supply, Inc. written
notice of any changes in the form of ownership of Buyer's business within
five days of such changes.
Unless the delivery terms of this contract expressly provide for F.O.B.
destination, shipping/delivery will be F.O.B. Sellers point of shipment with
title to the goods and risk of loss or damage passing to Buyer at that
point. Buyer will be responsible for shipment during transit and for filing
any damage or loss claims directly with the carrier. Seller may make
partial shipments.
Buyer may not cancel or terminate for convenience, or direct suspension
of manufacture, except with Seller's written consent and then only upon
terms that will compensate Seller for its engineering, fabrication and
purchasing charges and any other costs relating to such cancellation,
termination or suspension, plus a reasonable amount for profit.
Buyer represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract
shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear facility or application.
If Buyer is unable to make such representation and warranty, then Buyer
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller and to waive and require its
insurers to waive all right of recovery against Seller for any damage, loss,
destruction, injury or death resulting from a"nuclear incidenY', as that
term is defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, whether
or not due to Seller's negligence.
BUYER AND SELLER AGREE AND INTEND THAT THERE ARE NO
THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES TO THIS DOCUMENT AND THAT
BUYER AND SELLER ARE THE SOLE INTENDED BENEFICIARIES OF
THIS DOCUMENT.
�
'
�
'
'
'
�,
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
�J
'
C
'
APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROIECT DOCUMENTATION
, EXISTING CONTROL PANEL AS-BUILT REFERENCE DRAWINGS
' Contractor shall construct the reulacement Bar Screen and Pump Control panels in
accordance with the as-built drawings provided in the bid set for the existing Bar
_ creen and Pump Control �anel
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
,
'
'
t
�
�
�
, APPENDIX
'
2
Updated 2/11/2016
APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
PROjECT PERMITS - NA
APPENDIX
3
Updated 2/11/2016
_ _ _
'
APPENDIX —Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
' GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT - NA
1
1
1
�
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
, APPENDIX 4 U dat 2
p ed /11/2016
,
APPENDIX —Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
ASBESTOS REPORT- NA
APPENDIX
5
Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND .........................................................................................................1
CONTRACT................................................................................................................................................ 3
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT .................................................................................. 7
PROPOSAL/BID BOND ........................................................................................................................... 8
AFFIDAVIT............................................................................................................................................... 9
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................................ 10
PROPOSAL............................................................................................................................................... 11
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ............................................................................... 13
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................................14
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA
CERTIFICATIONFORM ....................................................................................................................... 15
SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017
SECTION V - Contract Documents
Bond No.:6348825, 106047046, 82445576
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
' This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant
under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in
subsections (2) and (10).
L
���
'
'
�
Pursuant to § 255.05(1}(b), Florida Statutes, `Before commencing the work or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified coav
of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt
payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR
[PCL Constr-uction, Inc. ]
[3810 Northdale Blvd., Ste �60
Tampa, FL 33624]
SURETY
OWNER
City of Clearwater
�`" � Fideliry and Deposit Company of Maryiand ' '
[��� [Engmeermg Dept]
- , Travelers Casualty and Surety Canpany of Amenca
Federal Insurance Company 100 S. Myrtle Avenue
1299 urich Way, Schaumburg, IL 60196, ne Tower quare, Clearwater, FL 33756
Nartford, CT 0fi183, 2026 Hal!'s Mill Road,lM�itehouse Siation, NJ 088�2�� 562-[4750]
�r����3�i��,a�e�]
312-496-g075,S00-747-3719,800-392-3770
��� ��L����
' [813-425-1440]
PROJECT NAME: Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Repair
,
,
PROJECT NO.: [ 16-0038-UT
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Provide and install temporary back up power systems necessary to keep
plan and temporary influent pumping system in service. Demolition and dispose of all equipment. Remove
grit and install electrical equipment and wiring, pumps, valves, piping and gates.
BY THIS BOND, We, PCL Construction, inc. , as Contractor, and
, Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland, rave ers asua an urety omp�n�8 {��ri, 8S Su2'e ate boUnd t0
EedP�al In.�u�an�eS:�any � ty�
the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $1,349,525.00, for payment of which
we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
,
,
CJ
'
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
1. Performs the contract dated��lk. (�� f� , between Contractor and Owner for
construction of [Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Repair, the contract documents being made a
part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract,
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and
Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein
provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor
in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
' SECTiON V
'
Page 1 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
Bond No.: 6348825, 106047046, 82445576
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
�2)
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional
wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the
performance of the construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time
specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under
this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms af the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
May 20 17
(If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).
WITNESS
Corpor e ecre or itness
Print Name: �,,....,, u, Q_ «„_
Secretary ! Tceasurer
(affx corporate sealj
Countersigned by:
Cia e exander Hunt
FL Licensed Resident Agent
License No. P134371
' SECTION V
2atn day of
�t'.lifl[� �.
,�, �,� `,,
PCL Construction, Inc. ' "„ %'�..'
By: �� i��l.�[C .k � � 4��,' 1
Title: __� a �—� , �- �J `'
Print Name: ���—� ��� `'x
��
& AAtlIIOIIt�Yd ` • � � a, ., :;• e
WITNESS: •�,. ,,; `��
'�r�:r t�,,
Print Name: ,�� ij��
Fidelity and
Travelers C
Federal Insi
(CorporQ
C
t Company of Maryland
and Sureiy Company of America
; Y� �-�C.� ����y:��
� ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Pl'lllt Na]]1C: Sandra M. Winsted
(affix corporate seal)
(Power ofAttorney must be attached)
Page 2 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
CONTRACT
(1)
�-
This CONTRACT made and entered into this � day of.�{�� , 20 ��% by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corparation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
, of the City of County of
and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
[Or, if out c�f state:]:
. ,�
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the
part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their
own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following:
PROJECT NAME: [Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Projectj
PROJECT NO.: j 16-0038-UT]
in the amount of � 1,344,525'.00
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement,
instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be
hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully compieted in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the wark to be performed by the Contractor,
then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the
right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the
provisions as contained herein.
SECTION V Page 3 of 15 Updated: 2/6/2017
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
�J
'
CONTRACT
(2>
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT
AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT
OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS,
STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE
CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF
SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS
CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB
CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES
BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2).
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, se�c, religion, color, or national origin.
The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other
forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post
hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be
provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
' contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
, It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein,
it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the
Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 ner dav for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor
t remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 uer dav shall only
and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to
complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed
' as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete
and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
CII
'
'
'
'
'
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the
terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety
or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond
ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its
own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an
additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under
the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the
faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a
form satisfactory to it.
SECTION V
Page 4 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
'
'
CONTRACT
(3)
, In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement
agrees to comply with public records law.
' IF THE CONTEZACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF
CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF
' PUBLIC RE��ORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call(a�mvclearwater.com,
112 S. Osceola A�re., Clearwater, FL 33756
'
'
'
t
�J
C
'
C�
'
'
'
'
The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to:
a) Keep and mai�itain qublic records required bv the Citv of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agencv") to aerform the service being provided bv the contractor hereunder.
b) Unon request 1.'rom the qublic agencv's custodian of nublic records, provide the aublic a�encv
with a conv of the re4uested records or allow the records to be insaected or conied within a
reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost nrovided for in Chapter 119, Florida
Statutes. as m�iy be amended from time to time, or as otherwise arovided bv law.
c) Ensure that the_public records that are exemnt or confidential and exem�t from public records
disclosure rea��irements are not disclosed egceat as authorized bv law for the duration of the
contract term ;and followin� completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the
records to the public agencv.
d) Upon comnletion of the contract , transfer. at no cost. to the�ublic agencv all nublic records in
possession of tlhe contractor or keeq and maintain nublic records required bv the public a�encv
to nerform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the aublic agencv unon
comptetion of �rhe contract, the contractor shall destrov anv duplicate public records that are
ezempt or conlfidential and exemat from public records disclosure reauirements. If the
contractor keeps and maintains nublic records unon comaletion of the contract. the contractor
shatl meet all a�pplicable reauirements for retainin� aublic records. All records stored
electronicallv must be nrovided to the public agency, uqon request from the qublic a�encv's
custodian of aiiblic records, in a format that is comnatible with the information technolo�
svstems of the public a�encv.
e) A request to in,ssect or copv nublic records relatin� to a public a�encv's contract for services
must be made directiv to the uublic a�encv. If the aublic a�encv does not nossess the requested
records, the uuiblic agencv shall immediatelv notifv the contractor of the reauest and the
contractor mu�st urovide the records to the nublic a�encv or allow the records to be inspected or
copied within :� reasonable time.
fj The contractor herebv acknowledges and a�rees that if the contractor does not complv with the
public agencv's request for records, the public agencv shall enforce the contract provisions in
accordance wiith the contract.
g) A contractor ��ho fails to nrovide the public records to the nublic a�encv within a reasonable
time mav be su�biect to penalties under Section 119.10. Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action� is filed against a contractor to comnel qroduction of public records relatinE to a
public agencv's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor
the reasonable costs of enforcement, includin� reasonable attornev fees, if:
' SECTION V Page 5 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
i)
J)
CONTRACT
(4)
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfullv refused to comnlv with the aublic
records request within a reasonable time; and
2. At least 8 business davs before filin� the action the alaintiff nrovided written notice of
the nulblic records reauest. includin� a statement that the contractor has not comnlied
with t6e request, to the public agencv and to the contractor.
A notice comnlies with subparagranh (h)2. if it is sent to the aublic agencv's custodian of Aublic
records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the nublic
agency or to tbie contractor's reSistered agent. Such notices must be sent bv common carrier
deliverv service or bv registered, Global Exnress Guaranteed, or certified mail with posta�e or
shinping paid lbv the sender and with evidence of deliverv, which mav be in an electronic
format.
A contractor ��ho complies with a public records repuest within 8 business davs after the notice
is sent is not li:ible for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
IN WITNESS W�[EREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this ��greement, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS CCIUNTY, FLORIDA
BY: W ."'ue�tArit�1^ � • ��1.�1/� �
t
William B. Horne, II
City Manag;er
Countersigned:
By: ��r,� � C<<��/
George N. (�retekos,
Mayor
, Contr tor must indicate whether:
� Corporatior�,
,
'
�1
'
'
'
Attest:
.�- C�-6 L l C:�2 k- �"
Rosemarie Call
City Clerk
S' �i �'-����•.��
.� _l� ,
� �`�1 � 1�1�� �
�"' . 0
� :a
ffj�Bl'�`�q�h
Appro d as t fo
Ma ew M. Smith
Assistant City Attorney
Partnership, Company, or � ' ' �fi�ivi�ival
-:.� �'.i��
��•L_. ��i)CVCa�7Gr.1 �,�=�-�—,� ��
A .� .r
� � �
� ._ _ '"< e
By: _ �'-, (��AF,�-' � �
r � '%Nora.4 � �;' � L7 �4�•�'4�.
—� Y, � _
Title: / i1 �� � f.•iT � : � �� ; � , .
a,
•fF.�l �
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;
where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the
Corporation — proviide Affidavit.
SECTION V Page 6 of 15 Updated: 2/6/2017
,.
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT
TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: WTP No. 1 Improvements —
Pressure Filter Modifications and Adsorption System
Automation
Public Utilities Dept. pROJECT NO.: 15-0031-UT
100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: ['; �
Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. :�, ], recorded in O.R. Book [_j,
Page j��, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida.
CONTRACTOR [ �'
Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between
the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the:
jinser� n�r►�e �,�Sure�yl
Caddress�
[��?'��s.I ,SURETY,
on bond of
jin�ert name r�f ContractorJ
[adc�ressJ
[address� j ,CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor
shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to
City of Clearwater
Public Utilities Dept.
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756 ,OWNER,
as set forth in said Surety's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this _ day of ,
Attest:
(Seal):
SECTION V
(Surety)
(Signature of authorized representative)
(Printed name and title)
Page 7 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSALBID BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, PCL Construction, Inc.
as Contractor, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
as Surety, whose address is 1299 Zurich Way, Schaumburg, IL 60196
, are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars
($ 10% of Amount Bid )(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of
which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of PCL Construction, Inc.
as Contractor, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland as Surety,
for work specified as: Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Repair
Project No. 16-003&UT
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be
approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and
virtue by law and the full amount of this ProposalBid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or
liquidated damages.
' Principal must indicate whether:
X Corporation,
Partnership, Company, or
Signed this 28th day of March
Individual
> 2�� � � •
PCL Construction, Inc.
ctor ^
�a�',qf i� Q'Oarrxtt-�
By: /�� fJ � �E.�!
Title
Fidelity an eposit Company _
�W
Surety Susan A. Welsh, Attorney-in-Fact
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;,
where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind tf��e
Corporation — provide Affidavit.
SECTION V
Page 8 of 15
Updated: 2/6/2017
'
'
'
�
'
'
�
SECTION V — Contract DocumenYs
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF ��HA�iQit�,r�
COUNTY OF �ai�
_S!/.9.a.J ga�-n� , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Secretary of �_ (��5�„�.,,,,,�_ /,J,�
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of�i ,`�+�er�e'�and ha�ing its
principal office at:
�7�� i�i. �7itt��.rsi4r �t S.�Y. ��k9 / _�'l�� N/iLi�/� �
(Street & Number) � (Ciry) �— (Counry)fJ - (State)
Affant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
'�c.c_. C'oNS.x�c�cw I„�G
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that T,✓� Q'�,a,J'sl , is �i(f s,�
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for j�R�,.� �1,,. 1(�-Od3g �rr
,• or said corporation by virtue of A/�.sd��� ��_a �,,
(state whether a pro��sion of
Board of Directors. If by Re�luti�
'
��
or a Resolution of
of adoption).
W. Brittou
�/Treasurer
Affiant �/ `�
Sworn to before me this � J�day of �/l�./ ; 20 / 7.
'
ROBIN R. REGAN Not Pu lic
' � Notary PubNc - Stabe of Arizona /
� MARICOPACOUNTY
.��' My Commission E�epires Type/printJstamp name f Notary
March 2, 2020
'
'
'
•
'
SEtTION V
'
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
Page 9 of 15
Updated: 2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF ��$RI�z4A�izc+�/� )
COUNTY OF .9Geica�_)
�,,� p-��„��� � being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
f�2ts.�F1.�'i of f�Gt._ '�s'at��n..1} /�1G. �
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder
on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspued, connived, or agreed, directly or
indirectly; with any bidders or person, to put in a sharn bid or that such other person shall refrain from
bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder; or to fix
any overhead; profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirecdy submitted this bid, o contents t ei or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any me er or �.
ib�n O'Don��
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 3 I�'� day of P , 20�-
; . _�..�____
ROBIN R. REGAN -� No P�blic
Welary Pub{ic - Sta6e � arizona
�•� �+. MAR�COPACOUNTY
My Cortxnistion ExPin�t
� Mwt� Z, �OZO
SECTION V
Page 10 of 15
Updated: 2/6/2017
i
'
'
,
,
'
'
N
'
'
'
'
!__J
1
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CTTY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
MARSHALL ST. INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIR (PROJECT #16-0038-UTl
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
MARSHALL ST. INLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIR (PROJECT # 16-0038-UT)
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though lus proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the
City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a
certificate from the Finance Director that funds are a�ailable to cover the cost of the work to be done, or
without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent
documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby
charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement,
Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions,
Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees
that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of
contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do a11 the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter
set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the utidersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then �l�e City may, at
its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be
nu11 and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfcited te become
the properiy of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained b� the
City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated
or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount
of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
�
•
' SECTION V
�
Page 11 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSAL
(2)
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
- Bank, for the sum of Tf� D�C��.fT'-il o/ �
, ,p ($Tf.a or,,e� Go / �)
(being a minimum of 1% of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder sha11 list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
� ' � �i j � I .•,Y i � r �� I
4
� I / !.• I � 1� Jl
Signature o idder: �
'�he person �igning shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
� Wl�erQ �he, �rsan signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by
: afi° vit,:sho�v ts ority, to bind the corporation.
�. , ��
b,:�..,.;.,.,�. - - �� �--•,- --
By:
�
Company
Doing Business As (if different than above):
! Treasucer
rom ano�i�
Business Address of Bidder: �'/� �oR7�1DAt�_. Sta/D.. S u,T�. )LD�
City and State: T �,.��,q �L Zip Code 33l0� �
Phone: $13 - t.!aS- /y�,/� Email Address:
Dated at , this � day of , A.D., 2(��
�T'.�r�' /�'ynl�ol�a�0'�7an� : (.�L�RDd
SECTION V
Page 12 of 15
Updated:2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: MARSHALL ST ' INFLUENT PUNIP STATION REPAIlt (PROJECT # 16-0038-UTl
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
SECTION V
Addendum No. 1 Date: 3�ag�/ 7
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum Na. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
�� �sT.tvc�1�J /.Jc
T ame o r)
i nature of O i
_ 1bm
Pr�sside�lt
(Title of Offieer)
�l�
(Date)
Page 13 of 15
Updated: 2/6/2017
SECTION V — Contract Documents
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PITNIP STATION REPAIRS
PROJECT # 16-0038-UT
CONTRACTOR: YGL ��
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $
BIDDERtS GRAND TQTAL: (
��, /
I/�/!�: ��
)
(Words)
MARSHALL STREEf INFLUENT PUMP STATION EMERGENCY REPAIRS
ITEM# BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT ESTIMATED UNITBID AMOUNT
QUANTITY PRICE
1 Mobiliza ' n/Demobilization LS 1 $ $
2 COORDINATI INSTALLATION, TESTING AND L5 1 $ $
CONTRACTOR WA NTYOF INFLUENT PUMPS
3 COORDINATION, INSTA TION, TESTING AND LS $ $
CONTRACTOR WARRANIY O ECTRICAL
EQUIPMENTAND (3) THREE VARI FREQUENCY
DRIVES
4 STRUCTURAL REPAiRS LS 1 $ $
5 PUMP PANEI LS 1 $ $
6 BAR SCREEN PANELAND INSTRUMENT N L5 1 $ $
7 GATE REPLACEMENTAND INSTRU TATION 3 $ $
8 FIBERGLASS OUCT AXIAL FAN EA 3 $ S
4 PIPING, VALVES, AND AP RTENANCES LS $ $
10 PROGRAMMING A CADA ALLOWANCE LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00
SUBTOTAL ITE 1 THRU 10 $50,000.00
11 CONTIN CY- 15% LS 1 $0.00
TO ITEMS i THRU 11 $50,000.00
` Total Contract 0,000.00
T�IE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS FIIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP �
SUM PRICES AND THE ESTI_'VIATED QUAI�ITITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFOR'VIATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL �IAKE THE '
TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LU_VIP SU:VI PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE
TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LU:�IP SUM PRICE
SHALL GOVERN.
SECTION V Page 14 of 15 Updated: 2/6/2017
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION EMERGENCY REPAIRS
ITEM # BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF �TEMS UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT BID PRICE AMOUNT
QUANTITY
1 Mobilization/Demobilization LS 1 � $ $
2 COORDINATION, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND LS 1 $ $
CONTRACTOR WARRANTY OF INFLUENT PUMPS �
3 COORDINATION, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND LS 1 $ $
CONTRACTOR WARRANTY OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT �
AND (3) THREE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES �M /y)� � aO�/�
ti��w
4 GRIT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL CY 150 . $ $
5 STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS LS 1 �$ �$
6 PROTECTIVE COATING REPAIR SF 200 $ �' $
7 TYPE II CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 100 $ � $
8 TYPE III CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 50 $ � $
9 TYPE IV CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 50 $ . $
10 PUMP PANEL LS 1 $ $
11 BAR SCREEN PANEL AND INSTRUMENTATION LS 1 $ $
12 GATE REPLACEMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION EA 3 $ $
13 FIBERGLASS DUCT AXIAL FAN EA 3 $ -' $
14 PLUG VALV EA 6 $ � $
15 PIPING, AND APPURTENANCES LS 1 $ $
16 PROGRAMMING AND SCADA ALLOWANCE LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00
SUBTOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 16
17 CONTINGENCY - 15% LS 1
TOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 17
Total Contract
C�
r
•
,
,
•
'
'
SECTION V — Contract Documents
SCRUTIlvIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM
PER SECTIONIII, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORMMUST BE
COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SIIBMIT THIS
FORMAS REQUIRED, MAYDEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE.
The affiant, by viriue of the signature below, certifies that:
►�
3.
4.
The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is ayvare of the
requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrurinized Companies with Acti�7ties in the Iran Petroleum Energy
Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and
The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in
this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Acrivities in Sudan List,
the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business
operations in Cuba and Syria; and
Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce
in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining,
owning, selling; possessing, leasing or operating equipment; facilities, personnel, products; services,
personal property, real property, xnilitary equipment, or any other apparatus of business or coirunerce;
and
If awarded the Contract (or Agreement}, the vendor, cornpany, individual, principal, subsidiary,
affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5)
calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in
Sudan List; the Scrutinized Companies wi '�� ' e Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in
business operations in Cuba and Syri . .�--�
�IMI O'DOldler
Printed Name p�j�
Title
�.L .shevcs�e.J. /.Jc,
Name of Entity/Corporation
STATE OF �/ti��A
COUNTY OF ,✓!r�/l�GppA
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this � day of �,aQCs.� ,
20J'�_, by �irv► C��Qj,aJ�LL. (name of person whose signature is being notarized}
as the �,r,X,vr7r-- (ritle) of �el,r. Cc,,�r�QuerrJea�,.�, /,J�, (name of
corporation/entity}, personallv known to me as described herein , or produced a
(type of identification) as identificati�, and w did/did not take an oath.
�- ,
i'
ROBIN R. REGAN Not b'
Wotary Pubtic - StaOe � Anzona
MARICOPA COUNTY �� 4 l
. . My Commis8ion Expires Pnnted amC
� Mrroh z� ZOZO
My Cominission Expires:
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
SECTION V Page 15 of 15 Updated: 2/6/2017
SCOPE OF WORK
Marshall St. Influent Pump Station Repair Project # 16-
0038-UT
The work includes:
The Work to be perfarmed under this Contract includes,
but is not limited to, constructing the Work outlined
below and specifically detailed in all related
specifications and drawings that will require one
building permit. The Work shall be as follows:
1. Provide and Install the following major items:
Provide all temporary back up power systems necessary
to keep plant and temporary influent pumping system
!i in service. Coordinate with City for any shutdowns;
Demolition and dispose of all equipment shown on
drawings or specified in contract documents; Perform
the removal of grit from three "grit kings"; Provide or
install all electrical equipment conduit and wiring as
shown or specified in contract documents; Provide and
install new pumps, valves and piping per contract
drawings; Removal of existing pumps and installation of
new pumps to be provided by CITY; Provide and install
new gates within the existing splitter box and at the
existing influent grit removal channel (remove existing
gates where necessary); Provide and install new breaker
in existing I-line for HSPS power; Perform all structural
changes shown on drawing; Provide all cleaning
equipment and supplies, along with paint coatings
described on drawi�gs; Start up and Training for all
systems.
Interested bidders shall attend a mandatory Pre-bid
Meeting, to be established by the CITY at the Marshall
Street WWTP, to perform a walk-through in an effort to
assist with properly bidding the work identified within
these contract documents.
'
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY SURETY
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF COOK
On this 28th day of March, 2017 before me, Debra J. Do.,�le, a Notary
Public, within and for said County and State, personally appeared
Susan A. Welsh to me personally known to be the Attorney-in-Fact of and
for Fidelitv and Deposit Companv of Maryland and acknowledged that she
executed the said instrument as the free act and deed of said Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal, at my office in the aforesaid County, the day and year in this
certificate first above written.
�/��
Notary Public i the State f Illinois
County of Cook
OFFICIAL SEAL
DEBRA J. DOYLE
NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF ILLINOIS
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES
FEBRUARY 21, 2018
�linutes of a� ��e�tin� oi
the l�aard o�i)�rectars ai
PCL CQI�iSTRUCTIQ�, I�C
� m��tin� afthe �3c�ard c�f I�irectt�� c�t'I'CI.< C�nstruGtion. In�., � Caloradc� cnt-�ac�ratic�n. ��-as �e(d �t
�.2t� �tm. ���T on the I�`�' �f F�br�rary, ?t� l7 �y tele�%tar�� cc�nferen��.
°Thc� uzades•si�nec�, constitutia�� �11 c�fthc I�irector5 cat'P�'I., �c7x�struc�ic�i�, Inc., a£�,c�lc�rat�c�
c�c�rporation, adc�pt the tc�lic��ing: resc�lutiu�a p�tr�ua��t to tii� �uthc�rity of �c�#caradca Cer�eral
' C'c�rpc�ratiUn La�.�:
'
'
�
'
FLesoiutic�n: That the fc�llt�ti�ing persons b� appc�int�d'officer� and au�horizeci �i�ning
autharities t�t th� carparati�n. �uch a�thUritzE sl�all exttnd tt� the t�penin� �nd c)c�sing of cor�x>rat�
�iank a�counis ��=hen �u� such si�naturey �re �resent. The �.ppoint�nents �h�ll �e f�z• the �nsuin� �r�ar
or un�il tktetr succes�c�rs ar� desi�t��tcd:
Presi�e�t« T, �. t�`T7annell
Vie;� F'resid��lt; Ci��il Infrastruciure C�ps. t�f. C. Cl�iassoi�
17�istrict �anager M. A. �1�lck:inney
�ecxetar?�/Treasurer S. Vtr. Brittc,n
�uthc�rized �i�ner J. I'�I�v��n�zn
t�uthoriz�d Si�ner i2. Hec�itt
��� �2esQiut�c�r�: That the fe�lic�win� pers�a�s s�Zall �e ap��intcd ,�utli�rized l��nkii�� ����zxt�
' fc�r th� purpose� c�f ad��inist�rir�� the cc�ntrnlleti clisbur•s�zn�nt bar�in�'unctions ��.�ith �'ells l��r�c�
and t�?'�°if� �3ank, �cfhich the Cornpany� partici�ates in. ���here t��c� si�natur�s �re req�.irec� fc�r
c�penirl� ai�d cic��inQ bank accounts, account s�rvic� chan�es. aecc�ti�nt dis�urse�nents, a��d c�thei
, acti�{itie� as n��r� �articulariy desct�ib�ti in the bank service a�r��m�nts:
��f. J. Keho�
I�. T. �c�r���
�'. �, Kij�nk�
J. S. I�tort�an
i�. �,. Tarti�r
itesatution; 'T�at the tinancial staternf:nt� ofthe carpoi•�tion tdr the fiscal yFear en��d
t�ctaber �t, "�f?16 and IvlanageT�ent I.�etter, u=er� reviev�ed and appr�v�d:
R�aiu€rian: �. P. Yancey is ller�t�v ��paint�d Chairm�n oi ilie F3aard.
R"t'�O�Ii�lOtl: T�� 1'iI�ITlO t�T�FC�(� I�1�% S�C�%� RYG�ic1TdS, Ge�1�r��1 ��unsel. titied Le�ai
C�bli��tic�ns &�' Prc�tec:tic�n� nf �irectors anti �lfficers. ����as r�viec�ed and ac:ce�ted. Thc cc�z•pc�ratic�n
wiil distribute this mernc� to all nev�r af�icerS at1cl dii"�CtOCs �f Lhe GOtp�2`�iiorl.
�
�test�luii€��: M.J. I�:e�r�e, �.L. Ba�%�r, and �. Thnrl�eissc�t�, �r� I�er��y app�i�t€��i :�uthc�rizec� �
In�c�ta�� 'I'a.� A�ents for th� purpc►s�;s c+f ad�ninisterin�> #ilir�� azid signin� it�c��e t�� reiate�i •
dc�cuments c�n bel7�lf c�f the ccsrpc�ratic�n �aci its affiliat�s: �
�hese resc��u�ians are effecti��e ��n Febn�� i(l, 2(� I 7, -
�. I�. �'a�tcey, r3ir�ctor
=I~��:•-�c�aa�k% Director
,:' -
S. . Bri n. ' �ct�ar
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New
York, the COLOMAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY
AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by
GERALD F. HALEY, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies, which
are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate,
constitute, and appoint Sandra M. WINSTED, Susan A. WELSH, Judith A. LUCKY-EFTIMOV, James B. MCTAGGART, Debra J.
DOYLE, Sandra M. NOWAK, Melissa L. FORTIER, Jessica B. DEMPSEY, Christina L. SANDOVAL and Diane M. O'LEARY, all
of Chicago, Dlinois, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execate, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as
surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these
presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and
acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New
York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings
Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings
Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons.
The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of
the By-Laws of said Companies, and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 13th day of June, A.D. 2016.
ATTEST:
Secretary
Nfichael McKibben
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLOIVIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
�N�'^�M
µ9�, ,�p otrps�� ,�G!�tNSL�i :
`.� � C �� % s '�? �°°�""''�,�°m's
8BAL � '� � � --- i�=
«. �, " in� .>' :u't �� :� �
� 4�m ��7?,,'ti-.....�•'���
�4�Mx��n•'��J�
/F�"^'�^-¢c � L/
Vice President
Gerald F. Haley
State of Maryland
County of Baltimore
On this 13th day of June, A.D. 2016, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, GERALD F.
HALEY, Vice President, and MICHAEL MCKIBBEN, Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described
in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is [he
said officer of the Company aforesaid, ar�d that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said
Corpora[e Seals and the signawre as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said
Corporations.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and yeaz first above written.
`��.`��ej!�!� :�t,��
; ; i:rl�,,'•.�
������ � �� t�'
n < <
�,
%�c.1�/ ' �•'••�'��� ii ;,'F c.
'��� �iiriiii� � `
Maria D. Adamski, Notary Public
My Commission Expires: July 8, 2019
POA-F 036-0055
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V, Section 8, Attornevs-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such
attorney-in-fact to affx the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any
time."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of
the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998.
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the Sth day of
May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a
meeting duly called and held on the l Oth day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "'That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature
of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a
ceftified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
IL1� ;I'F�STIMOI�[ WHEREOF, I have hgreunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies,
this o� `"�day of �� � ' , 20 � � .
�
� ^�".�
a ocros o►''�� �.o� v+W�y
C'.#jO�� ' s i���3' '�i E� a.. �
' � 86A6 �
� __� ��_
� � .� �aoe �,�,,,
a,,,... �'��s�l�?� �
"�w.�
Michael Bond, Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich American Insurance Co.
Attn: Surety Claims
1299 Zurich Way
Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056
'
'
'
,
'
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY SURETY
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF COOK
On this 24 day of May, 2017 before me, Christina L. Sandoval, a Notary
Public, within and for said County and State, personally appeared
Sandra M. Winsted to me personally known to be the Attorney-in-Fact of
and for Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland, Travelers Casualty and
Surety Company of America, Federal Insurance Company and
acknowledged that she executed the said instrument as the free act and deed
of said Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
' official seal, at my office in the aforesaid County, the day and year in this
certificate first above written.
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
,
'
'
� �
' �-� ,� ._-�
Notary Public in the State of Illinois
County of Cook
OFFICIAL SEAL
CHRISTfNA L SANQOVAL
NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF ILLINOIS
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 02/pg�201g
�
,
'
�
,
'
'
, WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
,�I� POWER OF ATTORNEY
TRAVELERSJ Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company 'h�avelers Casualty and Surety Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. lravelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
Attorney-In Fact No.
230983
Certificate No. 0 0 I O V`t 1 J�
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guazdian Insurance
Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surery Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States
Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a
corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fideliry and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corpocation duly ozganized under the
laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint
Debra J. Doyle, Diane M. O'Leary, James B. McTaggart, Jennifer L. 7akaitis, Judith A. Lucky-Eftimov, Sandra M. Winsted, Sandra M. Nowak,
Susan A. Welsh, Christina L. Sandoval, Linh Eck, and Jessica B. Dempsey
� of the City of ChlCago , State of IlltnOls , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and
other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guazanteeing the performance of
contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
'
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 28�
� day of December , 2016
Farmington Casualty Company
, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
'
,
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
'h�avelers Casualty and Surety Company
lravelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
/�SU ��-��s���/// �s FIRE 4� f�,µ IN ' 1�� P TY ANp tae.. Y
r G ���` �� �r ;,c6 f„�. "' .SG9 JP�....... �R �.: gJ sG ,�� --•�.v �E?� '�I!D
o.c�.°R*s 'k a rt /!rtaavon�iF,': �� pPORq c,' pp � �`�* s ri
� S' �i c� $ f��i �M�ORA za l�r w c'. vrGo�_rfj�"= a " 7 <��
1 9 B 2 0 � 1.7I I � c�; ; m 3 Z: . �: HARfFOR�, < � M11R�1
Z,'yi�+�S y � � 1951 ��� �t.SEAL io s i�`•.SEAL:`.� � � CONN. o �� N 1� �
��y r�, �� � ���s 6 �
ccj y : L� J y...., Y sb ys'!
��,����r
'-• .....: � Y 'e � + . a. AM! AtN�
y�n���HC� e� ` �wM �� � �s .. .-T 1
�
�� State of Connecticut
City of Hartford ss.
�
,
�
'
'
� � .f
�
By: , _,`✓ '
Robert L. Raney, Senior Vice President
On this the 2gth day of December 2016 befare me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to
be the Senior Vice President of Fannington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers
Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing
instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer.
�C•T��
In Witness R'hereof,I hereunto set my hand and official seal. �
My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021. � IO���Q *
��
58440-5-16 Printed in U.S.A.
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY
`cnc�n;w C . j���St�'
Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public
IS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER , ,
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boazds of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, FideliYy '
and Guazanty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance
Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States
Fidelity and Guaranry Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: _
RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice
President, ttie Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf
of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the
Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditiona] undertaking, and any
of said officers or the Boazd of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may
delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy
thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking
shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the
Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power
prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,
any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attomey or to any
certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds
and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal
shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on
the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretazy, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guazanty Insurance
Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insura�ce Company, St. Paul Guazdian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and
Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guazanty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing
is a true and conect copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Compani0s, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this �` day of '•""�-1 , 20 (�
�� �
Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary
rGI.SU,��� � vyF1RE 4� o��N.,!.NSG }'•P,� �:S4qq JpttY ANp � fiB--�.�ry �Y��
� �� � � �t , �9 Q'� RPOR Y j4J:' �'�.'Lnt p �G,y '� �y�l
I. yf��j fC0 A>'i t`�i PORqr : i �
�y�Ci"' a 1.7/ ( Q �91ED '� m � I F., m yi ; C�a f;�" - a < � w��kD
i i . t� "s HARTFORD. WIATF6Rb. <
a; � �r� 1951 ;�T o. ��.,56ALi�of ��a:.SSAL;3' W CONN. o %���R � 1896 �,
, d.•......: � �, �
�y + �� � *� 'Mo-��nr+c<.� 1 ,�a. v.�.. •'aD 's +a! ��� 1
�m���,,,� NN a�,,,,r ,�r....�.. •r�, 61 'a t AN�
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the
above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached.
IS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID
�
'
._ � = =
Power of Attorney
Federal Insurance Company � Vigilant Insurance Company � Pacific Indemnity Company
1 Know All by These PreseMs, That FEDERAI. INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporarion, VIGILAIVT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC
INDEbII�ITY COMPANY, a wisconsin corporarion, do each hereby constitute and appoint Marcia K. Cesafsky, Debra J. Doyle, Derek J. Elston, Jennifer L. Jakaitis,
Judi Lucky-Eftimov, James B. McTaggart, Linda M. Napolillo, Sandra M. Nowak, Diane M. 0'Leary, Christina L. Sandoval, Christopher P. Troha, Susan
A. Welsh and Sandra M. Winsted of Chicago, Illinois ---------------------
l�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
LJ
�
'
each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to atiix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surety
thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligarory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given or executed in the course of business, and any
instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations.
In Witness VlR►ereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGII.ANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these
presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 1'N' day of February, 2017.
Dawn A1. Chtcxos. Asc+i�tant Serretary
�
.: • r.
�"'�, ��� i,t_f
STATE OF NEW JERSEY
County of Hunterdon
�� `_ l ��
Stc�hen AL Haney. Vice President
.
: . '^
�"'! ��j� 1,1.J.
On this 1T" day of February, 2017 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came Dawn M. Chloros, to me known [o be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE
COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC 1NDEMNI7'Y COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney> and the said Dawn M.
Chloros, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say [hat she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL WSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT WSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC
INDEMNI7'Y COMPANY and knows Ihe corporate seals thereof, that the seals affixed ro[he foregoing Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by
authority of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority; and that she is acquainted with Stephen M.
Haney, and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies: and that the signature of Stephen M. Haney, subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of
Stephen M. Haney, and was thereto subscribed by authority of said Companies and in deponent's presence.
Notarial Seal
:;
�
KATF�RINE J. ADELMR
+uora�v Pue��c oF aew �r
No. Z31M86
CdnmlKlon El�up JW� 16. Z�tp
CERTIFICATION
,i ���
/ ��
Resolutions adop[ed by the Boards of Direc[ors of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY on August 30, 2016:
"RFSOLVED, that the following authorizarions relate ro the execurion, for and on behalf of the Company, of bonds, undertakings, recognizances, mntracrs and o[her written commi[ments of rhe Company
enrered into in [he ordinary course of business (each a"Written CommianenC):
(q Each of the Chairman, the President and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized ro execute any Written Commianent for and on behalf of the Company, under [he
seal of the Company or otherwise.
(2) Each duly appointed attorney-imfaa of the Company is hereby au[horized to execute any Written Commitment for and on behalf of the Company, under the seal of the Company or
otherwise, [o Ihe ex[en[ tha[ such action is authorized by the grant of powers provided for in such person's written appointment as such attorney-in-facc
(3) Each of [he Chairman, the Presiden[ and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized, for and on behalf of the Company, to appoint in writing any person the attorney-
imfact of the Company with full power and authoriry ro execute, for and on behalf of the Company, under the seal of the Company or otherwise, such Written Commitments of the
Company as may be speafied in such written appoinanen4 which specifiarion may be by general type or class of Written Commitmen[s or by specificadon of one or more particular
Written Commitments.
(4) Each of the Chairman, the Presiden[ and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized, for and on behalf of the Company, ro delegate in wriring to any other oflicer of the
Company the authority [o execute, for and on behalf of the Company, under the Companys seal or otherwise, such Wdtten Commitments of the Company as are speofied in such
written delegadon, which specifiqdon may be by general rype or class of Written Commitments or by specifintion of one or more particular Written Commi[ments.
(5) The signature of any officer or other person execudng any Written Commitment or appointment or delegatlon pursuant to this Resolurion, and the seal of the Company, may be afi'ixed by
facsimile on such Written Commi[ment or written appoinanent or delegauon.
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing Resoluuon shall not be deemed to be an exclusive stacement of the powers and authoriry of oflicers, employees and other persons ro ac[ for and on behalf of
the Company, and such Resolutlon shall not limit or otherwise affect the exercise of any such power or authoriry othenvise validly granted or vested."
I, Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIG[LANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIF[C INDEMNITY COMPANY (the `Companies") do hereby
certify that
(i) the foregoing Resolutions adopted by the Board of Direaors of the Companies aze true> wrrea and in full force and effect,
(u) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the Unired States of America and the District of Columbia and are
authorized by the U.S. Treasiu�y Departm�t; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the US. Vitgin Islands, and Federal is licensed in Guam, Puerto Rico,
and each oFthe Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and
(iu) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and in full force and ef%ct.
Given under my hand and seaLs of said Companies at Whitehouse Station, Nj, this � I�����
� _ � �
\. .. !� �' �1, : �
% �' �' Daw�n M. Chbras. Assistan
IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUfHENTICITY OF TiDS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER PLEASE CONTACI' US AT:
Form 15-10- 02256- U GEN CONSENT (rev. 12-16)
'
' ACORD� DATE(MM/DD/YYYY)
� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o5rz4,�o,�
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
, BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORI2ED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the ceRificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
' PRODUCER C�O�NEACT
AOn ttisk Services C2nt�d1, InC. (866) 283-7122 F� 800
Chi cago i� offi ce 1ac. nw. exq: ��:( ) 353-01os
200 East Randol ph e-iwu�
Chicago I� 60601 usn n��ttEss: _
'
'
INSURED
PCL ConStruction, inc.
3810 Northdale soulevard
Suite 160
Tampa F� 33624 USn
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
in�sur�Ra zurich anerican ins Co 16535
iNsurtErte: american zurich Ins Co 40142
in�sua�Rc: indian Harbor rnsurance Company 36940
RE
INSURER D:
INSURER E:
INSURER F:
' GC7VERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 570066525414 REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. Limiffi shown are as request�
' LTR TMPE OF INSURANCE p,�g yyyp POLICY NUMBER M M� LIMITS
X COMNtERCULL GENERAL LL4BILITY GLO EAChi OCCURRENCE SS , OOO , O�
CLAIMS-MADE X❑ OCCUR PREMI$ES �Ea oceuirenee) __ $S , 000 , O(
1
'
'
�_�I
'
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMR APPLIES PER:
POLICY X� �ECT ❑X LOC
OTHER:
A AUTOMOBILE LJABILITY
X ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
J( FNREDAUT0.S X NONAWNED
ONLY AUTOS ONLY
� UMBRELLA LU1B X OCCUR
X EXCE33 LIAB CLAIMS-MADE
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LL481LJTY
ANYPROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED9
(Mandatory in NFQ
If yes, desuiba under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
N/A
BAP
MED EXP (Any one person)
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
GENERALAGGREGATE
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
COMB�NED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea aaidentl
BODILY INJURY ( Per parson)
BODILY INJURY (Per acckient)
EACH OCCURRENCE
AGGREGATE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT
`m
w
c
m
�
m
v
0
_
310,000
$5,000,000 a
$10,000,000 N
$10�00�,�00 �
O
0
n
$2,000,000 �
O
2
a�
�
C�
�'
m
520,000,000 V
�2�, �0, �0�
E2,000,000
52,000,000
' I �
DESCRIP710N OF OPERA710N8/ LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 707, Addifional Remarks Scheduk, may be atqehsd H more spaea is nquired)
RE: Ma�5hd11 St. I�flu2nt Pump Stdtlon REpdi�, Proj2Ct #16-0038-UT, P�Oj2Ct location: 1605 Harbor �rive, Clearwater, FL 33755,
Project duration: 07/OS/2017 - O1/04/2018. see attached.
'
,
'
'
'
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
City of Clearwater
100 5. Myrtle Ave
Clearwater F� 33756 Usa
ACORD 25 (2016/03)
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE TFIEREOF, NOTICE NIILL BE DELNERED IN ACCORDANCE NATH THE
POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTFIOR¢ED REPRESENTATNE
t.��14li i�% e:�fC �ibt��C1tl14 fGid9iL�A� ✓ f761
01988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
'
�
'
�
'
'
'
AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: 570000034016
LOC #:
A � � ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE
AGENCY NAMEDINSURED
Aon Risk Services Central, inc. PCL Construction, Inc.
POLICY NUMBER
See Certificate Number: 570066525414
CARRIER NAIC CODE
See Certificate Number: 570066525414 EFFECTNEDATE:
ADDITiONAL REMARKS
Page _ of
7he ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
�
'
,
ENDORSEIU�NT
Policy Number
GLO 2090773-18
' ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Named Insured PCL CONSTRUCTION ENTERPRISES, Effective Date: 07-01-16
' 12:01 A.M., Standard Time
Agent Name AON RISK SERVICES CENTRAL INC Agent No. 30380-000
'
'
'
l7
�
'
'
,
'
BROAD FORM ADDITIONAL INSURED COVERAGE—OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS
SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION
THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
A. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED IS AMENDED TO INCLUDE AS AN
INSURED ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WHO YOU ARE REQUIRED TO
ADD AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED ON THIS POLICY UNDER A WRITTEN
CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT.
B. THE INSURANCE PROVIDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED APPLIES ONLY
TO ��BODILY INJURY", "PROPERTY DAMAGE" OR "PERSONAL AND
ADVERTISING INJURY" COVERED UNDER SECTION I— COVERAGE A,
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY AND SECTION I—
COVERAGE B, PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY, BUT
ONLY WITH RESPECT TO LIABILITY FOR "BODILY INJURY",
"PROPERTY DAMAGE" OR "PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY" CAUSED:
1. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY YOUR ACTS OR OMISSIONS OR THE ACTS
OR OMISSIONS OF THOSE ACTING ON YOUR BEHALF; OR
2. SOLELY BY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURED, IF
COVERAGE FOR SOLE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE ADDITIONAL
INSURED IS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN
AGREEMENT, AND RESULTING FROM:
A. YOUR ONGOING OPERATIONS; OR
B. "YOUR WORK" COMPLETED AS INCLUDED IN THE "PRODUCTS—
COMPLETED OPERATIONS HAZARD", PERFORMED FOR THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED AT THE LOCATION DESIGNATED AND
DESCRIBED IN THE SCHEDULE.
C. HOWEVER, REGARDLESS OF THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPHS A. AND B.
ABOVE:
1. WE WILL NOT EXTEND ANY INSURANCE COVERAGE TO THE ADDITIONAL
INSURED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION:
A. THAT IS NOT PROVIDED TO YOU IN THIS POLICY; OR
� B. THAT IS ANY BROADER COVERAGE THAN YOU ARE REQUIRED
TO PROVIDE TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED PERSON OR
OR ORGANIZATION IN THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN
AGREEMENT; AND
'
,
2. WE WILL NOT PROVIDE LIMITS OF INSURANCE TO THE ADDITIONAL
INSURED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION THAT EXCEED THE LOWER OF:
A. THE LIMITS OF INSURANCE PROVIDED TO YOU IN THIS POLICY;
OR
B. THE LIMITS OF INSURANCE YOU ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE IN
THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT.
, ID. THE INSURANCE PROVIDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED DOES NOT APPLY
TO:
'
CJ
1. "BODILY INJURY", "PROPERTY DAMAGE" OR "PERSONAL AND
ADVERTISING INJURY" ARISING OUT OF THE RENDERING OR
U-GL-1114A C W (10/ 02)
�
'
'
ENDORSEMENT
Policy Number
GLO 2090773-18
/ ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Named Insured PCL CONSTRUCTION ENTERPRISES, Effective Date: 07—01-16
' 12:01 A.M., Standard Time
Agent Name AON RISK SERVICES CENTRAL INC Agent No. 30380-000
FAILURE TO RENDER ANY PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL,
ENGINEERING OR SURVEYING SERVICES INCLUDING:
�
�
THE PREPARING, APPROVING, OR FAILING TO PREPARE OR
APPROVE MAPS, SHOP DRAWINGS, OPINIONS, REPORTS,
SURVEYS, FIELD ORDERS, CHANGE ORDERS OR DRAWINGS
AND SPECIFICATIONS; AND
SUPERVISORY, INSPECTION, ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING
ACTIVITIES.
E. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED MUST SEE TO IT THAT:
1. WE ARE NOTIFIED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE OF AN ��OCCURRENCE"
OR OFFENSE THAT MAY RESULT IN A CLAIM:
2. WE RECEIVE WRITTEN NOTICE OF A CLAIM OR "SUIT" AS SOON AS
PRACTICABLE; AND
3. A REQUEST FOR DEFENSE AND INDEMNITY OF THE CLAIM OR ��SUIT"
WILL PROMPTLY BE BROUGHT AGAINST ANY POLICY ISSUED BY
ANOTHER INSURER UNDER WHICH THE ADDITIONAL INSURED MAY BE
AN INSURED IN ANY CAPACITY. THIS PROVISION DOES NOT
APPLY TO INSURANCE IN WHICH THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS A
NAMED INSURED, IF THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT
REQUIRES THAT THIS INSURANCE BE PRIMARY AND
NON—CONTRIBUTORY.
F. FOR THE COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THIS ENDORSEMENT:
1. THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS ADDED TO 4. OTHER INSURANCE OF
SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS,
UNDER A. PRIMARY INSURANCE:
THIS INSURANCE IS PRIMARY INSURANCE AS RESPECTS OUR COVERAGE TO THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, WHERE THE WRITTEN CONTRACT
OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT REQUIRES THAT THIS INSURANCE BE PRIMARY AND NON—
CONTRIBUTORY. IN THAT EVENT, WE WILL NOT SEEK CONTRIBUTION FROM ANY
OTHER INSURANCE POLICY AVAILABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ON WHICH
THE ADDITIONAL INSURED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION IS A NAMED INSURED.
2. THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS ADDED TO 4. OTHER INSURANCE OF
SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, UNDER
B. EXCESS INSURANCE:
THIS INSURANCE IS EXCESS OVER:
ANY OF THE OTHER INSURANCE, WHETHER PRIMARY, EXCESS, CONTINGENT OR ON
ANY OTHER BASIS, AVAILABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL INSURED, IN WHICH THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED ON OUR POLICY IS ALSO COVERED AS AN ADDITIONAL
INSURED BY ATTACHMENT OF AN ENDORSEMENT TO ANOTHER POLICY PROVIDING
COVERAGE FOR THE SAME "OCCURRENCE", CLAIM OR "SUIT".
THIS PROVISION DOES NOT APPLY TO ANY POLICY IN WHICH THE ADDITIONAL
INSURED IS A NAMED INSURED ON SUCH OTHER POLICY AND WHERE OUR POLICY
IS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE
COVERAGE TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ON A PRIMARY AND NON—CONTRIBUTORY
BASIS.
U-GL-1114A CW (10/ 02)
U-GL-1114A CW (10/02)
�
r
, POLICY NUMBER: BAP 2090771-18
COMMERCIAL AUTO
CA20481013
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
DESIGNATED INSURED FOR
COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM
BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM
MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM
With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless
modified by this endorsement.
This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage
under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage
provided in the Coverage Form.
This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated
below.
Named Insured: PCL Construction Enterprises, Inc.
Endorsement Effective Date: 07/O1/2016
SCHEDULE
Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s):
Any person or organizarion with whom you have agreed , through written contract, agreement or permit, executed prior to
the loss, to provide addirional insured coverage.
Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.
Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is
an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but
only to the extent that person or organization qualifies
as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured
provision contained in Paragraph A.1. of Section II —
Covered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business
Auto and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and
Paragraph D.2. of Section I— Covered Autos
Coverages of the Auto Dealers Coverage Form.
' CA 20 48 10 13
��
� Insurance Senrices Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1
Wotters Kluwer Financial Services � Unifortn FormsT""
Policy Number
GLO 2090773-18
ENDORSEMENT
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Named Insured: PCL CONSTRUCTION ENTERPRISES,
Agent Name: AON RISK SERVICES CENTRAL INC
Effective Date: 07-01-2016
12:01 A.M., Standazd Time
Agent No. 30380-000
BLANKET NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS OF CANCELLATION
THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE:
COMI�IERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
A. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART (S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE FIRST NAMED INSURED FOR ANY
REASON OTHER THAN NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER A COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN
NOTICE OF CANCELLATION:
1. TO THE NAME AND ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN THE
SCHEDULE BELOW; AND
2. AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CANCELLATION, AS ADVISED IN OUR NOTICE
TO THE FIRST NAMED INSURED, OR THE LONGER NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE IF INDICATED IN THE
SCHEDULE BELOW.
B. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART (S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE FIRST NAMED INSURED FOR
NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER A COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE OF
CANCELLATION TO THE NAME AND ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON OR ORGA1vIZATION
SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH
CANCELLATION.
C. IF NOTICE AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS A. OR B. OF THIS ENDORSEMENT IS MAILED, PROOF OF
MAILING WILL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF OF SUCH NOTICE.
D. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OTHER PERSONS OR ORG.ANIZATIONS:
ALL CERTIFICATE HOLDERS WHERE NOTICE OF CANCELLATION IS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH
THE NAMED INSURED SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:
WE WILL MAII., OR DELIVERNOTIFICATION THAT SUCH COVERAGE PART HAS BEEN CANCELLED TO EACH
PERSON OR ORGA1vIZATION SHOWN IN AN ACCURATE SCHEDULE PROVIDED TO US BY THE FIRST NAMED
INSURED AT INCEPTION OF THE POLICY OR AS PERIODICALLY UPDATED. NOTICE WILL BE MAILED OR
DELIVERED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER AN ACCURRATE LIST OF NAMES AND ADDRESS IS PROVIDED TO
US BY THE FIRST NAMED INSURED IN RESPONSE TO OUR REQUEST.
NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE: 120 DAYS
ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
' u-GL-i i ia-A cw �ioio2�
'
�
,
'
' Insurence for this cwerage part prwided by:
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
'
,
'
'
'
,
�J
��
'
'
�
'
'
'
��
1
Policy Number
BAP 2090771-18
Renewal of Number
BAP 2090771-17
BLANKET NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS OF CANCELLATION
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE:
COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE COVERAGE PART
A. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART(S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE FIRST
NAMED INSURED FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, WE
WILL MAIL OR DELIVER A COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE OF
CANCELLATION:
1. TO THE NAME AND ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON OR
ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW; AND
2. AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CANCELLATION,
AS ADVISED IN OUR NOTICE TO THE FIRST NAMED INSURED, OR THE LONGER
NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE IF INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW.
B. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART(S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE FIRST
NAMED INSURED FOR NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER A
COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THE NAME AND ADDRESS
CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE
BELOW AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH
CANCELLATION.
C. IF NOTICE AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS A. OR B. OF THIS
ENDORSEMENT IS MAILED, PROOF OF MAILING WILL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF OF
SUCH NOTICE
i,NAME AND ADDRESS OF OTHER PERSON(S) ORGANIZATION(S):
ALL CERTIFICATE HOLDERS WHERE NOTICE OF CANCELLATION IS REQUIRED BY
WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH THE NAMED INSURED SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING
PROCEDURES:
WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER NOTIFICATION THAT SUCH COVERAGE PART HAS BEEN
CANCELLED TO EACH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN AN ACCURATE
SCHEDULE PROVIDED TO US BY THE FIRST NAMED INSURED AT INCEPTION
OF THE POLICY OR AS PERIODICALLY UPDATED.
NOTICE WILL BE MAILED OR DELIVERED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER AN
ACCURATE LIST OF NAMES AND ADDRESSES IS PROVIDED TO US BY THE FIRST
NAMED INSURED IN RESPONSE TO OUR REQUEST.
NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE: 120 DAYS
ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
U-CAr388-A (07-94)
�
'
'
'
C!�
�
S
'
,
,
'
�
'
'
'
,
'
�
i
'
ENDORSEMENT
Insurance for this coverage part provided by:
AMERICAN ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY
This endorsement changes the insurance as is afforded by the policy relating to the following:
Named Insured Policy Number
PCL CONSTRUCTION ENTERPRISES, WC 2090772-19
BLANKET NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS OF CANCEL
�THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ITHIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE:
IWORKERS COMPENSATION
A. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART(S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO
THE FIRST NAMED INSURED FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN NONPAYMENT OF
PREMIUM,WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER A COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE
OF CANCELLATION:
l. TO THE NAME AND ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON
OR ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW; AND
2. AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE
CANCELLATION, AS ADVISED IN OUR NOTICE TO THE FIRST NAMED
INSURED, OR THE LONGER NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE IF INDICATED
IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW.
B. IF WE CANCEL THIS COVERAGE PART(S) BY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE
FIRST NAMED INSURED FOR NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, WE WILL MAIL OR
DELIVER A COPY OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THE
NAME AND ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO EACH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION
SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE
EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH CANCELLATION.
C. IF NOTICE AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS A. OR B. OF THIS
ENDORSEMENTIS MAILED, PROOF OF MAILING WILL BE SUFFICIENT
PROOF OF SUCH NOTICE.
NAME AND ADDRESS OF OTHER PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS:
ALL CERTIFICATE HOLDERS WHERE NOTICE OF CANCELLATION IS
REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH THE NAMED INSURED SUBJECT TO
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:
WE WILL MAIL OR DELIVER NOTIFICATION THAT SUCH COVERAGE PART
HAS BEEN CANCELLED TO EACH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN AN
ACCURATE SCHEDULE PROVIDED TO US BY THE FIRST NAMED INSURED AT
INCEPTION OF THE POLICY OR AS PERIODICALLY UPDATED.
NOTICE WILL BE MAILED OR DELIVERED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE
AFTER AN ACCURATE LIST OF NAMES AND ADDRESSES IS PROVIDED TO
US BY THE FIRST NAMED INSURED IN RESPONSE TO OUR REQUEST.
NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE: 120 DAYS
�ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED.
U-V1IC�32,A (07-94)
Page 1
Last page
,
�� , � DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
•4�!el.�► CERTIFICATE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE 05/24/2017
' THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
� PRODUCER CONTACT
AOfI rtisk Services Central � I�C. �N�E FAX
Chicago IL Office (ac. No.�>: <866) 263-7122 �ac. No.>: (800) 363-0105
200 East rtandol ph E"°"'��
CfIlCd90 IL 60601 USA PRODU ER
� CUSTOMERIDt: 570000034016
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURED INSURERA: XL insurance a�merica IrIC 24554
' PCL Construction, Inc. iNsuaeRs:
3810 Northdale Boulevard INSURERC:
Sui te 160 INSURER D:
Tampa FL 33624 USA INSURERE:
INSURER F:
' C VERA CE CA N MB R: 5 70066 5 2 5415 R VI N
LOCATION OF PREMISES/ DEBCRIPTION OF PROPERTY (AMaeh ACORD 101, AddiGonal Ramarks Schaduk, if mon space is required)
ke: Marshall St. tnfluent Pump Station rtepair, Project #16-0038-ur, Project location: 1605 Harbor �rive, Clearwater, F� 33755,
Project duration: 07/05/2017 - O1/04/2018.
, THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NO7WITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
� INSR POIJCY EFFECTNE POLICY EXPIRATION
LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (MM/DD/YYYl� ATE (MMIDD �VERED PROPERTY LIMITS
PROPERTY BUILDING
CAUSES OFLOSS DEDUCTIBLES PERSONALPROPERTY
' BASIC BUILDING BUSINESS INCOME
BROAD EXTRA EXPENSE
CONTENTS
SPECIAL RENTALVALUE
' EARTHQUAKE BLANKET BUILDING
WIND BLANKET PERS PROP
FLOOD BLANKET BLDG & PP
� X INLAND MARINE TYFE OF POLICY x Builders Risk 51,349,525
auilders kisk
CAUSES OF LOSS
POLICY NUMBER X Earth Movement $1,349,525
' p NAMED PERILS U500075798CA16A 07/Ol/2016 07/Ol/2017 Flood 51,349,525
X
X Dired Physical Loss
x Transk 51,349,525
CRIME
, TYPE OF POLICY
BOILER b MACHINERY /
, EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN
' SPECL4L COPDITIONS I OTHER COVERAGES (ACORD 101, Additbnal Rarmrks SeMdub, may be atlaehed if more apaea is roquircd)
,411 terms, conditions, limitations and exclusions in current use will apply as per Master euilder's Risk policy.
L
�
r'r
C
7
�
L
�
^C
x
�
�
v
N
�n
�
�
O
O
n
�
�
W
m
�
�
2
H
Q
V
�
H
�
W
V
' CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION �
�
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLIqES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE �
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOf, NOTICE NALL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE NrtTH THE
POLICY PROVISIONS. �
City of Clearwater �'
' 100 5. Myrtle Ave �
Clearwater FL 33756 Usa AUTHORI2EDREPRESENTATIVE �``��� �� '�`��� �
r%� n �
-
, O 1995-2075 ACORD CORPORATION. All rfghts reserved.
ACORD 24 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
'
AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: 570000034016
"���� �i LOC #:
A� � ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page _ of
AGENCY NAMEDINSURED .
Aon Risk Services Central, inc. pCL Construction, inc.
POLICY NUMBER
See Certificate Number: 570066525415
CARRIER WUC CODE
See Certificate Number: 570066525415 EFFECTIVEDATE:
ADDITIONAL REMARKS
ACORD 101 (2008/01) � 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
��,,.,..,� AGENCY CUSTOMER ID:
ACORO� �oc #:
�....--- ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE
AGENCY
NAMEDINSURED
Aon Risk Services Central, inc.
aoucrNUMeeR PCL Construction, Inc.
See Certificate Number: 570066525415
CARRIER NAIC CODE
See Certificate Number: 570066525415 EFFECTNEDATE:
ADDITIONAL REMARKS
570000034016
Page _ of _
......R.+ � v��cvvo�v, � m 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
ADDENDUM NO. 1
For
MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION REPAIRS
CONTRACT #16-0038-UT
' DATE: March 28, 2017
'
�
�l
J
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to
the Contract Documents:
Responses to Bidder's Questions
' QUESTION 1: We have reviewed Specification 11201 Stainless Steel Slide Gates and
11202 Stainless Steel Channel Gates and would like to request you add Plasti-Fab FRP
(composite) gates as an acceptable supplier. The application is very corrosive and
� Plasti-Fab gates have a 25 year warranty if failure is due to corrosion. We have
attached our literature for your review. The City of Clearwater is familiar with our gates
and has finro installed at the Marshall Street facility. See attached photos. As the
, specifications are now written, Fontaine gates are sole sourced. Adding Plasti-Fab as a
named supplier would provide quality, competitive bidding.
�
'
�
L_ J
�
'
�
'
RESPONSE 1: As the specifications are now written, Fontaine Gates are not sole
sourced and an "or equal" can be submitted in accordance with Section III, 6.3.
The following items would need to be provided or confirmed prior to being deemed an
approved "or equal":
1
2
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5)
year warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and
workmanship.
Specifications identifying design guidelines for the slide, seat, frame, yoke, stem,
lifting nut, manual actuator and anchors should be provided for the proposed
gates.
This review does not preclude the successful bidder from submitting on this item subject
to the above comments and Section III, 6.3 of the Contract Specifications.
Contract Documents
The attached Bid Tab and has re-issued and replaces the previously issued bid tab.
Page 1 of 2
�
�
The following specifications have been re-issued and replace those previously ,
provided:
01010
01040
01630
01751
01781
11201
11202
15100
Summary of Work
Coordination with Owner's Operation
Measurement and Payment
Starting and Placing Equipment into Operation
Operations and Maintenance Data
Stainless Steel Slide Gates
Stainless Steel Channel Gates
Valves and Appurtenances
The following specifications have been added via this addendum:
03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete
03600 Grouting
05501 Structural Steel Framing
�
'
'
�
'
The following drawings have been re-issued and replace those previously provided: �
C-01
C-02
C-03
S-04
S-05
M-01
M-02
M-03
M-05
E-01
E-02
E-03
E-04
Existing Site Plan
Partial Yard Piping Plan
Emergency Pumping Pump Piping and Layout
Wefinrell Elevations
Structural Details
Plan and Sections Demolition Plan
Proposed IPS Improvements Plan and Sections
Influent Splitter Box Plan and Section
Mechanical Details
Existing MCC-3 One Line Diagram
Partial Site, Demo and Proposed Plan
Proposed One Line
Existing Panelboard Schedules
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
Bv: /s/William B. Horne. II
City Manager
Page 2 of 2
�
'
L�
�
�
�
�
'
'
�
�
�
�
,
r
�-�
�
i
�
�
�
[�
1
MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION EMERGENCY REPAIRS
ITEM # BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT BID PRICE AMOUNT
QUANTITY
1 Mobilization/Demobilization LS 1 S $
2 COORDINATION, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND lS 1 $ S
CONTRACTOR WARRANTY OF INFLUENT PUMPS
3 COORDINATION, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND LS i S S
CONTRACTOR WARRANTY OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
AND (3) THREE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
4 GRIT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL CY 150 $ S
5 STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS LS 1 $ S
6 PROTECTIVE COATING REPAIR SF 200 $ $
7 TYPE II CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 100 $ S
8 TYPE III CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 50 $ S
9 TYPE IV CONCRETE REPAIRS SF 50 $ S
10 PUMP PANEL LS 1 $ $
11 BAR SCREEN PANEI AND INSTRUMENTATION LS 1 S S
12 GATE REPLACEMENTAND INSTRUMENTATION EA 3 $ S
13 FIBERGLASS DUCT AXIAL FAN EA 3 $ S
14 PLUG VALVES EA 6 $ S
15 PIPING, AND APPURTENANCES LS 1 $ S
16 PROGRAMMING AND SCADA ALLOWANCE LS 1 550,000.00 550,000.00
SUBTOTAL ITEM51 THRU 16
17 CONTINGENCY - 15°•6 LS 1 $0.00
TOTAL ITEM51 THRU 17 $0.00
Total Contract $0.�
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Table of Articles for this Section is:
Article
1.12
Title
Section Includes
Location and Description of Work
Other Construction Contracts
Work By Others
Work By CITY
Owner-furnished Equipment and Materials
Assigned Procurement Contracts
Sequence and Progress of Work
CONTRACTOR's Use of Site
Easements and Rights-of-Way
Notices to CITY and Authorities of Properties
Adjacent to the Work
Salvage of Equipment and Materials
1.2 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY).
B. The Work is located at the site of the Marshall Street APCF, 1605 Harbor Drive
Clearwater FI.:
C. The Work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not limited to,
constructing the Work outlined below and specifically detailed in all related
specifications and drawings that will require one building permit. The Work shall be
generally as follows:
1. Provide and Install the following major items.
a. Provide all temporary back up power systems necessary to keep plant and
tempo�ary influent pumping system in service. Coordinate with City for any
shutdowns.
b. Demolition and dispose of all equipment shown on drawings or specified in
contract documents.
c. Perform the removal of grit from three "grit kings" and associated piping.
d. Redirect 24" "Beach" flow piping as shown. Return to original state once
station is on line.
e. Perform additional yard piping modification as shown.
f. Provide or install all electrical equipment conduit and wiring as shown or
specified in contract documents.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-1
16-0038-UT
g. Provide and install new pumps, vatves and piping per contract drawings.
h. Removal of existing pumps and installation of new pumps to be provided by
CITY.
i. Provide and install new gates within the existing splitter box and at the
existing influent grit removal channel (remove existing gates where
necessary).
j. Perform all structural changes shown on drawing.
k. Assist the City in reinstalling screens into channels. Provide crane as
necessary.
I. Repair influent manhole collar and return manhole to original condition once
temporary bypass pumping is removed.
m. Provide and install three roof fans to existing duct work. Repair roof as
necessary around fans.
n. Provide all cleaning equipment and supplies, along with paint coatings
described in specifications.
o. Clean the interior space of the entire station, including upper and lower
screening areas. Paint interior of station and screening areas.
p. Reinstall covers to skylights
q. Start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require finro
(2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3)
shifts.
r. Coordinate with City's subcontractor for Temporary Bypass System. This
includes bi-weekly progress meetings to coordinate scheduling and
shutdowns.
1.3 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
A. Contracting Method: Work shall be constructed under one prime Contractor.
Contractor shall, self-perform over 50% percent of the total labor work using their own
workforce.
1.4 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close
proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other
contracts is briefly described as follows:
1. Temporary By-Pass Pumping System by United Rentals.
1.5 WORK BY CITY
� 1.6
A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work:
1. Operate all existing valves, gates, pumps, equipment, and appurtenances that
will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated.
CITY-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-2
16-0038-UT
1.7
1.8
1.9
A. Items of equipment and materials to be furnished by CITY for installation by
CONTRACTOR are:
1. 3- Dry Submersible Pumps by FLYGT
2. 1- Motor Control Center by Schneider Electric.
3. 3— Variable Frequency Drives by Yaskawa
See Appendix for a complete listing and bill of materials for items provided.
ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS
A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph will be assigned to
CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement.
1. None.
SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK
A. Requirements for sequencing and coordinating with CITY's operations, including
maintenance of plant operations during construction, and requirements shutdowns,
are in Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations.
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE
A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre-
bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a
markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area.
B. Move stored products that interFere with operations of CITY, other contractors, and
others performing work for CITY.
1.10 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. Easements and rights-of-way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the
General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public
rights-of-way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in
placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and
equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and
interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits
without permission from the owner of the property.
1.11 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE
WORK
A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utitities when prosecution of the Work may
affect their property, facilities, or use of property.
B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct access to property, or when utility
service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-3
16-0038-UT
,
enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and
Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate
information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit
inconvenience caused thereby.
' C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior
to cutting or closing streets or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground
Facilities or exposed utilities.
' 1.12 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused
' in the Work will become CONTRACTOR's property, unless otherwise stated. See
exceptions above in Scope.
�
,
�
'
�
'
,
�
B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused
in the Work, except where so specified or indicated.
C. Carefully remove in manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials
specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY.
Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work.
Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged
in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures.
D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's approval, instead of
those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such
removed items will become CITY's property of first right of refusal.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USEDj
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repaiis Summary of Work
0992-0231 01010-4
16-0038-UT
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION WITH OWNERS
OPERATIONS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1. This Section includes requirements for coordinating with CITY's operations
during the Work, and includes requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns
necessary to complete the Work without impact on CITY's operations
except as allowed in this Section.
2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment and
incidentals shown, specified and required to coordinate with CITY's
operations during the Work.
B. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under other Specification sections and
coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified
in this Section.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
2. Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities.
D. Except for shutdowns specified in this Section, perform the Work such that
CITY's facility remains in continuous satisfactory operation during the Project.
Schedule and conduct the Work such that the Work does not: impede CITY's
production or processes, create potential hazards to operating equipment and
personnel, reduce the quality of the facility's products or effluent, or cause odors
or other nuisances.
E. Work not specifically covered in this Section or in referenced Sections may, in
general, be completed at any time during regular working hours in accordance
with the CITY Bid Documents and Special Conditions, subject to the
requirements in this Section.
F. CONTRACTOR has the option of providing additional temporary facilities that
can eliminate or mitigate a constraint without additional cost to CITY, provided
such additional temporary facilities: do not present hazards to the public,
personnel, structures, and equipment; that such additional temporary facilities do
not adversely affect CITY's ability to comply with Laws and Regulations, permits,
and operating requirements; that such temporary facilities do not generate or
foster the generation of odors and other nuisances; and that requirements of the
Contract Documents are fulfilled.
G. Coordinate shutdowns with CITY. When possible, combine multiple tie-ins into a
single shutdown to minimize impacts on CITY's operations and processes.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-1
00992-0231
■
�
' H. Do not shut off or disconnect existing operating systems, unless accepted by
CITY in writing. Operation of existing equipment will be by CITY unless
otherwise specified or indicated.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Substitute Sequence Submittal: CONTRACTOR must submit a Sequence
of Construction for approval by Engineer. When a deviation from the
specified sequence is proposed, CONTRACTOR shall provide a submittal
explaining in detail the proposed sequence change and its effects, including
evidence that CITY's operations will not be adversely affected by proposed
change. List benefits of proposed sequence change, including benefits to
Progress Schedule.
B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
�
Shutdown Planning Submittal:
a. For each shutdown, submit an inventory of labor and materials
required to perform the shutdown and tie-in tasks, an estimate of time
required to accomplish the complete shutdown including time for CITY
to take down and start up existing equipment, systems, or conduits,
and written description of steps required to complete the Work
associated with the shutdown.
b. Furnish submittal to CITY at least thirty days prior to proposed
shutdown start date. Do not start shutdown until obtaining CtTY's
acceptance of shutdown planning submittal in writing.
Shutdown Notification: After acceptance of shutdown planning submittal
and prior to starting the shutdown, provide written notification to CITY of
date and time each shutdown is to start. Provide notification at least 3 days
in advance of each shutdown.
1.3 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS
A. Specified in the Contract Documents are the sequence and shutdown durations,
where applicable, for CITY'S equipment, systems, and conduits that are to be
taken out of service temporarily for the Work. New equipment, materials, and
systems may be used by CITY after the specified field quality controls and testing
are successfulty completed and the materials or equipment are Substantially
Complete.
B. The following constraints apply to coordination with CITY's operations:
1. Operational Access: CITY'S personnel shall have access to equipment and
areas that remain in operation.
2. Temporary Partitions and Enclosures: CONTRACTOR shall provide
temporary partitions and enclosures necessary to maintain dust-free,
heated, and ventilated spaces in areas that are adjacent to the Work and
that must be kept operational. Comply with Section 01510, Temporary
Utilities.
City of Clearwafer
Marshall Street lnf/uent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-2
00992-0231
3.
4.
�
�
7
Schedule and perform equipment and system start-ups for Tuesday
through Thursday. Equipment and systems shall not be placed into
operation on Monday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday without prior approval
of CITY.
Dead End Valves or Pipe: Provide blind flanges, watertight bulkheads, or
valves at temporary and permanent terminuses of pipes and conduits.
Blind flanges and bulkheads shall be suitable for the service and braced
and blocked, as required, or otherwise restrained as directed by CITY.
Temporary valves shall be suitable for their associated service. Where
valve is provided at permanent terminus of pipe or conduit, also provide on
downstream side of valve a blind flange with drain/flushing connection.
CITY wilt assist CONTRACTOR in dewatering process tanks, basins,
conduits, and other work areas to be dewatered for shutdowns. Maintain
clean and dry work area by pumping and properly disposing of fluid that
accumulates in work areas.
Draining and Cleaning of Conduits, Tanks, and Basins:
a. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall dewater process
tanks, basins, conduits, and pipelines at beginning of each shutdown.
Flush, wash down, and clean tanks, basins, pipelines, conduits, and
other work areas.
b. CONTRACTOR shall remove liquids and solids and dispose of them
at appropriate location at the Site as directed by CITY. Unless
otherwise specified or indicated, contents of pipes, tanks, basins, and
conduits undergoing modifications shall be transferred to existing
process tanks or conduits at the Site with capacity sufficient to accept
such discharges, using hoses, piping, pumps, or other means
p�ovided by CONTRACTOR. Discharge of fluids across floors is not
allowed.
c. If drainage point is not available on the piping or conduit to be
drained, provide a wet tap using tapping saddle and valve or other
method approved by ENGINEER. Uncontrolled spillage of contents of
pipes or conduits is not allowed.
d. Spillage shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention immediately, both
verbally and in writing, and reported in accordance with Laws and
Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall wash down spillage to floor drains
or sumps and flush the system to prevent clogging and odors. If
spillage is not suitabte for discharge to the drainage system, such as
chemical spills, as determined by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
remove spillage by other method, such as vactor truck, acceptable to
ENGINEER.
Regular plant deliveries of chemicals/etc. shall not be postponed due to
road closure.
1.4 SEQUENCE OF WORK
A. Perform the Work in the specified sequence. Certain phases or stages of the
Work may require working 24-hour days or work during hours outside of regular
working hours. Work may be accelerated from a later stage to an earlier stage if
CITY's operations are not adversely affected by proposed sequence change,
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-3
00992-0231
L�
with CITY's acceptance. Stages specified in this Article 1.4 are sequence-
dependent.
Sequence:
1. Site preparation and mobilization
2. Demolish and remove existing equipment as required. This includes
removal of grit from "tea cups" and general cleaning building and of
screening equipment and room.
3. Remove existing electrical equipment, pumps, pipes, fittings and
appurtenances identified to be removed or replaced on design drawings.
4. Perform structural tasks as required, install temporary fall protection as
5
6
7
�.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
necessary
Prepare for temporary bypass of beach flows to existing bypass pumping
system (to be coordinated with CITY).
Install gates in screening room and headworks structure.
Install mechanical equipment and piping, including roof fans, pumps, valves
and gates.
Install permanent fall protection (Railings)
Clean interior space, prepare surfaces and begin painting/coating as
applicable. This includes the cleaning of screen and grit areas.
Install Screen from City
Install proposed pumps, piping, fittings and appurtenances.
Install electrical equipment.
Install electrical conduit, wiring and cable tray.
Install controls systems for pumps and screenings.
Programming and Integration
Prepare for change out of cross tee connection. CITY to bypass flow meter
assembly at Sedimentation Basins using existing bypass pumping at time
of low flow.
Remove temporary beach connection to divert flow back to the headworks
facility and place flow meter assembly back into service.
Start Up, Testing and Training
Connect Temporary Pumping System Power to Utility transformer
Finish all coatings including pipes, equipment and floors.
Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Warranty Certificates and
Equipment Cutsheets
Site cleanup and demobilization
1.5 SHUTDOWNS
A. General:
1. Terminology: A"shutdown" is when a portion of the normal operation of
CITY's facility, whether equipment, systems, piping, roadway or conduit,
has to be temporarily suspended or taken out of service to perform the
Work. This includes the Temporary Bypass Pumping System.
2. Work that may interrupt normal operations shall be accomplished at times
convenient to CITY.
3. Furnish at the Site, in close proximity to the shutdown work areas, tools,
equipment, spare parts and materials, both temporary and permanent,
necessary to successfully complete the shutdown. Complete to the extent
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-4
00992-0231
4.
5
6.
7.
possible, prefabrication of piping and other assemblies prior to the
associated shutdown. Demonstrate to ENGINEER's satisfaction that
CONTRACTOR has complied with these requirements before commencing
the shutdown.
If CONTRACTOR's operations cause an unscheduled interruption of CITY's
operations, immediately re-establish satisfactory operation for CITY.
Unscheduled shutdowns or interruptions of continued safe and satisfactory
operation of CITY's facilities that result in fines or penalties by authorities
having jurisdiction shall be paid solely by CONTRACTOR if, in
ENGINEER's opinion, CONTRACTOR did not conform to the requirements
of the Contract Documents, or was negligent in the Work, or did not
exercise proper precautions in conducting the Work.
Shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 01143-A of this Section.
For temporary, short-term shutdowns of smaller piping, conduits,
equipment, and systems, coordinate requirements for such shutdowns with
ENGINEER and CITY.
B. Shutdowns of Electrical Systems: Comply with Laws and Regulations, including
the National Electric Code. CONTRACTOR shall lock out and tag circuit
breakers and switches operated by CITY and shall verify that affected cables and
wires are de-energized to ground potential before shutdown Work is started.
Upon completion of shutdown Work, remove the locks and tags and notify
ENGINEER that facilities are available for use.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. In addition to requirements of this Section, conform to requirements of Section
01045, Cutting and Patching, and Section 01724, Connections to Existing
Facilities.
3.2 SCHEDULES
A. The schedules fisted below, following the "End of Section" designation, are part
of this Specification section:
1. Table 01040-A, Schedule of Shutdowns. At a minimum these are some of
the more major power interruptions, others still may be needed.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
96-0038-UT
00992-0231
Coordination with Owner's Operations '
01040-5
�
r
TABLE 01040-A
SCHEDULE OF SHUTDOWNS
Shut-
down Maximum
No. Area E ui ment Constraints Duration
1 24" Beach Flow Diversion Temporary Pumping Put Temporary Pump System in ghrs
S stem B -Pass mode
Install Cross connection Temporary Pumping Put Temporary Pump System in
2 and valving for future System By-Pass mode 8hrs
installation of i in .
Install temporary power
3 connection from service Temporary Pumping Provide 800A Disconnect 30days
transformer to temporary System (Fused)
um in s stem
5
,
City of Clearwater
' Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Coordination with Owner's Operations
16-0038-UT 01040-6
00992-0231
�
'
SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The items listed starting with Article 1.5 of this Section refer to and are the
same pay items listed in the Bid Form and constitute all pay items for
completing the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for
providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, plant services,
CONTRACTOR's field offices, layout surveys, Project signs, sanitary
requirements, testing, safety provisions and safety devices, submittals and
record drawings, water supplies, power and fuel, traffic maintenance,
removal of waste, security, coordination with CITY's operations, information
technology (including hardware, software, and services) required during
construction, bonds, insurance, or other requirements of the General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other
requirements of the Contract Documents. Compensation for all services,
items, materials, and equipment shall be included in prices stipulated for the
unit price pay items listed in this Section and included in the Contract.
B. Each unit price shall include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR
to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each
separately identified item.
1.2 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
A. ENGINEER's estimated quantities for items of Unit Price Work, as included
in the Contract, are approximate only and are included sotely for purpose of
comparing Bids and pricing. CITY does not expressly or by implication
agree that nature of materials encountered below the ground surface or actual
quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the
quantities included in the Contract at the time of award and reserves right to
increase or decrease quantities or to eliminate quantities as the CITY may
deem necessary. Except as provided in Article 1.3 of this Section,
CONTRACTOR or CITY will not be entitled to adjustment in price of Unit Price
Work items as a result of change in estimated quantity and agrees to accept
the unit prices accepted in the Bid as complete and total compensation for
additions caused by changes or alterations in the Unit Price Work directed by
CITY.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Measurement and Payment
01630-1 '
i
1.3 ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT PRICES FOR INCREASE OR DECREASE OF
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. Increases or decreases in the quantity of an item of Unit Price Work will
be determined by comparing total payable quantity of Unit Price Work with
ENGINEER's estimated quantity indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. Notwithstanding other provision of the Contract Documents, if total
payable quantity of Unit Price Work for an item with an as-awarded total
value of five percent or more of the as-awarded Contract Price, varies from
ENGINEER's estimated of quantity by more than 25 percent above or below
ENGINEER's estimated quantity, that item's unit price will be subject to
review by CITY. If warranted, an equitable adjustment will be made by
Change Order to credit CITY with reduction in cost or compensate
CONTRACTOR for increased cost resulting from the change in quantity.
The unit price adjustment, if any, will be based on cost increase or decrease
due solely to variation above 125 percent or below 75 percent of
ENGINEER's estimated quantity.
C. CITY's review for possible unit price cost adjustment will be at a time
CITY deems reasonable and proper.
D. Payment for Unit Price Work item that has an as-awarded computed total
value of less than five percent of the sum of the as-awarded total Contract
Price will be made at the unit price in the Contract, regardless of an increase
or decrease in quantity.
1.4 RELATED PROVISIONS
A. Payments to CONTRACTOR: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, and Agreement.
B. Changes in Contract Price: Refer to General Conditions and
Supplementary Conditions.
C. Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, and Section 01291, Schedule of Values.
1.5 BID ITEMS
A. Item 1: Mobilization/Demobilization and General Conditions
1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 1 shall be based on an allowance
for mobilization/demobilization and General Conditions.
2. Payment for mobilization will include costs associated preparatory work and
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-2
00992-0231
3
4.
5.
operations including moving of personnel, equipment, facility, and all else
necessary to commence Work. The costs of bonds, insurance, and pre-
construction expenses shall also be included.
Payment for demobilization will include costs associated with finalizing
work including but not limited to those operations necessary for the
removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the
project site.
Payment for General Conditions will include costs associated with all of the
work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1
specifications, and any other requirements of the Contract Documents not
addressed by any other of the following bid items.
Payment shall be in accordance with Section 01291.
B. Item 2: Coordination, Installation, Testing, and Contractor Warranty of Pumps—
Under this item the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, etc. necessary for the coordination of influent pump
submittals, coordination of delivery, scheduling with manufacturer,
unloading, temporary storage, installation, testing, startup and
perFormance testing, Contractor warranty, and required items shown in
the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete influent pumping
system. This Bid item covers all costs associated with finishing labor,
material, equipment, etc., necessary to provide a complete influent
pump system. This includes placing into service and achieving final
acceptance of the three Owner-direct purchased influent pumps,
including but not limited to:
2. The Removal and Installation of three influent pumps, with all associated
piping, valves, etc.; necessary to individually remove and install new
pumps in their individual compartments. The Contractor shall assume
that the existing sluice gates and valves leak or do not work and shall
not count on the existing sluice gates or valves to be suitable for
isolating purposes.
3. Remove three existing influent pumps and all associated supports,
lubrication systems, piping, valves and appurtenances.
4 Demolish, modify, and prepare three existing influent pump platforms.
5. Demolish louvers, and replace fans.
6. Load, transport, and dispose of demolished materials in an approved
disposal facility in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local
regulations in accordance with the Contract Documents.
7. Construct new platforms and supports for pumps, piping, and valves.
8. Unload the three influent pumps, piping and valves, and properly store
them before installation (as necessary).
9 Install the three influent pumps, all associated supports, piping, valves,
and appurtenances. A copy of the pump manufacturer's quote and bill of
material is included in the Appendix. The Bid item shall include any
anchor bolts, equipment, components, field painting, etc., necessary to
City of Clearwater
Marshal/ Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Measuremenf and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-3
00992-0231
C
place into service the new influent pumps, supports, piping and valves
that are not specifically included in the manufacturer's quote.
10. Provide all required warranties not provided by the influent pump
manufacturer.
11. Perform manufacturer's installation certification, performance testing,
and startup certification.
Item 3: Coordination, Installation, Testing, and Contractor Warranty of
Electrical Equipment and Variable Frequency Drives (VFD
1. Under this item the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment,
etc. necessary for the coordination of electrical equipment and variable
frequency drives submittals, coordination of delivery, scheduling with
manufacturer, unloading, temporary storage, installation, testing, startup
and performance testing, Contractor warranty, and required items shown
in the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete electrical and
variable frequency drive system. This Bid item covers all costs associated
with finishing labor, material, equipment, etc., necessary to provide a
complete electrical equipment and variable frequency drive system. This
includes placing into service and achieving final acceptance of the Owner-
direct purchased electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives,
including but not limited to:
2. The Removal and Installation of electrical equipment and three variable
frequency drives, with all associated, electrical equipment, instrumentation
and controls, etc.; necessary to individually remove and install electrical
equipment and variable frequency drives. The Contractor shall assume
that the existing power is unusable until reconnected.
3. Remove electrical equipment and variable frequency drives and all
associated supports, wire conduit, and appurtenances.
4. Demolish all associated, pump and screen systems electrical and control
equipment and connections, including disconnects and wire to fans. This
also includes lighting fixtures as shown.
5. Load, transport, and dispose of demolished materials in an approved
disposal facilit�r in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local
regulations in accordance with the Contract Documents.
6. Construct new platForms and supports for electrical equipment, cable tray
and conduit.
7. Unload the new electrical and variable frequency drive equipment; and
properly store them before installation (as necessary).
8. Install the electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives, all
associated supports, ancillary electrical equipment, and appurtenances. A
copy of the electrical and variable frequency drive manufacturer's quote is
included in Attachment A. This Bid item shall include any anchor bolts,
additional equipment, components, etc., necessary to place into service
the new electrical equipment and three variable frequency drives that are
not specifically included in the manufacturer's quote.
9. Provide all required warranties not provided by the variable speed drive
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-4
00992-0231
E.
F
G
and electrical equipment manufacturer.
10. Perform manufacturer's installation certification, performance testing, and
startup certification.
Item 4: Grit Removal and Disposal
Payment: Shall be based on cubic yards of material removed, dewatered, and
disposed of in accordance with the Contract Documents and to the satisfaction
of the Owner. Contractor shall handle and dispose of grit in a manner
compliant with all Local and State Guidelines.
Item 5: Structural Modifications
Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the
structural modifications at the influent pump station as shown in the Drawings
and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 6: Protective Coatings Repairs
Type I Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Protective Coatings Repairs shall be per square foot
(SF) of damaged coating as measured in the field properly cleaned,
prepped and repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and the
manufacturer's requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
Payment for Protective Coatings Repairs shall be per square foot ( SF) of
successfully repaired damaged coatings in accordance with the Contract
Documents and repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined
by the Engineer.
Item 7: Type II Concrete Repairs
Type II Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Type II Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) as measured
in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally spaced locations
in either direction) properly cleaned, prepped and repaired in accordance
with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's requirements as
confirmed by the Engineer.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-5
00992-0231
Payment for Type II Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
H. Item 8: Type III Concrete Repairs
Type III Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Type III Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of repair as
measured in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally
spaced locations in either direction) properly cleaned, prepped and repaired
in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's
requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
� Payment for Type III Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
L
,
'
'
JI
�
Item 9: Type IV Concrete Repairs
Type IV Repairs shall be in accordance with Section 03930 — Concrete
Rehabilitation.
Measurement for Type IV Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of repair as
measured in the field for the average area (length x width at 3 equally
spaced locations in either direction) properly cleaned, prepared and coated
in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's
requirements as confirmed by the Engineer.
Payment for Type IV Repairs shall be per square foot (SF) of area
successfully repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents and
repair product manufacturer's requirements as determined by the Engineer.
Item 10: Pump Panel & Instrumentation
Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary will include, but
not limited to, the costs associated necessary for the installation of the pump
panel as shown in the Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item .11: Bar Screen Panel & Instrumentation
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the installation of the bar screen panel as shown in the Drawings and as
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-6
00992-0231
L.
�
�
n
0
described in the Contract Documents.
Item 12: Gate Replacement (3)
Measurement Paymeni of the applicabie lump sum price shall be fuN
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will inctude, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the replacement and installation of the (3) three gates as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 13 — Fiberglass Duct Axial Fans (3)
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing afl plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the replacement and installation of the (3) three Fiberglass Duct Axia! Fans
as shown in the Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 14 — Plug Valves
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the replacement and installation of the (6) plug valves as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 15 — Piping, Valves and Appurtenances.
Measurement Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full
compensation fo� furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary will include, but not limited to, the costs associated necessary for
the installation of piping, valves and appurtenances as shown in the
Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
Item 16: - Programming � SCADA (Allowance)
Payment of the applicable lump sum allowance shall be full compensation
for furnishing, but is not limited to, all plant, labor, materials and equipment
necessary to construct a complete control system including install, set-up,
calibrate, program, integrate, and coordinate a complete instrumentation
package as specified including all instruments, flow meters, PLC's, software
and programming, fiber optic cable, transmitters, interface panels,
programming terminal, and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and
specifications.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
City of Clearwater
Marshal! Streef Influent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Paymenf
16-0038-UT 01630-7
00992-0231
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Measurement and Payment
16-0038-UT 01630-8
00992-0231
SECTION 01751 - STARTING AND PLACING
,
EQUIPMENT IN '
OPERATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
2.
3.
4.
5.
CONTRACTOR shall initially start up and place equipment installed under the
Contract into successful operation, in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and as instructed by Supplier at the Site.
Provide all material, labor, tools, and equipment required to complete
equipment checkout and start-up.
Provide chemicals, lubricants, and other required operating fluids.
Provide fuel, electricity, water, filters, and other expendables required for
start-up of equipment, unless otherwise specified.
General Activities Include:
a. Cleaning, as required under other provisions of the Contract Documents.
b. Removing temporary protective coatings.
c. Flushing and replacing lubricants, where required by manufacturer.
d. Lubrication.
e. Checking shaft and coupling afignments and resetting where required.
f. Checking and setting motor, pump, and other equipment rotation, safety
interlocks, and belt tensions.
g. Checking and correcting (if necessary) leveling plates, grout, bearing
plates, anchorage devices, fasteners, and alignment of piping, conduits,
and ducts that may place stress on the connected equipment.
h. All adjustments required.
I All testing of electrical equipment and wire with correct labeling installed.
B. Coordination:
1
2
3
4
5.
Coordinate checkout and start-up with other contractors, as necessary.
Do not start up system or subsystem for continuous operation until all
components of that system or subsystem, including instrumentation and
controls, have been tested to the extent practicable and proven to be operable
as intended by the Contract Documents.
CITY will provide sufficient personnel to assist CONTRACTOR in starting up
equipment, but responsibility for proper operation is CONTRACTOR's.
Supplier shall be present during checkout, start-up, and initial operation,
unless otherwise acceptable to CITY.
Do not start up system, unit process, or equipment without submitting
acceptable preliminary operations and maintenance manuals by
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting 8 Placing Equipment /n Operation ,
16-0038-UT 01759-9
00992-0231
,
'
CONTRACTOR, in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and
Maintenance Data.
C. CITY's Assumption of Responsibility for Equipment and Systems:
1. CITY will assume responsibility for the equipment upon Substantial
Completion.
2. Prior to turning over to CITY responsibility for operating and maintaining
system or equipment:
a. Provide training of operations and maintenance personnel All training
sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon)
to accommodate the three (3) shifts. Complete system field quality
control testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Submit acceptable final operations and maintenance manuals in
accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data.
d. Obtain from CITY final certificate of Substantial Completion for either
entire Work or the portion being turned over to CITY.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Certifications:
a. Supplier's certification of installation in accordance with Paragraph 3.1.B
of this Section.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER
A. When specified, furnish services of competent, qualified representatives of material
_ and equipment manufacturers as specified, including supervising installation,
adjusting, checkout, start-up, and testing of materials and equipment.
B. Certification:
1. When services by Supplier are required at the Site, within 14 days after first
test operation of equipment, submit to CITY a letter from Supplier, on
Supplier's letterhead, stating that materials and equipment are installed in
accordance with Supplier's requirements and installation instructions, and in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. In lieu of Supplier letter, submit completed form attached to this Section.
3. Include in the final operations and maintenance manual for the associated
equipment a copy of the letter or completed form, as applicable.
- City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation
16-0038-UT 01751-2
00992-0231
3.2 MINIMUM START-UP REQUIREMENTS
A. Bearings and Shafting:
1. Inspect for cleanliness, and clean and remove foreign matter.
2. Verify alignment.
3. Replace defective bearings and those that operate in a rough or noisy
manner.
4. Grease as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Drives:
1. Adjust tension in V-belt drives and adjust vari-pitch sheaves and drives for
proper equipment speed.
2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V-belts.
3. Clean and remove foreign matter before starting operation.
C. Motors:
1. Check each motor for comparison to amperage nameplate value.
2. Correct conditions that produce excessive current flow and conditions that
exist due to equipment malfunction.
D. Pumps:
1. Check glands and seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump.
2. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring.
3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, and replace if defective.
4. Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid
through pump.
E. Valves:
1. Inspect manual and automatic control valves, and clean bonnets and stems.
2. Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but allow valve stems to "
operate without galling.
3. Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is
determined to be complete.
4. Replace packing on valves that continue to leak.
5. Remove and repair bonnets that leak.
6. After cleaning, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface __
preparation of "Molycote" or "Fel-Pro".
F. Verify that control valve seats are free of foreign matter and are properly positioned
for intended service. —
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation
16-0038-UT 01751-3
00992-0231
�
'
,
�
,
'
�
,
�
,
��
�
,
� 3.3
�
�
l_1
�
'
,
G. Tighten flanges and other pipe joints after system has been placed in operation.
Replace gaskets that show signs of leakage after tightening.
H. Inspect all joints for leakage:
1. Promptly remake each joint that appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust other
corrosion to form.
2. Clean threads on both parts, and apply compound and remake joints.
I. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, drives, pockets, orifices,
valve seats, and headers in fluid system to ensure freedom from foreign matter.
J. Open steam traps and air vents, where used, and remove operating elements.
Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and place back into operation.
K. Remove rust, scale, and foreign matter from equipment and renew defaced
surfaces.
L. Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment.
M. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance. Provide factory-authorized
personnel for adjustment when needed.
N. Check each electrical control circuit to verify that operation complies with the
Contract Documents.
O. Inspect each pressure gauge, thermometer, and other instruments for calibration.
Replace items that are defaced, broken, or that read incorrectly.
P. Repair damaged insulation.
Q. Excess Gasses and Fluids:
1. Vent gasses trapped in systems.
2. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems.
ATTACHMENTS
A. The attachment listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, is a part of
this Specification Section.
1. Supplier's Instaltation Certification Form (one page).
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Starting 8 Placing Equipment In Operation
16-0038-UT 01751-4
00992-0231
SUPPLIER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
Contract No. and Name:
Equipment Specification Section:
Equipment Name:
Contractor:
Manufacturer of Equipment:
The undersigned Supplier of the equipment described above hereby certifies that Supplier has
checked the equipment installation and that the equipment, as specified in the Contract
Documents, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and
the Contract Documents, and that the trial operation of the equipment has been satisfactory.
Comments:
Date
Date
Supplier Name (print)
Signature of Supplier
Contractor Name (print)
Signature of Contractor
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation
16-0038-UT 01751-5
00992-0231
SECTION 01781 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1
2
3
4.
Submit operation and maintenance data, in accordance with this Section and
in accordance with requirements elsewhere in the Contract Documents, as
instructional and reference manuals by operations and maintenance
personnel at the Site.
Required operation and maintenance data groupings are listed in table(s) in
Article 1.2 of this Section. At minimum, submit operation and maintenance
data for:
a. All equipment and systems.
b. Valves, gates, actuators, and related accessories.
c. Instrumentation and control devices.
d. Electrical gear.
For each operation and maintenance manual, submit the foflowing:
a. Preliminary Submittal: Printed and bound copy of entire operation and
maintenance manual, except for test data, service reports by Supplier,
and electronic copies.
b. Final Submittal: Printed and bound copy of complete operations and
maintenance manual, including test data and service reports by
Supplier, with electronic copies.
The City will use the bound operating and maintenance manuals and
reproductions thereof to train present and future City Water Facilities
Operations and Maintenance Personnel. Therefore the contents of the
operating and maintenance manuals cannot be proprietary in nature. The
CONTRACTOR is responsible for seeking a letter of "Fair Use Exemption" or
"License for Reproduction" from the copyright holder for all documents in the
operating and maintenance manual that are copyrighted.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Operation and maintenance Data
a. Submit the operations and maintenance data indicated in the Contract
Documents, grouped into submittals as indicated in Table 01781-A:
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-1
00992-0231
TABLE 01781-A - REQUIRED OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
For Materials or Equipment
Name of O&M Manual/Data S ecified in Section s
Stainless Steel Slide Gates 11201
Stainless Steel Channel Gates 11202
Submersible Solids Handlin Pum 11206
PLC and Remote I/O 13120
Check Valves and Plu Valves 15100
Fiber lass Axial Fans 15870
Low Volta e Variable Fre uenc Drives 16260
Motor Control Centers 16423
B. Quantity Required and Timing of Submittals:
2
Preliminary Submittal:
a. Printed Copies: five copies, exclusive of copies required by
CONTRACTOR.
b. Electronic Copies: three copies.
c. Submit to CITY by the earlier of: ninety days following approval of Shop
Drawings and product data submittals, or ten days prior to starting
training of operations and maintenance personnel, or ten days prior to
field quality control testing at the Site.
d. Furnish preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal in
acceptable form and content, as determined by CITY, before associated
materials and equipment will be eligible for payment.
Final Submittal: Provide final submittal prior to Substantial Completion, unless
submittal is specified as required prior to an interim Milestone.
a. Printed Copies: five copies.
b. Electronic Copies: three copies.
1.3 FORMAT OF PRINTED COPIES
A. Binding and Cover:
�
3.
4.
Bind each operation and maintenance manual in durable, permanent, stiff-
cover binder(s), comprising one or more volumes per copy as required.
Binders shall be minimum one-inch wide and maximum of finro-inch wide.
Binders for each copy of each volume shall be identical.
Binders shall be locking three-ringP'D"-ring type, or three-post type. Three-
ring binders shall be riveted to back cover and include plastic sheet lifter
(page guard) at front of each volume.
Do not fill binders to more than 75% capacity.
When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
5. Covers shall be oil-, moisture-, and wear-resistant, including identifying
information on cover and spine of each volume.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Operations 8 Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-2
00992-0231
6. Provide the following information on cover of each volume:
a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual.
c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _
of ", with appropriate volume-designating numbers filled in.
d. Name of Project and, if applicable, Contract name and number.
e. Name of building or structure, as applicable.
7. Provide the following information on spine of each volume:
a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual.
c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _
of _", with appropriate volume-designating numbers filled in.
d. Project name and building or structure name.
B. Pages:
1. Print pages in manual on 30-pound (minimum) paper, 8.5 inches by 11 inches
in size.
2. Reinforce binding holes in each individual sheet with plastic, cloth, or metal.
When published, separately-bound booklets or pamphlets are part of the
manual, reinforcing of pages within booklet or pamphlet is not required.
3. Provide each page with binding margin at least one inch wide. Punch each
page with holes suitable for the associated binding.
C. Drawings:
1. Bind into the manual drawings, diagrams, and illustrations up to and including
11 inches by 17 inches in size, with reinforcing specified for pages. 11 inches
by 17 inches drawings shall be folded to size of text pages and printed only on
one side.
2. Documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be folded and inserted
into clear plastic pockets bound into the manual. Mark pockets with printed
text indicating content and drawing numbers. Include no more than three
drawing sheets per pocket.
D. Copy Quality and Document Clarity:
1. Contents shall be original-quality copies. Documents in the manual shall be
either original manufacturer-printed documents or first-generation photocopies
indistinguishable from originals. If original is in color, copies shall be in color.
Manuals that contain copies that are unclear, not completely legible, off-
center, skewed, or where text or drawings are cut by binding holes, are
unacceptable. Pages that contain approval or date stamps, comments, or
other markings that cover text or drawing are unacceptable. Faxed copies are
unacceptable.
2. Clearly mark in ink to indicate all components of materials and equipment on
catalog pages for ease of identification. In standard or pre-printed documents,
indicate options furnished or cross out inapplicable content. Using
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-3
00992-0231
,
E.
highlighters to so indicate options furnished is unacceptab{e.
Organization:
2.
3
4.
Coordinate with CITY to develop comprehensive, practical, and consistent
indexing system for operations and maintenance data. CITY will review
indexing system before operations and maintenance data is submitted.
Table of Contents:
a. Provide table of contents in each volume of each operations and
maintenance manual.
b. In table of contents and at least once in each chapter or section, identify
materials and equipment by their functional names. Thereafter,
abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their meaning is clearly
indicated in a table bound at or near beginning of each volume. Using
material or equipment model or catalog designations for identification is
unacceptable.
Use dividers and indexed tabs between major categories of information, such
as operating instructions, preventive maintenance instructions, and other
major subdivisions of data in each manual.
Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment within the tabs.
1.4 FORMAT OF ELECTRONIC COPIES
A. Electronic Copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
2
3.
4.
Each electronic copy shal{ include alf information included in the
corresponding printed copy.
Submit each etectronic copy on a separate compact disc (CD), unless another
electronic data transfer method or format is acceptable to CITY.
File Format:
a. Files shall be in "portable document formaY' (PDF). Files shall be
electronically sea�chable.
b. Submit separate file for each separate document in the printed copy.
c. Within each file, provide bookmarks for the following:
1) Each chapter and subsection listed in the corresponding printed
copy document's table of contents.
2) Each figure.
3) Each table.
4) Each appendix.
Also submit drawings and figures in one of the following formats: ".bmp", ".tif',
".jpg", or ".gi�'. Submit files in a separate directory on the CD.
B. Copies of Programming and Configuration Files:
1. Provide on CD copy of all software programming, such as programmable logic
controller programs, prepared specifically for the Project. Third-party,
ficensed, commercially available software is excluded from requirements of
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Operations & Maintenance Data
01781-4
2
3
this Article; submit copies of commercially-available, licensed, third-party
software, where required, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Submit on CD copies of system configuration prepared specifically for the
Project, such as plant monitoring system and SCADA display configurations.
Submit programming and configuration files together with electronic copies of
operation and maintenance data.
1.5 CONTENT
A. General:
'r.�
3
Prepare each operations and maintenance manual specifically for the Proje�t.
Include in each manual all pertinent instructions, as-built drawings as
applicable, bills of materials, technical bulletins, installation and handling
requirements, maintenance and repair instructions, and other information
required for complete, accurate, and comprehensive data for safe and proper
operation, maintenance, and repair of materials and equipment furnished for
the Project. Include in manuals specific information required in the
Specification Section for the material or equipment, data required by Laws
and Regulations, and data required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Completeness and Accuracy:
a. Operation and maintenance manuals that include language stating or
implying that the manual's content may be insufficient or stating that the
manual's content is not guaranteed to be complete and accurate are
unacceptable.
b. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be complete and accurate.
c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall indicate the specific
alternatives and features furnished, and the specific operation and
maintenance provisions for the material or equipment furnished.
Submit complete, detailed written operating instructions for each material or
equipment item including: function; operating characteristics; limiting
conditions; operating instructions for start-up, norma! and emergency condi-
tions; regulation and control; operational troubleshooting; and shutdown. Also
include, as applicable, written descriptions of alarms generated by equipment
and proper responses to such alarm conditions.
B. Submit written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and
maintenance procedures.
C. Submit complete, detailed, written preventive maintenance instructions including all
information and instructions to keep materials, equipment, and systems properly
lubricated, adjusted, and maintained so that materials, equipment, and systems
function economically throughout their expected service life. Instructions shall
include:
Written explanations with illustrations for each preventive maintenance task
such as inspection, adjustment, lubrication, calibration, and cleaning. Include
City of Clearwater
Marshal! Sfreet Influent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-5
00992-0231
2
3
4.
5.
6.
pre-startup checklists for each equipment item and maintenance requirements
for long-term shutdowns.
Recommended schedule for each preventive maintenance task.
Lubrication charts indicating recommended types of lubricants, frequency of
application or change, and where each lubricant is to be used or applied.
Table of alternative lubricants.
Troubleshooting instructions.
List of required maintenance tools and equipment.
D. Submit complete bills of material or parts lists for materials and equipment
furnished. Lists or bills of material may be furnished on a per-drawing or per-
equipment assembly basis. Bills of material shall indicate:
1. Manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and Internet
website address.
2. Manufacturer's local senrice representative's or local parts supplier's name,
address, telephone number, fax number, Internet website address, and e-mail
addresses, when applicable.
3. Manufacturer's shop order and serial number(s) for materials, equipment or
assembly furnished.
4. For each part or piece include the following information:
a. Parts cross-reference number. Cross-reference number shall be used to
identify the part on assembly drawings, Shop Drawings, or other type of
graphic illustration where the part is clearly shown or indicated.
b. Part name or description.
c. Manufacturer's part number.
d. Quantity of each part used in each assembly.
e. Current unit price of the part at the time the operations and maintenance
manual is submitted. Price list shall be dated.
� E. Submit complete instructions for ordering replaceable parts, including reference
numbers (such as shop order number or serial number) that will expedite the
ordering process.
F. Submit manufacturer's recommended inventory levels for spare parts, extra stock
materials, and consumable supplies for the initial two years of operation.
Consumable supplies are items consumed or worn by operation of materials or
equipment, and items used in maintaining the operation of material or equipment,
including items such as lubricants, seals, reagents, and testing chemicals used for
calibrating or operating the equipment. Include estimated delivery times, shelf life
limitations, and special storage requirements.
G. Submit manufacturer's installation and operation bulletins, diagrams, schematics,
and equipment cutaways. Avoid submitting catalog excerpts unless they are the
only document available showing identification or description of particular
component of the equipment. Where materials pertain to multiple modets or types,
mark the literature to indicate specific material or equipment supplied. Marking may
be in the form of checking, arrows, or underlining to indicate pertinent information,
City of Clearwater
Marshall Sbeet lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-6
00992-0231
or by crossing out or other means of obliterating information that does not apply to
the materials and equipment furnished.
H. Submit original-quality copies of each approved and accepted Shop Drawing,
product data, and other submittal, updated to indicate as-installed condition.
Reduced drawings are acceptable only if reduction is to not less than one-half
original size and all lines, dimensions, lettering, and text are completely legible on
the reduction.
Submit complete electrical schematics and wiring diagrams, including complete
point-to-point wiring and wiring numbers or colors between all terminal points.
J. Programmable Logic Controllers: If programmable logic controllers are furnished
under the Contract:
�
3
4.
Submit complete logic listings in function block diagram format.
Format Requirements:
a. For function block diagram, labet each function block with
understandable tags or descriptive labels. Describe purpose and action
of each function block.
Submit complete programmable logic controller listing of all inpuUoutput
address assignments, tag assignments, and pre-set constant values, with
functional point descriptions.
Submit complete manufacturer's programming manuals.
K. Submit copy of warranty bond and service contract as applicable.
L. When copyrighted material is used in operations and maintenance manuals, obtain
copyright holder's written permission to use such material in the operation and
maintenance manual.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Operations & Maintenance Data
16-0038-UT 01781-7
00992-0231
M
�
days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength,
and type of break for both seven (7) day tests and twenty-eight (28) day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope or other nondestructive
device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance
or rejection.
Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place
concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other
characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer.
Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These
additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
Ciry of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-21
16-0038-UT
C.
Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include
the following, as directed by Engineer.
Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply
with ASTM C 94.
D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one (1) test at point of discharge for each compressive
strength test; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have
changed or as directed by the Engineer.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one (1) for
each compressive strength test.
F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one (1) test hourly when air temperature
is 40 °F and below, when 90 °F and above, and one (1) test for each set of ,
compressive-strength specimens.
G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one (1) set of four (4) standard
cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold
and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured
test specimens are required.
H. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one (1) set for each day's pour
exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25
cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one (1) day; one (1) specimen
tested at seven (7) days, finro (2) specimens tested at twenty-eight (28) days, and
one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five (5) strength tests for a
given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected
batches or from each batch if fewer than five (5) are used.
When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than eighty-five percent (85%) of
companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide
corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete.
K. Strength �evel of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of
three (3) consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified
compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified
compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
L. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready-mix producer, and
Owner within finrenty-four (24) hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength
tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of
concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at twenty-eight (28)
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-003&UT
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-20
�
'
'
sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having
the required slope.
, E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch
wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced
, sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets and
other objectionable conditions.
'
F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at
least fourteen (14) days.
G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing
' surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary
underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer.
'
�
,
i
,
�
,
�_.J
'
' 3.13
'
'
'
�J
H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding
1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove
defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least
3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with
patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same
materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place,
compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same
manner as adjacent concrete.
Additional repair of concrete cracks in formed and unformed surFaces: All
concrete for liquid retaining structures, elevated slabs subject to rainfall and
washdown, below grade members and all concrete in contact with earth, water or
exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight. All leaks through concrete
that exhibit any dampness or flowing water and any cracks, holes or other
defective concrete in areas of potential leakage, shall be repaired and made
watertight by CONTRACTOR. Where it is not possible to verify that a crack is
not leaking, it shall be repaired. Determination of leakage and / or dampness
shall be made by Engineer. Repair, removal, and replacement of defective
concrete as directed by ENGINEER shall be at no additional cost to the
OWNER.
Method of Repair: Cracks shall be pressure grouted using hydrophilic
resin. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and
recommendations.
QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Contractor will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to
submit test reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any
retesting due to non-acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors
expense.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-19
3.10
3.11
3.12
REMOVING FORMS
A. Formwork, such as columns, beam soffits, elevated slabs, joists, walls and other
structural elements, may not be removed until concrete has attained at least
seventy five percent (75%) of design minimum compressive strength at twenty-
eight (28) days. No earth loads or live loads will be structurally placed against or
on any poured structurally reinforced concrete until the concrete has reached its
twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength or otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by
testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location or members.
B. Form-facing material may be removed four (4) days after placement only if
shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of
form-facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
REUSING FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,
delaminated or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable
for exposed surtaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new
formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and
secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement morta�
immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer.
B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective
surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface
defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles,
honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains
and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie
holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in
place with bonding agent.
C.
�,
Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect
the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the
concrete.
Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic
slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-U'T
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-18
� 3.9
�
'
�
'
l�J
'
'
,
A.
�
C.
2
Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces
and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
a) Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing
concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends
lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or
adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including
underside of beams, suppo�ted slabs and other similar surfaces, by moist
curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are
removed. As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose
along the tops of all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing
period. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified
above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If forms are
removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be
continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying
or covering with moist burlap.
4
5
Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs,
floor topping and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing
method.
Final cure concrete surtaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-
retaining cover, unless othennrise directed.
SHORES AND SUPPORTS
General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory
construction, and as specified.
Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four (4) stories or less, unless
otherwise permitted.
Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially
cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without
excessive stress or deflection.
D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of fifteen (15) days after placing upper tier, or
longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required twenty-eight (28) day
strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-17
16-0038-UT
3.8
Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by
brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.
Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application.
G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of
work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other
trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-
place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or
required to complete Work. All grout shall be non-shrinking.
H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while
concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with
corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded.
I. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and
equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or
templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
J. Below Grade Concrete: Waterproof the exterior (grade) side of tank and building
walls. Prepare surface based upon manufacturers recommendations. Material
may be spray, brush or rolle� applied. Conform to manufacturers
recommendations for chosen application.
CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive
cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry and windy weather protect concrete from
rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-
control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding
and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface
after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not less than fourteen
(14) days as required due to weather.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover '
curing, or by combining these methods, as specified.
Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
a)
b)
c)
Ci �rwater
Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
Use continuous water-fog spray.
Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,
thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet.
Marshall S�treet Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-16
�
'
'
'
�
�
,
'
'
�
'
u
'
�
,
'
C.
to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as
waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting or another similar system.
This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams.
Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely
removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347.
Grout-Cleaned Finish: Provide grout-cleaned finish on scheduled concrete
surfaces that have received smooth-formed finish treatment.
Combine one part Portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by
volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene-based
bonding admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend
standard Portland cement and white Portland cement in amounts
determined by trial patches so that final color of dry grout will match
adjacent surfaces.
2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill
small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean
burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least thirty-six (36) hours after
rubbing.
D. Related Unformed Surtaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar
unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with
a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment
of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish
� and other finishes as specified; slab surFaces to be covered with membrane or
elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and
where indicated.
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
L�
F
After screeding, consolidating and leveling concrete slabs, do not work
surface until ready fo� floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float
shoes only, when surFace water has disappeared, or when concrete has
stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both.
Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F)
25 (floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to
ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots.
Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat
surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be
a class C surface in accordance with 347 R.
Non-slip Broom Finish: Apply a non-slip light broom finish to exterior concrete
platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-15
3.7
K. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows.
Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be
caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 °F, uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 °F and not more than 80 °F at point of
placement.
M
�
��
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
Do not use salt, other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not
be allowed.
Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as
specified.
P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or
chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of
ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Ice can not be used to replace
more than half of the design total water content. Using liquid nitrogen to cool
concrete is Contractor's option.
Q
�
S
Cover reinforcing steel with wate�-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that
steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately
before embedding in concrete.
Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,
low humidity or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer.
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete
surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other
construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-
facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched,
and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or
chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete ,
surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly
Ci arwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Casf-in-P/ace Concrete
03300-14
❑
,
,
,
'
' 3.6
'
�J
,
'
C.
A
L�
Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative material. Rust-stained
steel formwork is not acceptable.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to
permit installation of their work.
General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete," and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause
seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,
provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation
at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no
, deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding
layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
'
'
,
'
'
'
lJ
�. J
E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented
by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for
consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309.
F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible
effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer
and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower
layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of
vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. A
spare vibrator will be on-site for emergency use at all times.
G.
H
J
Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous
operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing
placement of a panel or section.
Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull
floats o� darbies to smooth surtace free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab
surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
, City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231
' 16-0038-UT
,
03300-13
3.4
3.5
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at
points of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column
pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows:
1. Joint Fillers
2.
a)
b)
c)
Self-expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with
ASTM D 1752 for Type III.
Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752
for Type II.
Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with
ASTM D 1752 for Type I.
d) Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with
ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased
between two (2) layers of saturated felt of glass-fiber felt of width
and thickness indicated.
Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations.
Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants
shall be in accordance with ACI 504R.
INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place
concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided
by suppliers of items to be attached.
B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for
slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide
and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or
compacting-type screeds.
PREPARING FORM SURFACES
A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, non-residual, low-
VOC, form-coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into
contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be
placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions.
_
City of Cl��arwater
Marshall :3treet Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231� 03300-12
16-0038-WT
3.2
3.3
H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to
receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before
placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as
required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended
practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement
placement and supports and as specified.
a
C
Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement
placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other materials
that reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
D. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement.
Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and
hangers, as approved by Engineer.
E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete
protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces
at least one (1) full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining
widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair
strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer.
B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue
reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not
continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements.
C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh
concrete.
D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install
waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect
exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field-fabricate joints in
waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-11
16-0038-UT
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A.
Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retardeNbarrier and other
related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
Forms
General: Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support
vertical, lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied until
concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so
concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and
surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
a)
b)
Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view
Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown and to obtain
accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures.
Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings,
rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and
inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to
obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to
prevent cement paste from leaking.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage
cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where stope is
too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for
forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal.
E. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of
formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace
temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar.
Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
Chamfer edges to be 3/" unless otherwise approved by Engineer, or noted on
the construction drawings.
G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and
securely support items built into forms.
Ci earwater
Marshall ;5treet /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Cast in-Place Concrete
0992-023'I 03300-10
16-0038-UT
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
r
'
'
'
,
'
,
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
CONCRETE MIX ADJUSTMENTS
A. Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of
materials, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant,
as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and
strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in
Work.
ADMIXTURES
A. Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for
heavy-use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with
water-cement ratios below 0.50.
B. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise
indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to
result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of four percent
(4%) with a tolerance of plus or minus one percent (1 °/a).
A
�
READY-MIXED CONCRETE
Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
1. When air temperature is between 85 °F and 90 °F, reduce mixing and
delivery time from one and a half (1-1/2) hours to seventy-five (75)
minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 °F, reduce mixing and
delivery time to sixty (60) minutes.
CRACK INJECTION MATERIALS
Hydrophilic Resin:
1.
2.
Shall be a low viscosity, expanding polyurethane resin. It shall cure into a
flexible rubber-like material that has the potential for unrestrained
inc�ease in volume in excess of 100 percent in the presence of water.
Prepare substrate and install in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation.
b) Duroseal Inject, as manufactured by BBZ USA, Inc.
c) Or approved equal.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrefe
0992-0231 03300-9
16-0038-UT
2.8
2.9
2.10
I_1
�
_
_ __. _ _ __
_ �
PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory
trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI
350. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable
to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing.
Limit use of fly ash to not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the total cementitious
content by weight. Fly ash shall be used either as an admixture or as a partial
cement replacement. Fly ash may be used in all structural concrete.
Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of
concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete
production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS
A. Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on
schedules:
MAXIMUM WATER - MINIMUM
CEMENTITIOUS CEMENTITIOUS
CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY RATIO MATERIAL
LB( S/CY)
Structural 2670 4000 0.44 564
Non-Structural 2000 3000 0.50 470
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
A. Structural Concrete shall be used in all reinforced concrete structures.
2.11 SLUMP LIMITS
A. Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as
follows:
1. Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.
B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than
3 inches.
C. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not
more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site-verified 2- 3 inch slump
concrete.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-8
16-0038-UT
'
I�
C
�•�
E
F.
G.
c) Meadows, Inc.
d) Vinylex Corp.
Sand Cushion: Clean, natural sand.
Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when
tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows:
1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 10 mils thick.
Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with
glass-fiber reinforcement and overcoated with black polyethylene on each side.
Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately
9 oz./sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
1. Waterproof paper
2. Polyethylene film
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap
H. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, finro-component material suitable for use on dry
or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade and class to suit Project
requirements.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Burke Epo�ry M.V., The Burke Co.
b) Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
c) Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior
d) Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co.
e) Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, tnc.
fl Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
g) Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-7
16-0038-UT
,
2.6
2.7
C.
b) Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
c) WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co.
d) Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
e) Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp.
High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company
b) WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company
c) Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
d) Sikament 300, Sika Corp.
CALCIUM CHLORIDE
A. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted.
RELATED MATERIALS
A. Waterstops: Provide ribbed-type waterstops at construction joints exposed to
water pressure, including groundwater pressure, and other joints as indicated.
Provide ribbed type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion joints. In general
waterstops shall be 9" wide. Install 6" wide waterstops at intersections with
reinforced sections with 3" of clear cover. All waterstops shall be a minimum of
3/8" thick. All waterstops shall be provided with either metal grommets or integral
tie wires located along the top and bottom of the waterstop spaced at 12". Other
styles or sizes of waterstops may be considered based on their specific
application.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) The Burke Co.
b) Greenstreak Plastic Products Co.
City of Clearvvater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-6
16-003&UT
�
,
'
'
l.J
�
'
'
'
'
�
,
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150
B.
C.
2.4
1. Type I/II
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F
1. Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise
acceptable to Engineer.
Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates
from a single source for exposed concrete. Fine aggregate shall be natural silica
sand and coarse aggregate shall be #57 stone.
WATER
A. Mixing water shall meet specified requirements of ASTM C 94, Section 5.
2.5 ADMIXTURES, GENERAL
Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than one tenth of one percent (0.1 %)
chloride ions.
A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be
compatible with other required admixtures.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Air-Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co.
' b) Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co.
'
'
,
'
'
�
c) MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc.
d) Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
e) Sika AER, Sika Corp.
B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a) Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-5
16-0038-UT
C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or another
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two (2) edges and one
(1) side for tight fit.
D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced
plastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint
indications. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete
loads without deformation.
E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a
maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with,
stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal
form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete
upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to
the plane of the exposed concrete surface.
G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no
smaller than '/2 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed
concrete shall be of the cone-washer type. The cones shall be made of
approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an
integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be
allowed for form ties.
2.2
A.
B.
C.
REINFORCING MATERIALS
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed
Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for
spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in ,
place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
Q
F
For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where
base material will not support chair legs.
For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact
with forms, provide supports with tegs that are protected by plastic (CRSI,
Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2).
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-4
16-0038-UT
'
'
'
'
�
��
L
�❑
6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard
Practice."
7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete.
8. Florida Building Code latest edition.
9. ACI 305 "Specification for Hot Weather Concreting" and 306 "Standard
Specification for Cold Weather Concreting."
Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perform
material evaluation tests.
Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during
progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be
done at Contractor's expense.
Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work and availability
of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for
materials inspection, testing and certifications. Require representatives of each
entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to coordinate, including, but
not limited to, the following:
1. Contractor's superintendent
2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes
3. Agency responsible for field quality control
4. Ready-mix concrete producer
5. Concrete subcontractor
6. Primary admixture manufacturers
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood
faced or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight,
smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize
number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings.
B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form)
Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each
piece bearing legible inspection trademark.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-3
16-0038-UT
1.3
�
�
7
�
____
_ ___
�
d) Aggregate moisture correction factor
e) Admixtures and weight
fl Site arrival time
g) Site leaving time
h) Type of fly ash and weight
Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
Contractor shall submit three (3) copies.
Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when
permitted by Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by
manufa�cturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies
with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from
admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification
requirements.
Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing
method and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency
plans and materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet
requirements of ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements
of ACI 306.
9. A pouring plan will be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for
approval showing the location of all construction joints and sawed
contraction joints.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the
following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight and Mass Concrete."
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings."
3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures."
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-P/ace Concrete
0992-0231 03300-2
16-0038-UT
'
'
,
,
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of
Supplementary Conditions and Division
Speci�cation.
1.2
A.
SUBMITTALS
the Contract, including General and
1 Specification Sections, apply to this
General: All submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1.
1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement
and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops,
joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials and others if
requested by Engineer.
2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and
placing concrete reinforcement. Shop drawings to shov�r proposed
location of all construction joints. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing
bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams and arrangement of
concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings
through concrete structures.
3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms
for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including
jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie
placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually.
Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's
responsibility.
4.
�
The testing laboratory shall submit three (3) copies of results of concrete
cylinder tests to Engineer together with one (1) copy each to Owner,
Contractor, and Concrete Supplier.
Ready-mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets
showing the following:
a) Date and time leaving the plant
b) Type of cement and weight
c) Quantity of water and time added
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Cast-in-Place Concrete
0992-0231 03300-1
16-0038-UT
,
'
'
SECTION 11202 - STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
This section covers stainless steel channel gates sealing on both sides and bottom,
' upwards opening and their associated accessories for operation. The contractor shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and field test the
gates shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein.
' 1.2 REFERENCES
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
A.
L'-'
Definitions
Design Head: The maximum differential head that will be applied on the gate
under worst case conditions, measured from the gate invert. Design head shall
be equal to the height of the slide.
Seating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate, in the direction that pushes
the gate against the wall it is installed on.
Unseating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate in the direction pulling the
gate away from the wall it is installed on.
Operating Head: The highest differential head that is to be applied on the gate
when it needs to be operated, measured from the gate invert.
Reference Standards
ANSI/AWWA C561 — Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates.
ANSI/AVWVA C542 — Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates.
ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium Nickel
Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General
Applications.
ASTM A276 — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
ASTM A582/A582M - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel
Bars.
ASTM A790/790M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic /
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
Stainless Steel Channel Gates
11201-1
B. The gate assemblies must be installed on a true vertical plane, square and
plumb. The operating stem shall be accurately aligned with the gate guides and
properly greased.
3.2. FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, the gates must be field tested by the Contractor, in the
presence of the Engineer and Owner, to ensure compliance with the
requirements of these specifications. Each gate shall be operated on its
complete open-close cycle to confirm operation without binding, scraping or
distorting. Operating effort on the crank, handwheel or T-wrench shall be
observed or measured. In the case of motorized actuators, the operating torque
shall be noted, and the initial set-up of each actuator shatl be done in accordance
with the instructions in the manual.
0
C.
Each gate shall be water tested by the Contractor and sealing performance shall
be observed.
The Contractor shall supply a detailed report of the field tests to the Engineer for
review.
STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES SCHEDULE
Item ID Qty SIZE (W DESIGN FRAME STEM ACTUATOR ACTUATOR T_
TAG x H) HEAD (ft) TYPE TYPE TYPE MOUNTING wRENCH
(inches) Yes/No
Seat. Uns.
1 2 30x30 15.5 NSC GC P No
ABBREVIATIONS:
FRAME TYPES:
SC: Self-Contained
NSC: Non Self-Contained
ACTUATOR TYPES:
H: Handwheel
GC: Gearbox and Crank
GH: Gearbox and Handwheel
EM: Electric Motor Actuator
SN: Square Nut
ACTUATOR MOUNTING:
P: Pedestal Mounted
PB: Pedestal Mounted with Wall Bracket
F: Floor Box
Y: Yoke Mounted
END OF SECTION
,
�
,
'
'
�
,
,
City of Clearwater �
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-8
00992-0231
�
�
E. Anchor Bolts
1. The quantity, size and location of anchor bolts shall be determined by the
gate manufacturer and shown on the submittal drawings. The minimum
required load capacity of the anchors used for design must also be
indicated on the drawings.
F. Materials
Slide, Frame and Yoke Stainless Steel ASTM A240, grade 316L or
304L
Side SeaUGuides and Top Ultra-High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Seal Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Flush Invert Bottom Seal Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Com ression Cord Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Wall Gasket Eth lene Pro lene EPDM ASTM D2000
Bolts and Hardware Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582, grade 316 or
304
Thrust Nut and Lift Nut Aluminum Bronze or ASTM 6505, C95800
Man anese Bronze ASTM 6584, C86300
Stem Cou lin s Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bracket Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bushing Ultra High Molecular Weight ASTM D4020
Pol eth lene UHMWPE
Handwheel Cast Aluminum ASTM B179
Crank Aluminum ASTM 6209, 6061-T6
Pedestal Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Gearbox Housin Cast Iron ASTM A48 356/406
S uare Nut Cast Aluminum ASTM B179
Stem Cover Clear PVC
Stem Cover Ca PVC
2.2. FACTORY TESTS
The gates shall be tested in the factory for leakage and for operating force. Leakage
shall be measured at the unseating design pressure. Operating force shall be measured
with the gate in vertical position, with and without the design pressure. Factory test
reports shall be available on request for all gates supplied.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. INSTALLATION
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to handle, store and install the gates in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The
Contractor shall review the installation drawings and instructions before
proceeding to the installation of the gates.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-7
00992-0231
extension pipe of self-contained gates or it shall engage the input shaft of
the gearbox, when specified.
3. Crank Operated Gearboxes: The gearbox, comprising a lift nut and thrust
bearing assembly (as described below), shall be fully enclosed in a
casted housing with seals around the lift nut and around the input pinion
shaft. The input pinion shaft shall be supported on ball or tapered roller
bearings. The removable crank, equipped with a revolving grip shall
engage on the input shaft of the gearbox and have a minimum radius of
12" (305mm).
4. Square Nut Actuator: The square nut shall be 2" x 2" (50mm x 50mm)
designed for mounting in the floor box supplied by the contractor and
designed to accommodate a standard T-wrench. T-Wrench shall be
supplied by the gate manufacturer in the quantity required by the gate
schedule.
5. Actuator Lift Nut and Thrust Bearings: All gates shall include a thrust
bearing assembly comprising a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the
operating stem. This assembly must be enclosed in a machined stainless
steel housing or be an integral part of the gearbox when supplied.
Needle roller thrust bearings shall be provided above and below the lift
nut to support the operating efforts in closing and opening the gate. The
length of thread engagement shall be sufficient to ensure that the
maximum pressure on the projected area of thread contact does not
exceed 2000 psi (13,8 MPa) at normal maximum operating load and that
the PV (pressure velocity) factor does not exceed 30,000. The PV factor
is calculated by multiplying the pressure on the projected area of thread
contact in psi by the surface velocity in ft/min at the pitch diameter of the
threads. For non-rising stem gates, the actuator lift nut shall be keyed to
prevent rotation relative to the threaded stem.
6. Mounting: The thrust bearing assembly or the gearbox shall be mounted
on the yoke of the gate for all gates specified as self-contained or on a
pedestal for gates specified as non self-contained. Pedestal height shall
be such that the handwheel or input shaft of the gearbox is located
approximately 36" (900mm) above the operating floor. Where shown on
the drawings or when specified, a wall bracket shall be supplied to
support the pedestal. The pedestal wall bracket shall be designed and
supplied by the gate manufacturer to ensure that it can resist to all
operating efforts of the gate based on the same design calculation criteria
used for the yoke.
7. Stem Cover: All rising stem gates, weather manual or motorized shall be
equipped with a clear stem cover with a closed top and ventilation hole.
The cover shall bear graduation in both inches and centimeters to
indicate the position of the gate.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-6
00992-0231
C
maximum of 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength
and 50% of the yield strength. The stem connection design load shall be
the thrust and torque developed when a 801bs (356N) efforts is applied
the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
7. Stem: The stem configuration shall be rising or non-rising according to
the type specified in the schedule. The threads shall be machine rolled
ACME left hand threads with double entry to minimize the number of
turns required for operation and provide gate opening by
counterclockwise rotation of the manual actuator. Surtace finish of the
machined threads will be 32 micro inch (0.813 �m) or better. For
manually operated gates with rising stem, the stem shall be equipped with
an adjustable stop collar to prevent over-closing the gate and potentially
damaging components.
The stem shall be sized so that its critical buckling load (as determined by
the Euler column formula) is higher than the design compression load,
defined as the vertical force developed by a 801bs (356N) effort applied
on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
8. Couplings: The required stem extensions shall be joined together or to
the threaded stem by means of a bolted connection, passing through both
pipe and stem.
9. Stem guides: Guides will be provided as required to meet the stem
buckling design criteria and positioned per the manufacturer's
recommendations to ensure that the length to radius of gyration ratio (I/r)
does not exceed 200. The guides shall incorporate a UHMWPE bushing
supported by a stainless steel wall bracket adjustable in both horizontal
directions.
Manual Actuators
Operation: Manual actuator of the proper type and mounting location, as
listed in the gate schedule or shown on the drawings, shall be provided by
the gate manufacturer. The effort required on the manual device to
operate the gates shall not exceed 40 Ibs (178 N), while to start the gate
in motion from the fully closed position with the design pressure, the
required effort shall not exceed 60 Ibs (267 N). Indication of the opening
direction of rotation shall be clearly marked in a permanent manner on the
handwheel or crank.
2. Handwheels: The handwheel shall be removable and have a minimum
diameter of 16" (406mm). It shall drive the lift nut directly or via the
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-5
00992-0231
Stresses in the frame under design head shall not exceed 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all members
of the frame shall be'/< in (6mm).
3. Yoke: specified as self-contained design shall include a yoke consisting
of a beam made of formed plates or structural members mounted on top
of the frame to permit mounting of the actuator with proper stem
alignment by the use of slotted holes in both direction. The yoke shall be
sized to limit deflection under the design load to a maximum of 1/360 of
the gate opening width or'/4 in (6mm) whichever is less. The yoke design
load must be considered as the vertical thrust generated by a 80 Ibs (356
N) force on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator) or by the
actuator in locked rotor condition (for an electric actuator). Per AWWA
C561-14, the stresses in the yoke generated by the design load shall not
exceed (for a manual actuator) 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less, or
(for an electric actuator) 2/3 of the yield strength.
4. Guiding and Seating: The slide shall seat and travel on guides made of
ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) designed to perform
for the life of the slide gate without replacement. The slide shall be kept
in positive contact with the guides on both its upstream and downstream
faces, all along its travel in the gate clear opening by an elastomeric cord.
Above the gate clear opening, the guides shall extend high enough to
ensure that the slide is supported on a minimum of 2/3 of its height when
fully opened. The low friction guides shall be secured to the frame by
bolted retainers allowing factory adjustment of the contact pressure with
the slide. The surFace of contact on the side seats shall be large enough
to limit the stress under the design head to 600 psi (4137 KPa) without
considering the top and bottom seats as load bearing.
5. Sealing: The guides combined with the elastomeric cord will provide
sealing on both sides of the opening. Sealing at the top section of the
gate will also be achieved with a UHMWPE seat maintained in contact by
an elastomeric cord. At the gate invert, the slide shall close on a flush
invert rubber seat/seal secured in the bottom member of the gate frame.
Under the design seating or unseating head specified in the gate
schedule, the slide gates shall restrict leakage to a maximum of 0.04
gpm/ft (0.5 I/min/m) of clear opening perimeter. Manufacturer shall be
able to demonstrate that the sealing system will retain its performance
even after 25,000 operating cycles.
6. Stem Connection: In the case of gates with rising stems, the stem or its
extension will be connected to the slide by means of a pinned connection.
For gates with non-rising stems, the connection to the slide shall'be by
means of a threaded thrust nut matching the stem threads. Stem
connection design shall limit the stress under the design load to a
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-4
00992-0231
B. Standards and Certifications: The gates supplied under this section shall
conform to all requirements of ANSI/A1NWA C561-14. The slide gate
manufacturer must maintain an ISO-9001 certification and also a company
certification for its welding operations from the CWB or AWS.
1.5. DELIVERY
The manufacturer shall use due and customary care in preparing the gates and
accessories for shipment. Self-contained frame gates shall be shipped assembled with
stem and manual operator. When shipping several gates together, every item shipped
separately must be clearly marked to the gate it belongs to.
1.6. WARRANTY
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5) year
warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and workmanship.
The warranty period will start from the date of final acceptance of the equipment installed
onsite.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1. EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers: Gates supplied shall be FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20 Slide
Gates, as manufactured by ISE Metal Inc. or approved equal.
B. Description: The gates shall be upwards opening of the 4 sides sealing type
designed for submergence in water or wastewater applications. They shall have
flow control capability by allowing only flow through the open area in partial
opening situations. As specified in the gate schedule, each gate shall be either
open-frame or self-contained-frame design and either rising or non-rising stem
configuration.
C. Performance and Design
1. Slide: The slide consisting of a flat plate with welded reinforcing ribs shall
, be designed to withstand the design head specified in the gate schedule
with a maximum deflection of 1/720 of the gate opening width or 1/16 in
(1.6mm) whichever is less and with stresses in the slide limited to 25% of
� the ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the
yield strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all
members of the slide shall be'/4 in (6mm).
, 2. Frame: The gate frame shall be made of formed plates or structural
members creating the clear opening of the specified dimensions in a rigid
one-piece unit. The mounting and bolting flange of the frame to the wall
' shall be separate and independent from the seating and sealing plane of
the slide. The bottom of the frame will be of the flush invert type.
'
'
'
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Jnfluent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-3
00992-0231
ASTM D4020 - Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight
Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials.
ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws,
and Studs.
1.3. SUBMITTALS
A. Drawings: The slide gates manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
Owner, general arrangement drawings of the equipment supplied under this
section. Drawings must indicate all dimensions that will allow the contractor to
ensure coordination with dimensions of the installation environment. Drawings
will also show sufficient details to determine compliance with the requirements,
including the stainless steel plate thickness used for all components. Drawings
shall also include certification that the slide gates supplied meet all requirements
of AWWA C561-14.
B. Design Calculations: The gate manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the
Owner, design calculations demonstrating compliance with the design
requirements of these specifications and those of AVWVA C561-14. In particular,
calculations shall be submitted for the following gate components:
- Slide
- Seat contact pressure
- Frame
- Yoke
- Stem, stem connection
- Lifting nut
- Manual actuator operating force
- Electric actuator load
- Anchors
C. Test Reports: The gate manufacturer shall submit upon request, for information,
the leakage and operation test reports specific to the actual gates that are being
supplied demonstrating their compliance with the maximum leakage rate and
maximum operating force allowed.
D. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual: The gate manufacturer shall
provide a manual containing the instructions for installation, operation and
maintenance of the slide gates. The manual shall also contain the detailed
information on the terms of the 5 year warranty on the products.
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: The gates supplied under this section shall be standard products
of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the design and manufacturing of water
control gates. The specifications are based on FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 20
Slide Gates manufactured by ISE Metal Inc.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-2
00992-0231
SECTION 11201 — STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE OF WORK
' 1.2
This section covers stainless steel slide gates with 4 sides sealing for submerged
applications and their associated accessories for operation. The contractor shatl furnish
all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and field test the gates
shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein.
REFERENCES
A. Definitions:
1. Design Head: The maximum differential head that will be applied on the gate
under worst case conditions, measured from the gate invert.
2. Seating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate, in the direction that
pushes the gate against the wall it is installed on.
3. Unseating Head: Head applied on a wall mounted gate in the direction pulling
the gate away from the wall it is installed on.
4. Operating Head: The highest differential head that is to be applied on the
gate when it needs to be operated, measured from the gate invert.
B. Reference Standards
ANSI/AWWA C561 — Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates.
ANSI/AW1NA C542 — Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates.
ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium
Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for
General Applications.
ASTM A276 — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.
ASTM A582/A582M - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel
Bars.
ASTM A790/790M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic /
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
ASTM B179 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and Molten
Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes.
ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Slide Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-1
00992-0231
c.
Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490
Bolts.
1) For connections that are slip-critical or subject to axial
tension, inspector shall verify proper pre-tensioning.
2) For connections that are not slip critical and not subject
to direct tension, bolt does not need to be inspected for
bolt tension, but shall be visually inspected to verify that
plies of connected elements are in snug contact.
3) Where bolts or connections are defective, correct defective
workmanship, remove and replace, or correct as required
defective bolts and connections. CONTRACTOR shall pay
for correcting defective Work and tests required to confirm
integrity of corrected Work.
Welds: Each weld shall be visually inspected.
1) Where visually defective welds are evident, further test
welds using non-destructive methods.
2) Correct, or remove and replace, defective Work as directed
by ENGINEER.
3) CONTRACTOR shall pay for corrections and subsequent
tests required to determine weld compliance with the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs , Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-11
16-0038-UT
G
H
2. Level and plumb individual members of structu�e within tolerances as
specified in AISC 325. For members requiring accurate alignment,
provide clip angles, lintels, and other members, with slotted holes for
horizontal adjustment at least 3/8-inch in each direction, or more when
required.
3. Splice members only where shown or indicated.
Erection Bolts: On exposed-to-view, welded construction, remove erection bolts,
fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
Connections:
Comply with AISC 325 for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections,
alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Do not enlarge inadequate holes in members by burning or by using drift
pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be
enlarged to admit bolts.
Gas Cutting: Do not use gas-cutting torches for correcting fabrication defects in
st�uctural framing.
Touch-up Painting:
Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and
damaged or abraded areas of shop-applied paint. Apply paint to exposed
areas with the same paint or coating material applied in the shop.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests and Inspections: Materials and erection procedures shall be subject to
inspection and tests at the Site conducted by qualified inspection laboratory.
Such inspections and tests do not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for
providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR will engage independent testing and inspection
laboratory to inspect high-strength bolted connections and welded
connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports.
a.
L�
City of C/earwater
Testing laboratory shall conduct and interpret tests, prepare and
state in each report of results whether test specimens comply
with the Contract Documents and specifically indicate all
deviations.
High-strength Bolted Connections: Each high-strength bolted
connection shall be visually inspected. Inspection shall identify
whether the Work complies with Sections 2, 3, and 8 of RCSC
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-10
16-0038-UT
B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing
members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove
temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place
and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy-lines to achieve proper
alignment of structures as erection proceeds.
C
n
E
0
Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as
necessary to effectively complete the Work. Provide sufficient planking to
comply with Laws and Regulations.
Anchorage Devices:
Provide anchorage devices, including anchor bolts, and other connectors
required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place
construction.
2. Provide templates and other devices necessary for presetting anchorage
devices to accurate locations.
Setting Bases and Bearing Plates:
1.
2.
Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials
and roughen to improve bond to surFaces. Clean bottom surFace of base
and bearing plates.
Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural
members on steel wedges or other adjusting devices.
3. Tighten anchorage devices after supported members are positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush
with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
4. Place grout between bearing surfaces and bases or plates in accordance
with Section 03600, Grouting. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed
materials, and allow to cure in accordance with grout manufacturer's
instructions, and as otherwise required.
5. Do not use leveling plates or wood wedges.
Field Assembly:
Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations shown and
indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming part of a
complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before
assembly, clean bearing surFaces and other surfaces that will be in
permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for
discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
0992-0231
16-0038-UT
Structural Steel Framing
05501-9
D. Columns: Column shafts shall have finished bearing surface roughness not
greater than 500 micro-inch in accordance with ASME B46.1, and ends shall be
square within tolerances for milled ends in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M at the
base and at splice lines.
E
F
Structural Tubing: Properly seal structural tubing to protect internal surfaces.
Holes and Appurtenances for Other Work:
1. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing,
and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown
on the approved Shop Drawings. If large block-outs are required and
approved, reinforce the webs to develop specified shears. Provide
threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as shown or
indicated to receive other work.
�
2.3 FINISHING
Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame- '
cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
A. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming: Structural steel shall be primed in the
shop.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection and Testing at the Mill or Shop:
,
'
�
1. PerForm fabricator's standard procedures for source quality control,
including inspections and testing. �
2. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and
tests in mill and shop, conducted by a qualified inspection laboratory.
Such inspections and tests do not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility
for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which the Work will be performed and notify
ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of
the Wo�k. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are
corrected.
3.2 ERECTION
A. General: Comply with AISC 303, AISC 360, and the Contract Documents.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-8
16-0038-UT
3
4
5.
�
High-Strength Bolted Construction:
a. Provide high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with
RCSC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or
ASTM A490 Bolts.
b. High-strength bolt design shea� values shall be as specified in
AISC 325 for bolts with threads in the shear plane for
bearing type connections, or as specified in this Section for
slip-critical connections.
c. Bolted connections shown or indicated as "SC" shall comply with
slip-critical connection requirements in RCSC Specifications for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts.
1) Faying surfaces shall have a Class A surface condition.
2) Slip-critical bolts shall be fully pre-tensioned to 70 percent
of minimum specified tensile strength of the bolt using one
of the following methods:
a) Tum of nut with match marking.
b) Twist-off tension control bolt (ASTM F1852).
c) Direct tension indicator washer (ASTM F959).
d. Minimum bolt diameter shall be 3/4-inch, unless otherwise shown
or indicated.
Welded Construction: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for procedures,
appearance, and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting
defective welding Work.
Where rigid connections are required by stresses shown or indicated,
provide web shear reinforcement and stiffeners in accordance with AISC
360.
Moment connections shown but not detailed on the Drawings shall be
detailed for bending moments and shears indicated on the Drawings.
C. Bracing:
1. Bracing for which stress is not shown or indicated shall have minimum
finro-bolt connection, or shop-welded connection of equivalent strength.
2. Vertical bracing and knee braces connecting to columns shall be on the
centerline of columns, unless otherwise shown or indicated.
�
4
Knee braces shall be at 45-degree angle, unless otherwise shown or
indicated.
Guests shall be not less than 3/8-inch thick, unless otherwise shown or
indicated.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-7
16-0038-UT
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly:
1. General:
a. Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in the shop to
greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in
accordance with AISC 325, the Contract Documents, and as
shown on approved Shop Drawings. Provide camber in structural
members as shown or indicated.
b. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and
minimize handling of materials for storage and minimize handling
at the Site.
c. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including
welding of units, before commencing finishing operations. Provide
finish surfaces of inembers exposed-to-view in the completed
Work that are free of markings, burrs, and other defects.
B. Connections:
1. Shop Connections:
a
�
c.
C•�
Unless otherwise shown or indicated, shop connections may be
welded or high-strength bolted connections. Welds shall be
3/16-inch minimum.
Where reaction values of beam are not shown or indicated,
connections shall be detailed to support one-half the total uniform
load capacity tabulated in tables contained in AISC 325 for
allowable loads on beams for the associated shape, span, and
steel specified for the beam.
Shop-welded connections shall be detailed to eliminate or
minimize eccentricity in the connection.
End-connection angles fastened to webs of beams and girders,
and the thickness of angles, size, and extent of fasteners or shop
welds, shall comply with tables of "Framed Beam Connections" in
AISC 325. Connections shall be two-sided, unless otherwise
shown or indicated.
2. Field Connections:
a. Field connections, unless otherwise shown or indicated, shall be
made with high-strength bolts, and shall be bearing-type
connections.
b. Use field welding only where shown or indicated or where
approved by ENGINEER.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-6
16-0038-UT
PART 2 —PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel Types:
1. W-Shapes and WT-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M.
2
3
4
5
S-shapes and Channels: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50.
Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B
Angles, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B.
B. Anchorages, Fasteners, and Connectors:
1. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts,
heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows:
3
a. Unless otherwise indicated, fasteners shall be quenched and
tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers,
complying with ASTM A325, Type I, nuts complying with ASTM
A563C, A563DH or A194/A194M 2H, and hardened washers
complying with ASTM F436. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot-
dip galvanized where shown or indicated.
b. Use quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, nuts and washers,
complying with ASTM A490, only at locations where shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents. ASTM A490 bolts shall not
be galvanized.
c. Tension control bolts, when used, shall comply with ASTM F1852.
d. Compressible washer-type direct-tension indicators, when used,
shall comply with ASTM F959, Type 325.
Threaded Rod Adhesive Anchors: Provide threaded rods with heavy
hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows:
a. Exterior, Interior, Buried, or Submerged Locations, or When
' Exposed to Wastewater: Provide stainless steel threaded rods
complete with washers complying with ASTM F593, AISI Type
316, Condition A, with ASTM A194/A194M, Grade 8S (nitronic 60)
stainless steel nuts.
,
�
'
,
C. Electrodes for Welding: E70XX complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Stee/ Framing
0992-0231 05501-5
16-0038-UT
2
b. Include complete information for fabrication of the structure's
components, including but not limited to location, type, and size of
bolts, details of blocks, copes and cuts, connections, camber,
holes, member sizes and lengths, and other pertinent data.
Clearly indicate welds using standard AWS notations and
symbols, and clearly show or indicate size, length, and type of
each weld.
c. Setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing
anchorage devices.
Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for '
products listed below.
1) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and washers.
2) Welding electrodes and rods.
3) Load indicator bolts and washers.
Informational Submittals: Submit the following:
1
2
3
Certificates.
a. Fabricator's AISC quality certification.
b. Welders' certifications.
c. Certified reports of laboratory tests on previously-manufactured,
identical materials, and other data as necessary, to demonstrate
compliance with the Contract Documents for the materials listed
below:
1) Structural steel of each type, including certified mill reports
indicating chemical and physical properties.
2) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and
washers.
Supplier Instructions:
a. Installation data, handling, and storage instructions.
Source Quality Control Submittals:
a. When performed or when required by ENGINEER, submit results
of source quality control testing and inspections performed at the �
mill or shop.
4. Field Quality Control Submittals:
a. Submit results of testing and inspection performed in the field by
testing laboratory employed by CONTRACTOR.
City of Clearwater
Maishall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-4
16-0038-UT
�
�
'
'
25
RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM
A490 Bolts.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Steel Fabricator:
a. Structural steel fabricating plant shall possess current certificate
from AISC stating that the fabrication facility complies with
requirements for certification of "Standard for Steel Building
Structures (STD)" of AISC's quality certification program.
Fabricating plant shall maintain this certification throughout time of
fabrication for this Project.
2. Welders and Welding Processes:
a. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance
with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 5, Qualification.
b. Each welder employed on or to be employed for the Work shall
possess current AWS certification in the welding process with
which welder will be working. Certifications shall be current and
valid throughout the Work.
3. Testing Laboratory:
a. CONTRACTOR shall retain the services of an independent testing
laboratory to perForm testing and determine compliance with the
Contract Documents of the materials specified in this Section.
b. Laboratory shall comply with ASTM E329.
c. Testing laboratory shall be experienced in the types of testing
required.
d. Welding inspection and welding inspector qualifications shall be in
accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M
e. Selection of testing laboratory is subject to ENGINEER's
acceptance
1.4 SUBMIITALS
A. Action Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly
of inembers and details, schedules, procedures, and diagrams
showing proposed sequence of erection. Shop Drawings shall not
be reproductions of Contract Drawings.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-3
16-0038-UT
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20
21.
22.
23.
24.
ASTM A108, Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished.
ASTM A194/A194M, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for
Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both.
ASTM A325, Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat-Treated,
120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
ASTM A490, Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated,
150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
ASTM A500/A500M, Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and
Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
ASTM A563, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
ASTM A572/A572M, Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.
ASTM A992/A992M, Specification for Structural Steel Shapes.
ASTM E329, for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special
Inspection, or Testing Materials Used in Construction.
ASTM F436, Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.
ASTM F593, Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and
Studs.
ASTM F959, Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension
Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners.
ASTM F1852, Specification for "Twist ofP' Type Tension Control Structural
Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum
Tensile Strength.
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code-Steel.
CMAA 74, Specifications for Top Running & Under Running Single Girder
Electric Traveling Cranes Utilizing Under Running Trolley Hoist.
ISO 2859-1, Sampling Procedures for Inspection by Attributes -- Part 1:
Sampling Schemes Indexed by Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) for Lot-
by- Lot Inspection.
ISO 4017, Hexagon Head Screws- Product Grades A and B.
City of Clearwater ,
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-2
16-0038-UT ,
'
SECTION 05501 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:
1
2
CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals
as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install structural steel
framing, including surface preparation and shop priming.
Structural steel framing is the Work defined in AISC 303, Section 2, and
as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work also
includes:
a. Providing openings in and attachments to structural steel framing
to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections, and
providing for structural steel framing items such as anchorage
devices, studs, and all items required for which provision is not
specifically included under other Sections.
B. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and
coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before structural
steel framing Work.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Standards referenced in this Section are:
1. AISC 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. AISC 325, Steel Construction Manual.
3. AISC 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.
4. ASME 646.1, Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay).
5. ASTM A6/A6M, Specification for General Requirements for Rolled
Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling.
6. ASTM A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
7. ASTM A53/A53M, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Structural Steel Framing
0992-0231 05501-1
16-0038-UT
3.3
3.4
C.
D.
E.
F.
G
H
�
PLACING
Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
Ptace non-shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical
means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure.
Do not use either pneumatic-pressure or dry packing methods without written
permission of the Engineer.
Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets.
Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is
being vibrated by nearby equipment.
Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed.
After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement-sand grout.
After non-shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges
approximately 1-inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement
mortar.
CURING
Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing
paper or by another approved method.
END OF SECTION
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-4
16-0038-UT
�
,
�
'
' 2.4
'
'
1
'
,
�
'
'
B.
C.
D.
A.
B.
C.
D.
For greater than 2-inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free
passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100
pounds grout material.
Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without
causing either segregation or bleeding.
Portland cement mortar for raked-out edges of non-shrink grout: one part
Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 part water by weight.
MIXING
Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3-
minutes.
Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly
and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials.
After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
A
3.2
A
B
PROCEDURES
Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun.
SURFACE PREPARATION
Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed
specifications.
Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material
from concrete surfaces by bush-hammering, chipping, or other similar means,
until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved.
C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper
' placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof inembrane until ready
to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof inembranes and clean
any contaminated surfaces.
'
�
'
�
'
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level
and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted.
E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave
none standing.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-3
16-0038-UT
2.2
2.3
���
E.
F.
Grout shall be nonmetallic non-corrosive, non-staining and compty with CRD-C-
588, Type D.
The grout shall be non-shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and
ASTM C109. The water-grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of
water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions.
Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals;
chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after
set.
Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions.
G. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following:
1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. — Crystex
2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non-shrink Grout or equivalent
NONSHRINK GROUT
A. Non-shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in
transferring heavy loads.
2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding.
3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70°F.
4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3 days or later.
5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same
flowability.
6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain
cement grout of the same flowability.
7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall
be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days.
MIXES
A. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting
difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water. �
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-2
16-003&UT
��
��
,
�
'
SECTION 03600 - GROUTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown
on the Drawings and as specified.
B. The types of grouting include the following:
1. Portland Cement Grout
2. Non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout
1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery,
handling and storage.
B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact
as packaged by the manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS
A. Portland Cement Grout
B. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling)
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II
2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand)
3. Water: Potable
4. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand.
C. Pre-Mixed non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non-shrink grout as
shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland
cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Grouting
0992-0231 03600-1
16-0038-UT
l
1
,
'
'
'
�
�
'
'
�
'
1
ASTM B179 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and Molten
Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes.
ASTM 6584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
ASTM D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
ASTM D4020 - Standard Specification for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight
Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials.
ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws,
and Studs.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
�
Drawings
The slide gates manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the purchaser,
general arrangement drawings of the equipment supplied under this section.
Drawings must indicate all dimensions that will allow the contractor to ensure
coordination with dimensions of the installation environment. Drawings will also
show sufficient details to determine compliance with the requirements, including
the stainless steel plate thickness used for all components. Drawings shall also
include certification that the slide gates supplied meet all requirements of AVWVA
C561-14.
Design Calculations
The gate manufacturer shall submit, for acceptance by the purchaser, design
calculations demonstrating compliance with the design requirements of these
specifications and those of AWWA C561-14. In particular, calculations shall be
submitted for the following gate components:
' _ Slide
Seat contact pressure
- Frame
' _ Yoke
Stem, stem connection
- Lifting nut
' _ Manual actuator operating force
Electric actuator load
- Anchors
'
'
�
�
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Inf/uent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Stee/ Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-2
00992-0231
C. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
The gate manufacturer shall provide a manual containing the instructions for
installation, operation and maintenance of the slide gates. The manual shall also
contain the detailed information on the terms of the 5 year warranty on the
products.
1.4 QUALtTY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1.5
1.6
The gates supplied under this section shall be standard products of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the design and manufacturing of water control
gates. The specifications are based on FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 25
Channel Gates manufactured by ISE Metal Inc.
B. Standards and Certifications
The gates supplied under this section shall conform to all requirements of
ANSI/AVWVA C561-14. The slide gate manufacturer must maintain an ISO-9001
certi�cation and also a company certification for its welding operations from the
CWB orAWS.
DELIVERY
The manufacturer shall use due and customary care in preparing the gates and
accessories for shipment. Self-contained frame gates shall be shipped assembled with
stem and manual operator, whenever size permits. When shipping several gates
together, every item shipped separately must be clearly marked to the gate it belongs to.
WARRANTY
The slide gates and manual operating accessories shall be covered by a five (5) year
warranty from the manufacturer against defects in materials, design and workmanship.
The warranty period will start from the date of final acceptance of the equipment installed
onsite.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers
Gates supplied shall be FONTAINE-AQUANOX Series 25 Channel Gates, as
manufactured by ISE Metal Inc. or approved equal.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-3
00992-0231
�
,
'
B. Description
' � The gates shall be upwards opening of the 3 sides sealing type designed for
water or wastewater applications. They shall have flow control capability by
allowing only flow through the open area in partial opening situations. As
� specified in the gate schedule, each gate shall be either open-frame or self-
contained-frame design and either rising or non-rising stem configuration.
C. Performance and Design
Slide
The slide consisting of a flat plate with welded reinforcing ribs shall be
designed to withstand the design head specified in the gate schedule with
a maximum deflection of 1/720 of the gate opening width and with
stresses in the slide limited to 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less.
Minimum material thickness of all members of the slide shall be '/4 in
(6mm).
2. Frame
The gate frame shall be made of formed plates or structural members
creating the clear opening of the specified dimensions in a rigid one-piece
unit. In wall mounted instances (FB), the mounting and bolting flange of
the frame to the wall shall be separate and independent from the seating
and sealing plane of the slide. In the cases where the frame is mounted
to the side walls of a channel (surface or embedded), the frame shall de
designed in such a manner so that access is provided to the side seal
retainer bolts. The bottom of the frame will be of the flush invert type.
Stresses in the frame under design head shall not exceed 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength, whichever is less. Minimum material thickness of all members
of the frame shall be'/4 in (6mm).
3. Yoke
Gates specified as self-contained design shall include a yoke consisting
of a beam made of formed plates or structural members mounted on top
of the frame to permit mounting of the actuator with proper stem
alignment by the use of slotted holes in both direction. The yoke shall be
sized to limit deflection under the design load to a maximum of 1/360 of
the gate opening width or'/< in (6mm) whichever is less. The yoke design
load must be considered as the vertical thrust generated by a 80 Ibs (356
N) force on the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator) or by the
actuator in locked rotor condition (for an electric actuator). Per AWWA
C561-14, the stresses in the yoke generated by the design load shall not
exceed (for a manual actuator) 25% of the ultimate tensile, compressive,
and shear strength and 50% of the yield strength, whichever is less, or
(for an electric actuator) 2/3 of the yield strength.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-4
00992-0231
4. Guiding and Seating
The slide shall seat and travel on guides made of ultra high molecular
weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) designed to perform for the life of the
slide gate without replacement. The slide shall be kept in positive contact
with the guides on both its upstream and downstream faces, all along its
travel in the gate clear opening by an elastomeric cord. Above the gate
clear opening, the guides shall extend high enough to ensure that the
slide is supported on a minimum of 2/3 of its height when fully opened.
The low friction guides shall be secured to the frame by bolted retainers
allowing factory adjustment of the contact pressure with the slide. The
surface of contact on the side seats shall be large enough to limit the
stress under the design head to 600 psi (4137 KPa) without considering
the bottom seat as load bearing.
5. Sealing
The guides combined with the elastomeric cord will provide sealing on
both sides of the opening. At the gate invert, the slide shall close on a
flush invert rubber seat/seal secured in the bottom member of the gate
frame. Under the design seating or unseating head specified in the gate
schedule, the slide gates shall restrict leakage to a maximum of 0.04
gpm/ft (0.5 I/min/m) of clear opening perimeter. Manufacturer shall be
able to demonstrate that the sealing system will retain its performance
even after 25,000 operating cycles.
6. Stem Connection
In the case of gates with rising stems, the stem or its extension will be
connected to the slide by means of a pinned connection. For gates with
non-rising stems, the connection to the slide shall be by means of a
threaded thrust nut matching the stem threads. Stem connection design
shall limit the stress under the design load to a maximum of 25% of the
ultimate tensile, compressive, and shear strength and 50% of the yield
strength. The stem connection design load shall be the thrust and torque
developed when a 801bs (356N) efforts is applied the crank or handwheel
(for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust and torque developed with
the actuator installed condition (for electric motors).
7. Stem
The stem configuration shall be rising or non-rising according to the type
specified in the schedule. The threads shall be machine rolled ACME left
hand threads with double entry to minimize the number of turns required
for operation and provide gate opening by counterclockwise rotation of
the manual actuator. Surface finish of the machined threads will be 32
micro inch (0.813 �m) or better. For manually operated gates with rising
stem, the stem shall be equipped with an adjustable stop collar to prevent
over-closing the gate and potentially damaging components.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-5
00992-0231
,
,
'
'
�
��
�
�
'
,
'
'
�
�
'
'
'
'
�
�
The stem shall be sized so that its critical buckling load (as determined by
the Euler column formula) is higher than the design compression load,
defined as the vertical force developed by a 801bs (356N) effort applied on
the crank or handwheel (for a manual actuator), or 1.5 times the thrust
and torque developed with the actuator installed condition (for electric
motors).
8. Couplings
The required stem extensions shall be joined together or to the threaded
stem by means of a bolted connection, passing through both pipe and
stem.
9. Stem guides
Guides will be provided as required to meet the stem buckling design
criteria and positioned per the manufacturer's recommendations to
ensure that the length to radius of gyration ratio (I/r) does not exceed 200.
The guides shall incorporate a UHMWPE bushing supported by a
stainless steel wall bracket adjustable in both horizontal directions.
Manual Actuators
Operation
Manual actuator of the proper type and mounting location, as listed in the
gate schedule or shown on the drawings, shall be provided by the gate
manufacturer. The effort required on the manual device to operate the
gates shall not exceed 40 Ibs (178 N), while to start the gate in motion
from the fully closed position with the design pressure, the required effort
shall not exceed 60 Ibs (267 N). Indication of the opening direction of
rotation shall be clearly marked in a permanent manner on the handwheel
or crank.
2. Handwheels
The handwheel shall be removable and have a minimum diameter of 16"
(406mm). It shall drive the lift nut directly or via the extension pipe of self-
contained gates or it shall engage the input shaft of the gearbox, when
specified.
3. Crank Operated Gearboxes
The gearbox, comprising a lift nut and thrust bearing assembly (as
described below), shall be fully enclosed in a casted housing with seals
around the lift nut and around the input pinion shaft. The input pinion
shaft shall be supported on ball or tapered roller bearings. The
removable crank, equipped with a revolving grip shall engage on the input
shaft of the gearbox and have a minimum radius of 12" (305mm).
4. Actuator Lift Nut and Thrust Bearings
All gates shall include a thrust bearing assembly comprising a th�eaded
bronze lift nut to engage the operating stem. This assembly must be
enclosed in a machined stainless steel housing or be an integral part of
the gearbox when supplied. Needle roller thrust bearings shall be
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Steel Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-6
00992-0231
E
provided above and below the lift nut to support the operating efforts in
closing and opening the gate. The length of thread engagement shall be
sufficient to ensure that the maximum pressure on the projected area of
thread contact does not exceed 2000 psi (13,8 MPa) at normal maximum
operating load and that the PV (pressure velocity) factor does not exceed
30,000. The PV factor is calculated by multiplying the pressure on the
projected area of thread contact in psi by the surFace velocity in ft/min at
the pitch diameter of the threads. For non-rising stem gates, the actuator
lift nut shall be keyed to prevent rotation relative to the threaded stem.
5. Mounting �
The thrust bearing assembly or the gearbox shall be mounted on the yoke
of the gate for all gates specified as self-contained or on a pedestal for
gates specified as non self-contained. Pedestal height shall be such that
the handwheel or input shaft of the gearbox is located approximately 36"
(900mm) above the operating floor. Where shown on the drawings or
when specified, a wall bracket shall be supplied to support the pedestal.
The pedestal wall bracket shall be designed and supplied by the gate
manufacturer to ensure that it can resist to all operating efforts of the gate
based on the same design calculation criteria used for the yoke.
6. Stem Cover
All rising stem gates, weather manual or motorized shall be equipped with
a clear stem cover with a closed top and ventilation hole. The cover shall
bear graduation in both inches and centimeters to indicate the position of
the gate.
Anchor Bolts
The quantity, size and location of anchor bolts shall be determined by the
gate manufacturer and shown on the submittal drawings. The minimum
required load capacity of the anchors used for design must also be
indicated on the drawings.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs
16-0038-UT
00992-0231
�
'
❑
'
L�
�
�
�
1
��
'
'
�
�
�
,
�
'
Stainless Steel Channel Gates
11201-7 '
�
F. Materials
Slide, Frame and Yoke Stainless Steel ASTM A240, grade 316L
or 304L
Side Seal/Guides Ultra High Molecular ASTM D4020
Weight Polyethylene
UHMWPE
Flush Invert Bottom Seal Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Compression Cord Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Wall Gasket Ethylene Propylene ASTM D2000
EPDM
Bolts and Hardware Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582, grade 316 or
304
Thrust Nut and Lift Nut Aluminum Bronze or ASTM 6505, C95800
Man anese Bronze ASTM B584, C86300
Stem Couplings Stainless Steel or Bronze ASTM A582, grade 316
ASTM 6505, C95800
ASTM B584, C86300
Stem Guide Bracket Stainless Steel ASTM A582, rade 316
Stem Guide Bushing Ultra High Molecular ASTM D4020
Weight Polyethylene
UHMWPE
Handwheel CastAluminum ASTM B179
Crank Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Pedestal Stainless Steel ASTM F593, rade 316
Gearbox Housin Cast Iron ASTM A48 35B/40B
S uare Nut Cast Aluminum ASTM 6179
Stem Cover Clear PVC
Stem Cover Ca PVC
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to handle, store and install the gates in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The
Contractor shall review the installation drawings and instructions before
proceeding to the installation of the gates.
B. The gate assemblies must be installed on a true vertical plane, square and
plumb. The operating stem shall be accurately aligned with the gate guides and
properly greased.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stainless Stee/ Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-8
00992-0231
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, the gates must be field tested by the Contractor, in the presence
of the Engineer and Owner, to ensure compliance with the requirements of these
specifications. Each gate shall be operated on its complete open-close cycle to
confirm operation without binding, scraping or distorting. Operating effort on the
crank, handwheel or T-wrench shall be observed or measured. In the case of
motorized actuators, the operating torque shall be noted, and the initiaf set-up of
each actuator shall be done in accordance with the instructions in the manual.
B. Each gate shall be water tested by the Contractor and sealing performance shall
be observed.
C. The Contractor shall supply a detailed report of the field tests to the Engineer for
review.
STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL GATES SCHEDULE
Item ID TAG Qty SIZE (W x H) DESIGN FRAME STEM ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
(inches) HEAD (ft) TYPE TYPE TYPE MOUNTING
Seat. Uns.
1 1 60x72 5.7 SC Risin H P
ABBREVIATIONS:
FRAME TYPES:
SC: Self-Contained
NSC: Non Self-Contained
ACTUATOR TYPES:
H: Handwheel
GC: Gearbox and Crank
GH: Gearbox and Handwheel
EM: Electric Motor Actuator
SN: Square Nut
ACTUATOR MOUNTING:
P: Pedestal Mounted
PB: Pedestal Mounted with Wall Bracket
F: Floor Box
Y: Yoke Mounted
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Stain/ess Steel Channel Gates
16-0038-UT 11201-9
00992-0231
SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and provide all
valves, and appurtenances complete with actuators and all accessories as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Valves specifically excluded from this Section are as follows:
1. All interior valves for process piping
2. All valves for plumbing work.
3. All valves for heating and ventilation work.
4. All valves for fuel oil piping.
5. All chlorine gas valves.
6. All valves specifically included with equipment.
1.02 RELATED WORK
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, materials required to establish
compliance with this Section for shop drawings. Submittals shall include the
following:
1. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, specifications and engineering data
including:
a. Dimensions.
b. Size.
c. Materials of construction.
d. Weight.
e. Protection coating.
f. Actuator weight.
g. Calculations for actuator torque where applicable.
L
C
Test Reports
1. Four copies of all certified shop test results specified herein.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1. Submit complete operation and maintenance manuals including copies of
all approved Shop Drawings.
City oi Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-1
00992-0231
'
'
�
'
�I�I
,
,
�
'
,
,
,
'
�
,
'
'
,
'
�
�
D. Certificates
Certificates of compliance where required by referenced standards: For
each valve specified to be manufactured and/or installed in accordance
with AVWVA and other standards, submit an affidavit of compliance with
the appropriate standards, including certified results of required tests and
certification of proper installation.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
�
�
C.
D.
E.
F
Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except
as otherwise shown or specified.
American Water Works Association (AWWA)
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Pressure Pipe
and Fittings.
AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
AWWA C502 - Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants.
AWWA C504 - Rubber-Seated Buttertly Valves.
AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
AWWA C515 - Reduced Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water
Supply Service
AWWA C517 - Resilient-Seated Cast Iron Eccentric Plug Valves
AWWA C800 - Underground Service Lines and Fittings
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI 616.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
ASTM International
2.
3.
4.
5.
ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,
Flanges and Pipe Fittings
ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron
and Steel Hardware
ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and
Shapes.
ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile tron Castings.
The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)
SSPC SP-6 - Joint Surface Standard Commercial Blast Cleaning
Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at
the time of bid opening shall apply.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-2
00992-0231
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
�
�«
�
1. Valves and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the
standard product in regular production by manufacturers whose products
have proven reliable in similar service for at least 10 years. If required,
the manufacturer shall furnish evidence of installation in satisfactory
operation.
2. All units of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
Design Criteria
All valves and appurtenances shall be new and in perFect working
condition. Valves shall be designed for continuous use with a minimum of
maintenance and service required and shall perform the required function
without exceeding the safe limits for stress, strain or vibration. In no case
will used or damaged valves be acceptable. The selection of equipment
to meet the specified design conditions is the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR. Both workmanship and material shall be of the very best
quality and shall be entirely suitable for the service conditions specified.
Source Quality Control
2.
3.
Valves shall be shop tested in accordance with the following:
a. Metal-seated gate valves: AWWA C500.
b. Rubber-seated butterfly valves: AWWA C504.
c. Resilient-seated gate valves: AWWA C509.
d. Reduced-wall, resilient-seated gate valves: AW1NA C515.
Obtain each type of valve from no more than one manufacturer.
Plug valves shall be hydrostatically tested for 30 minutes at two times the
maximum working pressure, with no evidence of distress, leakage or
weeping. Plug valves shall be capable of providing drop-tight shut-off up
to the full pressure rating.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the site to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work.
�
�
'
B. Protect threads and seats from corrosion and damage. Rising stems and '
exposed stem valves shall be coated with a protective oil film which shall be
maintained until time of use.
C. Furnish covers for all openings.
All valves 3-in and larger shall be shipped and stored on site until time of
use with wood or plywood covers on each valve end.
'
'
City of Clearwater �
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100.3
00992-0231
�
'
2. All valves smaller than 3-in shall be shipped and stored as above except
that heavy card board covers may be furnished instead of wood.
D. Store equipment to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Any
corrosion in evidence at the time of OWNER acceptance shall be removed, or
the valve shall be removed from the job.
E. Store all equipment in covered storage off the ground.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate with the
work which is related to this Section including buried piping installation, site
utilities, piping insulation, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, plumbing and
chemical feed facilities.
B. Coordinate the location and placement of concrete thrust blocks when required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All buried valves shall open clockwise.
B. The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model or catalog number is for the
purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired.
C. Valves shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as
possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one
manufacturer.
D. Valves shall have the name of the maker, nominal size, flow directional arrows,
working pressure for which they are designed and standard to which they are
manufactured cast in raised letters on some appropriate part of the body.
E. Unless otherwise noted, valves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150
psi or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they connect to, whichever is
higher, and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed.
F. Valves shall be of the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings they are
connected to. Except as otherwise noted, joints shall be mechanical joints, with
joint restraint where the adjacent piping is required to be restrained.
G. Valves shall be especially constructed for buried service.
City of C/earwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
96-0038-UT 15100-4
00992-0231
2.02 VALVE BOXES
2.03
�i
�
�
A. All gate, butterfly and plug valves shall be provided with extension shafts, ,
operating nuts and valve boxes as follows:
1. Extension shafts shall be carbon steel and the operating nut shall be 2-in
square. Shafts shall be designed to provide a factor of safety of not less
than four. Operating nuts shall be pinned to the shafts.
2. Top of the operating nut shall be located 2-in below the rim of the valve
box.
3. Valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Clow, Mueller, Tyler or equal
and shall be a heavy-pattern cast iron, three-piece, telescoping type box
with dome base suitable for installation on the buried valves. Inside
diameter shall be at least 4-1/2-in. Barrel length shall be adapted to the
depth of cover, with a lap of at least 6-inwhen in the most extended
position.
4. Covers shall be cast iron with integrally-cast direction-to- open arrow, and
the word
5. "WASTEWATER" shall also be integrally cast. Aluminum or plastic are
not acceptable. A means of lateral support for the valve extension shafts shall be
provided in the top portion of the valve box.
B. The upper section of each box shall have a top flange of sufficient bearing area
to prevent settling. The bottom of the lower section shall enclose the stuffing box
and operating nut of the valve and shall be oval. All fasteners shall be Type 304
stainless steel.
VALVE ACTUATORS — GENERAL/ MANUAL
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
A. The valve manufacturer shall supply, mount and test all actuators on valves at '
the factory. The valves and their individual actuators shall be shipped as a unit.
B. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, valves shall be manually actuated.
Non-buried vatves shall have an operating wheel, handle or lever mounted on the
operator. Those with operating nuts shall have a non-rising stem with an AVWVA
2 in nut. At least two tee handles shall be provided for all operating nuts. Unless
otherwise noted, operation for all valves shall be CCW open.
C. All actuators shall be capable of moving the valve from the full open to full close
position and in reverse and holding the valve at any position part way between
full open or closed.
,
'
,
D. Each operating device shall have cast on it the word "OPEN" and an arrow
indicating the direction of operation. '
E. All position indication and direction of opening arrows shall be embossed,
stamped, engraved, etched or raised castings. Decals or painted indications ,
shall not be allowed.
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-5
00992-0231 �
F. Unless otherwise noted, all valves larger than 3 in nominal diameter shall be
provided with position indicators at the point of operation.
2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves and operators for low pressure air piping shall conform to the
AW1NA C504, except as specified herein. Valves shall have a minimum 150 psi
pressure rating and be equal to those manufactured by Henry Pratt; M&H or
DeZurik valve companies.
B. Butterfly valves shall be flanged end with face to face dimensions in accordance
with Table 2 of above mentioned AW1NA standards for short body valve, or wafer
type.
C. Valve seats shall be full resilient seats retained in the body or on the disc edge in
accordance with Section 8 of the above mentioned A1NWA standards. If the
resilient seat is in the body, the disc shall be of cast ni resist conforming to ASTM
A436 Type 1 with the periphery machined to a smooth spherical surtace. If the
resilient seat is mounted on the disc edge it shall be held in place by a one piece
Type 304 stainless steel retaining ring and stainless Nylock screws, the disc shall
be of ASTM A48, Class 40 cast iron and a mating Type 304 stainless steel ring
shall be installed in the valve body. Resilient seats shall be Hycar or equal for
water service and Nordel or equal for air service. Resilient seats in valves for air
service shall be mounted in the body only.
D. The valve body shatl be constructed of close grain cast iron per ASTM A126,
Class B with integrally cast hubs for shaft bearing housings of the through boss
type. Permanently self lubricating body bushings shall be provided and shall be
sized to withstand bearing loads. Stuffing box of liberal dimensions shall be
provided at the operator end of the vane shaft, arranged so that the packing can
be replaced by removing the bronze follower without removing the operator.
Packing shall be of the Chevron type as manufactured by Garlock Packing
Company. A sealing element utilizing O rings shall also be acceptable.
E. The valve shaft shall be of Type 304 stainless steel and designed for both
torsional and shearing stresses when the valve is operated under its greatest
dynamic or seating torque.
F
G.
In general, the butterfly valve operators shall conform to the �equirements of
Section 3.8 of AWWA C504, insofar as applicable and as specified herein.
Gearing for the operators where required shall be totally enclosed in a gear case
in accordance with Section 3.8.3 of AVWVA C504 standard.
H. The manual operators shall conform to Section 3.8.1 of AW1NA C504 standard,
insofar as applicable. Valves shall have handwheel or lever operators and open
left, or counterclockwise. Operators shall have indicators to show position of the
valve disc. Operators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-6
00992-0231
2.05
PLASTIC BALL VALVES
A. Ball valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with socket or flanged ends as
required. Valve bodies shall be double union type. PVC ball valves shall be as
manufactured by Heyward, Aashi America or approved equal. All valves shall be
mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible.
B. Ball valves shall be electrically actuated with the valve actuators designed for
operation of quarter turn valves. Actuators shall be fo� open/close operations
only. In case of a power failure, the actuator will be designed to close in its
current position. The actuator drive train shall be completely enclosed in a
weather tight enclosure, designed for outdoor installation. Valve port position
shall be indicated.
C.
E
CORPORATION COCKS
Corporation stops shall be of bronze or brass and shall be designed and
manufactured in accordance with AVWVA C800, except as modified
herein. Corporation stops shall have Mueller intet threads except that
corporation stops for use with service clamps shall have IPS threads.
Where corporation stops are used with plastic pipe, a brass companion
flange shall be provided on the outlet of each corporation stop.
DIAPHRAM SEALS
Diaphragm seals shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, to
protect pressure gauges and pressure switches. The diaphragm shall be
"thread attached" to both piping and pressure switches or gauges.
Diaphragm seals shall be constructed of cadmium plated carbon steel,
except for the lower housing which shall be specifically chosen according
to the fluid type and pressure being monitored. Diaphragm seals shall
have a flushing connecting and be Type SG by Mansfield and Green;
Ashcroft, or equal.
PRESSURE GAUGES
2
Pressure gauges shall be furnished and installed in each pump discharge
piping. Where gauge tappings are not available in the pumps suction or
discharge nozzle, the necessary tappings in the adjacent piping shall be
made for installation of gauge connections.
Pressure gauges for the above services shall have a black case and shalt
be 4-1/2-in nominal diameter with phosphor bronze Bourdon tubes
(berylium copper bellows), 1/4-in NPT male connection, stainless steel
rack and pinion movement, microadjustment for calibration, white dials
and black figures, threaded ring case. All gauges shall be furnished with
protective diaphragm attachment as specified above. Gauges shall be
installed with brass nipples no shorter than 2-in and a manufacturer's
standard pulsation dampener and shutoff valve.
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influenf Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-7
00992-0231 .,.,
a
Gauges shall be by Ashcroft; U.S. Gage, Sellersville, Pa.; Crosby-
Ashton, Wrentham, Mass. or equal.
2.06 BALL CHECK VALVES
A. Check valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series BC with socket or
flanged ends as required. Valve bodies shall be union type. PVC ball check
valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc.; Wallace and
Tiernan Inc. or equal.
2.07 1-INCH AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVES
A. Air release valves shall exhaust accumulated air from the system while under
pressure. The valve shall be capable of venting air; closing only after all the air
has been vented. The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under
pressure as often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated air. The
valve shall be equipped with vacuum check valve on the air outlet and will not
admit air to re-enter during vacuum conditions.
B. Air valves shall be of the size shown on the plans.
C. The body shall be made of high strength plastic, and all operating parts are made
of specially selected corrosion resistant materials. The valve shall be equipped
with a drainage outlet enabling the removal of excess fluids. Air release orifice
shall be 12 mm2 and suitable for 150 PSI maximum working pressure. Screens
shall be installed on the opening of all air release valves. Valve shall be equipped
with a strainer.
�
Q
F
G
Valves 3-inch size and smaller shall have a threaded inlet connection, and larger
valves shall have a flanged inlet faced and drilled per ANSImB16.1 Class 250.
One-inch NPT inlet and outlet shall be provided, unless otherwise specified in the
drawings.
Connections from corporation stops to air release valves shall be brass for
rigidity.
Automatic air release valves shall be manufactured by ARI Model D-050 VAC, or
approved equal.
2.8 CHECK VALVES
A. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having integral
(not Wafer) flanges. Valves shall be Val-Matic Swing Flex Model V500 Series,
Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. Model 106LW, or approved equal.
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-8
00992-0231
2.9
B. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked in
place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use of
special tools.
C. The shaft shall be single and continuous stainless steel, e�ending on one side of
the body with a lever and weight.
D. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of
corrosion-resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the
cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be
externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit
adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air
trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustabte
control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The
bottom cytinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change
of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve.
Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero
velocity, and be watertight.
E. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile
iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel
shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body.
F. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted
by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to
the following ASTM specifications:
1. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B
2. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536
3. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM 6148, ASTM A276 d
Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal
4. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material
G. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all check valves used in
sewage applications shall be coated with a factory applied, two-part epoxy
coating to a minimum of 20 mils thick.
ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES
A. All valves shall be 100% port eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified as
manufactured by DeZurik PEF, Milliken Valve Co. Model M600 or M601, or
approved equal.
B. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with AVWVA C504 Section 5. Each
valve sha�l be performance tested in accordance with AVWVA C504 Section 5.2
and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test as desc�ibed in AWWA
C504 Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The leakage test shall be applied to the face of
the plug tending to unseat the valve. The Manufacturer shall furnish certified
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-9
00992-0231
'
'
'
�
'
'
�J
�
'
,
'
'
'
�
'
,
'
'
,
copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in AWWA C504
Section 5.5.
C. Plug valves shall be of the tight closing, resilient faced, non-lubricating variety
and shall be of eccentric design such that the valve's pressure member (plug)
rises off the body seat contact area immediately upon shaft rotation during the
opening movement. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be
established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI B16.1-1967. Valves shall
be drip-tight in both directions (bi-directional) at rated pressure of 175 psi
through 12-inch diameter, and 150 psi for 14-inch diameter and above. The
valve shall be provided with a 2-inch square operating nut.
D. The valve body shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A126, Class B. Body
ends shall be mechanical joint to meet the requirements of AVWVA C111/ANSI
A21.11 or single gasket push-on type.
E. The valve plug shall be constructed of cast iron or ductile iron and shall have a
conical seating surface that is eccentrically offset from the center of the plug
shafts. The plug and shafts shall be integral. The entire plug face shall be
totally encapsulated with Buna N(Nitrile) rubber in all valve sizes. The rubber to
metal bond must withstand 75 Ibs. pull under test procedure ASTM D-429-73,
Method B. When the plug is in full open position, plug geometry and body
waterway contours must provide a passageway that allows flow capacity equal to
100% of the adjacent pipe area.
F
G
Valve seat mating surface shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not less
than 90% nickel or be a one-piece 304 stainless steel ring. Seat ring contou�
must be precision machined.
A mechanical "brake" shall be supplied on all valves and shall be capable of
"locking" the valve in any intermediate position between full-open and full-
closed.
H. Valves shall have multiple V-type packing and packing glands and shall be
capable of being field adjusted or repacked without the bonnet or plug being
removed from the valve with the valve under the full rated pressure. Valves
shall have a port position indicator.
For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all plug valves shall have
a 2-part epoxy internal coating to a minimum of 20 mils thickness.
Valve shaft seals shall be adjustable and comply with AW1NA C507 Section 10
and with AWWA C507 Section 11.
K. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, extension
stems, floorstands, etc. as indicated on the plans. All valves 6" and larger shall
be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi-steel
housing and be suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street lnfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-10
00992-0231
to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All actuator shafts shall be
supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall clearly
indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing
torque. All adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All exposed
nuts, bolts, and washers shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Valve packing
adjustment shall be accessible without disassembly of the actuator.
L. Valves and gear actuators for submerged service shall have seals on all shafts
and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water.
Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally
enclosed and shall have gasket seals. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and
washers shall be stainless steel.
M. Three-way plug valves shall be non-lubricated gear oriented. Valve bodies shall
be ASTM A-126 Class, and be semi-steel with 125 Ib. ANSI standard flanges.
Plugs shall be resilient faced. Three-way valves shall be 3-way, 3-port 270-
degree turn.
N. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor shall
have chain wheels.
O. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended
shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted on floor
stands where indicated on the drawings or shall be removable handwheels
where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for
extended shafts in all floors; where necessary covers shall be provided. Shafts
shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve and shall be 304 stainless
steel where submerged and carbon steel elsewhere. Floor stands and covers,
where called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve
position indicators. Where shown on the drawings, plug valves shall be
furnished with extended bonnets, equal to DeZurik Figure 640.
P. All buried plug valves shall
showing position of the valve
provided showing direction c
valve.
have a remote position indicator in the valve box
. A stainless steel centering and I.D. plate shall be ,
�f opening and number of turns to open for each
2.10 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES
A. Valves 3-in through 36-in shall be non-rising stem type and manufactured in
accordance with A1NWA C509 and as specified herein. Valves shall be
manufactured by American, M&H, Kennedy, or McWane. No others shall be
accepted.
C
Valve body shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron with fusion bonded epoxy coating.
Valves shall be provided with a minimum of two O-ring stem seals.
'
�
,
'
City of Clearwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-11
00992-0231
,
,
D. Bonnet and gland bolts and nuts shall be either ASTM A 126, Class B. All ferrous
surface inside and out shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating. The hot-dip
process in accordance with ASTM A153 is not acceptable. Allen-wrench type
bonnet and gland fastening shall not be acceptable and will be rejected.
E.
F.
G
H,
K.
Wedges shall be constructed of ASTM A536 ductile iron and totally encapsulated
in vulcanized EPDM.
The word "OPEN" and an arrow indicating direction to open shall be cast on each
valve body or operator.
Operating nut for all gate valves shall be 2-in square.
Extension stems shall be fabricated from solid steel. Stems shall not be smaller
in diameter than the valve stem. Equip stem with wrench nut. Ensure all stem
connections are pinned
Thrust collars and stems shall be integrally cast (not pinned on) and shall feature
copper alloy valve stems.
Buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends compliant with AWWA C111
unless othennrise noted on the Drawings.
Gearing shall be required for gate valves 14-in diameter and larger, and shall be
in accordance with AVWVA C509 Part 4.4.9.
2.11 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES
A. Tapping sleeves shall be of ductile iron, designated for working pressure not less
than 200 psi. Armored end gaskets shall be provided for the full area of the
sleeve flanges. Sleeves shall be as manufactured by Kennedy, M&H, or Clow or
equal. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. All ferrous surFace inside
and out shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating.
B. Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements specified above for gate valves
except that one end shall be flanged and one mechanical. Tapping valves shall
be provided with an oversized opening to permit the use of full size cutters.
2.12 LINE STOPS
A.
�
Temporary line stops shall be provided, installed, and removed where required to
isolate sections of existing mains to allow installation of new fittings and valves.
Line stop sleeves shall be mechanical joint split cast-iron units rated for 150 psi
working pressure.
,
' City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-12
00992-0231
�
,
C�?
�
,
Line stops shall have ANSI B 165-1, 125 Ib. outlet flanges. The CONTRACTOR '
shall determine the outside diameter of the existing main before ordering the
sleeve.
D. Completion plugs used for line-stopping shall be manufactured from ASTM-36
grade material as a minimum. Completion plugs shall be designed with a groove
for the placement of an O-Ring that will aid in the permanent sealing of the line-
stop fitting to permit the recovery of our temporary valve used in the line-stop
procedure.
E. Line-stopping completion plug on mains 16" and above will be designed with a
reduced branch outlet.
F
G
Minimum blind flange thickness of the cover plate shall comply with AVWVA C-
207. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
The temporary line-stopping valve shall be supplied for the duration of the line-
stopping procedure.
H. A service saddle to purge the pressure from the main once the line-stopping
heads are in place shall be used. The service saddle will be utilized to re-
pressurize the main allowing equal pressure on both sides of the line-stopping
head in order to extract the head from the main. The CONTRACTOR shall check
for any leaks in the modifications prior to the heads being extracted.
Line Stops shall be Rangeline, TD Williams, or approved equal.
2.13 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS
A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for
each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron
pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128 or EBAA
Iron Sales E2100 Series. All couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory
installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project,
100-psi minimum.
2.14 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on ,
the Drawings.
B. Split type coupling shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on
the Drawings. The couplings shall be mechanical type for radius groove piping.
The couplings shall mechanically engage and lock grooved pipe ends in a
positive coupling and allow for angular deflection and contraction and expansion.
C. Couplings shall consist of malleable iron, ASTM Specification A47, Grade 32510
housing clamps in two or more parts, a single chlorinated butyl composition
sealing gasket with a"C" shaped cross-section and internal sealing lips
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-13
00992-0231
❑
'
�
,
❑
�
,
�
'
[,'
�I
'
i
,
�
projecting diagonally inward, and two or more oval track head type bolts with
hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to ASTM Specification A183 and A194 to
assemble the housing clamps. Bolts and nuts shall be Series 300 stainless steel.
Victaulic type couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of flanged joints as
manufactured by Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741.
E. Pipes shall be radius grooved as specified for use with the Victaulic couplings.
Flanged adapter connections at fittings, valves, and equipment.
F. Sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall
be of steel. The coupling shall be provided with stainless steel bolts and
nuts unless indicated otherwise. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe
stop removed. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable
for exposure to the liquid within the pipe.
G. If the CONTRACTOR decides to use victaulic couplings in lieu of flanged joints,
he shall be responsible for supplying supports for the joints.
2.15 AIR RELEASE VALVES
A. Air Release Valves shall be as shown on the Drawings; the basis of design is 3-
inch ARI model D025.
� 2.16 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP COATINGS
A. The interior ferrous metal surfaces, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be
' blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-10 and painted with two coats of an
approved two-component epoxy coating specifically formulated for wastewater
use.
'
B. Exterior ferrous metal surfaces of all buried valves and hydrants shall be blast
cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-6 and given finro shop coats of an
approved two-component coal tar epoxy paint.
' PART 3 EXECUTION
,
'
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A.
0
During installation of all valves and appurtenances, verify that all items are clean,
free of defects in material and workmanship and function properly.
All valves shall be closed and kept closed until otherwise directed by the
ENGINEER.
I3.02 INSTALLATION OF BURIED VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
�
A. Buried valves shall be cleaned and manually operated before installation. Buried
valves and valve boxes shall be set with the stem vertically aligned in the center
, City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nf/uent Pump Station Repairs Valves & Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-14
00992-0231
�
,
C:?
C.
of the valve box. Valves shall be set on a firm foundation and supported by
tamping pipe bedding material under the sides of the valve. The valve box shall
be supported during backfilling and maintained in vertica� alignment with the top
flush with finish grade. The valve box shall be set so as not to transmit traffic
loads to the valve.
Before backfilling, all exposed portions of any bolts shall be coated with two
coats of bituminous paint.
Install valve floor stand operators with stainless steel bolts.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES
A.
�
C�?
The proper authority shall be contacted and their permission granted prior to
tapping a"live" line. The required procedures and time table shall be followed
exactly.
Installation shall be made under pressure and flow shall be maintained. The
diameters of the tap shall be not less than 1/4-in less than the inside diameter of
the branch line.
The entire operation shall be conducted by workers experienced in the
installation of tapping sleeves and valves. The tapping machine shall be
furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
D. Determine the location of the line to be tapped to confirm that the proposed
location will be satisfactory and that no interference will be encountered such as
joints or fittings. No tap or sleeve will be made closer than three feet from a pipe
joint.
E. Tapping sleeve and valve with boxes shall be set squarely centered on the line to
be tapped. Adequate support shall be provided under the sleeve and valve
during the tapping operation. Thrust blocks or other permanent restraint
acceptable to the ENGINEER shall be provided behind all tapping sleeves.
Proper tamping of supporting pipe bedding material around and under the valve
and sleeve is mandatory for buried installations.
F. After completing the tap, the valve shall be flushed to ensure that the valve seat
is clean. All proper regulatory procedures (including disinfection) shall be
followed exactly.
3.04 FIELD TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Conduct a functional field test of each valve, including actuators and valve
control equipment, in presence of ENGINEER to demonstrate that each part and
all components together function correctly. All testing equipment required shall
be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
City of C/earwater '
Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-15
00992-0231
�
'
3.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. Furnish the services of a qualified representative of the tapping equipment
manufacturer to provide on-site instruction during wet tapping of the existing
water mains indicated on the Drawings.
B. Following installation of the butterfly valves, furnish the services of a qualified,
factory-trained representative of the manufacturer of the respective valves, to
check the installations before they are placed in operation, supervise initial
operations and testing in the presence of the ENGINEER, instruct the plant
personnel in care and maintenance of the equipment, and make all necessary
field adjustments. A minimum of 8-hour days, which may not necessarily be
consecutive, shall be provided for these services. In the event of trouble with the
equipment, the representative of the respective manufacturer shall revisit the site
as often as necessary until all troubles are corrected and the installation is
entirely satisfactory.
END OF SECTION
City of Clearwater
Marshall Street /nfluent Pump Station Repairs Valves 8 Appurtenances
16-0038-UT 15100-16
00992-0231
..;
1
.
..:' ::::. ::: ':::: ::.-::: '::#�. �w.::�:-
:
..., . ... ...
. y � � f
u . u . c _ _ - _ � ��
* . . �—,� . . . . y � . � u. � � �. . . .
; ' . .. ', . . .
r; t �
n-.. .. ... . _.
y� .,.� �vP k ,. ` ... ! �;� � 0 6
cs ,. _ *c :. � .,_ . .. i
� �,� ... � .. . � �xEr � j .
u'o
Ve' - +—o' �
�6' �.
�
}
Zx6.{,. . .. ..
� , r
..�
, �
. < .,„.,�.�..... .. g� _ ... . . � ' . . . ...._..
� � t .: ..... . � �. :� .i � . . .. .... ; .. . .
� � �« ���- . � .� 8 � ��- � .
�
eT.
* Y n n d c
. .. ... . .. ".. . � 'i �. � ._ �
. . . ._�'_.... . ..... , p, ...« . . i, k.....
� "
„„i ^��� " " ':_ ,� .�/
. , . . � .... r �� � � : .,, g k � :. ��� � � ,g . . � � $ .. �. /� ..,,. . .. " - .. . ....
_ . � . .. . "_ 5 _. x k _.. r�succ oosnxc ... . .. ,
,.
v . ..
e
� �, ..� , .T. . ::� a ,:+. . '..
: , � i
` ., ... Ba, E � rb§�^^"*^^ tl : � � ... � U04 RFDIIONG " . ,.
f
I_ f .' � V �„ ' 3 CRO ,/
� 3 '?y .. i :y. � _, : � _.__ , :..::. , .l .,` , �1 �.. . ....
� .. �, a - . .... ._ � . -.
. � o � o . _....
.... ...... 3. , . . ,. , .. , _ - .� `
. ... .z. .. .. .. . .
.. . ' , . ..�� .. . ,
�
- � :.. . . = d:, � ... . . �. . . P.;.. . �. ���'.
.... , � . - w . . � -
... �'� . .. .. ., .. . .. , . .
,.c {�:� �9k 3t �'.. � • e*'���- /�
� . .f
.. . ...... :. � � {'� � . ` . . . �. ..
.. ."%i' , d .. . „ .
�
� i: k�
, _ . .... � . �. .. .. . .. . Y= _ � .
f' . , . � . ,. . ....
€ �t i . ., V . ,. � , . , . /
c `
. � �
's� 4 '. . . � � .
.
;�ptyyv'7 k� . ��, K . . . � ...a , �.- .� 1 : ... ., ....
y.y�''`'�.�,�d�; .�� « .. � ,. , > < . �/
� . .
.
�.
; �.. .�_ .- �:: �. �.
� . ; .. , , , �: . J'/
:, y ro"��- . _.,� . „ . ., . _ ...
:�: . , ,. . _ . . . . . . .;
,
� f '
.%
�
� '
" � JxSz° t: ': �- ::. � ` :'-. . .. . ,. ., . , - � .. �,,.. .� . s
, ,�
.
• e ��.: tt���� - . �:::- - � -�. .. ___
r : .. . � �- .� � � .
� , . -... .,..,,. .... .,.._ . .,. ..
<�,.. .:� ... . �
. . �
��:. . _ _ . .... . ; , ,
. .. , . � . - ,.. ..., . . . � b
- ': ,-; � ; ; ��
..... . ..» ... ` .. ,.. . :: ._" -� .�' .
t ; .
�� � <..... .. _ _._... , ,
,, ..._.._ .�,r . /,
__... , -� __. . .... _ �, ., i :
....-, . _... , . , ,� �- �i ;
�
.. . ..�, , . �:--.,.�1 : ........... .1_-__.. i � , ,
rt�x�Ncs oE�wM � �'�` MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION .„.
CITY OF CLEARIGTER, FLORIDA �.ri a�va� REPAIRS
ENGINEERING DEPART6(EN'f '
l00 S. Lyrtla Aw. °�.�.i„�i»". :..�om»,.��
^^^ .^.. _ Y_ clenrweter, F7 3376e pa �� ��F PARTIAL YARD PIPING PI.AN !
� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .I�I � �
■ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � i ' '�
�. . .
_ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ > . _ _ _ ___
_.� ,. . 2.. . � .,
+. 1 -.. .p . � ,�
. , .
, t,. ; ... �_ �.
�� , , .._.. _ �. <
- �� < � ��� ': a , . ;.
� . Jq'
. . � y:: , . , , : . , . .
. ....... . : ; �. _.,:> .,., , ` ..___ . ... . . _...... __......._._..... . .. .
.
; : �" . ,._ .., .
, . . -�;� ...
' � i ...
,
e..
f
. r '
� ( �
_ . ,
„ ...
,:, ;.., __ i I1 ; 1�, I'
.� f j r __... __
t
F � ..... � e., �'� ld;. �.��i ' 1 . ..� . t
_7 �„
; �
. . ,
, .. ", ;�s:: � .. ,. : �. �. _: � � _.._ ,.
„
. � . � :< :.: ....
i ?
.. . ....... . � :
: ;;::r,.�.i.�� ,y� �.5.,. __.. _......_. , ._.....__ .......__.... ......__....... _.......«-, t .._:.: D� ��
y
, �� -�
,
.. .. .� ., . _
.. _ . __. _..,. > ._.. , . :,
i _..
. . . _. ... . __ . . _. ... � , . .. . . .
E.
.. . � ... ..._ . . _.. ....... ... ....
, ;
. . . .. ,. .. , � - ,
:, .; � „ �. . . � ,. . .
r
. 7r, , . £ 1., �) . .,�.. ...; ,.r�...�:� . ....... :�;` � .__.. . � .
� � . '. >.:. -
,-, �. � ��� ,
` � �
,
. ,�A ,..,;,,. ., �� :
;
� rl ..:
' •: -'�.. T ,'t .:..� � �,• -.... � •..� � � ': ClREVF itiiiOlaLl�� ^fSYSFF
"� F: .��.i �'- . . _.....
Q L
�, �' CONTRACTOR TO ROTATE �.........,, i ��. .. xe� <;.. �..._ ... ......_- _......_ . . . �. ___...
.:t� ... , EXISTING 45' ELBOW 180 � � I � � � .
� DEGREES AND REMOVE -� f - . ��
,.. ... SPOOL PIECE k i.� I f•
1 _ � �' `` < . . _.
,.
,_, � , �
, �.� � + ����:� r
� , :. . ,. s _ ; � " t�
. ` . � , � ,. . .'t yk ( -*� � 7}�C�QW ..__.. ...... ... _....... _......
F ��.
:... .... . .'. . �.5� , t ��.
.. .,._:.,, . :�;�:: ...:�'.: g ::: -;: Jy �''.. " ,�Y+ '
� ` ,' ♦ j ' ...�_'� � # '�. f• � '"i , ��\ ;. ,'"�� � -'7*;, � . _ . ._ _
T yy
� ' , . ... ..��, � ... u„ �: .
�
,, ; , �� �� � � �:
�� ,\ `\\ .. E / . . . ,,..
�-
. _.-, f�` i S t t ��
'" ,. -. .. ,...: � � ... ; �:
. I t i ( i ��,� <..��� �?. �.f � _ f �5.. f �; `C^T-�_iy�'i { ... Id �. .._�Jt.�_�ua,3 't ��:3c,;;Lua.:�
,,
F, . � c4 _ - �'= � �) �„��, . __
. ,.. ' �} � T��. ���' 3( r_.. ..
; . ,, � , , � i I� � �
.
�: � , ��
.. . � �
�A. I
„ � � , ;�� \�
. .,. � ;fw. �,� _. �
� , _. �-; - ° zJ ; _
, , .. i.� ; _
,
. �.
�:
f
.. � . ;., � .; �,. I � ; � �.s I i') � s �
' �, ,::
,�' �"�� `�� ��� � �� � �� NSTALLED BY S
�-� - _, „� -,,,,, �. � � ; . - ,� '.- '..
� - . i{ € �. '
R VI E� AND
THE
. Ee � ' . ; ...,.,.....� tii . -,_[ -:.. ...� � .
_ . 1I.
,
�, . ,�.. � � : � ._� -.
, �
,,
, a
.
, . ._ __ ��� , ,, ���` , { � ' t
, ,�
.. ,.z.. _.._ E�
�. i
r-~��-
- . � �.�.._....�.
,
_
.. . ,
, � , _ , �
,' q �
:�
, .� �
,_.. , � , , � � � ��� �
,
_ �
� , . .,. _. , ... , . .
_ �. �.0 � i , �
�
, ,
• . . ; � �-_..
,. �
,.. ,. .,,
x
.
,,- _. , ,. . �, _ . .
_ ,. _ .
,�
:;
,, .
_ „ , __
�
. ..> �. ,-,�..,, -� .,:.;;Y.. ...... "' ,.,..
_,, �v ., ...- � . -. . � .
. . . . . , ..". :,i ' .,_
... .. _ ... � .. . ....... . .......
.
..: i .. ..:..�. , ... � ..
. .
; ,..:.,.. : . .... ..;! ,�..._.� .
� .
.. A.,,`.;: .,. .
_,_. . �. . ....
........ ,�- : ....,. __ � :� , ._�, _
, .
.
�� �� `. ... �.
. � , � �. .: �. .
_.
, � "•
_.__.__ ._...... ___ _..__� _....... ...___ __....._ _. _..._ ........._ . ;. , ___.. ..... 1.... .._ _.. ......_... _..._._ ......_.. .___ ...__.
- ,. ,. , � . �. ,
,. � :, '
� <- >
.. � .. , <� �..�1 • __.._�
7AWINGS nODENWN i
CITY OF CIEARMATER, FIARIDA
`" ENGINEERING DEPART�ENT
� ��-. 100 S. 1Lyrtla Ave.
_ __ __. � Cleerwater, FI 33758
�M�� �E%►�CR� I MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION �-=
REPAIRS !
� E������R�
� � �� . .
:ne �,e»i : FP�
� ��
I h�
b'.,
� � ��U......_.�..... . ��-G /.t,�
� P '� �� .
. r;�: Y �i'���9' . .iq' l� �.
� a�ERAiiM" i LtVE � El /! 00 � � I�— z I I .. ,�� _L i' t):?_
� n 1.� _ . . � • : n
!� e � t.
c sce R �...ocz -xz �
'� a. , � ou � � �.J �'"i f '" "'I L ' � r ,o� � .sra1 � b ..,<,,>,.
. •i �
�u. z ,T � j �go �y�pEprwc aoow i -
� p �
e� � a� e
I 1 � ' ,�C I ELt'._!e)
� -
� � -
MKYC LEYEL I - FI.�00� . �� � • ,
2 � 1
`i . hi ° ' „w.1., n
� '
o-,� e . ,
wun� taa ' � ....__ _ I .---. __.. .. . .-� � � , .
s I
I = `� I �S�- " I ,. 3
I ' � 5 iz
,�r�u '. �
WEY �y24 tt'�'I[.
,�
� �EfT vll
WETWELL WEST WALL VIEW
scu[: +H. - �.
iccua
�i o¢.wirH�[n rau w,o cair�c
(W[Sf gpE 0� WILL t' UP)
O2 RECENRY APPLm CMTNG
(eotmw a')
�j dpPPED PpRpN OF F�1M ND CdTNC
pt aotmu mm+u nro ina�s)
Q octcmowam ruw w,o cwtwc
(ui w��cc or nunHa eonou gne)
Da oci[aan�rt.n row rro cainc
(uum[ �nus or veui wrtr�
O otuarurtn canxc
(URGE ME 9 Of WIL. SUNFRCE
� ocrcxauhn cwmm mn� oaag rwH
Qa�v sur uwtE caarFn
(acvun mcs xi uo M GT ru�nxc
LOG1MlN5 WIM IXPOSE REBVi AT SOK
LOCA1qN5)
O IXPOSm XFbR (REPMN IYPEACE WRX
(WESi END Cf SNB BEIWFFH GUNNELS) e
��^ RECORO ORAWINGS -
� �o moom mrx�c��irm�aoon�mmm�a� �h �
eotita� ua ace or � soinn a aoon rnwino� ,
ta
WC�.
� n o.uuse cwnwc wa cona+c� simri,cc
� QSPNR IYPE 11 If10 III) (W6T ENO Of �
� ouurbs �o noox onu+rxs) �
� Q wnaaom auce aic �
iP�iFNLE MEQVNICK dNWINGS)
� � o¢,wrui[o raw un canr,c �
� (nomr� soc ar wli. e• w) '
� 1� O�IVGfD SfNP XosIXG YrtIN IXPMEU nF9�n
•1VGfD
) (NfPNN ttPE 2) (IXIE Oi 1NE SIFPi If.NING 10 TE �
� _ sae¢r�rc nooyl ..,..��„�..�J
4
I M2
I� a.l..�) NqIM
�'C� �
L �
1 'z— � _
e �y
/YP
F_ L_ �-=�1�
CAEf WL�
WETWELL EAST WALL VIEW
swF: �/a• _ ,�
rnt�5:
1. WN(WClpf SW11 PRPA�E UNR PRM,E fdl NL
CONG1ElE RFPNIi lYP6.
3. BfSOXE COMYfHCRq NEPM Ndllt CONfPMIOR
9N11 Pfl69RM A WILI( 1ROlXiI MM ONHFKS
a�r�nv[ ro�acre wro corsr+u xL
cacare uvwrt rtois usrto ox rN[ owrnncs.
J. WNMACIOR SXNL VOtliY ALL WNCPkIE NEPNR
aw+mez e[soxe aurt ar urart waa. e
CITY OF CLEAR1fATER, F7.ORIDA :` � I MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION �
ENGWEERWG DEPARTMENT $ • �� REPAIRS
100 S. Yyrtle Ave. �.� onw�-
Cleanreter, rt ss�68 ���! WETWELL ELEVATIONS —
�
Sf �3N.1 2N�TtW390
�
P
N
W.0.17 ' ,� �iN31 94�M
� 90l11H f
�, � i
I
� ' 13V9f 111W T3W
In
. _ � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ � _ _ �I
r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ��
w,.� �,a � ,
z i
.. ' EL � pp5i. GLP ISlff EYIST. CAD. IIENF. SAW-IXIT WE (TPJ
, n- . ., � '� CONC. 9JBM'/� WNL. 9AB/M'NL� I w
. ... _ ....... .. .... .� ._s. , . wss i oFsn1 uuc) a o�owogn
simr ¢ �n
{'( o n
. .. � + �` — EpST. RElti. BMIS RElAO�£ fAST rtUSi k DEBInS
f %��� k�COAT 0505m RLING BAFS
1 � �+ ('� EIOST. KRi FEINF � T� �'STNLNG ME qEPNR 40RT/J!
� \ Fu� � 9 ` I a B'��� � IXIST. Y£Ri. REINF. BM
1YlTIOL . .�•N �F ) n S�W-pff VEfBQIqQ1W1 10 ME CWC. E]�OSFD W/ NO LOSS Of
Gtt wu / ��- i suNr�a !' orrn� (uiw.) a�a;w-aur canc sccran e ro wxaosari
a�. xf.rux a nc s�w-ar ro �• ocrn�
� " + < m mE �xr run�mm manc Y oast. oa+m�crox snui wn
:., � ,' �:.. �. " ° ,
. . - ` , . .;-' � CIR. 5i. E)U T.
. .... I� , .. �OCST. 9XIF/�Q d1AIX �L� M i� N10E ! N ' EIaST. Al1iACE dL�d( > I� MOE EpST. Nd2 E '
(�+cm vu�s - nm coamJ �.. ._ (�r++am v�nrcs - nm croxoJ BNtS (TP. EA F CE)�
� r„ . [cnar cn�a ro 1' wom , d' ocvn�7 p, 1.__. [�r m+ac ro P oesin �r oosv � ^�aHi. w':LL. "Emr. �.
n '
_ � ...... . .._..____ _ _e... � I
... ,. = _ . ..... ..:z �
' . . � � _. �.—.p �uix.) [w.r.$)
[mm. ,ui �namo)
-- . .. `��-'�y' 1— EXIST. CONC. 'TYPE I" REPAIR MOD.• 2— EXIST. CONC. 'TYPE II" REPAIR MOD. j— EXIST. WALL "TYPE III' REPAIR MOD.
3G'WA[� � �'�'E.�'s sc.uc.xn tt��.xrz
� OPN6�--"'�
tO P1C l�Q FNIIIS ND COIOIC7E DAMACE ' USE 11115 RFPHR T1PE F FIXINO WIiMG CplS1RUCll(NI
•r �ce awrz an wn� nc uul 6 e .. r-n� �•_�• .
Q imiaa iuo iea� ca�a wu nt,uies � .nom ear sa I
cwaeh uo rwu �ra ewmo
/Jf1111F5 611YA1E� BY Y.UMIfKIURFA
SPLITTER BOX SECTION B rrromcn co�n�c r�rurt soo sv
N+ iwc n �m d
scue: Va' - i• cawaatt r�rut me n eo s
cana�c�c �srue iwc rv w sr ��
• rnrs is � rswa Esiw�ic. �ciuw � N'nm�ix� e mv �� I
ouurn�s u�r .wr
ti
� �...•�y._r..� EAST. Mq2 RENF, BIJ6 (JIM 116 ��' �WxEN Al1F�C[ �fn cMi
.•. }c � OasT. wiT. XEIxF. 9ARs w/ iaP faul iks e Y BolpxC )cwP �I- ••yI
tl9IE.i ( '�SI�W-WT 11NE Iil➢J 1 I
i. u+waie wenen� eue ./ s�c�m �e ro oosnrro ewacic ./ w�n Mr-x[eoo-m Mnx b,':. : � I I
h'l 'i:
M.ECINM! MHE91E ! d9ED H WNL 10'. MST�LLL AME9VE PEX MfC.'e REC011NEIIO�l10N5 k l'; � � • �+ �
ENSUqE OqILLED HIXE$ AqE q£M OF I11 LOOg ORT ! DfBPoS PPoIXt iC11N5i/iWNC IES. HOIE 1 • . ! �P µ��
AOHE9�F.
(TP ) • BOLT SRf ND
R. OONEL BM qM1E1EA TO Y�TpI ME EI�511NG WALL RF1NfdipHG BNt qM1E1ER. DOME15 M BT MMWG�CNPEF
N�YE 510. 90 NOdt �T E�LX EN�. fM� 1HE HOq( LEGS MRI T1E F]�SMIG CONC. WNL AS NILT MIT-RE SOOV]
AIOYM. FlF1D WT NOpf IE05 ttl INSTIll �i dBED MiIH IF FEWINED. ]�' WN. • ���'��� �) (S)R 6
a,wa�oa Hopc �cc m[x5mc cwa+cic ./ Nkn wr-�wo-� uru� iH.[cna+ �on[s� e ' ' � p0$ �� PUMP PEDESTAL SECiION 1
EMBm N WALL �9 SMONH. INSTALL MHE4YE PFR NFG.1 RELOMAIEfDAl10NS ! Q19URE COIS scuf:f•r'-a'
IX1111ID HOlES Nrt CIE.�R OG .LLL LOOY ONT ! OE&i15 Rdpt 10 NSTALLIXC MHE9�£. PqEPA1E 9JqiqQ t AWLY UNOE16�1kENT
{. PEXi0R11 ALL REPNMS IN ACCORONlCE MRI iME REUURELQl3 CF 1NE PRQIEGT PMqt TO NSTIWJNG PEPNR Npti/Jt �REYO+E G1pR TOPPINC (��µ �5 I
�Etli1CAT(NIS. E]OST. C.I.P. RF1Ni. CONC. � � �.
W� 2'-11y
S. SFE SPEdi1LATlN1 OM]0 fOR REPMR 1TVE5. �S�Ii1PTONS �XD M�IFAINS. � i• a �_�• 'I
cw,r oaosm xore. eu+s wnart ro �
y INST�LLINO TIE REPAIX YqtTM
�
H6, xOi[ � (MJ S�W-CUT IJNE (M.) : :
........ , ;! w+i, rmnF. ewe Iu�iw oosr.l .
EIOSi. WiT. XONF. B1R5 VFA�. REIK. BM DONEL
ro cnst. wu.� (acr. not[ z) at cnst. out. eut e srucc i'-C (wHJ aar sa wo
PE
�Y p
"_— EfOST. �fRT. FENi. BM • 1055 �/ `�FAT. R]llf. BM �� �.
BY u�NJf/�CRRFA
a sccna+ ouc ro �
io•
(�J
.��: S 4' MN.
t'-0'(MIIL) [TN. ::. . ST. . + 1 OS
� i :i�' . /
� !_.-. cwsr. ui.v. nors. ! �' i P wM. x.r.s b SECTION 2 �
.-�
�canc. wu� �,
�' . ' ,
,. '
. . : : : x� (rn.)
�KEr.� e
EfOST. HORZ. flENF. B/Jt5 �',. :i ' '
_.:._._.,i. i. ., . :
, _....._..y:...:.... I
�1/4' (YIN.) [N.T.S.]
)' (Y/�X) [IYP. NL MOUND] e �I
[�1
5— EXST. WAL 'TYPE V' REPAR MOD.R 4— E7(IST. WALL �TYPE IV' REPAIR IAOD. �
• usa nns rtevun rnc ir rouno oumrK wr'staucnar+ e pUMP PEDES7AL PL.AN VIEW
,�,�..r-�-,
� a
RECOflD DRAWINOS AooEuoVu i 1 � A - -- - � "'�
CITY OF CLEAR1fATER, FIARmA �» py��M MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION e e
ENGINEERWC DEPARTl�ENT �_ ' • � v ;;�„�,,;,�,�� REPAIRS — +ti '-0"'
"� 100 s. llyrtle Ave. ,.e. -.-�+nw�-,.., urcmi� s-oi - 5
Clearweter, FI 39758 �^�� STRUCTURAL DETAILS
""°�. . erw�i�� .. ... �a �t .............. m.0a d.
.,.T-:-..�
,.!�.. >..._.t__.
4 ,' �� r.-
a
_. ,,: ,�
,-
_.. �,:�,;
_..
� -=
F �:...,
NO1R:
w, r�a.w¢u �rs s�,ui ff rasnuwn. fra� irta� �Ec�uue
�. N61MuhFAR ON Epuli ,
2 ME E%1FTpR ME� NA$ MUMEAWS 11K N1D IBMOMm flFE3 ANO
PE� 9�BlIT' ff MC �I�IMCION�1[I����SMqR9TM1E f/NaITWS
MC TO Ug IX11OE GUTdI MMIE IXCAVAINQ
S NASRN�iFA BYP/S6 PUPNO OPEA�MWS 91NL NOi BE IMlflltWlFD
01 CIFMWAIEA PCWIM� WIIMI�NOL pN59R �O�iVl�Y �WTMN9I�MICTIXI
KIINTY.
� P�NOh�C10 bTIE MON WPE CMNWNi R�W 4'N�OE 91NL BE lllm WM
QMNIIC FPO%Y. 012 EQIAL
�
/ � ., ,. � �� �:��
��..u..� < .. _ a� �
.. �..:. a ,� „ �.� ;�-�;
; . ...:c.o.:. ,ti •,
_..��_ \ Ne. c..o
.. . """ ti ,.5' r..r.. ,.-e._ ru . . _-
' . .....?o'..:f" .i_ �ss. lao:c .;.
�+.-1
, �-..`"'i"-;..;�' .
..._a'r,, .. . . � , m ......
...._.
' ...tm n. :,.�
;,� _._
LFfiNO
� TO � UFl1IXl91m
N BE 0.QOC�IFO e
(4E 91EE! Y-O])
� .� , .- .
�..r:^' <a` I:;i:,3 4!n�]. q": Flf.':1:
f
... .A� �V...!...
q SECTION
.i .: x.,F
Og SECTION
CITY OF CLEAIt1fATER, FIARIDA ,+�� w^w "� ,�j��,{�� I MARSHALL STREET INFWENT PUMP STATION �„�„ •• CON
ENCINEERING DEPART1fENT ' �/""—" REPAIRS �
iao s. xy� e�. : ._ � �,...-
ctearwater, PI 33768 � ��� pLAN AND SECTIONS DEMOLITION PLAN _
� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ,�
F h,a., .- ' ,V � S�. xt . �' <f:uV,
_2.. _F ,,.. � �
i �
„ ��
_... _. .__ . 1Cr(; �
..._. . .. .... .........x .Jf�a�. �
].. G....F . t. . . . �.. . ..inc �i....n.
� ._""_: 5 ) , P..
� f f:::
0.�#l
K� ..cr ..,
�- R� P�ECf
RN5 AE (1�1?
IEN ]S.6' �1b6
�:. !'�v ;
4 )t�
4 �)
� RFpNS 20' • . •
n roa ncac
........._`:.: � ,�,�� �.�:-:
� F'.F:.,.�. F:i� r'.._ :�:.:'.
��� ......,, ...
n aaa aox
� .�
��`� IIfMAfC 1C R lPOOL P[¢
P6l/fE ID' iL V.V.
� �- � ��
, ., r �
}."�j '_ . � / Jo � .� I
d 40 �rv . 1{ � i / � ."""' - '�;
. ..._. , w ..� ;
� .�. � C
, � i� '•,;`\ . � � ._ :
..._.. - .. ...... . . _ .......... ............
....._. r:rn:�� f �- 'ti .
. ___. . . is_r �� ... �
x:r
,.c ,� / .._...
�� ,
- L! .
�,�
ui ueauiwr� ,owrs s�w. ec �smnn�m. (cee� rta wccuua s. ca'm.�cra ro nm warv ru �wxcuais wem ro casmucna.
�. �%�+M+u�. ��w� e. wurs 10 BE PRb.tlFD BY O1HW5 BUT NSTNIID BY COXIR�CIOM.
2 TIE FX1EPo011 ARFA HAS NI.�FAWS �VE IND .1B�IIDdm VYES HID 1 WNII�M�ax ro COdIMurt �/+1a ual0.l wnfAx PoI1 3�'MtC xm. OBOM
XE�WW�ttrzOYME COx K`1R�1G N HRRv EASTNCSAtF CONd1NN5 NW &Jtiqll WMIRiMM:
Yro 10 U4 C%IlldE CAUlION YMIIF [%C�1vAll�p. LWNMAIOR M YOOfY M PFRM[F FImING PIPE fYRtlFI9.N NECE88W/
J. M�31EWAlER BYPASS PNPXIC OPENAlIdS 94LLL NOT E IHIERNWIFD ��� �� �� ���
�M�qCRlSIMIGIIqI. UOMN�IE WASh'YIAtFA PUIMNO MT1 iME QiY
lER PWII11IX1 NN1R0. qN9O1 BFFplE INY CUISiNUCMYI
�cLY tt.aam�cta �uu samuc oonsmucnox �cmnias so nur
an aex rurr 5 at ar sm� �r ,wr mic
nu rrtw oucme wa� A� cuamo nnw g.w�¢ sxui ec uxm wni
vaarzcro sm cnuuc won. m cari
... . .. , a...lt�f ttt?.i
�� � � i�.. e..
, <r.. t�' 4 l:!�!:
. I':o . �. �., .,. . :' LI
�Y y.t;.
... _........
f
�
R �IRE �: I
IIrL NMk -SAO
OPON7�IY ICIRt
AIIP 01�: iW
ua Mree -am
_ - �� -
____-�--_-_
i��i ���i ���■ i
I. �
� •
RECORD DMWINGS aooc�ow i CTTY OF CLEARMATER ��A ,...�`�'� ��/jCjQ�lj� I MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION �
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT + � REPAIRS
dn ioo s. ayrc�a n.a. E� ���� �-O�^�^-�� pR P�D IPS IMPRbVEMENTS �
clearwnter, e� s3768 "' PLAN AND SECTIONS
�au�m ro aE
ar.�m uo
N9ECT 9fMFN
MD/lID !2
, � o-m
. � .�.:�< ..... ,_ . , .. ..�
,
_.
. .;. .... .. ... _
_ « � _
. :. . � .�....-�., . . . ... _� � ., ,
,
. .. ; . .. . ,._: .:. ....
,.
� �.,...5 R. . ., � 1 .._., � , i. . .,
,.1
�
V
. , .. . .,,. . : I . . . :
. ':.. .. ._' .. . �, � .. ,r*.
:., .,.,. . � ,.. :. A .. � . .
r ..
._. ; ...M. _,,M.. y .................... . �„ � . � ,:.. ,.:.s �.�. w_
_ F . , . ,.. . . . . ��':::. ..... ..
�� ; .. , ,
` � jt ,
{
� .__..__. _� � i
..� : .., �: �_ �'�. .
' , . .` �a � �..�
.. . ... .....m. ,9, ; r -, - � .
, �3
��wa��o. � .. ; .�. � .: .-;., "
t G.
.' A�r� a.� nF�rEn uo �: ,vre � �y wP'�' i =7 .. � , .. _. ._.
; �' g• ,,., `' , � , ��,'
rai[a o-m , , .. .. � '.
. � ,. . __. � . � . .., +� -
I. . ' : '��`" '
. . . IE401E IDUMII M i .� .... ...... .. �
� � ,�` M �11EA 4€ :i
,,� , .,� ; .. NLYIIIY�MR11� ..�'+ A �� . . '
, ,. ; -��. va aa[. �`..,..°. .
: ��. r . . . . . , � .
.. � .., .: .. � .: �
., ; . _, r .�. . _.
, � — .
� . . � .,� . .. . � :
F„ i '^
; ' . .. �. , i i '
�' �� �. ' ..� .i.i�- .�: ..�:��,.. - ; ; �� �'c._„..
wrc a�r neu .
aus aanwae . � ,n """'_"( �:" ,'
a
. -.- „ �;:..— i � �
4 �� .
�: •. � , ! ' 3 I :' Ap ( 5 _.. . .. .
, c i _ �� � � : , :.: . .
_. .
. y ..��.�e ,. _.. . , _._._ �.�...�. . ..y.._...._
FLOOR PLAN- OPERATING LEVEL
sw.[: iµ• _ i
Q
�.r. .. ..-, J
i_. ., I ... ....__ , ...7... :.....
� ...�... � .� ... + ' '
,• t'.
� �._ A _.... � i ,
�
� �
I . "
. . ... � , , _ � i�,
.._ ........... . .
I I� � �'i
�tw� .w'�w att aro � "` ,_ � ..� � .. ;
r,�,� .
�� �
' {. : V` r
1`
�! , i f ....i � : � ' 'h'-1 � Q
t
',2• ,,t ........
, F . ,
, �
y i
� �. I y(!� ! � :.. ' ..��.'..� ��._._. !...
} �
� - !�. i
.
�: i ,e :» � - �.. : . ,.
1 r
iL _..�_
i � � .
�
u�y y �
� � � �"w'� E�� 'v l� , `
,
�� .� ,
,, . ,. ,,.r , ... .�
n
.... .tt,, . _�
_.. . . .. � � , .. .� .
_. ........ . . , , . , . , �
-` ry
ec=; ^
(_ , . ... . ..,... ...._. '
SECTION A
scuc: �/z• - i
�.�..
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FIARIDA �' ^°^�' � MARSHALL STREET INFWENT PUMP STATION ,�„ `°'
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ' ���`��"'��� REPAIRS �- =
ioo s. uyrue av�. �,R•�a, `°• •° INFLUENT SPLIITER BOX ��
Clearweter, FI 33758 -�
o. , oi eu eun crcnnu —
� � � � � � � � � � � � I ' , �
}/ NEW dlAN(-IYPE
1 MIE CPERARR� /.
r (MEPLACE)
r,Y.�
- raw arzx' aua wh
(wa�c onmw swa a�
� � _ _ _ � _ — _ _ _ � � � I
XG SIEY
CGNtAWFD
'. GAIE iIU�E RIRF�CE
IED CN W.LLL
nOlES:
i. VERIfY pMEH50N4'n'.'B' AND'C' PER 4ANU��CNfiA.
SEIF CON7AINED SLUICE GATE DETAIL
sur con..wm auwva
SWICE C�1E SCMEDLCE
w�xnn zc cweq
cn; �o y�x�2
e
NOlES:
1. MAIfY qMEN90x5 �P'. 'B' �NO "[' PER ��NUfACNPER.
NON-SELF CONTAINED SLUICE GA?E DETAIL
.o. m scwc
xax-mr coxtuxm dutNgan
sUCF GI.1F SWEW�E
uic ra. a�.m. su �vm�>
k 1 R XI%10
., !
'. ! : ..,,..:::. � ,,
.,;: �
� � �:, �_ . <,..,_... , ...;;..
, ... �, w
_._.. . _Y ._. ..,.., _...-
. _ _..: . ._ .... ._...
i i , . . .....
,..
� �u P`,.-< �. �',�� .. e+� /�
_.� r
� '.__ _ __ _.. ._' .
.. _._ _ ._., �'. . _ _..., -y. .�: ._ '.
��
. E . ; � ,. . .. 2 ! j �'.
- 1 l ..... ^3�h'k: . , c- � ',, r. ..✓.r_.'ti':'_;
>:
. ;f. ='� ...�•"r:-: . . i.�.xh+•'�n. �.. .
_: �[ -}� ��
. �.... .''['���� �:�.�.
R'. � .,T �- «,...,,,� vRl.l.f'✓ J .: �
.. .�".C: r.
. .. . . . .... .....I.=._ . r...... .... . cA�/Ct�Yri:.
'�..z:.,. F.f���t
�.
.,_; � i ;� � "
i, ... .. ���%!
\
i
� -:... , ......., � -......, � y:
�5�. , . , .. . . ...
: ,.. . .. i,:
{'����, . .. , ....
�<g� � _ ... . , _.
S�� _. _�, .,.,. �,�, . . .
� .,, .,_ . , ..��—
,,_ . _..__ . ............� ... �?'
, - :
i �:
.. i i .��:� . _.. ,
....._.._._ ...._ ,.>.� . . < ,Ya,
i ,g �
_ .>, fi. . "' � a...+�
. �'
. ._� ...... .....\ j. '...
F� � �� ��� ,.: , ,. _ : . f . _ .. .. ,
�
, ,. r:r.
��, r .;
_
� , ;
� � �, - r..' j'�� _ �., , - �:.:�: • .... . . .....
� (_ '
- .
. .
I '
,, ' � n 1
� .....' � `_:... r`..., ,
-- z
.
xot[:
«.
�. ..' ., `�._. ..._ � , �.. ; , '.: , - nrts Nc clasma 4xvoaB `
' -� . . : , .. ro et �cucm n��mo �s
_.. . _ _. ,. . . , . .. - ... �� !A
� ' ...... ... . .... r. .. .
, � '��
h:. .-. , ., _....
�;c�._� �. ..c..� . .,:.: r .. .
r '
,�^ ;
__... 4a,�- �». -r<:: �.t ='�'". - -
m �
E. :
� _ a
i � `� " .,,.� . :
' � � ..... ,_ T �.
.._ ;
.. . : .� . , .,... � a fi _ •
#
.� w..v1...a .F _ .. 1 L..,..: i
. ,., , < . . A.N��.:."
� Cp E . .. '. .:.�
,
. ......: -� �. � _:. _��...r . : .;.._ .
. , � �,.� 3. �� .� i
MARSHAIL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION „�
xswnu unew a�� ^�^W- - •� C[PY OF CLEARWATER. FLORIDA � � � +�+ �
m« ,�L�'.� �
�^ ""'" ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT +'� • � � � REPAIRS — ^�
�.. w. _� ' ' -_':,. . 700 S. Myrtle Ave. " . . . .. . .. ... ... . . . . . .. wm. w. -
�_ � � � — Cleerwater, FI 33758 p ` MECHANICAL DETAILS _
, �_....... _.. ___. ____.. __ _ ._ .._ _ __ _.__.._ _._� .
, ��:.�
:-; ,
_ _ _.
, . .........., ; �a , : ;xrz. i _.__�._. . ..�..._ �..
. _ � ..., .._ �j i
�.
, . ; � ..,.. ...,...�.........�.,_ f`'.___—• _... _.._.
� E � �
! � ( ,_ .'rf.. J
> ;
; , � �
_.w s . : ', s... _ �, s�
. , . ._ ,. ,.. .�! ; � i t L axE4..9 , t at,
.... ...".":' �
r ... t . 5.�.
t
. :....._ ._.. -
I, i
' .... .. . ;._.... ....._.....,..... ...�
` -7&� am ' s>
N,,; r
. .�-- n _........ .
, �
' ��....,., ... .. .
f
� ,. . z...._ : ,
i r ;
� . r.,�..' < ' 4'ri:.,'.r� '
.._ ., ; . a .� :' . i
2A : i � �
� ' _ :
. E . �„� � aJ "AsON } : 3
: . ' ;.. , ,. <w#..':zw. : �
� _
' i E. .�...v. ; �
.,,, r..., Y. . ,.., . .:,�u.. ..Vi,�'3�
r t�c�
j
(C � .
; � . !, ,..,,✓ �
` ,. _. �-,...___; r , : ` i ( ✓ �'".IX '.
_._
; :' > 1 ._.... i
. : � :....... .. ....3,....... ........... . :
N , • ^. A_+Y F:
_�. .. , ; �
Y
. � :,. �
�.. ; ' ad, � _.
, � . , ._...._ .,� . �. ,
„ . . S ' "E,wr <sw . > � � .�J,n,6�' :
.. i...,.,.. ,Y
<
i>, z .
'� Yaas i', az.. .e_.... . ..� .._. , .._... ._. ___..
�
�
� . ; .� �, s . ....,
� .. . � ... b, ....
r ; K'& . _ ..i � :r.M �'-F
�
.... ....� :
� �
t' ."Co "w 5 A i .. ... 1 .. .
. ,
� �
� ' .. ._...__'"__.......,._.._...._�
a ¢
� s ,.<a,-: �
� �
�_;r:,.:�u ....w��r nu��- s;ra ;:�x
......_._,.,,.W.. �,... s+�,....�__,_....._._._
�x:� a.�
., ,c,.x� , `�� �.. �..,..,c
.s 3r __ < ... �n.. �o.., a,
� f
( i , '. . a.T,'� � .._'u'� _� '� . „i...'
� -,�.. 3... �
.�...,v . " ; . f "
t � €
� f
._„_. ..... ... ......... ., r. . ..,... v. �_,.._ �. .E .,... ..,....%.,,, � . .. � . � � .. _ _ L.... ., . .
.............. . .. . ......... i .......,.,... . '�.,, ... .. .... .5.......... � :...... � .. i.... r . :. _ ,t ..,..� .... . ,
a
� �
3
f ! i 7
; 'aa... � 3 � , � , � .
� 's�kA.F� �
�
� 4tz. i : %. �
g�.`C fi � ...._� ..._. . ; F
.,u..-1" iC:� .N , i 4`'4 .qi" x �' � �
:
� , aa'.. a r:, ur � ; � ,
'. r+r, ; : :' .
�
pb F ( j
>x
� ' e«r l '4 xa � L. a ir`o ( et �s -. g. � -, ; � ��
.. K i ..i1a3 .54 S M5 ...y�k . .,1...... .. ..„F . ,
} k. _..... , � '
§i3 .,,:#i': A 3.. _, .. ..,. ,.. ..,.. � r._�.....
i . �
3'..."l . MA fa f Y '. 'w � a:`,5.• � .' � .
85 G, L4. ' & Rn . .. ....�
�A, -i;)',.tl, v W ' �/ }\ 'Trl ' ��1.; /�� �,
..! : ..� \`u,i. t 2 �.' ... j \ `..'., �: J; .,�;
� i i
d RJ .5 J ' �? G p? 1:� ...,
� ......_'! � . . ...... ,.✓�.n , .i* .,4_xb ,§- :?�.; X�.�;�
..... ..._..,.», _ ,m � A ffi»�. . ... _ .. .-. z
&'QI[± ..F fn,M3�o: rMNA4 !b^ #:N�s 3?4` h
s.-„_..A iai .."3iZ2�
. . ..., . , .. . , ..... ....,. ........ ...... .....,. ..... ......, .
#( /' : .'. E .
s... ...... t . ..._ 'i.,. ........ � ..... m ....... ......... .. ........ z ...... p ..... ...... ,
1 �
1 : .Yv,k' : SP�:.:✓ :!"�S%' :ix'Ji-Y> "Yu'°,.Y%' . L"e.Y�' ��.. ' �'i;,•. „ - ��.
� ; : X' Fe:Yis t.,... :..,�_ � _� . _.� ^ f7' ,Yf1 .L 'i4. Aa` . .. ....,.E
: i' f .. ' ' i _ .__ . . ....
� ., ..�� � .... ,...... . . . .
1 ,. ,i"F , .ta i S �Y 'm
� ; � .._ . . '.
:-._. . s a . �+�
r � f,�,,,,, , , ,,,,,,,__ .,.,. .... „�,_.. , _..,,&.� i ' w�....,. .. W � w,� W _.�,...,,,,. L
�
� i
..._.. ,_ .�._...�_ ,,..... ._. i � � _
; t
i� .___ „ _ __ .._ _ . , .... _... , _ _. ,....._... _.. , � ',_...,.._.,. . . . __. _....,__. .. _,,..y....,,,, _S `;,
........... ............ ........... .............. �'. ''.. . ................ . ... ....... .............. ...........`:
C[TY OF CLEARXATER FLORIUA
PUBLIC WORKS AUMINI5TRATION
ENGINEERING
l0U S. Myrtte Ave.
Clearveter, FI 33758
1 � � i
; ;
f ".. '
j � ; i
t�s.�.. nP ,�,...� . �, I... '..
�... ,
� }
#
� � � {
a.
3... ....... ,e( .....,.. �........ ._._._. . ... .......... _....... .,...... ...�...._ .
j" sr���.. ' ..
� � y
:
, � , �
� ;
_,t„., ._� : :. ,
# � � � � S
� � —
� t x �` �
i i
s €
i �'J /r
� a� ,�...F .. .
{ �
� ..u� rt._ - i s ��J
_...,,J�`�-.-tY..:� � .,.,._..� �.�; .. �, ,.�/ „ ,
ai.�^ �,..er,rr,:;. :;��w:.' �iaa �':�,��U:r �z'e=
✓,a� s � � ��..�� ,..�,.. s ,r.� �._.,. ..... r �r,r::
n �.
X,� ..�.., Y _.
��� f� MARSHALL STREET INFI.UENT PUMP STA'
�rnura REPAIRS
� n��� EXISTING MCC� ONE LINE DIAGRAM
FOR fNFORMA710NAL PURP�SES ONLY m
)N "s '"" �.. �H r
_ . 00992-0 JI
�, ! � � � � � � � � � � � � I I I � '
' � � � � � � � � � � � �ii i � � � �
C_ ,ro s iu �s.
_ '/1e' - +._a•
t�oRrH
�-�
-�.�n
�rtro
anw¢mw
s�tw
y //////GEME/N!!M
MCB-! R � L�bll£F.NG
r R � BtMpNC
PQ �;... � ...
l3 �
SOi¢NS RI eE "' .
11flM1A4 (SEE .� � �.
cer�¢a.�� . .. .. �a�rn ro ff w�ovm Iwo
COI1RACi(M NDiESJ . Y Y ,", RIIIJNC INSLNtm! I� R]IfltliL
..;.,n ' CpNTt�CttA NO1F9)
�� _. _ _ .
.'I
� �.-- ora�c exe.vt✓ oaswo nmr vu1s
gc xoic e
T SEIS �/6W �� �EA
!D NG6-/
J SE�t/Hp
✓ce-z
IjJFLUENT PUMP STATION
FxiSnNG PARTIAL SITE PLAN EL 12.00
3/18 1'
' � � / . .... ..
�,(
� �i �
IF4 RO�R t �
� 1Fh16F14115 �
(s¢ raa a7
� � �� ��� �. ' 9
, � � � ..� � ��
SIG/MC
� CLKU'// .. � 8a4 SC.iEENS : :
�k ti � J) �
� �,, � ��
�� � �. . �� o,�,
� '4 . °:�yyS.l� S,Y��'���.��l��Y/���! i � ';
!( M[ /N�NS,n�
��� na�. �$MOIEStl2t�� ��} �����/
L ! n �m i I i�/
eccF,o q a�;?�"
,� ��_s,� ����i�; j� ;
f AtllF / L
4 M f.'.::+ '�., Y, F ".. f
�-' /�, � �� ��
� � � � �" �ir�
� � �� ��
� �4 �Y � �� _.
.. . g£ NOlE4 1 k 2
Fi Fc'1RIGAL DEMOLITION PLAN (EL: 0 00)
3/18• = 1•
m
/,�, . ��.:\��x`../!%i ,- � \�,.,._ � . xi.%��� �: .
� ,�.�
, .. os .. . _7 C�,...........
SO�,xJ J {.�.,/
eaa scAar✓�s , �
YMU G5Cll14Mi/S 05.� �
� � �' j
� �
SLNfFN SL1R£�v
R
E NQ1 .�UJ
f
{ V� bV
_v
... � 3 .. .... �......
P�LWfR ��
-�'ti-., ,. . � ::" ..,,, .:.:..,,._.
j� (�T(1 qE IIERACED� )
_,� Q
.. ro mvea�ma s¢ are e
acc
�'%f� .�.��.\'.: '.�.� / ,i:\ �
{ � ;
h
f (
_'��� �' �� i .�" _ v 7
�.�„
-aaurt r caaur rs /�
^�°.�tw, �„� i :
AE Iq1E !
[p]//MC PMEL P)-5
�. m1A5fAHKA /J-6
��. ] YR YpGO.
� � j 1/�wc, rc u.
..,,�..�- _'� r ,
[Y.//AM^ PANEZ Pl .S s /.� f ^
AIXC11pX MfllWAY
�� LNCE11 AICG
•� • er w1om
wuv xai
��;*'F�✓�% ... .w .',� k{���i .....� ��'/��,.
�
i , ; : j ...........___•
.\\
'� ..-.' � '.....: ��
r
r��,'�'i n, '
�
\
� �
'ri
�
1 //''
,��% k
��
i�. SCLN GEMf ID.P
/ ;/ }
,.',�� / �.\,:'�: ; i�/:l ��e
WW z3
PNd1 �
L�J
9.Vt stnrFH
PMlEL
(SEE NOIE !)
fl 1200
u' ue�e m�r
(91PPoNI iN01 MEW LLML MORIM iNAlISYT�RHS
fi11N0 O 1C-0') �SE NsiRUuwTATW Ml[5)
8 AN�WO pSWEIE
.... \ lElYIIIAL CIb9Ei �
'_-� `o,LL ua� sm
91RPMTR�IX ��
�.. ......... (MlQKX M M1WR) ��
�' %.Y. .` v_� � -..
. . �_�_ .... .. , x' �C:
�r uaF nu ro
[� -io.00 (awra�i ��
Cff Y
1 TO f10pX B0.pW
-11 R57 gE NOIE 2 ....
vwr xo.z wwv raa '. . . . .
Fi, 0.0p
cttccr,uezr �
� eaiwrnr ro eE oa+ausxen.
! txsnne cava�u s
� maosFu cwunas
GENERAL GONTRAGTOR NOTES:
1. Oii1ERN. NNTFACTCR SNALL IXEW TIE IH/ERNMP Of RIE EVIIM
SiRUCNRE NO %iFPME FOR PNNTNG. TNIS WQAIOES NL ROOItS NID
8!/JqCA5E5. p6EP N PIN� SPEpiN/�PON. NARH EPSINC Ld.OP(S).
2 RLOOP �VID STIltS M BE NON-9Nq EPO%Y IAiEY COLdt.
1 LWYERS 41ALL BE PXE59JRE X�.91m. u1u E1u5iINC I/2' x I/2' S1EEl
9qEEX5 I110 fP/JCS NdU6D MiN 1EAW Wtt MSECT REPFLAIT IYPE.
WSTALL HE1Y SCAFENS p1 Nqt1N, 9Q1T1 MIO MEST IWVfHEO WNLS Of
WAIP S��MN. SGQEpVS 9��LL 6E !1! 5lANlE55 51EEL RU MNES PER
INQI. RFM/�CE �1LL SOi6N FlIAMES TO ACfFPT HEW IHgCT SOIEIIMNC.
4. FFPIAfE 1N0 E1GSiN0 ROOf FINS IN qNO. RFPIIP ROOI AS NECESSMY
MWNU ARECIF➢ ME�. RESE.LL NEW f/iN5 TO ROOF.
ELECTRICAL NOTES:
i. C01l1RACTOM i0 OFA10.15N Eq11V1EN7 CdOUIi M!D MRE �N i1N5 APFA.
IiE-WRECT IND IX1EN0 CIXIWIT NEEbm i0 RECqIMECT EWIPMENT i0 NEW
WYP CqIlR0. PMIEl, BAP $CRffll P�NEL 410 WS11NC PNIE�BOIJiDS PI
! P)A liE-PFPULL NEM M11E (0 NEARE51 JUNCPIXI POINT OR TO
EqIWMIN! IF AGNE AVNUBIE.
Z. fpt LIqINIG N0.0C��E AS NEEDm .WO PEPL4CE /�Ll E%1511NC Utl1T
Fll(RIPfS /Jq WptlHO BEIOW fL1240. VRONDE QYJNG OR PENUONL NWNt
11pITNC V9NC 1k4' SFNFD W9fElED Lm il%IIMES E%lENO CONWIT �5
NECESSMY. TOiK �! il%TMES.
3. INIFACEPT CQNWIT USIIiC IEIMWIL PANEL W/ tERY1HAL BLOCI(S IN9TN1
LOtOIIIT ttl %IMP CONiP0. PANFL RER�LE fLOAT SMiq1ES NID
flE-Rq11F 1EHL 1RAN51bTiER SOISOH$ TO RFLOf1iD 1P I 5.
a. r+cna+.
�ac-aare z-s.s' car+axn ro saraeo�ao �wo Ns1ui �xie m
enu�an. rnm+oc w�tcnA+aar �ucc N.�mcna+. carc owu TMnaw
z rw m a�w [uisimc r�wn m+�x�ncs rart eu+ sarcw nno
PUMC CIXIlq0. PNIlLS .WD WNCAIE. PEiER i0 qUWINCS h
9PEqFlt�TON1 PINFL EN0.0AlRE5 91ALL BE /]1! STNNlE55 4lFE1. NEMA
iz. vnowc fxiw[D ra�o w+nunor�.
8. RSfAFF15 /J10 WMu�EttIR�VX OE ER O��i5�N1o�M �mRS MI'HBM
9flQ15 HN1XdiANf.ER, REPlACE S0.FNdD W�1FA V.1LVE.
]. FIBEp p1itl1 PIREL TO REMAIN AND BE PNHD. DISCONt1ECT EfUSTNC FlBEA,
CAENI PMlfL iH0110lM.Y. XFPIACE Fl9ER IFIVNMI.I 9LOQC TIM B�tl(
iHER CdINECTOp3 �NO RE-hAYN�IE N1T1 NEN FlBpt 1EPYIXATONS PIILL
HEW fBFR FROY PUMV k BM SCRFF]I CONiROL PM'ELS
t NFAA6 W NINO E%61M0 FAHS M TIFIi ENMiEIY RfPIACE iLE% CIXlDNi
M!0 i1T11NG5. PULL HI HEN MIIE
Y. ALL ELECIIECK MOPot SxALL COYPLY MlX ME NEC. NESC MD LOCAL
COOES MCLlIONG OMNEpS STRNDM�S M!D NN5/RUCTON 0.EWfifA1E1115.
10.TIE Eb511NG SItE SNOMtI 5 REPRESENT�TVE OG TIE FAGIItt M0.MlCFMENT
AIA YAY NOT OEPICT ML Of iHE E10511NG EWNMENT CQliFAClqi AIALL
N9� 91E i0 A1M1£Y E(SiNO £W�11FNT.
11. Nl UNOEAORd1N� �ULiBNlKS ME 9qYM AS APPqOMIMAIE TIE
Cq111UCTOR 91ALL YIIEFY RWTXG PPIOR ttl IXCAV�IIdI OR INSTAWTON.
�zn�[ s�umo� or u�v a�wt vrtattss rae n�c xwovw a cwswc
�arue+r an ixsr�nan oe rrtw eeuewwr sH�u ec oox+uNArzn
Ti TIE OYMFIi AND dGNFFIt 1NE LWINACRMI SMALL 91B1ai A
MaRI(PLAN TO TIE FNtlNFF.A 1NV �RFJ(S PItIOR ttI NIY 9NT)bMl.
i1T1E DEMIX191ED EQIIWQlT SHALL BE XWOVED fRUA ME 91E ANO
PIiOPETIY q5PO4D. SALV�Cm qt p¢1�4AED TO A�EtliftD LOLI�llq1 AS
dPEClfO BY 11E OWlIQt.
1{. ALL N1RE ANO CABWG TO � DEMMUl15XE0 $HY1 BE REIAO�EG M TNOR
E EG
a�tt.
ie.ui o�osm cwoixr ro ec oo�aus m sHui ee �uovm w n�en
ENTRETY INf1LqN0 Ill 91VFqt15 NID HMiDW�RE
ie.,w. ne.woq�m ca'nwis snui x�� vvc carouir c.ws wsrnum n*
eon� uas.
11.IiLL CONqlli ABO�f ORAOE SNALL BE PoqD ALUIWUM iRl�N9TON 1HFWd1
�Cf PIDIUS f1TiINGS TO P�C Sp1-Bp 80.0W ptME SFP�flAIE
SIRWFNTAMM ANO CIX11P0. CU101X15 AIOI POMFIi O]11ow1S *O
16MEN S11TWI!!C O�fN TMP STAPqI M NOR11/iL SFANCE POMER:
CON1MCTqi ALUL I�FP IEMPORM NI.PIXG 5151EM OPFItAIIMAL BY
o �, ,���,.� ���, ��, ,� ,�„� �9��
�N !OM N9D qY.qNELT qi BRF�NFR N A NFM� ]R f11C109JNE M�5
1EMPptMY PONpi 91I11 9E IN PIACE JO D�YS AF1FA PUMP STAllqi
BRWp1T ON lllE. COdtdH/.lE MM UTLItt t Ptt Fp1 1AN15iWMEN
�IOJIMI.
INSIRUMENTATION NOTES:
i. xtsm ro nv is rae �nw�u Nra�nna+.
z. vnoxoc uw wsru� nw srcuv�s Nwnae�wam u�m�saac �c�u.
m.wsu�m+s x�n' wa icvn s�sws rce avrmwnu, iceu .o
m[ eu+t�iav+ vu�u.
3. PROMOE AND WE gqENS H19ROR�fIC�t ULTRAStrIIC IE�EL
iNM19YT1ER idi PU1P CONiR01. PANfL
f. lPONOE Alm � plE S'Q1F]1S YiA 1P ZFAD M011b1 CONTtQ1FR
AND ffN50R FOR SCRFIII LOHVEYIXt
S. PROYlOE 4!0 NStIl1 iLOAi SMIIGIES N NFINELL IJID SCRF£N
dl/JINQS.
13' 0 1' t' S 1� S'
PROPOSED ELECTRIGAL PLAN �n' - �'-p �
y/e. - �.
C[TY OF CLEARWATER FIARIDA �' �„ `� MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION LLs
PUBL[C WORKS ADMINISTRATION ��ri��� REPAIRS "=�
ENG(NEERING
iao s. �yrue nve. , �-" "`""'�-"' pAR71AL SITE, DEMO AND PROPOSE� PLAN
Clearwater, FI 33758 �� ' ,,,�,,,,,,�, -
-' ��.an caisuur ro ee owi[n
(.;�1" �'.t:!;7 G.H r'Ji'fi' Y F�,".:it:� ��� auro a�suwm er
, ........ ..... . ....
�...�_----_ -�_-- --_--_-___-__
: � _ .
� , : �„ r
.s.�7r � ..... ..,_..__, ... ... �
. � ..i . � n sre-14' sw�mJ�6owo IDov, J�. �11; ilow etu e.7iWc � -.R ..r�, �w, a'la 6fa M.o
i �� 1� �y
� n.:flfi �z;.t.h+ ;' 'za,:P I )70PA,F )70�,]P )7�F.p >70Q4,F )lOA�,S K > � ) �) � �) pm ) iD� 7� ) '�7dC, �) q� �) YCp �> F�
� �
'` `i � � '
: ; ' � 1 ; ` wn�,on E r�.nm'i'ii,iu,� � �n.�nx
I �o ao
M
... , .. ... . _.. I m s scrs �linw, � �Ao
�/aa4 �lau nG� 3/rc 36 Nz�n�o.
L f110MGE NL �SOb Wlll NLL I
; � � .� � � � �,M,.. � �� �. �, ���s �: �4, � �. � ,�:;� �;,
,,.wc,wo -�
..... .,... ... .. _,,.__. . nu e w�. de�s st rq � z ' f"� t��
Z[ �w t 70 '30
. , r..;.. K .,ti,'i` l�; ` � � � IeE��TYfNW�Mtt1091/11 f
. .. . . . : xesoecmur ow�cs ro �u� ( j��; � �...
: ......... i �� �wv.eun � .
.'.€'�"p tr :._ EI 3 II 3 II 3 II 4.,� � �: ( � s -
I , _,__., ._ , .., :
f �I I t
_ , _.... `L J -...._. ^...,, ...
a t
�� ' a . a • ' � - �`
� ' i �..a:� � , z f a : _... Q i � ..,% �____..., .�i • � :.,
= sis-c�ac er
i( wioa�
}/ � " , � GBIE 111AY � I BM BM ��i i BM GPoi MI' ROOF ROOF SPAIE '- IRE
� YF O1E 1 -.... . _,.,...... � ' SQFEM SGIZEM '�C ..._Y 5(AEEN SY51F11 P�qSR NOWFA BLONEfl
1 � � Ra<:z (+`^.� - nnuEnr �r ,w¢ vrc� o.i rroa �
un
>..s _
3 . �rn-azr� � __ _ , n� n �';� _ � �; ��
� .
� �.. 3� �
cc a
; . . .......... ; xu� �x� fa� meqc � �(cwsnuc�
� ���
��
�
. , . , ,._....,._ .. _._...__,_ .,..,_. ,,.i ;x-�r�
.- , ;, .:.r,.: ,. ..
; ,
� , ; . __..,,,,,; : :
N.'K.' f� INfLUD1T INFLUFNT INilUENT .............�
� � .j .- �' '. i ��
� F : , .... ..... . i vi„
• , , . i i .,tifr
d
'
t, . � _,..,#,.,.,., - .
+^ P N
i �
w`' t
_.., ;+.....,.,,. .... �, ,_..... .. _...... :
� '
Z eF _W i �
>q.
i � i
� i '
, �-------------
i
, I
,�L�,,� _, rrN �
` � �� °� �� u� �� �� �� � �� � �� � �
_ .. ..... . ._. . . W.._.� �
N . ; � � S{ St � LEGEND:
II
�.�
�
CITY OF CLEARMATER FLC
PUBLIC WORKS ADMIN[STI
ENGINEERING
L00 S. Nyrtle Ave.
Clearwnleq FI 33738
MLa MN UIC IXILY
SPo A1R¢ P1101ECIIOx DENCE
N� �h34 N`�/�� . KD Mu&E IHEWENCY oRrvE
�qSCIX1NECi NFM� �% S5. PUfL10lDER 'X' IS�.
� OS�pSCONNECT, F3� NSED. BH� BREM`(FR.
_ __ _� _ _�_' _� A I�sAMPfAM£
CONLEYOfl SMAl SPIfE SPME BU�D!!G SP� ME 9P/�PE / Q
105 pEtltlT OMMIST
iAN \\`' %
i `i^
PROPOSED INFLUENT PUMP STATION ONE—LINE
� iFLOERANRE INOIC�110I1 - COOIVdN�iE MTI
PUMP NIMUFACNREP 011 T4E
� lE/Jf IN�ICAlION - COOPJINAIE MiH PUMP
YNIUfAt1VRER M TYPE
NOTE�. uPNU(ACNPER tt1 PRONpE IN TIE KO
waowu n�icar�a uaoucs �ors m�am�nmE
uro icuc sdsaes ar wurs. eoatpr��ic wTM
PU1N MNlUfACNHOt.
�,�`� I MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION � g: usM.
�%"'ri`�"'i REPAIRS
�: Yl� .� n.o+�-�„ _ x�
u��� PROPOSED ONE LINE
i � � � � � r � � � � � � � I I � � �
� � � � � � � � � � � � �II I i i , � �
FxiS�1NG INFLUENT PUMP STATION PANELBOARD P-7
PANEL
�OGIIM
����B���i���i'�
��mo� �-- .^--.._-'.-'-�o
,.,�,���n � mme��o
��Im� �:: ��o
�=o� � �����i
��o �
��� � ������
�■�o�� mm�o�,
�e��.� �.��m�
--n � I�li i �� 0�
���n m �a��
���nm �a��e
���n m ��
���n � �� �e
��Bm�� �����
�
se s:3 � m+s�rnri
NO[qIMRfO!]MLNV� .. � -
f'iY YNNG SHtd. F1M_IYMT� Ib5E1RLY
FxiSnnlG iNFi t_IENT PUMP STATION PANELBOARD P JA
i.�'cor�m�crw m w+rr �u carHEcnas ro v.x¢ .xo w�w�h
mog r+or usm. xaa sHru ee owaaaa uro mxoui,
�e.vlachm.
RECOpD oanwiNcs . oc M� �� �� ,. CITY OF CLEARMATER F[ARIDA � MARSHALL STREET INFLUENT PUMP STATION ---
....m� �.«„ �,;:.,-�, PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION � REPAIRS —
K..
.�
�� - � ENGINEERING """"'"""
.�.� w-1 I I ' ="" 100 S. MYrtle Ave. �:Itm��...�oxM.,�.�. w�,. w.
,,,,m.,m„ --....-:-_: �__ �._. i Cleerwa[er. FI 33756 ���%� ���.•. 4�M� � 00
__ , ��^ EXISTING PANELBOARD SCHEDULES _